diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2021-11-23 22:39:49 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2021-11-23 22:39:49 +0000 |
| commit | bbf5f223d533f4cefd05ab5e39791ffe6c1ddb73 (patch) | |
| tree | 7a10df1b236ebc000b36f753f3a27aa27393d572 /Master/texmf-dist | |
| parent | f887f53e17d1220ea3ec352fe7c347802340c4f6 (diff) | |
glossaries-extra (23nov21)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@61131 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
64 files changed, 23179 insertions, 9766 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES index b941eff1a78..daf93586857 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES @@ -1,3 +1,69 @@ +1.48 (2021-11-22): + + * glossaries-extra.sty: + + - new command \glslinkwrcontent used to encapsulate link text and + indexing within commands like \gls and \glslink. This adds + grouping, which will hopefully fix issue #189 + https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=189 + (spacing issues caused by whatsit) + + This is currently added as a trial. If no issues are reported + it will be added to the base package as well. + + If the grouping causes a problem, redefine this command without + it: + + \renewcommand*{\glslinkwrcontent}[1]{#1} + + + - New multi (combined/compound) entry feature: + + \multiglossaryentry and associated commands + + See chapter "Multi (or Compound) Entries" for details. + + - New commands: + + \glssetcategoriesattribute + \glssetcategoriesattributes + + - bug fix #190: hypergroup, \glsnavhyperlinkname and targetnameprefix + don't work together + https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=190 + + - new abbreviation styles: + + long-only-short-sc-only + long-only-short-sc-only-desc + long-postshort-sc-user + long-postshort-sc-user-desc + + - new debugging package option `showtargets` + + * glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty: + + - added multi-entry commands for use with bib2gls: + + \glsxtrmultientryadjustedname + \Glsxtrmultientryadjustedname + \GlsXtrmultientryadjustedname + \GLSxtrmultientryadjustedname + + \glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + \glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep + \glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + + \glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \Glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + + \glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \Glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother + \GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother + 1.47 (2021-11-04): * glossaries-extra.sty: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README index 948405acc1d..5203fbbbbb5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.47 (2021-11-04) +LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.48 (2021-11-22) Author : Nicola Talbot https://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf Binary files differindex 9d7f2242e6e..bcdfc7ef18e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html index 54799bd40f8..20c77bfc860 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ <!-- /* start css.sty */ +.cmmi-5{font-size:50%;font-style: italic;} .cmmi-10{font-style: italic;} .cmr-17{font-size:170%;} .cmr-12{font-size:120%;} @@ -61,6 +62,7 @@ .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace,monospace;} .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace,monospace;} .cmti-8{font-size:80%; font-style: italic;} +.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; } p{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0} p.indent{text-indent:0;} p + p{margin-top:1em;} @@ -77,7 +79,6 @@ div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;} li p.indent { text-indent: 0em } li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; } li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; } -li p:first-child{ margin-bottom:0; } li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; } .enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;} .enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;} @@ -129,7 +130,6 @@ table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; } .hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; } .hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; } .hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;} -.hline {border-top: 1px solid black;} .tabbing-right {text-align:right;} div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} div.float img {text-align:center;} @@ -175,6 +175,11 @@ div.abstract {width:100%;} .abstracttitle{text-align:center;margin-bottom:1em;} .alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; } .alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; font-family:monospace,monospace; } +.uline{ text-decoration:underline; } +.uuline{ text-decoration:underline; } +span.sout {text-decoration: line-through } +span.xout {text-decoration: line-through } +span.uwave {text-decoration:underline } .equation td{text-align:center; } .equation-star td{text-align:center; } table.equation-star { width:100%; } @@ -207,22 +212,22 @@ a span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{text-decoration:none;} </style> </head><body > -<!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 250--><p class="noindent" ><a id="top"></a> -</p><!--l. 235--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 250--><p class="indent" > -</p><!--l. 235--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 250--><p class="indent" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.47: an extension to the</span> +<!--l. 250--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 250--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.48: an extension to the</span> <span class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span> </p> @@ -245,12 +250,12 @@ class="td11"><a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table> </div> -<!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-12">2021-11-04</span></p></div> +<!--l. 250--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-12">2021-11-22</span></p></div> <div class="abstract" > -<!--l. 237--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 252--><p class="indent" > @@ -258,8 +263,7 @@ class="abstract" <h3 class="abstracttitle"> <span class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span> -</h3> -<!--l. 238--><p class="noindent" >The <span +</h3> The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package is an extension to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, providing additional features. Some of the features provided by this package are only available @@ -267,10 +271,10 @@ with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 4.19 (or above). This document assumes familiarity with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. -</p><!--l. 244--><p class="indent" > The file <span -class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with -cross-references that may be used for creating minimal working examples for testing -the <span +<!--l. 259--><p class="noindent" >The file <span +class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with cross-references +that may be used for creating minimal working examples for testing the +<span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package. (The base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides additional files, but this one needs <span @@ -280,20 +284,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files for use with id="dx1-2"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 252--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 267--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmbx-10">The </span><span class="cmssbx-10">glossaries-extra </span><span class="cmbx-10">package uses a different set of defaults to the base</span> <span class="cmssbx-10">glossaries </span><span class="cmbx-10">package. </span>See the Introduction for more details. -</p><!--l. 254--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 269--><p class="indent" > </p> </div> -<!--l. 256--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span +<!--l. 271--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>internally loads the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you also need to have <span @@ -323,42 +327,36 @@ example, <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution" >How do I update my TeX distribution?</a> or <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux" >Updating TeX on Linux</a>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 271--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 273--><p class="indent" > Additional resources: </p> +</p><!--l. 286--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 288--><p class="indent" > Additional resources: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 275--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <li class="itemize">The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>documented code <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf" >glossaries-extra-code.pdf</a>. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 278--><p class="noindent" >The <a + </li> + <li class="itemize">The <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries-extra" ><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>gallery</a>. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 281--><p class="noindent" ><span + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <a id="dx1-11"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide. (<a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls-begin.pdf</span></a>). - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 285--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a>. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 289--><p class="noindent" >The <a + </li> + <li class="itemize">The <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/software/bib2gls" ><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> application. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 293--><p class="noindent" >The base <a + </li> + <li class="itemize">The base <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries" ><span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></a> package.</p></li></ul> +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></a> package.</li></ul> @@ -374,7 +372,7 @@ href="#sec:pkgopts" id="QQ2-1-4">New or Modified Package Options</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >2 <a href="#sec:modifications" id="QQ2-1-5">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.1 <a -href="#definingentries" id="QQ2-1-6">Defining Entries</a></span> +href="#sec:definingentries" id="QQ2-1-6">Defining Entries</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.2 <a href="#sec:wrglossary" id="QQ2-1-7">Entry Indexing</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.3 <a @@ -386,13 +384,13 @@ href="#sec:entrycountmods" id="QQ2-1-10">Entry Counting Modifications</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.6 <a href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-11">First Use Flag</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.7 <a -href="#plurals" id="QQ2-1-12">Plurals</a></span> +href="#sec:plurals" id="QQ2-1-12">Plurals</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.8 <a href="#sec:nested" id="QQ2-1-13">Nested Links</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.9 <a href="#sec:acronymmods" id="QQ2-1-14">Acronym Style Modifications</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.10 <a -href="#glossaries" id="QQ2-1-16">Glossaries</a></span> +href="#sec:glossaries" id="QQ2-1-16">Glossaries</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.11 <a href="#sec:glosstylemods" id="QQ2-1-17">Glossary Style Modifications</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.1 <a @@ -400,19 +398,15 @@ href="#sec:stylehooks" id="QQ2-1-18">Style Hooks</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.2 <a href="#sec:glosstylenumlist" id="QQ2-1-19">Number List</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.3 <a -href="#x1-190002.11.3" id="QQ2-1-20">The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</a></span> +href="#sec:stylemods" id="QQ2-1-20">The glossaries-extra-stylemods Package</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >3 <a -href="#newglossarystyles" id="QQ2-1-24">New Glossary Styles</a></span> +href="#sec:newglossarystyles" id="QQ2-1-24">New Glossary Styles</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.1 <a -href="#x1-240003.1" id="QQ2-1-25"><span -class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</a></span> +href="#sec:bookindex" id="QQ2-1-25">glossary-bookindex package</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.2 <a -href="#x1-250003.2" id="QQ2-1-26"><span -class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</a></span> +href="#sec:longextra" id="QQ2-1-26">glossary-longextra package</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.3 <a -href="#x1-260003.3" id="QQ2-1-27"><span -class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</a></span> +href="#sec:topic" id="QQ2-1-27">glossary-topic package</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >4 <a href="#sec:abbreviations" id="QQ2-1-28">Abbreviations</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.1 <a @@ -432,85 +426,152 @@ href="#sec:newabbrvstyle" id="QQ2-1-36">Defining New Abbreviation Styles</a></sp <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >5 <a href="#sec:headtitle" id="QQ2-1-37">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5.1 <a -href="#simplisticapproach" id="QQ2-1-38">Simplistic Approach</a></span> +href="#sec:simplisticapproach" id="QQ2-1-38">Simplistic Approach</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5.2 <a -href="#newcommandsdesignedforchaptersectionheadings" id="QQ2-1-39">New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</a></span> +href="#sec:headingcommands" id="QQ2-1-39">New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >6 <a -href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-40">Categories</a></span> +href="#sec:multientries" id="QQ2-1-40">Multi (or Compound) Entries</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.1 <a +href="#sec:mglsexamples" id="QQ2-1-41">Examples</a></span> + + + +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.1.1 <a +href="#sec:mglsexhier" id="QQ2-1-42">Example: Hierarchical</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.1.2 <a +href="#sec:mglsexsuffix" id="QQ2-1-43">Example: Suffix</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.1.3 <a +href="#sec:mglsexcatsuffix" id="QQ2-1-44">Example: Category Suffix</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.1.4 <a +href="#sec:mglsexsep" id="QQ2-1-45">Example: Separators</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.1.5 <a +href="#sec:exskipfirstsuffix" id="QQ2-1-46">Example: Skipping Elements (Fragment Element)</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.1.6 <a +href="#sec:exskippostlink" id="QQ2-1-47">Example: Skipping Elements (Prefix and Post-Link Hooks)</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.2 <a +href="#sec:mglsmain" id="QQ2-1-48">Main and Other Elements</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.3 <a +href="#sec:mglsfixes" id="QQ2-1-49">Prefixes and Suffixes</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.4 <a +href="#sec:mglssep" id="QQ2-1-50">Separators</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.5 <a +href="#sec:mglselementhooks" id="QQ2-1-51">mgls Element Hooks</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.6 <a +href="#sec:mglspostlinkhook" id="QQ2-1-52">Post-Link Hook</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.6.1 <a +href="#sec:mglspostlinkhooklastelement" id="QQ2-1-53">Last Element</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.6.2 <a +href="#sec:mglspostlinkhookmainelement" id="QQ2-1-54">Main Element</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.7 <a +href="#sec:mglsfirstuse" id="QQ2-1-55">Multi-Entry First Use</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.8 <a +href="#sec:multiglscategory" id="QQ2-1-56">Multi-Entry Category</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.9 <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions" id="QQ2-1-57">Multi-Entry Settings</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.9.1 <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptionsindexing" id="QQ2-1-58">Indexing</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.9.2 <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptionsencap" id="QQ2-1-59">Location Formats (Encaps)</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.9.3 <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptionspostlink" id="QQ2-1-60">Post-Link Hooks</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.9.4 <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptionsfixes" id="QQ2-1-61">Prefixes and Suffixes</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.9.5 <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptionsskip" id="QQ2-1-62">Skipping Elements</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.9.6 <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptionsgeneral" id="QQ2-1-63">General</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.10 <a +href="#sec:mglsopts" id="QQ2-1-64">mgls Options</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.11 <a +href="#sec:mglslike" id="QQ2-1-65">Variants of mgls</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.11.1 <a +href="#sec:mglsbasic" id="QQ2-1-66">gls-like</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.11.2 <a +href="#sec:mglsabbrv" id="QQ2-1-67">Abbreviations</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.11.3 <a +href="#sec:mglsotherfields" id="QQ2-1-68">Other Fields</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.11.4 <a +href="#sec:mpgls" id="QQ2-1-69">Support for glossaries-prefix (pgls)</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.12 <a +href="#sec:msee" id="QQ2-1-70">Cross-References</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.13 <a +href="#sec:multiextras" id="QQ2-1-71">Additional Commands</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.14 <a +href="#sec:mbib2gls" id="QQ2-1-72">bib2gls</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >7 <a -href="#sec:countref" id="QQ2-1-41">Counting References</a></span> - - - -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >7.1 <a -href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-42">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >7.2 <a -href="#sec:linkcount" id="QQ2-1-43">Link Counting</a></span> +href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-73">Categories</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >8 <a -href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-44">Auto-Indexing</a></span> +href="#sec:countref" id="QQ2-1-74">Counting References</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >8.1 <a +href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-75">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >8.2 <a +href="#sec:linkcount" id="QQ2-1-76">Link Counting</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a -href="#sec:bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-45"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.1 <a -href="#selection" id="QQ2-1-46">Selection</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.2 <a -href="#sortinganddisplayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-47">Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.3 <a -href="#x1-460009.3" id="QQ2-1-48">The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.1 <a -href="#sec:supplocations" id="QQ2-1-49">Supplemental Locations</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.2 <a -href="#sec:recordnameref" id="QQ2-1-50">Nameref Record</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.3 <a -href="#sec:resourcecommands" id="QQ2-1-51">Helper Commands for Resource Options</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.4 <a -href="#supplementarycommands" id="QQ2-1-52">Supplementary Commands</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.5 <a -href="#sec:recordcount" id="QQ2-1-53">Record Counting</a></span> +href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-77">Auto-Indexing</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >10 <a -href="#sec:miscnew" id="QQ2-1-54">Miscellaneous New Commands</a></span> +href="#sec:bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-78">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.1 <a -href="#sec:fields" id="QQ2-1-55">Entry Fields</a></span> +href="#sec:bib2glsselection" id="QQ2-1-79">Selection</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.2 <a -href="#sec:printunsrt" id="QQ2-1-56">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.2.1 <a -href="#sec:printunsrthooks" id="QQ2-1-57">Hooks</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.2.2 <a -href="#sec:printunsrtfilter" id="QQ2-1-58">Filtering</a></span> +href="#sec:bib2glssortprint" id="QQ2-1-80">Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.3 <a -href="#sec:printunsrtinner" id="QQ2-1-59">Partial Glossaries</a></span> +href="#sec:bib2glssty" id="QQ2-1-81">The glossaries-extra-bib2gls package</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.3.1 <a +href="#sec:supplocations" id="QQ2-1-82">Supplemental Locations</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.3.2 <a +href="#sec:recordnameref" id="QQ2-1-83">Nameref Record</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.3.3 <a +href="#sec:resourcecommands" id="QQ2-1-84">Helper Commands for Resource Options</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.4 <a -href="#sec:glossentry" id="QQ2-1-60">Standalone Entry Items</a></span> +href="#sec:bib2glssupplementarycommands" id="QQ2-1-85">Supplementary Commands</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.5 <a -href="#sec:alias" id="QQ2-1-61">Entry Aliases</a></span> +href="#sec:recordcount" id="QQ2-1-86">Record Counting</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >11 <a -href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-62">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span> +href="#sec:miscnew" id="QQ2-1-87">Miscellaneous New Commands</a></span> + + + +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.1 <a +href="#sec:fields" id="QQ2-1-88">Entry Fields</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.2 <a +href="#sec:printunsrt" id="QQ2-1-89">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.2.1 <a +href="#sec:printunsrthooks" id="QQ2-1-90">Hooks</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.2.2 <a +href="#sec:printunsrtfilter" id="QQ2-1-91">Filtering</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.3 <a +href="#sec:printunsrtinner" id="QQ2-1-92">Partial Glossaries</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.4 <a +href="#sec:glossentry" id="QQ2-1-93">Standalone Entry Items</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.5 <a +href="#sec:alias" id="QQ2-1-94">Entry Aliases</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >12 <a -href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-63">Supplemental Packages</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >12.1 <a -href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-64">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >12.2 <a -href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-65">Accessibility Support</a></span> +href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-95">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >13 <a -href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-66">Sample Files</a></span> +href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-96">Supplemental Packages</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >13.1 <a +href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-97">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >13.2 <a +href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-98">Accessibility Support</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >14 <a -href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-67">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span> +href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-99">Sample Files</a></span> +<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >15 <a +href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-100">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" > <a href="#glossary">Glossary</a></span> </div> -<!--l. 298--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a +<!--l. 313--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2> -</p><!--l. 301--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 316--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is a flexible package, but it’s also a heavy-weight package that uses a lot of resources. As package developer, I’m caught between those users who complain about the drawbacks of a heavy-weight package with a large user manual and those users who want more features (which necessarily adds to the package weight and manual size). -</p><!--l. 308--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 323--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package is an attempt to provide a compromise for this conflict. Version 4.22 of the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is the last version to incorporate new @@ -526,10 +587,10 @@ of package loading time and allocation of resources, but those users who do want extra features available will have more of a chance of getting their feature requests accepted. </p> -<!--l. 322--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 337--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a id="sec:defaults"></a>Package Defaults</h3> -<!--l. 325--><p class="noindent" >I’m not happy with some of the default settings assumed by the <span +<!--l. 340--><p class="noindent" >I’m not happy with some of the default settings assumed by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, and, judging from code I’ve seen, other users also seem unhappy with them, as certain package options are often used in questions posted on various sites. I can’t @@ -539,10 +600,9 @@ but since <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is a separate package, I have decided to implement some of these commonly-used options by default. You can switch them back if they’re not appropriate. -</p><!--l. 335--><p class="indent" > The new defaults are: </p> +</p><!--l. 350--><p class="indent" > The new defaults are: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 337--><p class="noindent" ><a + <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.toc"><span class="cmss-10">toc</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a @@ -552,9 +612,8 @@ class="cmss-10">toc</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a id="dx1-3002"></a> to switch this back off. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 340--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a @@ -568,9 +627,8 @@ href="#styopt.postdot"><span class="cmss-10">postdot</span></a><a id="dx1-3005"></a> to restore the terminating full stop (period). - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 345--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.noredefwarn"><span class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a @@ -590,12 +648,8 @@ class="cmss-10">=false</span><a class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has already been loaded before you use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package. - - - - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 352--><p class="noindent" >If <span + </li> + <li class="itemize">If <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-3010"></a> has been loaded, the <a href="#styopt.translate"><span @@ -612,9 +666,11 @@ class="cmss-10">=true</span><a change to the default if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-3014"></a> hasn’t been loaded. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 357--><p class="noindent" >The default style used by <span + + + + </li> + <li class="itemize">The default style used by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-3015"></a> is <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span @@ -623,9 +679,8 @@ class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a form is not shown on <a id="dx1-3017"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.) -</p> </li></ul> -<!--l. 363--><p class="indent" > The examples below illustrate the difference in explicit package options between +<!--l. 378--><p class="indent" > The examples below illustrate the difference in explicit package options between <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. There may be other differences resulting from @@ -636,20 +691,18 @@ class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2</span> </a><a href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>). -</p><!--l. 369--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 384--><p class="indent" > </p><ol class="enumerate1" > -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-3019x1"> - <!--l. 370--><p class="noindent" >Basic defaults: + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-3019x1">Basic defaults: -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} </pre> - <!--l. 374--><p class="nopar" > This is like: + <!--l. 389--><p class="nopar" > This is like: @@ -659,21 +712,19 @@ href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4h \usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} </pre> - <!--l. 380--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 395--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-3021x2"> - <!--l. 382--><p class="noindent" >Language defaults: + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-3021x2">Language defaults: -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3"> \documentclass[british]{article} \usepackage{babel} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} </pre> - <!--l. 387--><p class="nopar" > This is like: + <!--l. 402--><p class="nopar" > This is like: @@ -684,22 +735,20 @@ href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4h \usepackage[toc,nopostdot,translate=babel]{glossaries} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} </pre> - <!--l. 394--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 409--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-3023x3"> - <!--l. 396--><p class="noindent" >Combined with <span + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-3023x3">Combined with <span class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a id="dx1-3024"></a> -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5"> \documentclass{memoir} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} </pre> - <!--l. 400--><p class="nopar" > This is like: + <!--l. 415--><p class="nopar" > This is like: @@ -709,7 +758,7 @@ class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a \usepackage[toc,nopostdot,noredefwarn]{glossaries} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} </pre> - <!--l. 406--><p class="nopar" > <span + <!--l. 421--><p class="nopar" > <span class="cmti-10">However</span> @@ -720,7 +769,7 @@ class="cmti-10">However</span> \usepackage{glossaries} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} </pre> - <!--l. 412--><p class="nopar" > This is like: + <!--l. 427--><p class="nopar" > This is like: @@ -730,21 +779,19 @@ class="cmti-10">However</span> \usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} </pre> - <!--l. 418--><p class="nopar" > Since by the time <span + <!--l. 433--><p class="nopar" > Since by the time <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has been loaded, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>has already redefined <span class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a id="dx1-3025"></a>’s glossary-related commands. </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-3027x4"> - <!--l. 423--><p class="noindent" >Abbreviations are defined with <span + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-3027x4">Abbreviations are defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>: -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> \usepackage{glossaries-extra} \newabbreviation{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} @@ -752,7 +799,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>: First use: \gls{svm}. Explicit full form: \glsxtrfull{svm}. \end{document} </pre> - <!--l. 430--><p class="nopar" > This is the closest to: + <!--l. 445--><p class="nopar" > This is the closest to: @@ -764,7 +811,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>: First use: \gls{svm}. Explicit full form: \acrfull{svm}. \end{document} </pre> - <!--l. 438--><p class="nopar" > If you want to continue using <span + <!--l. 453--><p class="nopar" > If you want to continue using <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>then you will need to change the style for the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a @@ -781,14 +828,14 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a First use: \gls{svm}. Explicit full form: \glsxtrfull{svm}. \end{document} </pre> - <!--l. 448--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> -<!--l. 451--><p class="indent" > Another noticeable change is that by default <span + <!--l. 463--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> +<!--l. 466--><p class="indent" > Another noticeable change is that by default <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>will now display information text in the document if the external glossary file doesn’t exist. This is explanatory text to help new users who can’t work out what to do next to complete the document build. Once the document is set up correctly and the external files have been generated, this text will disappear. -</p><!--l. 458--><p class="indent" > This change is mostly likely to be noticed by users with one or more +</p><!--l. 473--><p class="indent" > This change is mostly likely to be noticed by users with one or more redundant empty glossaries who ignore transcript messages, explicitly use <a id="dx1-3029"></a><a @@ -818,14 +865,14 @@ emission of radiation} \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 482--><p class="nopar" > The above document will only display the list of acronyms at the place where +<!--l. 497--><p class="nopar" > The above document will only display the list of acronyms at the place where <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a id="dx1-3033"></a> occurs. However it will also attempt to input the <span class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>file associated with the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. -</p><!--l. 488--><p class="indent" > If you use <a +</p><!--l. 503--><p class="indent" > If you use <a id="dx1-3034"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a>, you’ll get the warning message: @@ -839,7 +886,7 @@ Have you used any entries defined in&# Remember to use package option 'nomain' if you don't want to use the main glossary. </pre> -<!--l. 494--><p class="nopar" > (where the original file is called <span +<!--l. 509--><p class="nopar" > (where the original file is called <span class="cmtt-10">test.tex</span>) but if you simply call <a id="dx1-3035"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span @@ -855,14 +902,14 @@ transcript file will always contain the message: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> No file test.gls. </pre> -<!--l. 501--><p class="nopar" > This doesn’t occur with <a +<!--l. 516--><p class="nopar" > This doesn’t occur with <a id="dx1-3036"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> as it will create the <span class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>file containing the single command <span class="cmtt-10">\null</span>. -</p><!--l. 505--><p class="indent" > If you simply change from <span +</p><!--l. 520--><p class="indent" > If you simply change from <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>in this document, you’ll find a change in the resulting PDF if you don’t use <a @@ -873,7 +920,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">.acr </span>file with <a id="dx1-3038"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 510--><p class="indent" > The transcript file will still contain the message about the missing <span +</p><!--l. 525--><p class="indent" > The transcript file will still contain the message about the missing <span class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>, but now you’ll also see information in the actual PDF document. The simplest remedy is to follow the advice inserted into the document at that point, which is to add the @@ -897,7 +944,7 @@ emission of radiation} \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 534--><p class="nopar" > (Note the need to set the acronym style using <span +<!--l. 549--><p class="nopar" > (Note the need to set the acronym style using <span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span> before <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. See <a @@ -906,12 +953,12 @@ class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 554--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 554--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a id="sec:pkgopts"></a>New or Modified Package Options</h3> -<!--l. 542--><p class="noindent" >If you haven’t already loaded <span +<!--l. 557--><p class="noindent" >If you haven’t already loaded <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you can use any of the package options provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>when you load <span @@ -926,28 +973,26 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span><a remember that not all of the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options may be used in that command. -</p><!--l. 550--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section only lists options that are either unrecognised by the <span +</p><!--l. 565--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section only lists options that are either unrecognised by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package or are a modified version of options of the same name provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. See the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual for details about the unmodified options. </div> -</p><!--l. 556--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 558--><p class="indent" > The new and modified options provided by <span +</p><!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 573--><p class="indent" > The new and modified options provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are described below: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.debug"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">debug</span><a - id="dx1-4002"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >The <span + id="dx1-4002"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has a <span class="cmss-10">debug </span>option that allows the values <span class="cmss-10">false</span>, @@ -963,7 +1008,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.32, so if you want to use this option with class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must make sure that your version of <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>supports it. - </p><!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 586--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package extends this option to provide the additional values <a href="#styopt.debug"><span @@ -974,7 +1019,7 @@ href="#styopt.debug"><span class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=all</span><a id="dx1-4005"></a>. - </p><!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" >The <a + </p><!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" >The <a href="#styopt.debug"><span class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=showwrgloss</span><a @@ -983,10 +1028,10 @@ href="#styopt.debug"><span class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a id="dx1-4007"></a> and uses - </p><!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 592--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-4008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwrglossmark </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 579--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 594--><p class="noindent" > to show a mark <span class="cmsy-10">⋅ </span>just before the write operation performed by the indexing commands. If you use <a @@ -1007,7 +1052,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or id="dx1-4012"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>. - </p><!--l. 587--><p class="noindent" >The <a + </p><!--l. 602--><p class="noindent" >The <a href="#styopt.debug"><span class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=all</span><a @@ -1022,93 +1067,132 @@ class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=showwrgloss</span><a id="dx1-4015"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" > +<a + id="styopt.showtargets"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">showtargets</span><a + id="dx1-4016"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This implements <a +href="#styopt.debug"><span +class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=showtargets</span><a + id="dx1-4017"></a> and can also adjust the way the + targets are shown. By default, any links that occur in TeX’s “outer” mode are + placed in the margin according to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtargetouter</span><a + id="dx1-4018"></a> (provided by the base + <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package). This can lead to the “too many floats” error if there are + multiple instances of commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in a single line. This option + provides a way of changing this to an in-line annotation. Available + values: + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">left</span> </dt><dd +class="description">A marker is placed to the left of the link/target and a marginal note + is used in outer mode; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">right</span> </dt><dd +class="description">A marker is placed to the right of the link/target and a marginal + note is used in outer mode; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">innerleft</span> </dt><dd +class="description">A marker and annotation are placed to the left of the link/target + in all modes; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">innerright</span> </dt><dd +class="description">A marker and annotation are placed to the right of the + link/target in all modes; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">annoteleft</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Markers are placed on either side of the link/target and the + annotation is on the left; + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">annoteright</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Markers are placed on either side of the link/target and the + annotation is on the right.</dd></dl> + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.postdot"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">postdot</span><a - id="dx1-4016"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.12.) This option is just a shortcut for <a + id="dx1-4019"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to version 1.12.) This option is just a shortcut for <a href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4017"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-4020"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.postpunc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">postpunc</span><a - id="dx1-4018"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.21.) This option sets the post-description punctuation to the - given value. For example: <span + id="dx1-4021"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to version 1.21.) This option sets the post-description punctuation to + the given value. For example: <span class="cmss-10">postpunc=; </span>does -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> \renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{;} </pre> - <!--l. 598--><p class="nopar" > The value may also be one of the following keywords: + <!--l. 636--><p class="nopar" > The value may also be one of the following keywords: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmtt-10">comma</span><span -class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd +class="description"><a href="#styopt.postpunc"><span class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=comma</span><a - id="dx1-4019"></a> is equivalent to + id="dx1-4022"></a> is equivalent to -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> \renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{,} </pre> - <!--l. 605--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 643--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 607--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmtt-10">dot</span><span -class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 607--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd +class="description"><a href="#styopt.postpunc"><span class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=dot</span><a - id="dx1-4020"></a> is equivalent to + id="dx1-4023"></a> is equivalent to -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> \renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{.\spacefactor\sfcode`\. } </pre> - <!--l. 611--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 649--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmtt-10">none</span><span -class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd +class="description"><a href="#styopt.postpunc"><span class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=none</span><a - id="dx1-4021"></a> is equivalent to + id="dx1-4024"></a> is equivalent to -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> \renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{} </pre> - <!--l. 617--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl> - <!--l. 619--><p class="noindent" >The default definition is + <!--l. 655--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl> + <!--l. 657--><p class="noindent" >The default definition is @@ -1118,30 +1202,30 @@ class="cmss-10">=none</span><a   \ifglsnopostdot\else.\spacefactor\sfcode`\. \fi } </pre> - <!--l. 624--><p class="nopar" > where the conditional is determined by the <a + <!--l. 662--><p class="nopar" > where the conditional is determined by the <a href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a - id="dx1-4022"></a> package option. + id="dx1-4025"></a> package option. The <a href="#styopt.postpunc"><span class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><a - id="dx1-4023"></a> option removes the conditional from the definition of + id="dx1-4026"></a> option removes the conditional from the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. The package options <a href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a - id="dx1-4024"></a> and <a + id="dx1-4027"></a> and <a href="#styopt.postdot"><span class="cmss-10">postdot</span></a><a - id="dx1-4025"></a> will restore + id="dx1-4028"></a> will restore the original definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. - </p><!--l. 631--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 669--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-4026"></a> package adjusts the predefined styles + id="dx1-4029"></a> package adjusts the predefined styles that had a hard-coded <span class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a - id="dx1-4027"></a><a + id="dx1-4030"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> so that they use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>instead (which is defined to <span @@ -1149,9 +1233,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\space</span>). You can therefore redefine this command in combination with <a href="#styopt.postpunc"><span class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><a - id="dx1-4028"></a> to alter the separator + id="dx1-4031"></a> to alter the separator before the <a - id="dx1-4029"></a>number list. For example, to have a comma followed by + id="dx1-4032"></a>number list. For example, to have a comma followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\hfil</span>: @@ -1162,59 +1246,55 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hfil</span>: \usepackage[postpunc=comma,stylemods]{glossaries-extra} \renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\hfil} </pre> - <!--l. 641--><p class="nopar" > Be careful with doing this as it will look odd if the <a - id="dx1-4030"></a><a + <!--l. 679--><p class="nopar" > Be careful with doing this as it will look odd if the <a + id="dx1-4033"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is missing. (With <a - id="dx1-4031"></a><a + id="dx1-4034"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you can instead redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>to do nothing and set the location prefixes with <span class="cmtt-10">loc-prefix </span>which will only apply if the entry has a <a - id="dx1-4032"></a>number list.) + id="dx1-4035"></a>number list.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.prefix"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-4033"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span + id="dx1-4036"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Load the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-4034"></a> package (if not already loaded). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 651--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-4037"></a> package (if not already loaded). + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.accsupp"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4035"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 651--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span + id="dx1-4038"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Load the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4036"></a> package (if not already loaded). - </p><!--l. 654--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span + id="dx1-4039"></a> package (if not already loaded). + <!--l. 692--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4037"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features + id="dx1-4040"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features are liable to change. </div> - </p><!--l. 657--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support + </p><!--l. 695--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 697--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4038"></a> use the <span + id="dx1-4041"></a> use the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ type of commands instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext</span><a - id="dx1-4039"></a> instead of + id="dx1-4042"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-4040"></a>). If <span + id="dx1-4043"></a>). If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4041"></a> hasn’t been loaded those commands are + id="dx1-4044"></a> hasn’t been loaded those commands are equivalent (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext </span>just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>) but if it @@ -1224,39 +1304,34 @@ class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands will add the accessibility information. (See <a href="#sec:accsupp"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">12.2</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">13.2</span> </a><a href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a> for further details.) - </p><!--l. 669--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a + </p><!--l. 707--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a href="#styopt.accsupp"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a - id="dx1-4042"></a> option can only be used as a package option (and can’t + id="dx1-4045"></a> option can only be used as a package option (and can’t be set with <span class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup</span><a - id="dx1-4043"></a>) since the <span + id="dx1-4046"></a>) since the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4044"></a> package must + id="dx1-4047"></a> package must be loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>if it’s required. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 674--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.stylemods"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-4045"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 674--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span + id="dx1-4048"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option used to load the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-4046"></a> package. - The value may be a comma-separated list of options to pass to that package. - (Remember to group ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ if it contains any commas.) The value may be - omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a + id="dx1-4049"></a> + package. The value may be a comma-separated list of options to pass to that + package. (Remember to group ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ if it contains any commas.) The value may + be omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.11</span> </a><a @@ -1266,52 +1341,53 @@ href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=default</span><a - id="dx1-4047"></a> (equivalent to omitting the value) and <a + id="dx1-4050"></a> (equivalent to omitting the value) and <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=all</span><a - id="dx1-4048"></a>, which + id="dx1-4051"></a>, which loads all the predefined styles. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.undefaction"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">undefaction</span><a - id="dx1-4049"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span + id="dx1-4052"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option, which has two allowed values: <span -class="cmss-10">warn </span>and <span -class="cmss-10">error</span>. This - indicates what to do if an undefined glossary entry is referenced. The default - behaviour is <a +class="cmss-10">warn </span>and + + + + <span +class="cmss-10">error</span>. This indicates what to do if an undefined glossary entry is referenced. The + default behaviour is <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=error</span><a - id="dx1-4050"></a>, which produces an error message (the default - for <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). You can switch this to a warning message (and ?? appearing in - the text) with <a + id="dx1-4053"></a>, which produces an error message (the + default for <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). You can switch this to a warning message (and ?? + appearing in the text) with <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-4051"></a>. - </p><!--l. 694--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Undefined entries can’t be picked up by any commands that iterate + id="dx1-4054"></a>. + <!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Undefined entries can’t be picked up by any commands that iterate over a glossary list. This includes <span class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries</span><a - id="dx1-4052"></a> and <span + id="dx1-4055"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a - id="dx1-4053"></a>. + id="dx1-4056"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 700--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span + </p><!--l. 736--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a - id="dx1-4054"></a> will display ?? in the document text with <a + id="dx1-4057"></a> will display ?? in the document text with <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-4055"></a> + id="dx1-4058"></a> if the entry hasn’t been defined, as the underlying boolean variable doesn’t exist and so is neither true nor false. (There will also be a warning in the transcript.) See <a @@ -1321,13 +1397,11 @@ class="cmbx-10">2.6</span> </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">First Use Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.indexcrossrefs"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">indexcrossrefs</span><a - id="dx1-4056"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If <span + id="dx1-4059"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean option. If <span class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index any cross-referenced entries that haven’t been marked as used at the end of the document. Note that this necessarily adds to the overall document build time, @@ -1335,70 +1409,65 @@ class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index any class="cmss-10">false</span>, but it will be automatically switched on if you use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4057"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4060"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-4058"></a> keys + id="dx1-4061"></a> keys in any entries (unless <a href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4059"></a>). To force it off, even if you + id="dx1-4062"></a>). To force it off, even if you use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4060"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4063"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-4061"></a> key, you need to explicitly set <a + id="dx1-4064"></a> key, you need to explicitly set <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-4062"></a> to + id="dx1-4065"></a> to <span class="cmss-10">false</span>. - </p><!--l. 718--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a - id="dx1-4063"></a><a + <!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a + id="dx1-4066"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can automatically find dependent entries when it parses the <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>source file. The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-4064"></a> option automatically implements + id="dx1-4067"></a> option automatically implements <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4065"></a>. + id="dx1-4068"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 723--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.autoseeindex"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">autoseeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4066"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 723--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.16.) This is a boolean option. If true (default), this makes the <span + id="dx1-4069"></a> </dt><dd +class="description"> (New to v1.16.) This is a boolean option. If true (default), this makes + the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4067"></a> - and <span + id="dx1-4070"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-4068"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry is - defined. If false, the value of those keys will still be stored in their + id="dx1-4071"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry + is defined. If false, the value of those keys will still be stored in their corresponding fields (and can be accessed using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso</span>) but cross-reference won’t be automatically indexed. - </p><!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a + <!--l. 770--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4069"></a> option automatically implements <a + id="dx1-4072"></a> option automatically implements <a href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4070"></a>. - </p><!--l. 735--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as + id="dx1-4073"></a>. + </p><!--l. 773--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as @@ -1406,7 +1475,7 @@ class="cmss-10">=false</span><a <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22"> \newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={},see={bar,baz}} </pre> - <!--l. 738--><p class="nopar" > then with <span + <!--l. 776--><p class="nopar" > then with <span class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=true</span>, this is equivalent to @@ -1418,7 +1487,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=true</span>, this is equivalent to \glossariesextrasetup{indexcrossrefs=true} \GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz} </pre> - <!--l. 745--><p class="nopar" > but with <span + <!--l. 783--><p class="nopar" > but with <span class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=false</span>, this is equivalent to @@ -1428,19 +1497,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=false</span>, this is equivalent to \newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={}} \GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz} </pre> - <!--l. 750--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a + <!--l. 788--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-4071"></a> isn’t automatically implemented by the presence of the + id="dx1-4074"></a> isn’t automatically implemented by the presence of the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4072"></a> key when <a + id="dx1-4075"></a> key when <a href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-4073"></a> is false. - </p><!--l. 755--><p class="noindent" >It’s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and + id="dx1-4076"></a> is false. + </p><!--l. 793--><p class="noindent" >It’s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and set their position within the glossary style. - </p><!--l. 758--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries + </p><!--l. 796--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries before the external indexing files have been opened with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Since the appropriate file isn’t open, the information can’t be written to it. @@ -1449,50 +1518,45 @@ class="cmss-10">seenoindex=ignore </span>(provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) to prevent an error occurring. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.record"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">record</span><a - id="dx1-4074"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.08.) This is a ⟨<span + id="dx1-4077"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.08.) This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option provided for the benefit of <a - id="dx1-4075"></a><a +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option provided for the benefit of + <a + id="dx1-4078"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> - (see <a +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see <a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a -href="#sec:bib2gls"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). If you want to - use <a - id="dx1-4076"></a><span +class="cmbx-10">10</span> </a><a +href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). If you + want to use <a + id="dx1-4079"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>, the recommended setting is <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a - id="dx1-4077"></a> if you have hyperlinks - and <a + id="dx1-4080"></a> if you have + hyperlinks and <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4078"></a> if you don’t have hyperlinks. - </p><!--l. 771--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can’t be used after + id="dx1-4081"></a> if you don’t have hyperlinks. + <!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can’t be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. If the value is missing <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4079"></a> is assumed. + id="dx1-4082"></a> is assumed. Permitted values: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" > <span -class="cmssbx-10">off</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >This is the default setting. The indexing is performed as normal using +class="cmssbx-10">off</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This is the default setting. The indexing is performed as normal using either <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. This setting @@ -1500,21 +1564,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. This setting href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=error</span><a - id="dx1-4080"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-4083"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" >The indexing (recording) is performed by <a - id="dx1-4081"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The indexing (recording) is performed by + <a + id="dx1-4084"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(see <a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">9</span> - </a><a -href="#sec:bib2gls"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). +class="cmbx-10">10</span> </a><a +href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). Neither <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>nor <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>is permitted. @@ -1522,21 +1583,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>is permitted. href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-4082"></a> and automatically loads + id="dx1-4085"></a> and automatically loads the supplementary <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4083"></a> package. (There should be + id="dx1-4086"></a> package. (There should be no need to explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4084"></a>.) - - - - </p><!--l. 786--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span + id="dx1-4087"></a>.) + <!--l. 824--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>). - </p><!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span + </p><!--l. 827--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): @@ -1547,11 +1605,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): bib2gls myDoc pdflatex myDoc </pre> - <!--l. 795--><p class="nopar" > If you want letter groups you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 833--><p class="nopar" > If you want letter groups you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch when invoking <a - id="dx1-4085"></a><a + id="dx1-4088"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>: @@ -1563,55 +1621,53 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>: bib2gls -g myDoc pdflatex myDoc </pre> - <!--l. 802--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 804--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a + <!--l. 840--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 842--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4086"></a> will prevent the <span + id="dx1-4089"></a> will prevent the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4087"></a> from automatically + id="dx1-4090"></a> from automatically implementing <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>. (<a - id="dx1-4088"></a><a + id="dx1-4091"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> deals with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4089"></a> field.) You + id="dx1-4092"></a> field.) You may explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>in the document, but <a - id="dx1-4090"></a><span + id="dx1-4093"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will ignore the cross-reference if the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4091"></a> field was already set for that + id="dx1-4094"></a> field was already set for that entry. - </p><!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >The <a + </p><!--l. 848--><p class="noindent" >The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4092"></a> option will automatically set the <span + id="dx1-4095"></a> option will automatically set the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <a href="#styopt.sort"><span class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=none</span><a - id="dx1-4093"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to + id="dx1-4096"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.30.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" > <span -class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37 and requires <a - id="dx1-4094"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.37 and requires <a + id="dx1-4097"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+.) This option is like <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4095"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by + id="dx1-4098"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by <span class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabel </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>, and provides a more reliable way of @@ -1620,7 +1676,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ for the given location. This option requires <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-4096"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records. + id="dx1-4099"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records. Remember that <span class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref </span>is always globally updated whenever <span @@ -1630,117 +1686,113 @@ class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabel </span>isn’t. This can cause some <a href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-4097"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry + id="dx1-4100"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry is indexed, which affects this option. See <a href="#sec:recordnameref"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">9.3.2</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">10.3.2</span> </a><a href="#sec:recordnameref">Nameref Record<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordnameref --></a> for further details. - </p><!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a + <!--l. 866--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a href="#styopt.counter"><span class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=chapter</span><a - id="dx1-4098"></a> or <a + id="dx1-4101"></a> or <a href="#styopt.counter"><span class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=section</span><a - id="dx1-4099"></a> if you + id="dx1-4102"></a> if you want the title included in the location list. If the indexing counter is the default <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-4100"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for + id="dx1-4103"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for <a href="#styopt.counter"><span class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=equation</span><a - id="dx1-4101"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4104"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.equations"><span class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4102"></a>). + id="dx1-4105"></a>). </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" > <span -class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >Deprecated synonym of <span +class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Deprecated synonym of <span class="cmss-10">hybrid</span>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmssbx-10">hybrid</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >This is a hybrid setting that uses <a - id="dx1-4103"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to fetch entry information from - - - - <span +class="cmssbx-10">hybrid</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a hybrid setting that uses <a + id="dx1-4106"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to fetch entry information + from <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files, but uses <a - id="dx1-4104"></a><a + id="dx1-4107"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4105"></a><a + id="dx1-4108"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary files (which - are input with <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary files + (which are input with <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4106"></a>). Note that this requires a slower and - more complicated build process (see below). - </p><!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >This hybrid approach is provided for the rare instances where an existing + id="dx1-4109"></a>). Note that this requires a slower + and more complicated build process (see below). + <!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >This hybrid approach is provided for the rare instances where an existing <a - id="dx1-4107"></a><a -href="#glo:xindy"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule or module is too complicated to convert to a <a - id="dx1-4108"></a><a -href="#glo:bib2gls"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> rule but + id="dx1-4110"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>rule or module is too complicated to convert to a <a + id="dx1-4111"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>rule but the entries need to be fetched from a <span class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a - id="dx1-4109"></a> file. There’s no benefit in using + id="dx1-4112"></a> file. There’s no benefit in using this option with <a - id="dx1-4110"></a><a -href="#glo:makeindex"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>. - </p><!--l. 848--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since it’s redundant to make <a - id="dx1-4111"></a><span + id="dx1-4113"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>. + + + + </p><!--l. 886--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since it’s redundant to make <a + id="dx1-4114"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>also sort, use <span class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>in <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>for a faster build. </div> - </p><!--l. 851--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 853--><p class="noindent" >This option must be used with <span + </p><!--l. 889--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" >This option must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-4112"></a> but not with its optional + id="dx1-4115"></a> but not with its optional argument. This option should not be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. You may need to change the transcript file used by <a - id="dx1-4113"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to avoid a + id="dx1-4116"></a><a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to avoid a clash with the transcript file used by <a - id="dx1-4114"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <a - id="dx1-4115"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. (This can be + id="dx1-4117"></a><a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a + id="dx1-4118"></a><a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>. (This can be done with <a - id="dx1-4116"></a><span + id="dx1-4119"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--log-file</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">-t</span></span></span> option.) - </p><!--l. 860--><p class="noindent" >Each glossary should be displayed using <span + </p><!--l. 898--><p class="noindent" >Each glossary should be displayed using <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>for all of them). This option is expected to be used with <a - id="dx1-4117"></a><span + id="dx1-4120"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>setting and so <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4118"></a> is not + id="dx1-4121"></a> is not automatically loaded. - </p><!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span + </p><!--l. 903--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): @@ -1753,37 +1805,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): makeglossaries myDoc pdflatex myDoc </pre> - <!--l. 873--><p class="nopar" > Note that, in this case, it’s redundant to call <a - id="dx1-4119"></a><a + <!--l. 911--><p class="nopar" > Note that, in this case, it’s redundant to call <a + id="dx1-4122"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch as <a - id="dx1-4120"></a><a + id="dx1-4123"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a - id="dx1-4121"></a><a + id="dx1-4124"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> will insert the group heading information into the corresponding glossary file. (If you want <a - id="dx1-4122"></a><span + id="dx1-4125"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to form the letter groups then this hybrid method is inappropriate.)</p></dd></dl> - <!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a + <!--l. 919--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4123"></a>, <a + id="dx1-4126"></a>, <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a - id="dx1-4124"></a> or <a + id="dx1-4127"></a> or <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a - id="dx1-4125"></a>), any of + id="dx1-4128"></a>), any of the commands that would typically index the entry (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or @@ -1791,79 +1843,71 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) will add a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record </span>entry to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. <a - id="dx1-4126"></a><span + id="dx1-4129"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can then read these lines to find out which entries have been used. (Remember that commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>don’t index, so any use of these commands won’t add a corresponding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record </span>entry to the <span -class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) See - <a +class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) + See <a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a -href="#sec:bib2gls"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a> for further +class="cmbx-10">10</span> </a><a +href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a> for further details. - </p><!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" >The hybrid method additionally performs the standard indexing action that’s + </p><!--l. 929--><p class="noindent" >The hybrid method additionally performs the standard indexing action that’s required for <a - id="dx1-4127"></a><span + id="dx1-4130"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <a - id="dx1-4128"></a><span + id="dx1-4131"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>to work. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.equations"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">equations</span><a - id="dx1-4129"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to + id="dx1-4132"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to automatically switch to <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-4130"></a> when inside a numbered equation + id="dx1-4133"></a> when inside a numbered equation environment, such as <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-4131"></a><a - id="dx1-4132"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4134"></a><a + id="dx1-4135"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">align</span><a - id="dx1-4133"></a><a - id="dx1-4134"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden + id="dx1-4136"></a><a + id="dx1-4137"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden with <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-4135"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span + id="dx1-4138"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as usual. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.floats"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">floats</span><a - id="dx1-4136"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to + id="dx1-4139"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to automatically switch to the corresponding counter when inside a floating environment, such as <span class="cmss-10">figure</span><a - id="dx1-4137"></a><a - id="dx1-4138"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4140"></a><a + id="dx1-4141"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">table</span><a - id="dx1-4139"></a><a - id="dx1-4140"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden + id="dx1-4142"></a><a + id="dx1-4143"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden with <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-4141"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span + id="dx1-4144"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as usual. Remember that within floats it’s the <span class="cmtt-10">\caption </span>command that actually uses <span class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>, so indexing before the caption will result in the wrong - - - reference. The commands for use in captions and sections, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and <span @@ -1879,7 +1923,6 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>after the caption (not before). For -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> \begin{figure}[htbp]   \centering @@ -1888,29 +1931,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>after the caption (not before). For   \glsadd{foobar} \end{figure} </pre> - <!--l. 920--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 958--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.indexcounter"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">indexcounter</span><a - id="dx1-4142"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn’t take a value) is primarily + id="dx1-4145"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn’t take a value) is primarily intended for use with <a - id="dx1-4143"></a><a + id="dx1-4146"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (v1.4+) and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-4144"></a>. It can be used + id="dx1-4147"></a>. It can be used with <a - id="dx1-4145"></a><a + id="dx1-4148"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4146"></a><a + id="dx1-4149"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> but it will interfere with the <a - id="dx1-4147"></a><a + id="dx1-4150"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> collation, so you won’t have ranges and you’ll have duplicate page numbers present (but each page number will link to the relevant part of the page @@ -1919,26 +1960,26 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> href="#styopt.counter"><span class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4148"></a>. - </p><!--l. 931--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span + id="dx1-4151"></a>. + <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4149"></a> and adding <span + id="dx1-4152"></a> and adding <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a - id="dx1-4150"></a>. This can + id="dx1-4153"></a>. This can cause a problem if the indexing occurs in an <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-4151"></a><a - id="dx1-4152"></a> environment as <span + id="dx1-4154"></a><a + id="dx1-4155"></a> environment as <span class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a - id="dx1-4153"></a> + id="dx1-4156"></a> forbids multiple occurrences of <span class="cmtt-10">\label </span>(resulting in the “Multiple <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span>’s” error). It’s best to change the counter to <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-4154"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4157"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-4155"></a> when in maths mode + id="dx1-4158"></a> when in maths mode with this option. For example: @@ -1950,22 +1991,22 @@ class="cmss-10">equation</span><a \renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%  \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi} </pre> - <!--l. 944--><p class="nopar" > </div> - </p><!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span + <!--l. 982--><p class="nopar" > </div> + </p><!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 985--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-4156"></a>), the page numbers in <a - id="dx1-4157"></a><a + id="dx1-4159"></a>), the page numbers in <a + id="dx1-4160"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number lists</a> link back to the top of the relevant page (provided the format uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span>). The <a href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-4158"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where + id="dx1-4161"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where the indexing occurred. It does this by creating a new counter (called <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4159"></a>) + id="dx1-4162"></a>) that’s incremented with <span class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>every time an entry is indexed (but not via cross-referencing commands, such as <span @@ -1976,57 +2017,57 @@ class="cmtt-10">\label </span>is placed class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span>. The location, as seen by the indexing application, is the value of the <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4160"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page + id="dx1-4163"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page reference when <a - id="dx1-4161"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all + id="dx1-4164"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all entries and is incremented every time any indexing occurs, neither <a - id="dx1-4162"></a><a + id="dx1-4165"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> nor <a - id="dx1-4163"></a><a + id="dx1-4166"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> can correctly collate the lists. For example, if the first term to be referenced is indexed three times on page 5 without any intervening terms then the actual locations obtained from <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4164"></a> + id="dx1-4167"></a> will be 1, 2 and 3, which <a - id="dx1-4165"></a><span + id="dx1-4168"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and <a - id="dx1-4166"></a><span + id="dx1-4169"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>will try to form into the range 1–3, but they should actually all simply appear as page 5, whereas it can actually end up with 5–5. Conversely, a range may not be formed where it would naturally occur if just the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-4167"></a> counter was + id="dx1-4170"></a> counter was used. - </p><!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >Since <a - id="dx1-4168"></a><a + </p><!--l. 1009--><p class="noindent" >Since <a + id="dx1-4171"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is designed specifically to work with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, <a - id="dx1-4169"></a><span + id="dx1-4172"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(v1.4+) will check for <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4170"></a> locations. If the default + id="dx1-4173"></a> locations. If the default <span class="cmtt-10">--merge-wrglossary-records </span>is on, then any records for the same page for a given entry will be merged. In the above example with three references on page 5, only a single record for page 5 for that entry will be added to the <a - id="dx1-4171"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on + id="dx1-4174"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on that page. Whereas if you use the <span class="cmtt-10">--no-merge-wrglossary-records</span> switch, the <a - id="dx1-4172"></a>number list will contain three instance of page 5, with + id="dx1-4175"></a>number list will contain three instance of page 5, with each linking to the corresponding place on that page. In both cases, consecutive pages can form ranges, but it may look strange in the second case. - </p><!--l. 984--><p class="noindent" >See the <a - id="dx1-4173"></a><span + </p><!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >See the <a + id="dx1-4176"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>documentation for the <span class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option for more details. @@ -2034,170 +2075,182 @@ class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.docdef"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">docdef</span><a - id="dx1-4174"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >This option governs the use of <span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a boolean - option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following values (if - the value is omitted, <span -class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed): </p> + id="dx1-4177"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This option governs the use of <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a + boolean option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following + values (if the value is omitted, <span +class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed): <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 992--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><a +href="#styopt.docdef"><span +class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=false</span><a + id="dx1-4178"></a>: <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-4176"></a> is not permitted in the <span -class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4177"></a><a - id="dx1-4178"></a> environment - (default). - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>behaves as it does in the base <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. - That is, where its use is permitted in the <span + id="dx1-4179"></a> is not permitted in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-4180"></a><a - id="dx1-4181"></a> environment, it - uses the <span -class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>temporary file to store the entry definitions so - that on the next LaTeX run the entries are defined at the beginning - of the <span + id="dx1-4181"></a> + environment (default). + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a +href="#styopt.docdef"><span +class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=true</span><a + id="dx1-4182"></a>: <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>behaves as it does in the base + <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. That is, where its use is permitted in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4182"></a><a - id="dx1-4183"></a> environment. This allows the entry information - to be referenced in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs before + id="dx1-4183"></a><a + id="dx1-4184"></a> + environment, it uses the <span +class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>temporary file to store the entry + definitions so that on the next LaTeX run the entries are defined at + the beginning of the <span +class="cmss-10">document</span><a + id="dx1-4185"></a><a + id="dx1-4186"></a> environment. This allows the entry + information to be referenced in the glossary, even if the glossary + occurs before <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary + is displayed in the front matter.) This method of saving the definitions + for the next LaTeX run has drawbacks that are detailed in the <span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary is displayed - in the front matter.) This method of saving the definitions for the - next LaTeX run has drawbacks that are detailed in the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> - user manual. - </p><!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual. + <!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>wouldn’t be allowed in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4184"></a><a - id="dx1-4185"></a> environment with the base <span + id="dx1-4187"></a><a + id="dx1-4188"></a> environment with the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, then it still won’t be allowed with <a href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4186"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the + id="dx1-4189"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the end of the document, consider using <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a - id="dx1-4187"></a> instead. + id="dx1-4190"></a> instead. </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >(new to version 1.06) <span + <li class="itemize"><a +href="#styopt.docdef"><span +class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a + id="dx1-4191"></a>: (new to version 1.06) <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-4189"></a> is permitted in the - <span + id="dx1-4192"></a> is + permitted in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4190"></a><a - id="dx1-4191"></a> environment without using the <span -class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file. This means - that all entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed, but - it avoids the complications associated with saving the entry details - in a temporary file. You will still need to take care about any changes - made to characters that are required by the ⟨<span + id="dx1-4193"></a><a + id="dx1-4194"></a> environment without using the <span +class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs</span> + file. This means that all entries must be defined before the glossary + is displayed, but it avoids the complications associated with saving + the entry details in a temporary file. You will still need to take + care about any changes made to characters that are required by + the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ mechanism - (that is, the comma and equal sign) and any <a - id="dx1-4192"></a><a +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ mechanism (that is, the comma and equal sign) and + any <a + id="dx1-4195"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4193"></a><a + id="dx1-4196"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> - character that occurs in the <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> character that occurs in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-4194"></a> key or label. If any of those characters - are made active in the document, then it can cause problems with - the entry definition. This option will allow <span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to - be used in the document with <span -class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>, but note that + id="dx1-4197"></a> key or + label. If any of those characters are made active in the document, + then it can cause problems with the entry definition. This option + will allow <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to be used in the document with <span -class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>remains a preamble-only command. - </p><!--l. 1031--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been +class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>, but note that <span +class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span> + remains a preamble-only command. + <!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been defined, an error will occur (or a warning if the <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-4195"></a> + id="dx1-4198"></a> option is used.) If you edit your document and either remove an entry - - - or change its label, you may need to delete the document’s temporary files (such as the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>files). </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >(new to version 1.34) This option behaves like <a + <li class="itemize"><a +href="#styopt.docdef"><span +class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=atom</span><a + id="dx1-4199"></a>: (new to version 1.34) This option behaves like + + + + <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a - id="dx1-4197"></a> but - creates the <span -class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file for <a -href="https://atom.io/packages/autocomplete-glossaries" >atom’s autocomplete support</a>. This file - isn’t input by <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and so associated problems with the - use of this file are avoided, but it allows the autocomplete support - to find the labels in the file. As with <a + id="dx1-4200"></a> but creates the <span +class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file for <a +href="https://atom.io/packages/autocomplete-glossaries" >atom’s + autocomplete support</a>. This file isn’t input by <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and + so associated problems with the use of this file are avoided, but it + allows the autocomplete support to find the labels in the file. As + with <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a - id="dx1-4198"></a>, entries may - be defined in the preamble or anywhere in the document, but they - may only be referenced after they have been defined. Entries must - be defined before the associated glossary is displayed. - </p><!--l. 1050--><p class="noindent" >If you need a list of all entry labels for the use of an editor or helper + id="dx1-4201"></a>, entries may be defined in the preamble or + anywhere in the document, but they may only be referenced after + they have been defined. Entries must be defined before the associated + glossary is displayed. + <!--l. 1089--><p class="noindent" >If you need a list of all entry labels for the use of an editor or helper script you may also want to consider the package options <a href="#styopt.writeglslabels"><span class="cmss-10">writeglslabels</span></a><a - id="dx1-4199"></a> + id="dx1-4202"></a> and <a href="#styopt.writeglslabelnames"><span class="cmss-10">writeglslabelnames</span></a><a - id="dx1-4200"></a> provided by the base <span + id="dx1-4203"></a> provided by the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-4201"></a> package. Note + id="dx1-4204"></a> package. Note that with these options and <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=atom</span><a - id="dx1-4202"></a>, only the entry labels visible + id="dx1-4205"></a>, only the entry labels visible to LaTeX can be saved. So if you are using <a - id="dx1-4203"></a><a + id="dx1-4206"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you will only get the labels of the entries that are selected by <a - id="dx1-4204"></a><span + id="dx1-4207"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. </p> </li></ul> - <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 1099--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>within the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4205"></a><a - id="dx1-4206"></a> + id="dx1-4208"></a><a + id="dx1-4209"></a> environment (when used with <a - id="dx1-4207"></a><a + id="dx1-4210"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4208"></a><a + id="dx1-4211"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>) but the user manual warns against this usage. By default the <span @@ -2206,13 +2259,13 @@ class="cmti-10">prohibits </span>this, only allowing definitions within the preamble. If you are really determined to define entries in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4209"></a><a - id="dx1-4210"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you + id="dx1-4212"></a><a + id="dx1-4213"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you can restore this with <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4211"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the + id="dx1-4214"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the prohibitions that the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has in certain circumstances (for example, when using “option 1”). See the <span @@ -2222,63 +2275,60 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual for href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a - id="dx1-4212"></a>. Only use <a + id="dx1-4215"></a>. Only use <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4213"></a> if document definitions + id="dx1-4216"></a> if document definitions are necessary and one or more of the glossaries occurs in the front matter. - </p><!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span + </p><!--l. 1116--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the “on-the-fly” commands described in <a href="#sec:onthefly"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">11</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">12</span> </a><a href="#sec:onthefly">On-the-Fly Document Definitions<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:onthefly --></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.nomissingglstext"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nomissingglstext</span><a - id="dx1-4214"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the warning written to the - transcript and the warning text that will appear in the document if the - external glossary files haven’t been generated due to an incomplete document - build. However, it’s probably simpler just to fix whatever has caused the failure - to build the external file or files. - - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-4217"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the + warning written to the transcript and the warning text that will appear + in the document if the external glossary files haven’t been generated + due to an incomplete document build. However, it’s probably simpler + just to fix whatever has caused the failure to build the external file or + files. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.abbreviations"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">abbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-4215"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" >This option has no value and can’t be cancelled. If used, it will automatically - create a new glossary with the label <span -class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and redefines - <span + id="dx1-4218"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This option has no value and can’t be cancelled. If used, it will + automatically create a new glossary with the label <span +class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and + redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype </span>to this label. (The file extensions are <span class="cmtt-10">glg-abr</span><a - id="dx1-4216"></a>, + id="dx1-4219"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">gls-abr</span><a - id="dx1-4217"></a> and <span + id="dx1-4220"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">glo-abr</span><a - id="dx1-4218"></a>.) In addition, this option defines a shortcut + id="dx1-4221"></a>.) In addition, this option defines a shortcut + + + command - </p><!--l. 1097--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-4219"></a> <span + <!--l. 1136--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4222"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printabbreviations[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1099--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1138--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -2288,62 +2338,62 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4220"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally + id="dx1-4223"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally provide: - <!--l. 1106--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-4221"></a> <span + <!--l. 1145--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4224"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1147--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4222"></a>. - </p><!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by - </p><!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-4223"></a> <span + id="dx1-4225"></a>. + </p><!--l. 1150--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by + </p><!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4226"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1153--><p class="noindent" > If this command is already defined, it’s left unchanged. Otherwise it’s defined to “Abbreviations” if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-4224"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span + id="dx1-4227"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-4225"></a> has + id="dx1-4228"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-4226"></a> it’s likely you will need + id="dx1-4229"></a> it’s likely you will need to change this. (See <a href="#sec:lang"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">14</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">15</span> </a><a href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a> for further details.) - </p><!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a + </p><!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-4227"></a> package option, the <span + id="dx1-4230"></a> package option, the <span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span> command won’t be defined (unless it’s defined by an included language file). </div> - </p><!--l. 1125--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" >If the <a + </p><!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1166--><p class="noindent" >If the <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-4228"></a> option is used and the <a + id="dx1-4231"></a> option is used and the <a href="#styopt.acronym"><span class="cmss-10">acronym</span></a><a - id="dx1-4229"></a> option provided by the + id="dx1-4232"></a> option provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package hasn’t been used, then <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-4230"></a> will be set to + id="dx1-4233"></a> will be set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span><a - id="dx1-4231"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span + id="dx1-4234"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-4232"></a> can be added + id="dx1-4235"></a> can be added to the list of abbreviations. If you want acronyms in the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary and other abbreviations in the <span @@ -2358,26 +2408,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">main</span>: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{main} </pre> - <!--l. 1137--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 1139--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span + <!--l. 1176--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 1178--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <a href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a - id="dx1-4233"></a> + id="dx1-4236"></a> option (or associated commands) as the abbreviation mechanism is handled differently with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.symbols"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a - id="dx1-4234"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span + id="dx1-4237"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is passed to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define - </p><!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-4235"></a> <span + <!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4238"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -2385,7 +2433,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1187--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -2405,44 +2453,39 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-4236"></a> key is set to the ⟨<span + id="dx1-4239"></a> key is set to the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ not the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">symbol</span>⟩ as the symbol will likely contain commands. - <!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent" >If <span + <!--l. 1196--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4237"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally + id="dx1-4240"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally provide: - </p><!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-4238"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 1198--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4241"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1161--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1200--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4239"></a>. + id="dx1-4242"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.numbers"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a - id="dx1-4240"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span + id="dx1-4243"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is passed to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define - </p><!--l. 1166--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-4241"></a> <span + <!--l. 1205--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4244"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1207--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> - - - <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span @@ -2458,100 +2501,93 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">},type=numbers,category=number,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmsy-10">}</span> + + + </div> </div> - <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >If <span + <!--l. 1214--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4242"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally + id="dx1-4245"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally provide: - </p><!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-4243"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 1216--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4246"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1218--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4244"></a>. + id="dx1-4247"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.acronyms"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a - id="dx1-4245"></a> <span + id="dx1-4248"></a> <span class="cmbx-10">(or </span><a id="styopt.acronym"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-4246"></a><span -class="cmbx-10">)</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span + id="dx1-4249"></a><span +class="cmbx-10">)</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This is passed to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4247"></a> is also loaded then this - option will additionally provide: - </p><!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-4248"></a> <span + id="dx1-4250"></a> is + also loaded then this option will additionally provide: + <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4251"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1227--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4249"></a>. - </p><!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span + id="dx1-4252"></a>. + </p><!--l. 1230--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>not <span class="cmtt-10">acronyms</span>. You may find it easier to reference it with the command <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-4250"></a>. + id="dx1-4253"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1234--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.index"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-4251"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span + id="dx1-4254"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is passed to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4252"></a> is also loaded then this + id="dx1-4255"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally provide: - </p><!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-4253"></a> <span + <!--l. 1240--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4256"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1242--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4254"></a>. + id="dx1-4257"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" > <a id="styopt.shortcuts"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a - id="dx1-4255"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn’t boolean - but has multiple values: </p> - - - + id="dx1-4258"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Unlike the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn’t + boolean but has multiple values: <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" ><a + <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a - id="dx1-4256"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4259"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a - id="dx1-4257"></a>): set the shortcuts provided + id="dx1-4260"></a>): set the shortcuts provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>). Note that the @@ -2567,14 +2603,13 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-4258"></a>. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1218--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-4261"></a>. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-4259"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span + id="dx1-4262"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>) but uses the <span @@ -2586,17 +2621,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ac </span>is defined as <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>rather than <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" ><a + + + + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-4260"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4263"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a - id="dx1-4261"></a>): set the abbreviation + id="dx1-4264"></a>): set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span @@ -2606,126 +2643,120 @@ class="cmbx-10">4.3</span> href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>.) These settings don’t switch on the acronym shortcuts provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=other</span><a - id="dx1-4262"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut + id="dx1-4265"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut commands for abbreviations or the acronym shortcuts provided by <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The “other” shortcuts are: </p> +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The “other” shortcuts are: <ul class="itemize2"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1236--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newentry</span><a - id="dx1-4263"></a> equivalent to <span + id="dx1-4266"></a> equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-4264"></a> - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-4267"></a> + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newsym</span><a - id="dx1-4265"></a> equivalent to <span + id="dx1-4268"></a> equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a - id="dx1-4266"></a> (see the <a + id="dx1-4269"></a> (see the <a href="#styopt.symbols"><span class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a - id="dx1-4267"></a> + id="dx1-4270"></a> option). - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1239--><p class="noindent" ><span + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newnum</span><a - id="dx1-4268"></a> equivalent to <span + id="dx1-4271"></a> equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a - id="dx1-4269"></a> (see the <a + id="dx1-4272"></a> (see the <a href="#styopt.numbers"><span class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a - id="dx1-4270"></a> - option).</p></li></ul> + id="dx1-4273"></a> + option).</li></ul> </li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" ><a + <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=all</span><a - id="dx1-4271"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4274"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4272"></a>): implements <a + id="dx1-4275"></a>): implements <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-4273"></a>, + id="dx1-4276"></a>, <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-4274"></a> and <a + id="dx1-4277"></a> and <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=other</span><a - id="dx1-4275"></a>. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1247--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-4278"></a>. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=none</span><a - id="dx1-4276"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4279"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4277"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut - commands (default).</p></li></ul> - - - - <!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a + id="dx1-4280"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut + commands (default). + </li></ul> + <!--l. 1291--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><a - id="dx1-4278"></a> option <span + id="dx1-4281"></a> option <span class="cmti-10">within the same option</span> <span -class="cmti-10">list </span>will override each other.</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" > After the <span +class="cmti-10">list </span>will override each other. +</p> + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 1296--><p class="indent" > After the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has been loaded, you can set available options using -</p><!--l. 1257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-4279"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4282"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1300--><p class="noindent" > The <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-4280"></a> and <a + id="dx1-4283"></a> and <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a - id="dx1-4281"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally, + id="dx1-4284"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally, <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a - id="dx1-4282"></a> can’t be used after <span + id="dx1-4285"></a> can’t be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-4283"></a>. + id="dx1-4286"></a>. </p> -<!--l. 1264--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 1264--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1305--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 1305--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a id="sec:modifications"></a>Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles</h2> </p> -<!--l. 1267--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1308--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a - id="definingentries"></a>Defining Entries</h3> -<!--l. 1269--><p class="noindent" >The <span + id="sec:definingentries"></a>Defining Entries</h3> +<!--l. 1311--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-6001"></a> which may be used in the <span @@ -2734,10 +2765,10 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a suppress the post-description hook. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another command -</p><!--l. 1273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-6003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1317--><p class="noindent" > which has a similar function but only suppresses the post-description punctuation. It doesn’t suppress the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>which allows the use of @@ -2749,10 +2780,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>not before.) The post-description hook can counter-act the effect of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span> using -</p><!--l. 1284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1326--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-6004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1286--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1328--><p class="noindent" > These commands have no effect outside of the glossary (except with standalone entries that use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span>and <span @@ -2760,9 +2791,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, see <a href="#sec:glossentry"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">10.4</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">11.4</span> </a><a href="#sec:glossentry">Standalone Entry Items<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glossentry --></a>). -</p><!--l. 1291--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span +</p><!--l. 1333--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to automatically produce an error if an entry is undefined (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a @@ -2771,33 +2802,30 @@ href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><a id="dx1-6006"></a> option into account. -</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1337--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">category</span><a id="dx1-6007"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this is <span class="cmtt-10">general</span>. See <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further information about categories. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent" ><span + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a id="dx1-6008"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a href="#sec:alias"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">10.5</span> +class="cmbx-10">11.5</span> </a><a href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a> for further details. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1303--><p class="noindent" ><span + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-6009"></a>, which performs much like <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a @@ -2807,13 +2835,10 @@ href="#sec:see"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.3</span> </a><a href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see - also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for further details.</p></li></ul> - - - -<!--l. 1307--><p class="noindent" >This apply to all entry defining commands (such as <span + also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for further details.</li></ul> +<!--l. 1349--><p class="noindent" >This apply to all entry defining commands (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>). -</p><!--l. 1310--><p class="indent" > The test file <span +</p><!--l. 1352--><p class="indent" > The test file <span class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a mixture of <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a @@ -2829,7 +2854,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex </span>file for testing <a id="dx1-6014"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 1317--><p class="indent" > The <span + + + +</p><!--l. 1359--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12) that doesn’t automatically insert @@ -2839,8 +2867,8 @@ that doesn’t automatically insert <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> \leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc </pre> -<!--l. 1321--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field. -</p><!--l. 1323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 1363--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field. +</p><!--l. 1365--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-6015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry*{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -2849,17 +2877,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1325--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1367--><p class="noindent" > The <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a id="dx1-6016"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1329--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes +</p><!--l. 1371--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses: -</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1374--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-6017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1334--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1376--><p class="noindent" > This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the <span class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example: @@ -2870,9 +2898,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip} </pre> -<!--l. 1340--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t +<!--l. 1382--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t suppress the post-description hook. -</p><!--l. 1344--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span +</p><!--l. 1386--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-6018"></a> package’s treatment of the <span @@ -2891,10 +2919,10 @@ of this command sets the description’s plural form to the same as the singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-6022f1"></a> -</p><!--l. 1359--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span +</p><!--l. 1401--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span> to the description’s plural form. -</p><!--l. 1362--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1404--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a id="dx1-6028"></a> command (defined through the <a href="#styopt.index"><span @@ -2912,14 +2940,14 @@ class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 1368--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1410--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument. -</p><!--l. 1369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-6032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1371--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" > If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is empty, <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the @@ -2927,7 +2955,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that need processing with an external indexing application. -</p><!--l. 1377--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a +</p><!--l. 1419--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a @@ -2942,21 +2970,21 @@ href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=off</span><a id="dx1-6035"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1382--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span +</p><!--l. 1424--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ and <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.) -</p><!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 1429--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩, you can’t define entries in the document (even with the <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a id="dx1-6036"></a> option). </div> -</p><!--l. 1390--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1392--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a +</p><!--l. 1432--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1434--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a id="dx1-6037"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of @@ -2974,25 +3002,25 @@ href="#styopt.automake"><span class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a id="dx1-6040"></a> option. -</p><!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1440--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1440--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3> -<!--l. 1401--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span +<!--l. 1443--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>where the mandatory argument is a comma-separated list of labels: -</p><!--l. 1404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-7001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddeach[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1406--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1448--><p class="noindent" > This simply iterates over ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ and does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[</span>⟨<span @@ -3001,7 +3029,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each entry in the list. -</p><!--l. 1410--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span +</p><!--l. 1452--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span> automatically use <span @@ -3013,7 +3041,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the optional argument of the corresponding <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>etc). -</p><!--l. 1415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-7002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -3023,7 +3051,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glsadd options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1417--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1459--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>and indicates the label to use in @@ -3038,7 +3066,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">format={</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>prepended to the list. -</p><!--l. 1425--><p class="indent" > For example, with: +</p><!--l. 1467--><p class="indent" > For example, with: @@ -3046,7 +3074,7 @@ list. <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> \GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat{hyperbf}{counter=chapter} </pre> -<!--l. 1428--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1470--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to @@ -3055,11 +3083,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will be equiva <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> \glsadd[format=hyperbf,counter=chapter]{sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample} </pre> -<!--l. 1432--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include +<!--l. 1474--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include them in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format list</span>⟩ (in which case, be sure to add both the start and end formats). -</p><!--l. 1437--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example: +</p><!--l. 1479--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example: @@ -3067,7 +3095,7 @@ formats). <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> \GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[dual.\glslabel]{hyperbf}{} </pre> -<!--l. 1440--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1482--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will now be equivalent to: @@ -3076,25 +3104,23 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will now be eq <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> \glsadd[format=hyperbf]{dual.sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample} </pre> -<!--l. 1445--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1447--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +<!--l. 1487--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat </span>is not applied to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>as it could cause an infinite loop. </div> -</p><!--l. 1450--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1452--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1492--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1494--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1455--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmssbx-10">noindex</span><a - id="dx1-7003"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1455--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing. (That is, it - prevents <span + id="dx1-7003"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing. (That is, + it prevents <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or whatever from adding a line to the external glossary file.) This is more useful than the <a href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span @@ -3114,7 +3140,7 @@ class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a id="dx1-7007"></a> attribute, see <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) Note that the <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a @@ -3125,34 +3151,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a id="dx1-7010"></a>) since the whole purpose of that command is to index an entry. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a - id="dx1-7011"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.14.) This is may only take the values <span + id="dx1-7011"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.14.) This is may only take the values <span class="cmss-10">before </span>or <span -class="cmss-10">after</span>. By default, - commands that both index and display link text (such as <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span> - and <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>), perform the indexing before the link text as the indexing - creates a whatsit that can cause problems if it occurs after the link text. - However, it may be that in some cases (such as long phrases) you may - actually want the indexing performed after the link text. In this case you - can use <span -class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this option doesn’t - have an effect if the indexing has been suppressed through other settings - (such as <span +class="cmss-10">after</span>. By + default, commands that both index and display link text (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, + <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>), perform the indexing before the link text as the + indexing creates a whatsit that can cause problems if it occurs after the + link text. However, it may be that in some cases (such as long phrases) you + may actually want the indexing performed after the link text. In this case + you can use <span +class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this option + doesn’t have an effect if the indexing has been suppressed through other + settings (such as <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a id="dx1-7012"></a>). - </p><!--l. 1482--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using - </p><!--l. 1483--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + <!--l. 1524--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using + </p><!--l. 1525--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-7013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1485--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1527--><p class="noindent" > which is defined as: @@ -3169,13 +3193,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>  }% } </pre> - <!--l. 1497--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional - </p><!--l. 1500--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + <!--l. 1539--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional + </p><!--l. 1542--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a id="dx1-7014"></a> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1501--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1543--><p class="noindent" > which is used to determine where to perform the indexing. - </p><!--l. 1504--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a + </p><!--l. 1546--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a id="dx1-7015"></a> attribute to <span @@ -3189,17 +3213,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span>.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a - id="dx1-7018"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.21.) This is a boolean key. The default is <span + id="dx1-7018"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.21.) This is a boolean key. The default is <span class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=true</span>, which puts the hyperlink outside <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span>, so that commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> - will effectively do </p><div class="alltt"> + will effectively do <div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink{</span>⟨<span @@ -3230,9 +3252,6 @@ class="cmitt-10">link</span><span class="cmitt-10"> text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="cmsy-10">}</span> - - - </div> </div> You can use the <a href="#catattr.hyperoutside"><span @@ -3251,7 +3270,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span>. For <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> \glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{hyperoutside}{false} </pre> - <!--l. 1531--><p class="nopar" > will set <span + <!--l. 1573--><p class="nopar" > will set <span class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=false </span>for all entries that are assigned to the category <span class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and @@ -3262,7 +3281,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> \glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{textformat}{mathrel} </pre> - <!--l. 1536--><p class="nopar" > will use <span + <!--l. 1578--><p class="nopar" > will use <span class="cmtt-10">\mathrel </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>resulting in: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -3282,13 +3301,11 @@ class="cmss-10">category</span><a id="dx1-7021"></a> key set to <span class="cmtt-10">mathrelation</span>. </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a - id="dx1-7022"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The command formed - from this name must exist and must take one argument. (Use <span + id="dx1-7022"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The command + formed from this name must exist and must take one argument. (Use <span class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a href="#catattr.textformat"><span @@ -3303,43 +3320,36 @@ class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.6</span> </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">First Use Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-7025"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" >Locally redefines <span + id="dx1-7025"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Locally redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span><a id="dx1-7026"></a> to the given value. It should match the prefix for the desired glossary. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">thevalue</span><a - id="dx1-7027"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" >Explicitly set the location to this value (see below). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1558--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-7027"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Explicitly set the location to this value (see below). + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">theHvalue</span><a - id="dx1-7028"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 1558--><p class="noindent" >Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below). -</p> + id="dx1-7028"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below). </dd></dl> -<!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span +<!--l. 1605--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-7029"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-7030"></a> etc with: -</p><!--l. 1565--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-7031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1567--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1609--><p class="noindent" > For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do: @@ -3348,7 +3358,7 @@ For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> \GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex} </pre> -<!--l. 1572--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1614--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want the location added to the <a id="dx1-7032"></a><a @@ -3357,7 +3367,7 @@ settings (such as category attributes) in addition to any settings passed in the argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span +</p><!--l. 1621--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and <span @@ -3368,18 +3378,18 @@ class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a id="dx1-7034"></a> instead. -</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 1627--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1589--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span +</p><!--l. 1629--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1631--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-7035"></a>, you can instead use: -</p><!--l. 1591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 1633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1593--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1635--><p class="noindent" > This has the advantage of also working for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly @@ -3392,8 +3402,8 @@ overridden): \backmatter \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit} </pre> -<!--l. 1600--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1602--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span +<!--l. 1642--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1644--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-7036"></a> have star (<span class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span @@ -3403,25 +3413,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a third modifier, if required, using -</p><!--l. 1606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1648--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-7037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1608--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ is the character used as the modifier and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is the default set of options (which may be overridden). Note that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ must be a single character (not a UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). -</p><!--l. 1615--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 1657--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code. </div> -</p><!--l. 1618--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1620--><p class="indent" > Example: +</p><!--l. 1660--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1662--><p class="indent" > Example: @@ -3429,7 +3439,7 @@ class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code. <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> \GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex} </pre> -<!--l. 1623--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1665--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do @@ -3440,48 +3450,48 @@ not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> \gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample} </pre> -<!--l. 1629--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1671--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you can’t combine the <span class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers. -</p><!--l. 1634--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the +</p><!--l. 1676--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the external glossary files: -</p><!--l. 1636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1678--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-7038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1680--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined. (See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses this hook to determine which entries haven’t been indexed.) -</p><!--l. 1645--><p class="indent" > There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options +</p><!--l. 1687--><p class="indent" > There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options are set by the <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands: -</p><!--l. 1648--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1690--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-7039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1692--><p class="noindent" > (The base package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a id="dx1-7040"></a> that’s used immediately after the options are set.) -</p><!--l. 1654--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span +</p><!--l. 1696--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 1655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1697--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-7041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpresetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1657--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1699--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 1659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-7042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpostsetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1703--><p class="noindent" > For example, to default to using the <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a id="dx1-7043"></a> counter in maths mode: @@ -3495,7 +3505,7 @@ class="cmss-10">equation</span><a \renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%  \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi} </pre> -<!--l. 1669--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span +<!--l. 1711--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a id="dx1-7044"></a> in the optional argument of <span @@ -3505,7 +3515,7 @@ just use the <a href="#styopt.equations"><span class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><a id="dx1-7045"></a> package option.) -</p><!--l. 1675--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument): +</p><!--l. 1717--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument): @@ -3516,8 +3526,8 @@ class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><a \renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%  \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi} </pre> -<!--l. 1682--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1684--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span +<!--l. 1724--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1726--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-7046"></a> and <span @@ -3532,7 +3542,7 @@ class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-7048"></a> keys is intended primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can’t be obtained from a counter. -</p><!--l. 1693--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span +</p><!--l. 1735--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-7049"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a @@ -3545,12 +3555,12 @@ class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩. In general, there’s little need for this key as the prefix is typically associated with a counter that can be used to form hypertargets. -</p><!--l. 1701--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 1743--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-7052"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application that will accept the given value. </div> -</p><!--l. 1704--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1706--><p class="indent" > For example, <span +</p><!--l. 1746--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1748--><p class="indent" > For example, <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-7053"></a> will only accept locations in the form [⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span @@ -3574,7 +3584,7 @@ example, <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> \glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary Material}]{sample} </pre> -<!--l. 1716--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a +<!--l. 1758--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a id="dx1-7055"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, since it will allow any location and @@ -3589,7 +3599,7 @@ class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-7058"></a> key to prevent a hyperlink if one can’t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location value. -</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span +</p><!--l. 1767--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains: @@ -3606,7 +3616,7 @@ First page. \gls{sample}. \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 1740--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this +<!--l. 1782--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-7059"></a> to <span @@ -3627,13 +3637,13 @@ Some \gls{sample} text. \glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample} \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 1759--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span +<!--l. 1801--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-7060"></a> as it’s in the form ⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">sep</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1763--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the +</p><!--l. 1805--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the <a href="#catattr.externallocation"><span class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a @@ -3647,7 +3657,7 @@ class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a \newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,  name={sample},description={an example}} </pre> -<!--l. 1771--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span +<!--l. 1813--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format: @@ -3656,7 +3666,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> \glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample} </pre> -<!--l. 1775--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span +<!--l. 1817--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-7062"></a> package. Remember that the counter used for the location also needs to match. If <span @@ -3672,14 +3682,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.tex </span>for an example that uses <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-7064"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span +</p><!--l. 1827--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the relevant place in the external PDF file <span class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page. </div> -</p><!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1792--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span +</p><!--l. 1832--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1834--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span> are in the same directory, then viewing <span @@ -3687,7 +3697,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf </span>in Evince will take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2 external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked document. -</p><!--l. 1799--><p class="indent" > This method can only be used where there is one external source for the +</p><!--l. 1841--><p class="indent" > This method can only be used where there is one external source for the designated category (identified by the <a href="#catattr.externallocation"><span class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a @@ -3701,12 +3711,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>files of the designated external documents without the need to explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. -</p><!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1849--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1849--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</h3> -<!--l. 1810--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span +<!--l. 1852--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-8001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span @@ -3720,12 +3730,12 @@ can’t be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-8004"></a> (since the file hasn’t been opened yet). -</p><!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span +</p><!--l. 1860--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide -</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1863--><p class="noindent" > which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused cross-references unless the package option <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span @@ -3734,7 +3744,7 @@ class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a -</p><!--l. 1826--><p class="indent" > Note that even though the <span +</p><!--l. 1868--><p class="indent" > Note that even though the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-8007"></a> key will now work for entries defined in the <span @@ -3763,23 +3773,23 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-8014"></a> value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that point. -</p><!--l. 1837--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given +</p><!--l. 1879--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 1839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1841--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1883--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses -</p><!--l. 1843--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseeformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1845--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ are obtained from the value of the entry’s <span @@ -3801,7 +3811,7 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-8019"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1854--><p class="indent" > As with the base <span +</p><!--l. 1896--><p class="indent" > As with the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-8020"></a> package, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is defined to do <span @@ -3816,25 +3826,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The third argument is always ignored and is present fo class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-8021"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated location. The command -</p><!--l. 1860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1902--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a id="dx1-8022"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1861--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1903--><p class="noindent" > used to iterate over the list of cross-reference labels is also unchanged from the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-8023"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 1866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitem</span><a id="dx1-8024"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1867--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1909--><p class="noindent" > This is defined by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-8025"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -3876,15 +3886,15 @@ example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsxtrhiername{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 1885--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 1927--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1929--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides -</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1890--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1932--><p class="noindent" > to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-8032"></a> key or <span @@ -3923,7 +3933,7 @@ as:  \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}% } </pre> -<!--l. 1909--><p class="nopar" > (Note that as from <span +<!--l. 1951--><p class="nopar" > (Note that as from <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>version 1.42, this now uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and <span @@ -3933,7 +3943,7 @@ class="cmss-10">text</span><a class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-8038"></a> fields. This helps to ensure that any formatting is correctly applied.) -</p><!--l. 1915--><p class="indent" > If you want to restore the <span +</p><!--l. 1957--><p class="indent" > If you want to restore the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do: @@ -3942,8 +3952,8 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 1918--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1920--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 1960--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1962--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a id="dx1-8039"></a> package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span><a @@ -3952,17 +3962,16 @@ variants that may be used within the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>if required. These display the hierarchy for sub-entries rather than just the name, which may be more helpful in cross-references. -</p><!--l. 1925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1927--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="noindent" > performs a recursive action: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-8043x1"> - <!--l. 1930--><p class="noindent" >If the entry given by ⟨<span + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-8043x1">If the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a parent, then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">parent</span> @@ -3970,69 +3979,68 @@ class="cmti-10">parent</span> class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>is done followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span>then: - </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-8045x2"> - <!--l. 1933--><p class="noindent" >If the entry given by ⟨<span + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-8045x2">If the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is an abbreviation (that is, it has the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-8046"></a> field set) then the short form is displayed (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>) otherwise the name is displayed (using <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span>).</p></li></ol> -<!--l. 1938--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span>).</li></ol> +<!--l. 1980--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated by: -</p><!--l. 1940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1942--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to “ <span class="cmmi-9">⊳ </span>”. This can be redefined as appropriate. -</p><!--l. 1946--><p class="indent" > There are some case-changing variants: -</p><!--l. 1947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1988--><p class="indent" > There are some case-changing variants: +</p><!--l. 1989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1949--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1991--><p class="noindent" > The top-level has the first letter changed to upper case (either <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span>). There’s no case-change for sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 1954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1956--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="noindent" > All levels have the first letter changed to upper case (either <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span>). -</p><!--l. 1960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1962--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="noindent" > The top-level is converted to upper case (either <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span>). There’s no case-change for sub-entries. - - - -</p><!--l. 1967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSXTRhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2011--><p class="noindent" > All levels are converted to upper case (either <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span>). -</p><!--l. 1973--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a + + + +</p><!--l. 2015--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a id="dx1-8052"></a>number list using <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a @@ -4048,7 +4056,7 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-8056"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a id="dx1-8057"></a>number list. -</p><!--l. 1980--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook +</p><!--l. 2022--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For example: @@ -4063,11 +4071,11 @@ example:  {}% } </pre> -<!--l. 1989--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a +<!--l. 2031--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a id="dx1-8058"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been suppressed. -</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span +</p><!--l. 2035--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-8059"></a> key. Unlike <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a @@ -4087,24 +4095,24 @@ instead (or redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described below). -</p><!--l. 2001--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span +</p><!--l. 2043--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-8062"></a> key using: -</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2045--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2005--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="noindent" > This works in much the same way as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses -</p><!--l. 2008--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2052--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -4120,31 +4128,31 @@ For example:  {}% } </pre> -<!--l. 2021--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2023--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 2063--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2065--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a id="dx1-8065"></a> key only contains a single label not a list, but if you want to ensure consistent formatting with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso </span>you can use (from v1.42): -</p><!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusealias{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2028--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2030--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 2070--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>⟩ stored in the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-8067"></a> field can be accessed with: -</p><!--l. 2032--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2076--><p class="noindent" > This will just expand to the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>⟩ provided in the value of the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a @@ -4159,7 +4167,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can’t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated list. -</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" > As mentioned above, the base <span +</p><!--l. 2084--><p class="indent" > As mentioned above, the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a id="dx1-8071"></a>, which @@ -4170,15 +4178,15 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>as the argument. For convenience, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides -</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2089--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2091--><p class="noindent" > which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>. -</p><!--l. 2052--><p class="indent" > As from v1.47, <span +</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="indent" > As from v1.47, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist </span>to make it more flexible. The base package provides <span @@ -4190,38 +4198,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep </span>for the separator between the final two it (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep </span>is used between the other items). The modifications provide two additional commands: -</p><!--l. 2058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseefirstitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2060--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2102--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>and is used to format the first label in the list. -</p><!--l. 2063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastoxfordsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2065--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2107--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep </span>and is used if the list consists of three or more labels. -</p><!--l. 2069--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2111--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-8075"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using -</p><!--l. 2070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8076"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexseealso{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2114--><p class="noindent" > which just does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -4240,11 +4248,11 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-8078"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct <span class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead. -<!--l. 2081--><p class="indent" > The command that produces this “see also” text is -</p><!--l. 2082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 2123--><p class="indent" > The command that produces this “see also” text is +</p><!--l. 2124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-8079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2084--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2126--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmtt-10">\alsoname</span><a id="dx1-8080"></a> (provided by language packages) is defined then <span @@ -4252,7 +4260,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>will simply be defined to <span class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>otherwise it will be defined to <span class="cmtt-10">see also</span>. -</p><!--l. 2089--><p class="indent" > The language-sensitive <span +</p><!--l. 2131--><p class="indent" > The language-sensitive <span class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>is used by general indexing packages, such as <span class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a @@ -4265,12 +4273,12 @@ without affecting general indexing (with <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span>) then redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span> instead. -</p><!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2138--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2138--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 2099--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span +<!--l. 2141--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant @@ -4281,7 +4289,7 @@ whether or not it actually has a hyperlink. The actual text and the way it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry format. -</p><!--l. 2106--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span +</p><!--l. 2148--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-9002"></a>) used in the <a id="dx1-9003"></a>link-text by commands like @@ -4304,19 +4312,18 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to test for regular entries, which are determined as follows: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - - - - <!--l. 2114--><p class="noindent" >If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a + <li class="itemize">If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-9010"></a> attribute set (see <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>), the entry is considered a regular entry, + + + even if it has a value for the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-9011"></a> key. In this case <span @@ -4337,9 +4344,8 @@ class="cmss-10">text</span><a class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-9017"></a>) value on subsequent use. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2122--><p class="noindent" >An entry that doesn’t have a value for the <span + </li> + <li class="itemize">An entry that doesn’t have a value for the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-9018"></a> key is assumed to be a regular entry, even if the <a @@ -4351,9 +4357,8 @@ class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-9020"></a>. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" >If an entry does has a value for the <span + </li> + <li class="itemize">If an entry does has a value for the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-9021"></a> key and hasn’t been marked as a regular entry through the <a @@ -4371,22 +4376,21 @@ href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">4.2</span> </a><a href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>). -</p> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather +<!--l. 2179--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style. -</p><!--l. 2141--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span +</p><!--l. 2183--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-9024"></a> now puts <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a id="dx1-9025"></a> in the argument of the new command -</p><!--l. 2143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2185--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2145--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent" > This just does its argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. This means that if you want regular entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then @@ -4399,7 +4403,7 @@ overridden by the <a href="#catattr.textformat"><span class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a id="dx1-9028"></a> attribute. -</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 2196--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -4407,7 +4411,7 @@ class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 2157--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span +<!--l. 2199--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the category: @@ -4418,7 +4422,7 @@ category: \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%  \glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 2163--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called +<!--l. 2205--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called <span class="cmtt-10">font</span>: @@ -4430,7 +4434,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">font</span>: \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%  \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 2171--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example: +<!--l. 2213--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example: @@ -4438,21 +4442,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">font</span>: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{textformat}{textsf} </pre> -<!--l. 2175--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span +<!--l. 2217--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>. -</p><!--l. 2178--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates +</p><!--l. 2220--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>: -</p><!--l. 2180--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" > This also just does its argument by default. Font changes made by abbreviation styles are within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 2186--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2228--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information after the <a @@ -4461,36 +4465,36 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> produced by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined to -</p><!--l. 2189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2233--><p class="noindent" > This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a id="dx1-9032"></a> attribute is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do -</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2197--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" > if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and -</p><!--l. 2199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2243--><p class="noindent" > if a full stop has been discarded. -</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category +</p><!--l. 2246--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category attribute) to determine whether or not to discard a following full stop. In which case you can redefine: -</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2209--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2251--><p class="noindent" > You can access the field’s label using <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. This command should do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the @@ -4504,9 +4508,9 @@ definition is simply: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod}[2]{#2} </pre> -<!--l. 2216--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category +<!--l. 2258--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category attributes will be checked.) -</p><!--l. 2220--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span +</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like @@ -4519,8 +4523,8 @@ class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.8</span> </a><a href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2227--><p class="indent" > By default <span +</p><!--l. 2267--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2269--><p class="indent" > By default <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a @@ -4532,7 +4536,7 @@ class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-9037"></a> category, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been defined.) -</p><!--l. 2232--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span +</p><!--l. 2274--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span>, for example: @@ -4544,15 +4548,15 @@ example:  \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse } </pre> -<!--l. 2238--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use -</p><!--l. 2240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 2280--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use +</p><!--l. 2282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2284--><p class="noindent" > This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -4566,7 +4570,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. -<!--l. 2250--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command +<!--l. 2292--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a @@ -4581,18 +4585,18 @@ with a full stop, a redundant following full stop will be discarded and the spac adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be reinserted. -</p><!--l. 2263--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing +</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing the post-<a id="dx1-9041"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks: -</p><!--l. 2265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2267--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2309--><p class="noindent" > This will add the description in parentheses on <a id="dx1-9043"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. -</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a +</p><!--l. 2312--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a id="dx1-9044"></a>first use for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a @@ -4606,19 +4610,19 @@ class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a   \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse } </pre> -<!--l. 2277--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 2319--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2321--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2281--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2323--><p class="noindent" > This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a id="dx1-9047"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. (Does nothing if the symbol hasn’t been set.) -</p><!--l. 2285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2287--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2329--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.31.) On <a id="dx1-9049"></a>first use, this will append <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span @@ -4627,7 +4631,7 @@ class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩) if the symbol is defined otherwise it just appends <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 2293--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use +</p><!--l. 2335--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a id="dx1-9050"></a> within the post-<a @@ -4636,14 +4640,14 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook as by this point the <a id="dx1-9052"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have been unset. Instead you can use -</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-9053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2340--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the last used entry was the <a id="dx1-9054"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it @@ -4654,7 +4658,7 @@ locally set by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a id="dx1-9055"></a>link-text hook. -</p><!--l. 2306--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span +</p><!--l. 2348--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a id="dx1-9056"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a @@ -4677,8 +4681,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>so that it fakes non-<a id="dx1-9063"></a>first use otherwise the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate. </div> -</p><!--l. 2315--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2317--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a +</p><!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2359--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a id="dx1-9064"></a>link-text on <a id="dx1-9065"></a>first use for the <span @@ -4693,31 +4697,30 @@ class="cmss-10">general</span><a   \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}% } </pre> -<!--l. 2323--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2325--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 2365--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2367--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a id="dx1-9067"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a id="dx1-9068"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the footnote after trailing punctuation characters. -</p><!--l. 2330--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2372--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2330--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2372--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 2333--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a +<!--l. 2375--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a id="dx1-10001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you may find it more convenient to use the record count commands described in <a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a -href="#sec:bib2gls"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a> +class="cmbx-10">10</span> </a><a +href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a> instead. -</p><!--l. 2337--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a id="dx1-10002"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span @@ -4729,9 +4732,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, but you also need to set the approp <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). -</p><!--l. 2343--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing: +</p><!--l. 2385--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing: @@ -4739,7 +4742,7 @@ href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64"> \glsenableentrycount </pre> -<!--l. 2346--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do: +<!--l. 2388--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do: @@ -4748,24 +4751,24 @@ href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). \glsenableentrycount \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1} </pre> -<!--l. 2351--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span +<!--l. 2393--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a id="dx1-10004"></a> category, but any entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged. -</p><!--l. 2356--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is +</p><!--l. 2398--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is described in <a href="#sec:entrycount"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">8.1</span> </a><a href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>. -</p><!--l. 2359--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2359--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a id="sec:glsunset"></a>First Use Flag</h3> -<!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2404--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides -</p><!--l. 2364--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 2406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a id="dx1-11001"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -4775,7 +4778,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2407--><p class="noindent" > to determine whether or not an entry has been used. This requires the entry to have been defined. If the entry is undefined, then the underlying boolean variable doesn’t exist and so is neither true nor false. This command will produce an error with the @@ -4794,7 +4797,7 @@ class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ nor ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ will be performed if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t exist. -</p><!--l. 2376--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 2418--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a id="dx1-11004"></a> option automatically implements <a @@ -4807,7 +4810,7 @@ will be defined until they have been selected by <a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. In this case, you may prefer to use: -</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-11007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -4816,7 +4819,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2424--><p class="noindent" > (new to v1.34) which does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is undefined or if @@ -4835,20 +4838,20 @@ class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.4</span> </a><a href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+: -</p><!--l. 2392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2433--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+: +</p><!--l. 2434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-11010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2394--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2436--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 2396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-11011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2398--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2440--><p class="noindent" > These behave like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>but the argument is a @@ -4856,7 +4859,7 @@ comma-separated list of labels. -</p><!--l. 2402--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span +</p><!--l. 2444--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is modified first to allow for the changing in entry counting, described above, but also to allow for buffering pending unsets when commands like <span @@ -4872,7 +4875,7 @@ the commands provided with the <a <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> \ul{Some text about \gls{html}.} </pre> -<!--l. 2411--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error: +<!--l. 2453--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error: @@ -4880,7 +4883,7 @@ the commands provided with the <a <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> Glossary entry `{html}' has not been defined. </pre> -<!--l. 2415--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2457--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span> inside the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\mbox</span>. For example: @@ -4891,7 +4894,7 @@ example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> \ul{Some text about \mbox{\gls{html}}.} </pre> -<!--l. 2420--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the +<!--l. 2462--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the first use flag causes a problem and results in the error: @@ -4900,15 +4903,15 @@ first use flag causes a problem and results in the error: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> ! Package soul Error: Reconstruction failed. </pre> -<!--l. 2426--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 2468--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of temporarily switching off <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span> so that it just makes a note of the entry’s label but doesn’t actually perform the change: -</p><!--l. 2430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-11013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2432--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="noindent" > The unstarred version doesn’t check for duplicates, so the internal list may end up with multiple occurrences of the same label. The starred version only adds a label to the internal list if it’s not already in it. Note that this @@ -4916,12 +4919,12 @@ buffering only applies to the global <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and does not affect the local <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>. -</p><!--l. 2440--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span +</p><!--l. 2482--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and unset all buffered labels using: -</p><!--l. 2442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-11014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2444--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2486--><p class="noindent" > The starred form <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering* </span>uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>instead. For @@ -4943,37 +4946,37 @@ example: Next use: \gls{html}. \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 2463--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer +<!--l. 2505--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer using -</p><!--l. 2466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-11015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2468--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2510--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument (which is the entry label). This is best used with the starred version <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering* </span>to avoid duplicates. -</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="indent" > You can discard the buffer and restore <span +</p><!--l. 2515--><p class="indent" > You can discard the buffer and restore <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>to its normal behaviour with (new to v1.42): -</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-11016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2477--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2479--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until +</p><!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2521--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span>, multiple references of the same term within the buffering zone will always be treated as first use (if the term wasn’t used before the buffering started). </div> -</p><!--l. 2485--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2487--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span +</p><!--l. 2527--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2529--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span class="cmtt-10">\mbox </span>can’t break across a line so you may end up with an overfull line or excessive white space within the paragraph. -</p><!--l. 2491--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span +</p><!--l. 2533--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>: @@ -4984,7 +4987,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>: \ul{Some text about \protect\gls{html}.} \GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </pre> -<!--l. 2496--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another +<!--l. 2538--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another possibility is: @@ -5007,7 +5010,7 @@ possibility is: Next use: \gls{html}. \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 2519--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span +<!--l. 2561--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>outside of <span class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>and uses <span class="cmss-10">textformat</span><a @@ -5022,14 +5025,14 @@ class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a class="cmtt-10">\gul</span>, which locally changes the regular font and the default abbreviation font to use <span class="cmtt-10">\ul</span>. It then uses -</p><!--l. 2526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-11019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2570--><p class="noindent" > which (protected) fully expands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ before applying ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩, which must be a control @@ -5041,12 +5044,12 @@ something that <span class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>can’t deal with. For example, if an abbreviation style is used that contains complex formatting or if the field value contains problematic content. -</p><!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a - id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3> -<!--l. 2540--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from + id="sec:plurals"></a>Plurals</h3> +<!--l. 2583--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies, sheep). The <span @@ -5060,7 +5063,7 @@ defining entries. In some cases a plural may not make any sense (for example, the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the singular. -</p><!--l. 2549--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be +</p><!--l. 2592--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-12003"></a> package lets the <span @@ -5076,11 +5079,11 @@ don’t need to have the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-12007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the exceptions. -</p><!--l. 2558--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span +</p><!--l. 2601--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-12008"></a> field will always need to be supplied, where needed. -</p><!--l. 2561--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span +</p><!--l. 2604--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-12009"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a @@ -5090,12 +5093,11 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the context). -</p><!--l. 2567--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span +</p><!--l. 2610--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-12012"></a> package follows these rules: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2570--><p class="noindent" >If <span + <li class="itemize">If <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-12013"></a> is missing, then <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to the <span @@ -5127,9 +5129,8 @@ class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-12024"></a> field) with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>appended. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + </li> + <li class="itemize">If the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-12025"></a> field is missing, then <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to @@ -5138,9 +5139,8 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-12026"></a> field, if the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-12027"></a> field has been supplied. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2584--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + </li> + <li class="itemize">If the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-12028"></a> field is missing then, <span class="cmti-10">with the base </span><span @@ -5153,9 +5153,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix</span><a id="dx1-12030"></a> is appended to the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-12031"></a> field. -</p> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2590--><p class="indent" > This <span +<!--l. 2633--><p class="indent" > This <span class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the <span @@ -5170,15 +5169,12 @@ abbreviation styles. This means that every time an abbreviation style is implemented, <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to use -</p><!--l. 2598--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-12035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2600--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their - - - own command for the plural suffix, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix</span>, so if you want to completely strip all the plural suffixes used for abbreviations then you need to @@ -5189,7 +5185,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span>, which changes with the style. Redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix </span>will have no affect, since it’s not used by the new abbreviation mechanism. -</p><!--l. 2610--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two + + + +</p><!--l. 2653--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a @@ -5202,7 +5201,7 @@ uses the suffix <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> '\abbrvpluralsuffix </pre> -<!--l. 2615--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span +<!--l. 2658--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second attribute is <a href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span @@ -5213,12 +5212,12 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a same as <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-12039"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2621--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2621--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3> -<!--l. 2624--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span +<!--l. 2667--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-13001"></a> in the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -5231,7 +5230,7 @@ fields, if set). This tends to occur with abbreviations that extend other abbrev For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext Markup Language. -</p><!--l. 2632--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span +</p><!--l. 2675--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: @@ -5242,12 +5241,11 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: \newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext Markup Language} \newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}} </pre> -<!--l. 2638--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2640--><p class="indent" > The main problems are: +<!--l. 2681--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2683--><p class="indent" > The main problems are: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-13006x1"> - <!--l. 2642--><p class="noindent" ><a + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-13006x1"><a id="itm:nestedfirstucprob"></a> The first letter upper casing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-13007"></a>, won’t work for the @@ -5260,11 +5258,10 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> if the long form is displayed before the shor -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> \gls{\uppercase ssi} enabled \gls{html} </pre> - <!--l. 2648--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2691--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this will effectively try to do @@ -5274,16 +5271,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76"> \uppercase{\gls{ssi}} enabled \gls{html} </pre> - <!--l. 2653--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span + <!--l. 2696--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised. This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a id="dx1-13009"></a>. </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-13011x2"> - <!--l. 2658--><p class="noindent" ><a + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-13011x2"><a id="itm:nonexpandprob"></a> The long and abbreviated forms accessed through <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a id="dx1-13012"></a> and @@ -5291,18 +5287,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a id="dx1-13013"></a> are no longer expandable and so can’t be used be used in contexts that require this, such as PDF bookmarks. - </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-13015x3"> - <!--l. 2663--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-13015x3"><a id="itm:nestedsortprob"></a> The nested commands may end up in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-13016"></a> key, which will confuse the indexing. - </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-13018x4"> - <!--l. 2666--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-13018x4"><a id="itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob"></a> The <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces inconsistent results depending on whether the <span class="cmtt-10">ssi</span> @@ -5315,19 +5309,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. For example: -</p> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> This section discusses \gls{ssi}, \gls{html} and \gls{shtml}. </pre> - <!--l. 2672--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 2715--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 2675--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext + <!--l. 2718--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></blockquote> - <!--l. 2678--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + <!--l. 2721--><p class="noindent" >So the <a id="dx1-13019"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”. - </p><!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span + </p><!--l. 2724--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is @@ -5341,17 +5334,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry, for example: The sample files are either \gls{html} or \gls{shtml}, but let's first discuss \gls{ssi}. </pre> - <!--l. 2687--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 2730--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 2690--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML) + <!--l. 2733--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML) or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s first discuss SSI.</p></blockquote> - <!--l. 2695--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + <!--l. 2738--><p class="noindent" >So the <a id="dx1-13020"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange. - </p><!--l. 2699--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span + </p><!--l. 2742--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two entries: @@ -5361,17 +5354,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> This article is an introduction to \gls{shtml}. </pre> - <!--l. 2703--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 2746--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 2706--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI) + <!--l. 2749--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI) enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></blockquote> - <!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + <!--l. 2752--><p class="noindent" >So the <a id="dx1-13021"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI) enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more strange. - </p><!--l. 2713--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span + </p><!--l. 2756--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example: @@ -5382,7 +5375,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> \setacronymstyle{long-short} </pre> - <!--l. 2718--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span + <!--l. 2761--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so @@ -5394,7 +5387,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>has been changed to <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>. - </p><!--l. 2726--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span + </p><!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml</span> entry. For example: @@ -5405,10 +5398,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> \gls{shtml} ... \glsreset{html}\gls{shtml} </pre> - <!--l. 2730--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span + <!--l. 2773--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”, which is downright weird. - </p><!--l. 2734--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which + </p><!--l. 2777--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span @@ -5416,9 +5409,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a id="dx1-13023"></a>), this will produce an odd result. </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-13025x5"> - <!--l. 2740--><p class="noindent" ><a + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-13025x5"><a id="itm:indexingprob"></a> Each time the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used, the <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry will also be indexed and @@ -5429,10 +5421,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">html</span> entries. This kind of duplication in the location list isn’t usually particularly helpful to the reader. - </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-13028x6"> - <!--l. 2746--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-13028x6"><a id="itm:nestedhyplinkprob"></a> If <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-13029"></a> is in use, you’ll get nested hyperlinks and there’s no consistent way @@ -5442,16 +5433,15 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a HTML (SHTML)” link, they may be directed to the HTML entry in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the glossary. -</p> </li></ol> -<!--l. 2755--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands -like <span +<!--l. 2798--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands like +<span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-13031"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a - id="dx1-13032"></a> in the definition of other entries -(although that doesn’t fix the first problem). Alternatively use something -like: + id="dx1-13032"></a> in the definition of other entries (although that +doesn’t fix the first problem). +</p><!--l. 2802--><p class="indent" > Alternatively use something like: @@ -5461,7 +5451,7 @@ like:  [description={\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}]  {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} </pre> -<!--l. 2763--><p class="nopar" > with <span +<!--l. 2807--><p class="nopar" > with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or: @@ -5472,7 +5462,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:  [description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}]  {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} </pre> -<!--l. 2769--><p class="nopar" > with <span +<!--l. 2813--><p class="nopar" > with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a @@ -5483,7 +5473,7 @@ may fix the <a id="dx1-13034"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed above. -</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use +</p><!--l. 2820--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>: @@ -5497,10 +5487,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>: \newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi} enabled \glsabbrvfont{html}} </pre> -<!--l. 2785--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case). +<!--l. 2829--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case). This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same style. -</p><!--l. 2790--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span +</p><!--l. 2834--><p class="indent" > If the term can simply be treated as a series of previously defined entries, then +consider using multi-entries (or compound sets). See <a +href="#sec:multientries"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +href="#sec:multientries">Multi (or +Compound) Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multientries --></a> for further details. +</p><!--l. 2838--><p class="indent" > However, if you’re really determined to use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-13035"></a> in a field that may be included within some <a @@ -5524,7 +5521,7 @@ form <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> \gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html} </pre> -<!--l. 2801--><p class="nopar" > is treated as +<!--l. 2849--><p class="nopar" > is treated as @@ -5533,7 +5530,7 @@ form {\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}} enabled {\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}} </pre> -<!--l. 2806--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a +<!--l. 2854--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems <a @@ -5549,7 +5546,7 @@ as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-13040"></a>). -</p><!--l. 2817--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span +</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a id="dx1-13041"></a> or <span @@ -5587,7 +5584,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry had instead been defined as: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> \newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}} </pre> -<!--l. 2830--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a +<!--l. 2878--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-13047"></a> style) the <a @@ -5601,7 +5598,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML) </pre> -<!--l. 2836--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as: +<!--l. 2884--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as: @@ -5610,7 +5607,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like \newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}} </pre> -<!--l. 2841--><p class="nopar" > then the <a +<!--l. 2889--><p class="nopar" > then the <a id="dx1-13049"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like: @@ -5621,7 +5618,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like: {\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled {\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML) </pre> -<!--l. 2846--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span +<!--l. 2894--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The @@ -5632,15 +5629,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-13051"></a>. Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style. -</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use: -</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use: +</p><!--l. 2903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-13052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span @@ -5650,30 +5647,30 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) or in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>). -</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields: -</p><!--l. 2863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2910--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields: +</p><!--l. 2911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-13053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2913--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and -</p><!--l. 2867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-13054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2917--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2920--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ commands described @@ -5691,12 +5688,12 @@ class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a id="dx1-13056"></a> to <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can use -</p><!--l. 2879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-13057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2881--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2929--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -5705,15 +5702,15 @@ For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> \glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false} </pre> -<!--l. 2885--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using +<!--l. 2933--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested links. -</p><!--l. 2890--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the +</p><!--l. 2938--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the command: -</p><!--l. 2892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-13058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2894--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2942--><p class="noindent" > which by default just does @@ -5722,7 +5719,7 @@ which by default just does <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> \glsxtrsetpopts{noindex} </pre> -<!--l. 2898--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span +<!--l. 2946--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the glossary. For example: @@ -5732,8 +5729,8 @@ glossary. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93"> \renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}} </pre> -<!--l. 2903--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2905--><p class="indent" > For example, +<!--l. 2951--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2953--><p class="indent" > For example, @@ -5741,7 +5738,7 @@ glossary. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94"> \glsxtrp{short}{ssi} </pre> -<!--l. 2908--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to +<!--l. 2956--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to @@ -5751,7 +5748,7 @@ glossary. For example:  \glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]% } </pre> -<!--l. 2914--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or +<!--l. 2962--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or @@ -5761,8 +5758,8 @@ glossary. For example:  \glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]% } </pre> -<!--l. 2920--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.) -</p><!--l. 2923--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2968--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.) +</p><!--l. 2971--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent to @@ -5772,37 +5769,37 @@ to <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> {\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}} </pre> -<!--l. 2927--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a +<!--l. 2975--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a href="#catattr.headuc"><span class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a id="dx1-13059"></a> attribute.) -</p><!--l. 2930--><p class="indent" > If <span +</p><!--l. 2978--><p class="indent" > If <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-13060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example). -</p><!--l. 2934--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands -</p><!--l. 2935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2982--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands +</p><!--l. 2983--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-13061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrp{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2937--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" > for first letter upper case and -</p><!--l. 2939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 2987--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-13062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrp{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" > for all upper case. -</p><!--l. 2944--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span +</p><!--l. 2992--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-13063"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a @@ -5814,15 +5811,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-13066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used by those case-changing commands. </div> -</p><!--l. 2950--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2952--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a +</p><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3000--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>. -</p><!--l. 2958--><p class="indent" > If you <span +</p><!--l. 3006--><p class="indent" > If you <span class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is @@ -5832,8 +5829,8 @@ class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is \newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi} enabled \glsxtrp{short}{html}} </pre> -<!--l. 2962--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally. -</p><!--l. 2965--><p class="indent" > Example document: +<!--l. 3010--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally. +</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="indent" > Example document: @@ -5863,13 +5860,13 @@ Next page. \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 3003--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3051--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9 </span> <a id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 3008--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and @@ -5894,7 +5891,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is do just add <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100"> \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short} </pre> -<!--l. 3016--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span +<!--l. 3064--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a id="dx1-14002"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a @@ -5928,7 +5925,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a id="dx1-14013"></a> etc. -</p><!--l. 3027--><p class="indent" > For example, the following document using just <span +</p><!--l. 3075--><p class="indent" > For example, the following document using just <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> @@ -5945,7 +5942,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 3038--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span +<!--l. 3086--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>: @@ -5962,7 +5959,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>: \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 3050--><p class="nopar" > Table <a +<!--l. 3098--><p class="nopar" > Table <a href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the predefined acronym styles provided by <span @@ -5978,7 +5975,7 @@ Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefabbrvstyles --></a> for further det -<!--l. 3057--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 3105--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -6002,34 +5999,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-140141 --> id="TBL-2-1" /><col id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3112--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td10"><!--l. 3113--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3114--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a id="dx1-14015"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3114--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a id="dx1-14016"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a id="dx1-14017"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a id="dx1-14018"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a id="dx1-14019"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-14020"></a> <br @@ -6046,64 +6043,64 @@ class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3118--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a id="dx1-14021"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3118--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-14022"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a id="dx1-14023"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a id="dx1-14024"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3072--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3120--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a id="dx1-14025"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3072--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3120--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a id="dx1-14026"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3073--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-14027"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3073--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14028"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3122--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-14029"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3122--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14030"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-14031"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14032"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3124--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-14033"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3124--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14034"></a> <br @@ -6120,100 +6117,100 @@ class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3078--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-14035"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3078--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14036"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3079--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-14037"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3079--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14038"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3080--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-14039"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3080--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14040"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3081--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3129--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a id="dx1-14041"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3081--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3129--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a id="dx1-14042"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a id="dx1-14043"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14044"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3083--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3131--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-14045"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3083--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3131--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-14046"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a id="dx1-14047"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-14048"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3085--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3133--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a id="dx1-14049"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3085--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3133--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-14050"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3086--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3134--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a id="dx1-14051"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3086--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3134--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14052"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3087--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3135--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a id="dx1-14053"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3087--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3135--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14054"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 3136--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a id="dx1-14055"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 3136--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-14056"></a> </p></td></tr></table></div> @@ -6222,7 +6219,7 @@ class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 3092--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by +<!--l. 3140--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are @@ -6231,13 +6228,13 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use -</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-14057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3101--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3149--><p class="noindent" > (before any use of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). -</p><!--l. 3104--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 3152--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same @@ -6247,7 +6244,7 @@ class="cmss-10">type</span><a class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands. -</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 3158--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span @@ -6259,8 +6256,8 @@ with entries defined via <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-14061"></a> as it will cause unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3118--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span +</p><!--l. 3164--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3166--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a document that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a @@ -6275,26 +6272,26 @@ class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">4.5</span> </a><a href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 3125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-14064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3175--><p class="noindent" > The space command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a id="dx1-14065"></a> acronym style provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses -</p><!--l. 3131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-14066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3133--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3181--><p class="noindent" > instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be changed using <span class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>. -</p><!--l. 3137--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span +</p><!--l. 3185--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a id="dx1-14067"></a> (such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span @@ -6309,37 +6306,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>with <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 3142--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3144--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 3190--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3192--><p class="indent" > The <a id="dx1-14069"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command -</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 3193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" > is redefined to use the <a id="dx1-14070"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a id="dx1-14071"></a>. This will be reset if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. -</p><!--l. 3152--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command -</p><!--l. 3153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 3200--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command +</p><!--l. 3201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3203--><p class="noindent" > is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a id="dx1-14072"></a>. This will be reset if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. </p> -<!--l. 3160--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3208--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10 </span> <a - id="glossaries"></a>Glossaries</h3> -<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" >The <span + id="sec:glossaries"></a>Glossaries</h3> +<!--l. 3211--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a id="dx1-15001"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -6353,21 +6350,21 @@ class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) As from v1.12 both the starred and unstarred version check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package omits this check.) -</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with: -</p><!--l. 3172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3220--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with: +</p><!--l. 3221--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-15003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3223--><p class="noindent" > which will only define the glossary if it doesn’t already exist. This also has a starred version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks. -</p><!--l. 3179--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span +</p><!--l. 3228--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-15004"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a @@ -6376,8 +6373,7 @@ and <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have extra keys: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3184--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">target</span><a id="dx1-15006"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span @@ -6388,39 +6384,44 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn’t switch - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3191--><p class="noindent" ><span + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a id="dx1-15007"></a><span class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Another way of avoiding duplicate target names - is to set a prefix used for the names. Unlike changing <span -class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span> - this doesn’t affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with <span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Another way of avoiding duplicate target names is to + set a prefix used for the names. Unlike changing <span +class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>this doesn’t + affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>). + <!--l. 3244--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This doesn’t include the navigation hyper group targets in styles such as + <span +class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a + id="dx1-15008"></a>. The link name for these is given by <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhyperlinkname</span><a + id="dx1-15009"></a>. + </div> + </p><!--l. 3248--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3196--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-15008"></a><span + id="dx1-15010"></a><span class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If you do actually want to locally change <span -class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span>, - you can use the <span +class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span>, you + can use the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-15009"></a> key instead. You need to use the matching <span + id="dx1-15011"></a> key instead. You need to use the matching <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-15010"></a> - key in commands like <span + id="dx1-15012"></a> key in + commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3202--><p class="noindent" ><span + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">label</span><a - id="dx1-15011"></a><span + id="dx1-15013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Labels the glossary with <span @@ -6431,18 +6432,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>and also defines class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>to the glossary’s TOC title (to provide text for <span class="cmtt-10">\nameref</span>). You can also set the label before the glossary using: - </p><!--l. 3207--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-15012"></a> <span + <!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-15014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3209--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3264--><p class="noindent" > but take care of duplicate labels if it’s not scoped. </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3213--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">groups</span><a - id="dx1-15013"></a>. This is a boolean key (new to v1.44) designed for use with + id="dx1-15015"></a>. This is a boolean key (new to v1.44) designed for use with <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(and other <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrt</span><span @@ -6450,20 +6450,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">… </span>variations). It has no effect with <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>. - </p><!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" >If true (default), group formation (group header and group skip) will be + <!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" >If true (default), group formation (group header and group skip) will be attempted if the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-15014"></a> key has been defined and set. Note that some styles + id="dx1-15016"></a> key has been defined and set. Note that some styles ignore the header and group skip commands so there may not be a noticeable difference in those cases. If this key is set to false, no group formation will occur so there won’t be any group markup to separate letter groups so there will be no visual separation regardless of style or the group skip setting. </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3227--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">leveloffset</span><a - id="dx1-15015"></a>. This key (new to v1.44) is designed for use with <span + id="dx1-15017"></a>. This key (new to v1.44) is designed for use with <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span> (and other <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrt</span><span @@ -6471,7 +6470,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">… </span>variations). It has no effect with <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>. - </p><!--l. 3232--><p class="noindent" >The value may either be a simple integer ⟨<span + <!--l. 3287--><p class="noindent" >The value may either be a simple integer ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ to indicate assignment or in the form <span class="cmtt-10">++</span>⟨<span @@ -6481,26 +6480,26 @@ class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩ to indicate an increment. This will locally as class="cmmi-10">N </span>more than it would normally be (where <span class="cmmi-10">N </span>is the level offset). For example, a top-level entry (that is, an entry without a + parent) would normally have a hierarchical level of 0. With a level offset of 1, - parent) would normally have a hierarchical level of 0. With a level offset of 1, it would be treated by the glossary style as though it was actually a level 1 entry. (Remember that some styles don’t support hierarchical glossaries.) - </p><!--l. 3243--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group formation (if supported) will still occur between entries + </p><!--l. 3298--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group formation (if supported) will still occur between entries that don’t have a parent, regardless of the level offset. This can cause odd results but can be switched off with <span class="cmss-10">groups</span><a - id="dx1-15016"></a>. See <a + id="dx1-15018"></a>. See <a href="https://dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-inner" >Gallery: Inner or Nested Glossaries</a> for an example.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 3250--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3305--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3250--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3305--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11 </span> <a id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 3253--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 3308--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a id="dx1-16001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the <span @@ -6511,12 +6510,11 @@ class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a provided with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These modifications are described in more detail in <a -href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span +href="#sec:stylemods"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.11.3</span> </a><a -href="#x1-190002.11.3">The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>. -</p><!--l. 3260--><p class="indent" > The <span +href="#sec:stylemods">The glossaries-extra-stylemods Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>. +</p><!--l. 3315--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-16003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first checking if <span @@ -6537,14 +6535,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@grouptitle@</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title using -</p><!--l. 3272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-16006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3274--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3329--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -6553,22 +6551,22 @@ For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104"> \glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)} </pre> -<!--l. 3278--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can +<!--l. 3333--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can use -</p><!--l. 3281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-16007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3283--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3285--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3338--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3340--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3285--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3340--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.1 </span> <a id="sec:stylehooks"></a>Style Hooks</h4> -<!--l. 3288--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span +<!--l. 3343--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a id="dx1-17001"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a @@ -6589,11 +6587,11 @@ class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This means you can make simple font or case-changing modifications to the name and description without defining a new glossary style. -</p><!--l. 3295--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.42.) The command <span +</p><!--l. 3350--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.42.) The command <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a id="dx1-17007"></a> is modified to take into account the <a @@ -6624,12 +6622,12 @@ class="cmti-10">TeX</span><span class="cmti-10"> code</span>⟩ part is robust and deals with the actual typesetting of the symbol. The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">PDF</span>⟩ part is simply: -<!--l. 3308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 3363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-17012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3310--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3365--><p class="noindent" > which is defined to just do <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -6640,7 +6638,7 @@ class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol </span>to use a more appropriate field. (If you do redefine this command, remember that it needs to fully expand.) -</p><!--l. 3317--><p class="indent" > For example, if you are using <span +</p><!--l. 3372--><p class="indent" > For example, if you are using <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-17014"></a>, you could use the <span class="cmss-10">symbolaccess</span><a @@ -6653,7 +6651,7 @@ field: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105"> \renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentrysymbolaccess{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 3321--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a +<!--l. 3376--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a id="dx1-17016"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you can use the TeX parser library to @@ -6669,7 +6667,7 @@ options:   replicate-fields={symbol=user1},   interpret-fields={user1} </pre> -<!--l. 3328--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span +<!--l. 3383--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a id="dx1-17018"></a> field, so you can then do: @@ -6680,21 +6678,21 @@ do: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107"> \renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentryuseri{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 3333--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> with this method.) This allows +<!--l. 3388--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> with this method.) This allows <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>to be used in a section heading with standalone definitions. -</p><!--l. 3338--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span +</p><!--l. 3393--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-17019"></a>, you can use -</p><!--l. 3340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-17020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3342--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3397--><p class="noindent" > This behaves just like <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys the <a href="#catattr.glossname"><span @@ -6716,24 +6714,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">desc </span>rather than class="cmtt-10">description</span>). See the key to field mappings table in the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual. -</p><!--l. 3351--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span +</p><!--l. 3406--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a id="dx1-17024"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a id="dx1-17025"></a>: -</p><!--l. 3353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-17026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3355--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3410--><p class="noindent" > By default this checks the <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a id="dx1-17027"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed using -</p><!--l. 3360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 3415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a id="dx1-17028"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -6742,13 +6740,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3361--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3416--><p class="noindent" > See <a href="#sec:autoindex"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">8</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 3365--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span +</p><!--l. 3420--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span @@ -6767,15 +6765,15 @@ category: \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space  (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})} </pre> -<!--l. 3376--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use -</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 3431--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use +</p><!--l. 3433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-17030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3435--><p class="noindent" > This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6789,23 +6787,23 @@ class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. -<!--l. 3387--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does -</p><!--l. 3388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 3442--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does +</p><!--l. 3443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-17031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3390--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3445--><p class="noindent" > (before <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩) to allow for additional non-category related code. This does nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 3395--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also +</p><!--l. 3450--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also does -</p><!--l. 3397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-17032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3454--><p class="noindent" > This occurs before the original <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <a href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span @@ -6813,7 +6811,7 @@ class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a id="dx1-17033"></a> option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop. -</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span +</p><!--l. 3459--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists, where ⟨<span @@ -6827,14 +6825,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-17035"></a>. For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use -</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-17036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3468--><p class="noindent" > This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6848,19 +6846,19 @@ class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. -<!--l. 3420--><p class="indent" > Since both <span +<!--l. 3475--><p class="indent" > Since both <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set -</p><!--l. 3421--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-17037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3423--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" > to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these post-description hooks if you need to reference the label. -</p><!--l. 3428--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the +</p><!--l. 3483--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-17038"></a> category, then you could @@ -6873,10 +6871,10 @@ do: \renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space  (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})} </pre> -<!--l. 3434--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find +<!--l. 3489--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the underlying glossary style.) -</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span +</p><!--l. 3494--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if you redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span @@ -6887,30 +6885,29 @@ the <a href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a id="dx1-17039"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a -href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span +href="#sec:stylemods"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.11.3</span> </a><a -href="#x1-190002.11.3">The +href="#sec:stylemods">The +glossaries-extra-stylemods Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a> to patch the predefined styles provided by <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a> to patch the predefined styles provided by <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> -that are missing <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>that are missing <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3448--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3503--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3505--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3505--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.2 </span> <a id="sec:glosstylenumlist"></a>Number List</h4> -<!--l. 3453--><p class="noindent" >The <a +<!--l. 3508--><p class="noindent" >The <a id="dx1-18001"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of -</p><!--l. 3454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-18002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3456--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3511--><p class="noindent" > This is internally used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span @@ -6921,34 +6918,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>so that it doesn’t display th id="dx1-18004"></a>number list, but it still saves the <a id="dx1-18005"></a>number list in case it’s required. -</p><!--l. 3462--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a +</p><!--l. 3517--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a id="dx1-18006"></a>number list always use the <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a id="dx1-18007"></a> option instead of redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div> -</p><!--l. 3466--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3468--><p class="indent" > For example, to change the font for the entire <a +</p><!--l. 3521--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="indent" > For example, to change the font for the entire <a id="dx1-18008"></a>number list redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. -</p><!--l. 3472--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a +</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a id="dx1-18009"></a>number list. This is quite fiddly to do with the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display using: -</p><!--l. 3477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-18010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">page</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">pages</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3479--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3534--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">page</span>⟩ is the text to display if the <a id="dx1-18011"></a>number list only contains a single location and @@ -6961,25 +6958,25 @@ class="cmti-10">pages</span>⟩ is the text to display otherwise. For examp <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> \GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: } </pre> -<!--l. 3485--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command. -</p><!--l. 3488--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span +<!--l. 3540--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command. +</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page number (and only index the entry once). </div> -</p><!--l. 3491--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3493--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span +</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>. -</p><!--l. 3495--><p class="indent" > Note that <a +</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" > Note that <a id="dx1-18012"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>. -</p><!--l. 3499--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 3554--><p class="indent" > <a id="dx1-18013"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use -</p><!--l. 3501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3556--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-18014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span @@ -6990,7 +6987,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3503--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3558--><p class="noindent" > This command is provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check @@ -6999,42 +6996,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting command. -</p><!--l. 3510--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses -</p><!--l. 3511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses +</p><!--l. 3566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-18015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="noindent" > otherwise it uses -</p><!--l. 3515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-18016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3517--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3572--><p class="noindent" > for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩) or -</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-18017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendloc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3577--><p class="noindent" > for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 3526--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in -</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3581--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in +</p><!--l. 3582--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-18018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3529--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="noindent" > and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span @@ -7045,16 +7042,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> (If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.) -</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range, +</p><!--l. 3592--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range, does -</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-18019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3596--><p class="noindent" > (which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span @@ -7068,7 +7065,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> and then sets <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty. -</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="indent" > This means that the list +</p><!--l. 3603--><p class="indent" > This means that the list @@ -7078,7 +7075,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty. \glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, \glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}. </pre> -<!--l. 3553--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from +<!--l. 3608--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from @@ -7088,15 +7085,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty. \glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, \glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}. </pre> -<!--l. 3559--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can +<!--l. 3614--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can accommodate the ranges. -</p><!--l. 3563--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3618--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3563--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3618--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.3 </span> <a - id="x1-190002.11.3"></a>The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h4> -<!--l. 3566--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span + id="sec:stylemods"></a>The glossaries-extra-stylemods Package</h4> +<!--l. 3621--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a id="dx1-19001"></a> that @@ -7113,7 +7109,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For example: \usepackage{glossary-longragged} \usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods} </pre> -<!--l. 3575--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span +<!--l. 3630--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing ⟨<span @@ -7129,7 +7125,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a \usepackage{glossaries-extra} \usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods} </pre> -<!--l. 3583--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a +<!--l. 3638--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a id="dx1-19003"></a> key when you load <span @@ -7146,7 +7142,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115"> \usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra} </pre> -<!--l. 3590--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a +<!--l. 3645--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a id="dx1-19005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package @@ -7158,7 +7154,7 @@ identifiers. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116"> \usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra} </pre> -<!--l. 3595--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas: +<!--l. 3650--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas: @@ -7166,9 +7162,9 @@ identifiers. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117"> \usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra} </pre> -<!--l. 3599--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3654--><p class="nopar" > </p> -<!--l. 3601--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a +<!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a id="x1-200002.11.3"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Inline Style</span></span> Note that the <span @@ -7197,7 +7193,7 @@ class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a id="dx1-20004"></a> option, but the post-description category hook can still be used. </p> -<!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a +<!--l. 3672--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a id="x1-210002.11.3"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Tabular Styles</span></span> The <span @@ -7227,15 +7223,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, you must also reset the glossary style. -</p><!--l. 3630--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span +</p><!--l. 3685--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a id="dx1-21007"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in many of the predefined styles is replaced with -</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-21008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3635--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3690--><p class="noindent" > This just defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example: @@ -7245,34 +7241,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill} </pre> -<!--l. 3640--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3695--><p class="nopar" > </p> -<!--l. 3642--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a +<!--l. 3697--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a id="x1-220002.11.3"></a><span class="cmbx-10">List Styles</span></span> The <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-22001"></a> styles use -</p><!--l. 3645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3702--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and -</p><!--l. 3649--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3651--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3706--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span>) for child items. -</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed +</p><!--l. 3709--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed by: -</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3658--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3713--><p class="noindent" > for the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-22005"></a> and <span @@ -7280,33 +7276,33 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a id="dx1-22006"></a> styles (but not the <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a id="dx1-22007"></a> variations). -</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" > As from v1.47, the item is governed by: -</p><!--l. 3663--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3717--><p class="indent" > As from v1.47, the item is governed by: +</p><!--l. 3718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3665--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3720--><p class="noindent" > The <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a id="dx1-22009"></a> styles use: -</p><!--l. 3667--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaltlistitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3669--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3724--><p class="noindent" > which internally uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistitem</span>. The header item (for the list styles that should the group title) is governed by: -</p><!--l. 3672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupheaderitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">group-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">header code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3674--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3729--><p class="noindent" > This ignores the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">group-label</span>⟩ by default and simply places the second argument in the optional argument of <span @@ -7314,11 +7310,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\item</span>. The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">header code</span>⟩ is the formatted group title, possibly including a hypertarget. The spacing after the group item is given by: -</p><!--l. 3679--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupafterheader </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3681--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3683--><p class="indent" > For just the <span +</p><!--l. 3736--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3738--><p class="indent" > For just the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-22013"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a @@ -7328,36 +7324,36 @@ class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a variations) the <a id="dx1-22016"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> for child entries is followed by -</p><!--l. 3686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to a full stop. -</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span +</p><!--l. 3746--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a id="dx1-22018"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should take into account situations where <span class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the document. -</p><!--l. 3696--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a +</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a id="dx1-22019"></a>) is now given by: -</p><!--l. 3698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3753--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupskip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3755--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\indexspace </span>with penalties to deter page breaks. This command isn’t used if <a href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a id="dx1-22021"></a> is set. -</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3760--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-22022"></a> package introduced new commands in v4.22, <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><a @@ -7380,12 +7376,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>has been defined, as from v1.31 <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a id="dx1-22026"></a> defines: -</p><!--l. 3718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3720--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3775--><p class="noindent" > which simply does <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span @@ -7396,17 +7392,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt </span>all in terms of <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>. -</p><!--l. 3726--><p class="indent" > This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only +</p><!--l. 3781--><p class="indent" > This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>, but if you only want to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>without affecting the other two commands, then you now can. -</p><!--l. 3732--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups without headers is given by: -</p><!--l. 3733--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups without headers is given by: +</p><!--l. 3788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3735--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3790--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a id="dx1-22029"></a> without penalties. This command isn’t @@ -7417,24 +7413,24 @@ class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeheadergroupskip </span>in v1.42 as they are inappropriate when there’s no header.) -</p><!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from +</p><!--l. 3796--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from v1.42): -</p><!--l. 3742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderskip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3744--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3799--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span>with penalties to deter page breaks after the group heading. -</p><!--l. 3748--><p class="indent" > The styles that display the group titles now use: -</p><!--l. 3749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3803--><p class="indent" > The styles that display the group titles now use: +</p><!--l. 3804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreePreHeader{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3806--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the group label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is the group title. This does nothing by @@ -7454,21 +7450,21 @@ then:  \pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}% } </pre> -<!--l. 3761--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span +<!--l. 3816--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>helps to provide unique bookmark labels in the event of multiple glossaries. -</p><!--l. 3766--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3821--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-22033"></a> package provides the commands -</p><!--l. 3767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3769--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3824--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3773--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="noindent" > (which both default to a space) and uses them in the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a id="dx1-22036"></a>-like styles, but not for the @@ -7480,68 +7476,68 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a id="dx1-22039"></a> style so that it has equivalent hooks: -</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3833--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreepredesc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3835--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 3782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreechildpredesc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3784--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3839--><p class="noindent" > These do nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 3842--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a id="dx1-22042"></a>-like and <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a id="dx1-22043"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a id="dx1-22044"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> space with -</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3791--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3846--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and -</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3850--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>) for child items. -</p><!--l. 3798--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span +</p><!--l. 3853--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package also provides: -</p><!--l. 3800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3802--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3857--><p class="noindent" > which is used by the <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a id="dx1-22048"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the description and the post-description hook. Similarly for the symbol: -</p><!--l. 3806--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3808--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="noindent" > The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don’t have the name or symbol displayed for the <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a id="dx1-22050"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child description: -</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3869--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3816--><p class="indent" > For the <span +</p><!--l. 3871--><p class="indent" > For the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a id="dx1-22052"></a> styles (but not the <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a @@ -7549,75 +7545,75 @@ class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a id="dx1-22054"></a> styles), the description is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22055"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3875--><p class="noindent" > and the symbol with: -</p><!--l. 3822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3877--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3824--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3879--><p class="noindent" > Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The child entries use: -</p><!--l. 3827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3882--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3829--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3884--><p class="noindent" > for the description and -</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3833--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3888--><p class="noindent" > for the symbol. As from version 1.41, there are now wrapper commands for <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc </span>that check for the description and symbol to determine what separator to use before the page list. These are: -</p><!--l. 3839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeDescLoc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3896--><p class="noindent" > for top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeChildDescLoc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3845--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" > for sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="indent" > If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span +</p><!--l. 3903--><p class="indent" > If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation</span>, respectively. Otherwise, both will use (from v1.42): -</p><!--l. 3851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3853--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" > The default is a space. This means that you could have, say, a comma followed by a space for terms that are simply an alias, but just have a space for terms that have a description that ends with a full stop (or that just have a symbol without a description) where the comma would be inappropriate. -</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="indent" > Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that +</p><!--l. 3915--><p class="indent" > Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that caused the name to run into the location list if there was no symbol and no description. -</p><!--l. 3864--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span +</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some additional commands for use with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a @@ -7631,20 +7627,20 @@ class="cmss-10">notree</span></a><a id="dx1-22064"></a> option has been used when loading <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3929--><p class="noindent" > (New to version 1.21.) This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-22066"></a>) but performs a global assignment. -</p><!--l. 3879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span @@ -7654,74 +7650,74 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3881--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3936--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>but performs a protected expansion on ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. This has a localised effect. For a global setting, use -</p><!--l. 3885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3887--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3942--><p class="noindent" > The following only set the value if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is wider than the current value (new to version 1.23). Local update: -</p><!--l. 3890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3945--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3892--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3947--><p class="noindent" > Global update: -</p><!--l. 3894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3949--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3896--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" > Locale update (expands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩): -</p><!--l. 3898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3953--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3955--><p class="noindent" > Global update (expands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩): -</p><!--l. 3902--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3904--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3907--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using -</p><!--l. 3908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3959--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3962--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using +</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3965--><p class="noindent" > for the top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" > for sub-entries, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the level number. -</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a +</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a id="dx1-22075"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can use the resource option <span @@ -7733,24 +7729,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span> can’t replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just consist of text, and can be more efficient than iterating over all the defined entries using TeX. -</p><!--l. 3925--><p class="indent" > The command <span +</p><!--l. 3980--><p class="indent" > The command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-22077"></a> has a CamelCase synonym: -</p><!--l. 3927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3929--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3984--><p class="noindent" > Similar commands are also provided: -</p><!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3986--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3988--><p class="noindent" > This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only useful if the glossaries that use the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a @@ -7758,7 +7754,7 @@ class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. (Alternatively, place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the next run.) -</p><!--l. 3941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 3996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22081"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span @@ -7766,37 +7762,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3943--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a id="dx1-22082"></a> key. This is useful if all levels should have the same width for the name. -</p><!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22083"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3950--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4005--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 3954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22084"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3956--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4011--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored. -</p><!--l. 3961--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22085"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4018--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 3967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22086"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span @@ -7804,22 +7800,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4025--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length of the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 3975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22087"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3977--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4032--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22088"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span @@ -7830,7 +7826,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3984--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4039--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a id="dx1-22089"></a><a @@ -7844,7 +7840,7 @@ class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>⟩ and the length of the widest <a id="dx1-22091"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 3992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22092"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span @@ -7855,10 +7851,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3995--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4050--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 3999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4054--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22093"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span @@ -7866,60 +7862,60 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4057--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the symbol. The length of the widest <a id="dx1-22094"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 4007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22095"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4010--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4065--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 4014--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a +</p><!--l. 4069--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a id="dx1-22096"></a>number list is governed by -</p><!--l. 4016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4071--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22097"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4018--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4073--><p class="noindent" > for top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 4020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22098"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4077--><p class="noindent" > for sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 4025--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span +</p><!--l. 4080--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a id="dx1-22099"></a> style: -</p><!--l. 4027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22100"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4029--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4031--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions +</p><!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4086--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions is provided by the length -</p><!--l. 4033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-22101"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4037--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span +</p><!--l. 4090--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4092--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a id="dx1-22102"></a> style, see the documented code (<span @@ -7933,11 +7929,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span>. </p> -<!--l. 4044--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 4044--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4099--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4099--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a - id="newglossarystyles"></a>New Glossary Styles</h2> -</p><!--l. 4046--><p class="indent" > The <span + id="sec:newglossarystyles"></a>New Glossary Styles</h2> +</p><!--l. 4102--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with some new styles. The associated style package needs to be loaded. This can be done with <span class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>but it’s simpler to @@ -7946,11 +7942,10 @@ href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a id="dx1-23001"></a> option. </p> -<!--l. 4051--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4107--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a - id="x1-240003.1"></a><span -class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</h3> -<!--l. 4054--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span + id="sec:bookindex"></a>glossary-bookindex package</h3> +<!--l. 4110--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has a new supplementary package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a id="dx1-24001"></a> @@ -7971,7 +7966,7 @@ style: \usepackage{glossary-bookindex} \setglossarystyle{bookindex} </pre> -<!--l. 4064--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a +<!--l. 4120--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a id="dx1-24004"></a> and <span @@ -7984,7 +7979,7 @@ class="cmss-10">style</span><a <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> \usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra} </pre> -<!--l. 4068--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 4124--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a id="dx1-24006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level, level 1 and level 2). It’s primarily designed for use with <a @@ -8002,20 +7997,20 @@ href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a id="dx1-24009"></a> package option.) -</p><!--l. 4079--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by -</p><!--l. 4080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by +</p><!--l. 4136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4082--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4138--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to 2. -</p><!--l. 4085--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span +</p><!--l. 4141--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a id="dx1-24011"></a><a id="dx1-24012"></a> environment. If the command -</p><!--l. 4087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4089--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4145--><p class="noindent" > isn’t empty then it’s supplied as the optional argument following <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\begin{multicols}</span></span></span> <span @@ -8028,10 +8023,10 @@ class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a class="cmss-10">multicols*</span><a id="dx1-24016"></a><a id="dx1-24017"></a> by redefining -</p><!--l. 4093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4095--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="noindent" > For example @@ -8040,14 +8035,14 @@ For example <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv}{multicols*} </pre> -<!--l. 4099--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using -</p><!--l. 4102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 4155--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4157--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using +</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4104--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4160--><p class="noindent" > where the entry is identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span @@ -8064,7 +8059,7 @@ default. For example, if you want the symbol to be included:  \ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space (\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4113--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set): +<!--l. 4169--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set): @@ -8075,30 +8070,30 @@ default. For example, if you want the symbol to be included:  \ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space \glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4120--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook). -</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span +<!--l. 4176--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook). +</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ hook to append information after the name according to the entry’s category. -</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using -</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4183--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using +</p><!--l. 4184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4130--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4186--><p class="noindent" > which just defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 4133--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given +</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given by -</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4191--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4137--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4193--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This checks if the <span class="cmtt-10">location </span>field has been set. If it @@ -8110,7 +8105,7 @@ has, it does <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125"> ,\glsxtrprelocation </pre> -<!--l. 4143--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span +<!--l. 4199--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>(which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>). If you’re not using <a @@ -8119,88 +8114,88 @@ href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">location</span><a id="dx1-24023"></a> field won’t be set. -</p><!--l. 4148--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by -</p><!--l. 4150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by +</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4152--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 4155--><p class="indent" > The actual location list is encapsulated with: -</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4211--><p class="indent" > The actual location list is encapsulated with: +</p><!--l. 4212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="noindent" > for top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 4160--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4216--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsublocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4162--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4218--><p class="noindent" > for sub-entries. These both just do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location list</span>⟩ by default. -</p><!--l. 4165--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given +</p><!--l. 4221--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given by -</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4169--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\nopagebreak</span>. -</p><!--l. 4172--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given +</p><!--l. 4228--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given by -</p><!--l. 4174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4232--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>. -</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by -</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4235--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by +</p><!--l. 4236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbetween{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4182--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="noindent" > This comes after the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label1</span>⟩, if the entry has no children, or after the last descendent otherwise, so it always comes immediately before the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label2</span>⟩ unless the entry occurs at the start of a group. This does nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by -</p><!--l. 4190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4245--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by +</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4192--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4194--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by -</p><!--l. 4195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4248--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4250--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by +</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4197--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="noindent" > At the end of each letter group, the following hooks are done in order: -</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">sub-sub-label</span>⟩<span @@ -8208,25 +8203,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4202--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4259--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">sub-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4261--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">sub-sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 2 entry, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 1 entry and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 0 entry. -</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span +</p><!--l. 4270--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">seealso=omit </span>instructs <a id="dx1-24035"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span @@ -8263,7 +8258,7 @@ appended after the child entries using:   \glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4244--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span +<!--l. 4300--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span>to indent the cross-reference according to the next level down, so the cross-reference for a top-level entry is aligned @@ -8273,7 +8268,7 @@ indented a bit further (but it won’t be aligned with any deeper level as t class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a id="dx1-24036"></a> style only supports a maximum of two sub-levels). -</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 4311--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a id="dx1-24037"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a id="dx1-24038"></a><a @@ -8282,14 +8277,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> remember to invoke it with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch.) The heading will use -</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">group title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4316--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>has been defined, this will use that command to bookmark the group title. If <a @@ -8301,13 +8296,13 @@ uses level 1 otherwise it uses level 2. You can redefine this comm isn’t appropriate. If <span class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>hasn’t been defined, this command does nothin. -</p><!--l. 4268--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to +</p><!--l. 4325--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">group title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4327--><p class="noindent" > which is defined as @@ -8318,14 +8313,14 @@ which is defined as   \par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4277--><p class="nopar" > where <span +<!--l. 4333--><p class="nopar" > where <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>is provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-24042"></a> package, which is automatically loaded. Note that the entry names aren’t encapsulated with <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>. -</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 4339--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a id="dx1-24043"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that aren’t used by default, but may be used when adjusting the style. These commands @@ -8333,43 +8328,43 @@ should only be used within one of the <span class="cmtt-10">\print</span><span class="cmtt-10">…glossary </span>commands. (That is, they should only be used in glossary styles.) -</p><!--l. 4288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="noindent" > This writes information to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that can be read on the next run to obtain the first and last entry on each page of the glossary. -</p><!--l. 4295--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using: -</p><!--l. 4297--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4351--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using: +</p><!--l. 4353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4299--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4355--><p class="noindent" > and the last entry associated with the current page using: -</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4358--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4304--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4360--><p class="noindent" > These do nothing if there are no entries marked on the current page (or if the document build isn’t up to date). -</p><!--l. 4308--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using: -</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4364--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using: +</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4311--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="noindent" > for the first instance and -</p><!--l. 4313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-24048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4315--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="noindent" > for the last. -</p><!--l. 4318--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page +</p><!--l. 4374--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page number is stable. For example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname </span>can be redefined to mark the current entry: @@ -8383,7 +8378,7 @@ current entry:   \glossentryname{#1}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4326--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine +<!--l. 4382--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname </span>as it defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>: @@ -8396,8 +8391,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>:   \glossentryname{#1}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4334--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span +<!--l. 4390--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4392--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span class="cmss-10">fancyhdr</span><a id="dx1-24049"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last entry for the current page with: @@ -8412,14 +8407,13 @@ entry for the current page with:   \cfoot{}%   \rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}% </pre> -<!--l. 4344--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4400--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4346--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a - id="x1-250003.2"></a><span -class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</h3> -<!--l. 4349--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span + id="sec:longextra"></a>glossary-longextra package</h3> +<!--l. 4405--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a @@ -8437,10 +8431,10 @@ class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25006"></a><a id="dx1-25007"></a> instead. In order to do this you must use -</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4358--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4414--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmti-10">before the style is set</span>. For example: @@ -8451,7 +8445,7 @@ class="cmti-10">before the style is set</span>. For example: \GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue \setglossarystyle{long-name-desc} </pre> -<!--l. 4363--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 4419--><p class="nopar" > or @@ -8460,52 +8454,52 @@ class="cmti-10">before the style is set</span>. For example: \GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue \printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}] </pre> -<!--l. 4368--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with: -</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 4424--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with: +</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraTabularVAlign </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4373--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4429--><p class="noindent" > The default definition is <span class="cmtt-10">c</span>. -</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4432--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 4433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4435--><p class="noindent" > which simply does <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span +</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a id="dx1-25011"></a> and the column alignment is given by: -</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameAlign </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4442--><p class="noindent" > which expands to <span class="cmtt-10">l </span>(left) by default. -</p><!--l. 4389--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span +</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a id="dx1-25013"></a> and the column alignment is given by: -</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolAlign </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4393--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4449--><p class="noindent" > which expands to <span class="cmtt-10">c </span>(centred) by default. -</p><!--l. 4396--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span +</p><!--l. 4452--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a id="dx1-25015"></a> and the column alignment is given by: -</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationAlign </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="noindent" > which expands to @@ -8514,20 +8508,20 @@ which expands to <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133"> >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth} </pre> -<!--l. 4404--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span +<!--l. 4460--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a id="dx1-25017"></a> is defined in <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a id="dx1-25018"></a>, which is automatically loaded.) -</p><!--l. 4408--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span +</p><!--l. 4464--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a id="dx1-25019"></a> and the column alignment is given by: -</p><!--l. 4410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescAlign </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4468--><p class="noindent" > which expands to @@ -8536,22 +8530,22 @@ which expands to <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134"> >{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth} </pre> -<!--l. 4416--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span +<!--l. 4472--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a id="dx1-25021"></a> is defined in <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a id="dx1-25022"></a>, which is automatically loaded.) -</p><!--l. 4420--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span +</p><!--l. 4476--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, these new styles try to determine the value of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>at the start of the glossary according to the number of columns provided by the style. The calculations are performed by the following commands: -</p><!--l. 4425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4481--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4483--><p class="noindent" > This is used by the styles that have a name and description column. The value of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is computed as: @@ -8560,7 +8554,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is computed as: <img src="glossaries-extra-manual0x.png" alt="\glsdescwidth = \linewidth- 4\tabcolsep- W " class="math-display" /></div> -<!--l. 4433--><p class="indent" > where <span +<!--l. 4489--><p class="indent" > where <span class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width of the name column header: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -8574,19 +8568,19 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> If any names in that column are larger than this, then you need to specify the widest name using: -<!--l. 4440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 4496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetWidest{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">widest name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4442--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4498--><p class="noindent" > or -</p><!--l. 4444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidest{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4446--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4502--><p class="noindent" > These work like the analogous commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest</span> @@ -8606,7 +8600,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option. If you have the entry counter enabled, you will need to include this with the name for the extra material to be taken into account. -</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="indent" > The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you +</p><!--l. 4512--><p class="indent" > The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you want to use <a id="dx1-25029"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span @@ -8615,14 +8609,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option (for <a id="dx1-25030"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+) then you need to redefine: -</p><!--l. 4460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4462--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4518--><p class="noindent" > This does nothing by default, but if you are including the child names then you need to redefine this command: @@ -8634,8 +8628,8 @@ to redefine this command:  \glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4469--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to +<!--l. 4525--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4527--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span>. For example: @@ -8647,14 +8641,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span>. For example:   \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4478--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span +<!--l. 4534--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set with: -</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4538--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4540--><p class="noindent" > This first uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and @@ -8672,7 +8666,7 @@ you can redefine this command. For example:   \addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4495--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 4551--><p class="nopar" > or @@ -8682,14 +8676,14 @@ you can redefine this command. For example:   \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4501--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span +<!--l. 4557--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4559--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span> is set using: -</p><!--l. 4505--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4561--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4507--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4563--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and @@ -8699,13 +8693,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. You can redefine this command to set both <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>if appropriate. -</p><!--l. 4513--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column, +</p><!--l. 4569--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set using: -</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4571--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4573--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and @@ -8713,13 +8707,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. Again, you can redefine this command to explicitly set both lengths. -</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4579--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 4580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4582--><p class="noindent" > This does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -8736,51 +8730,51 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> which includes the entry counter (if enabled), the target and the post-name link. -<!--l. 4533--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 4534--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 4589--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 4590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4592--><p class="noindent" > This does <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description hook. -</p><!--l. 4540--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using: -</p><!--l. 4541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4596--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using: +</p><!--l. 4597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4543--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4599--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 4546--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using: -</p><!--l. 4547--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4602--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using: +</p><!--l. 4603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">locations</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4549--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="noindent" > This just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the label. -</p><!--l. 4552--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 4553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4608--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 4609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubNameFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4555--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4611--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the hierarchical level. This defaults to: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -8796,34 +8790,34 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> This includes the sub-entry counter (if enabled) and the target but doesn’t show the name. The child description is formatted according to: -<!--l. 4562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubDescFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4564--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</p><!--l. 4567--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to: -</p><!--l. 4568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4623--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to: +</p><!--l. 4624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4570--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4626--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 4573--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries +</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries using: -</p><!--l. 4575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubLocationFmt</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span @@ -8832,24 +8826,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">locations</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4577--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4633--><p class="noindent" > This just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the level and label. -</p><!--l. 4580--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4636--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 4637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraGroupHeading{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4639--><p class="noindent" > which does nothing by default. The first argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the number of columns in the table. The second argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the group label (not the title, although they may happen to be the same). -</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example: +</p><!--l. 4645--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example: @@ -8862,11 +8856,11 @@ happen to be the same).   \noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4597--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column +<!--l. 4653--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column formatted according to <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt </span>(to match the column header). -</p><!--l. 4602--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The +</p><!--l. 4658--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The name column’s title is given by <span class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span>, the description column’s title is given by <span @@ -8874,24 +8868,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname </span>and (where present) the symbol column <span class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span>, as for the other long styles that have headers. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4610--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4610--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a id="dx1-25044"></a> This is like the <span class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-25045"></a> style but doesn’t show - the location list (regardless of the <a + id="dx1-25045"></a> style but doesn’t show the + location list (regardless of the <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a - id="dx1-25046"></a> option). The name is shown - in the first column and the description in the second. - </p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with: - </p><!--l. 4617--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25046"></a> option). The name is shown in + the first column and the description in the second. + <!--l. 4671--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with: + </p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4619--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4675--><p class="noindent" > This essentially uses the same code as for <span class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a id="dx1-25048"></a> but makes it @@ -8905,16 +8897,16 @@ class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a \glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader\endhead \glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot </pre> - <!--l. 4626--><p class="nopar" > where: - </p><!--l. 4628--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + <!--l. 4682--><p class="nopar" > where: + </p><!--l. 4684--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4630--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4686--><p class="noindent" > sets up the header and - </p><!--l. 4632--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4688--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4690--><p class="noindent" > sets up the footer. If you have setup the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25051"></a><a @@ -8925,7 +8917,7 @@ class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25054"></a> environment (and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span>isn’t used). - </p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span + </p><!--l. 4696--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25055"></a><a id="dx1-25056"></a> @@ -8937,7 +8929,7 @@ class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> \renewcommand{\glslongextraNameDescHeader}{} </pre> - <!--l. 4644--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred: + <!--l. 4700--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred: @@ -8945,79 +8937,70 @@ class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142"> \renewcommand{\glslongextraNameAlign}{c} </pre> - <!--l. 4648--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4704--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4650--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4650--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-loc</span><a id="dx1-25057"></a> This is like the <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a - id="dx1-25058"></a> style but has a third column - for the location list. The <span + id="dx1-25058"></a> style but has a third column for + the location list. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25059"></a><a id="dx1-25060"></a> header is given by: - </p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-25061"></a> <span + <!--l. 4709--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4711--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25062"></a><a id="dx1-25063"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4714--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4660--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4716--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4718--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4720--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4666--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4666--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-desc-name</span><a id="dx1-25066"></a> This is like the <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a - id="dx1-25067"></a> style but swaps the columns. - Note that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the + id="dx1-25067"></a> style but swaps the columns. Note + that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the second column by default. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25068"></a><a id="dx1-25069"></a> header is formatted according to: - </p><!--l. 4671--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-25070"></a> <span + <!--l. 4727--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4729--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25071"></a><a id="dx1-25072"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4676--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4732--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4678--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4734--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4680--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4736--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" > - - - + </p><!--l. 4738--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4684--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4684--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-name</span><a id="dx1-25075"></a> This has three columns containing the location list, description and name. The <span @@ -9025,289 +9008,271 @@ class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25076"></a><a id="dx1-25077"></a> header is formatted according to: - </p><!--l. 4688--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-25078"></a> <span + + + + <!--l. 4744--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4690--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4746--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25079"></a><a id="dx1-25080"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4749--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25081"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4695--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4751--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4697--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4753--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4699--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4755--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a id="dx1-25083"></a> This is has three columns, with the name in the first, the description in the second and the symbol in the third. - </p><!--l. 4705--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 4761--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25084"></a><a id="dx1-25085"></a> header row is produced with: - </p><!--l. 4706--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4762--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25086"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4708--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4764--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25087"></a><a id="dx1-25088"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4711--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4767--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25089"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4713--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4769--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4715--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4771--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25090"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4717--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4773--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4719--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4719--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a id="dx1-25091"></a> This is has four columns, with the name in the first, the description in the second, the symbol in the third and the location list in the fourth. - - - - </p><!--l. 4723--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25092"></a><a id="dx1-25093"></a> header row is produced with: - </p><!--l. 4724--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4780--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25094"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4726--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4782--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25095"></a><a id="dx1-25096"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4729--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4785--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25097"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4731--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4787--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4733--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4789--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25098"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4735--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4791--><p class="noindent" > + + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc</span><a id="dx1-25099"></a> This is like the <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a - id="dx1-25100"></a> but the second and - third column are swapped. The <span + id="dx1-25100"></a> but the second and third + column are swapped. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25101"></a><a id="dx1-25102"></a> header row is given by: - </p><!--l. 4740--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-25103"></a> <span + <!--l. 4796--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25103"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4742--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4798--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25104"></a><a id="dx1-25105"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4745--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4801--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25106"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4747--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4803--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4749--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4805--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25107"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4751--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4807--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4753--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4753--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc-loc</span><a id="dx1-25108"></a> This is like the <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a - id="dx1-25109"></a> but the - second and third column are swapped. The <span + id="dx1-25109"></a> but the second and + third column are swapped. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25110"></a><a - id="dx1-25111"></a> header row is given - by: - </p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-25112"></a> <span + id="dx1-25111"></a> header row is given by: + <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25112"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4758--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4814--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25113"></a><a id="dx1-25114"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4761--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4817--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25115"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - - - - </p><!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4819--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4765--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4821--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25116"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4767--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4823--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4769--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4769--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-sym-desc-name</span><a - id="dx1-25117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in - the second and the name in the third. The <span + id="dx1-25117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in the + second and the name in the third. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25118"></a><a id="dx1-25119"></a> header row is given by: - </p><!--l. 4772--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-25120"></a> <span + <!--l. 4828--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25120"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4830--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25121"></a><a id="dx1-25122"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4777--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4833--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25123"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4835--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4781--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25124"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4839--><p class="noindent" > + + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4785--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4785--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-loc-sym-desc-name</span><a - id="dx1-25125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in - the second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The + id="dx1-25125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in the + second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25126"></a><a id="dx1-25127"></a> header row is given by: - </p><!--l. 4789--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-25128"></a> <span + <!--l. 4845--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25128"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4791--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4847--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25129"></a><a id="dx1-25130"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4794--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4850--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25131"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4796--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4852--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4798--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4854--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25132"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4800--><p class="noindent" > - - - + </p><!--l. 4856--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4802--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4802--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-desc-sym-name</span><a - id="dx1-25133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in - the second and the name in the third. The <span + id="dx1-25133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in the + second and the name in the third. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25134"></a><a id="dx1-25135"></a> header row is given by: - </p><!--l. 4805--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-25136"></a> <span + <!--l. 4861--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25136"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4807--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4863--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25137"></a><a id="dx1-25138"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4810--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4866--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25139"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4868--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4814--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4870--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25140"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4872--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" ><span + </dt><dd +class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-sym-name</span><a - id="dx1-25141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the - description in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the - fourth. The <span + id="dx1-25141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the description + in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the fourth. The + <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-25142"></a><a id="dx1-25143"></a> header row is given by: - </p><!--l. 4822--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-25144"></a> <span + <!--l. 4878--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25144"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4824--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4880--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-25145"></a><a id="dx1-25146"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 4827--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 4883--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25147"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4885--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 4831--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + + + + </p><!--l. 4887--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-25148"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4833--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4889--><p class="noindent" > </p> </dd></dl> - - - -<!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4893--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4893--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a - id="x1-260003.3"></a><span -class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</h3> -<!--l. 4840--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span + id="sec:topic"></a>glossary-topic package</h3> +<!--l. 4896--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a @@ -9327,12 +9292,10 @@ class="cmss-10">tree</span><a id="dx1-26005"></a> style. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4850--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmssbx-10">topic</span><a - id="dx1-26006"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4850--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-26006"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a id="dx1-26007"></a> style but the indentation doesn’t start until the second sub-item level. The top-level entries have the name displayed @@ -9341,24 +9304,22 @@ class="cmss-10">tree</span><a href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a id="dx1-26008"></a> setting. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 4856--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">topicmcols</span><a - id="dx1-26009"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 4856--><p class="noindent" >This style is like the <span + id="dx1-26009"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is like the <span class="cmss-10">topic</span><a - id="dx1-26010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a <span + id="dx1-26010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a + <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a id="dx1-26011"></a><a - id="dx1-26012"></a> - environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the + id="dx1-26012"></a> environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the command: - </p><!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-26013"></a> <span + <!--l. 4916--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicColsEnv </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4862--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4918--><p class="noindent" > You can change this to the starred form. For example: @@ -9367,24 +9328,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstopicColsEnv </span></div><hr> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143"> \renewcommand{\glstopicColsEnv}{multicols*} </pre> - <!--l. 4866--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command: - </p><!--l. 4868--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + <!--l. 4922--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command: + </p><!--l. 4924--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicCols </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4870--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4926--><p class="noindent" > The default value is 2.</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 4873--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands. -</p><!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 4929--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands. +</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicParIndent </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4932--><p class="noindent" > This command is a length that’s used for the paragraph indentation in any multi-paragraph description for top-level entries, but not for the first paragraph (at the start of the description) which isn’t indented. -</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4884--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4940--><p class="noindent" > This command is a length that’s used to calculate the hanging indentation for sub-entries. The level 1 sub-entries don’t indent the name. Level <span class="cmmi-10">n </span>sub-entries have @@ -9394,32 +9355,32 @@ class="cmsy-10">- </span>1)<span class="cmsy-10">×</span><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent</span>. The hanging indent depends on whether or not a widest name has been set for the level. -</p><!--l. 4891--><p class="indent" > As from v1.46, there is also a length for additional indentation used +</p><!--l. 4947--><p class="indent" > As from v1.46, there is also a length for additional indentation used in the second paragraph onwards for child entries with multi-paragraph descriptions: -</p><!--l. 4894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemParIndent </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4896--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="noindent" > This is initialised to <span class="cmtt-10">\parindent</span><a id="dx1-26018"></a> when <span class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a id="dx1-26019"></a> is loaded. -</p><!--l. 4900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4956--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicInit </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4958--><p class="noindent" > Hook used at the start of the glossary. Does nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" > Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many +</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="indent" > Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many topics (top-level entries) and you feel that it would help the reader to divide them up into headed letter groups, you can redefine: -</p><!--l. 4909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicGroupHeading{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">group label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4911--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4967--><p class="noindent" > This does nothing by default. If you want to redefine it, you can fetch the title corresponding to the group label with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgetgrouptitle</span>. For @@ -9434,113 +9395,113 @@ example:   \section*{\thisgrptitle}% } </pre> -<!--l. 4920--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a +<!--l. 4976--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a id="dx1-26022"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span>) switch to support this. -</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicItem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4926--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4982--><p class="noindent" > Used to format the name, symbol, description and location list for the top-level entries. This starts with a paragraph break followed by: -</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4986--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPreSkip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4932--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4988--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\medskip</span>. There is then a hook: -</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMarker{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4936--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4992--><p class="noindent" > which does nothing by default, but may be redefined. For example, to add a line to the table of contents. The name and symbol are set in the form of a title using: -</p><!--l. 4941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 4997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4943--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname </span>which converts the first letter to upper case. If there’s a symbol, this is added in parentheses. Both name and symbol (if present) are encapsulated by -</p><!--l. 4947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitleFont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4949--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5005--><p class="noindent" > This uses a bold, large font by default. -</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="indent" > If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span +</p><!--l. 5008--><p class="indent" > If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span>) then a paragraph break is inserted followed by: -</p><!--l. 4954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMidSkip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4956--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5012--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is followed by the description which is formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicDesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description hook. -</p><!--l. 4965--><p class="indent" > A paragraph break followed by: -</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="indent" > A paragraph break followed by: +</p><!--l. 5022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPostSkip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4968--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" > comes next regardless of whether or not the description was displayed. This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is then followed by: -</p><!--l. 4972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicLoc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5030--><p class="noindent" > which may be used to display the location list, but does nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 4978--><p class="indent" > The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using: -</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5034--><p class="indent" > The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using: +</p><!--l. 5036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignSubIndent{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4982--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5038--><p class="noindent" > This uses: -</p><!--l. 4984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignWidest{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4986--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5042--><p class="noindent" > to determine if a widest name has been set for the given level. -</p><!--l. 4989--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry has its information displayed using: -</p><!--l. 4990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5045--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry has its information displayed using: +</p><!--l. 5046--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span @@ -9549,63 +9510,63 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4992--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5048--><p class="noindent" > This encapsulates the name with: -</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubNameFont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4996--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5052--><p class="noindent" > By default this just uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span>. This is followed by: -</p><!--l. 4998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5054--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemSep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5000--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\quad</span>. The name and separator are passed in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ argument of: -</p><!--l. 5003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemBox{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5005--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5061--><p class="noindent" > If a widest name was set for the given level, this will put ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ inside a box of that width otherwise it just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5010--><p class="indent" > This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set, +</p><!--l. 5066--><p class="indent" > This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set, the description and post-description hook are displayed followed by: -</p><!--l. 5013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubPreLocSep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5071--><p class="noindent" > (This command isn’t used if the description isn’t set.) -</p><!--l. 5018--><p class="indent" > Finally the location list is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 5019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="indent" > Finally the location list is displayed using: +</p><!--l. 5075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-26039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubLoc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5077--><p class="noindent" > which just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ by default. </p> -<!--l. 5024--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5080--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5080--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2> -</p><!--l. 5027--><p class="indent" > The new abbreviation system provided by <span +</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" > The new abbreviation system provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is more flexible than the acronym handling provided by the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The @@ -9619,7 +9580,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(and its variants) displays the desired output. See the file <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf" >sample-abbr-styles.pdf</a> for samples of all provided abbreviation styles. -</p><!--l. 5039--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span +</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a id="dx1-27001"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span><a @@ -9638,8 +9599,8 @@ of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. If you don’t want the full form to show on first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>use one of the “nolong” or “noshort” styles. </div> -</p><!--l. 5048--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5050--><p class="indent" > This lack of flexibility in <span +</p><!--l. 5104--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="indent" > This lack of flexibility in <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>can be demonstrated with the following document: @@ -9655,7 +9616,7 @@ document: Compare \gls{ex}['s] with \glsfirst{ex}['s]. \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 5062--><p class="nopar" > The <a +<!--l. 5118--><p class="nopar" > The <a id="dx1-27005"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>has the footnote marker after the inserted material “EX’s<sup class="textsuperscript"><span @@ -9670,7 +9631,7 @@ class="cmss-10">postfootnote</span></a><a inserted material as <span class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a id="dx1-27007"></a> is in the post-link hook. -</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="indent" > There are some instances where <span +</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="indent" > There are some instances where <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>can be useful. It’s used internally by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span><a @@ -9685,7 +9646,7 @@ is more appropriate. In this particular situation, there’s no need to worr about inserted material as the final optional argument isn’t supported by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span>. -</p><!--l. 5079--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as +</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as “laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the @@ -9698,10 +9659,10 @@ to be <span class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the glossary. -</p><!--l. 5091--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better abbreviation handling, with -</p><!--l. 5093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-27011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -9712,8 +9673,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span +</p><!--l. 5151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5153--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a id="dx1-27012"></a> key to <span class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may @@ -9735,10 +9696,10 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (without appending the plural suffix). See <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 5107--><p class="indent" > See <a +</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#sec:nested"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.8</span> </a><a @@ -9753,10 +9714,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-27017"></a> within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations +</p><!--l. 5167--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations or they may not be correctly applied. </div> -</p><!--l. 5114--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-27018"></a> command provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by @@ -9771,7 +9732,7 @@ href="#sec:acronymmods"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.9</span> </a><a href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so -</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-27020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -9782,7 +9743,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5122--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5178--><p class="noindent" > is now equivalent @@ -9805,7 +9766,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -</p><!--l. 5129--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5185--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package’s <span @@ -9825,13 +9786,13 @@ class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a styles provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar results.) -</p><!--l. 5139--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span +</p><!--l. 5195--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so, unlike the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within the same glossary. -</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on +</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on <a id="dx1-27025"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span @@ -9852,7 +9813,7 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-27030"></a>, the display and inline full forms are different. -</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span +</p><!--l. 5208--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-27031"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a @@ -9871,31 +9832,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a id="dx1-27035"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>. -</p><!--l. 5160--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary +</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary text using -</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-27036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5164--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5220--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label that identifies the abbreviation style. Similarly for the formatting command use by the long form: -</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5224--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-27037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuselongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > You can’t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new +</p><!--l. 5226--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="indent" > You can’t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new abbreviations provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package. The style commands that replace <span @@ -9913,31 +9874,31 @@ aren’t supported. The <span class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms</span><a id="dx1-27039"></a> command, which iterates over all acronym lists, should be replaced with: -</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5235--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-27040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\forallabbreviationlists{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5237--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5183--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3> -<!--l. 5186--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are +<!--l. 5242--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can use -</p><!--l. 5189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-28001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5191--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="noindent" > before you define your abbreviations. -</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (a control sequence) to accept a single argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in @@ -9946,19 +9907,19 @@ href="#catattr.tagging"><span class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a id="dx1-28002"></a> attribute set to “true”. For those cases it will use -</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-28003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5259--><p class="noindent" > This command defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a id="dx1-28004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required. -</p><!--l. 5207--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5263--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred @@ -9967,7 +9928,7 @@ class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩. As with redefining any commands, ensure that you don’t redefine something important. In fact, just forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention it. -</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span +</p><!--l. 5272--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list of category names. The <a href="#catattr.tagging"><span @@ -9977,10 +9938,10 @@ those categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but this must be done before the glossary is displayed. -</p><!--l. 5223--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span +</p><!--l. 5279--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both @@ -9997,7 +9958,7 @@ class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146"> \GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag} </pre> -<!--l. 5228--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span +<!--l. 5284--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For example: @@ -10016,25 +9977,25 @@ example: \newabbreviation{xml}{XML}  {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage} </pre> -<!--l. 5243--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for +<!--l. 5299--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for entries with the <a href="#catattr.tagging"><span class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a id="dx1-28008"></a> attribute set. -</p><!--l. 5248--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5304--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5248--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5304--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 5251--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using: -</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 5307--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using: +</p><!--l. 5309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style-name</span>⟩ is the name of the style and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label @@ -10056,11 +10017,11 @@ class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-29004"></a> attribute to <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>. -</p><!--l. 5266--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a +</p><!--l. 5322--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a different category to each group and set the style for the given category. </div> -</p><!--l. 5270--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5272--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 5326--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5328--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-29005"></a> is disabled by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -10082,7 +10043,7 @@ class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.9</span> </a><a href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is incompatible with all the commands described here. -<!--l. 5282--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span +<!--l. 5338--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-29007"></a>, @@ -10092,7 +10053,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-29009"></a>). The short form can be produced with: -</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10101,12 +10062,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5288--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="noindent" > (Use this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a id="dx1-29011"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 5291--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with -</p><!--l. 5292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5347--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with +</p><!--l. 5348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10115,13 +10076,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5350--><p class="noindent" > (Use this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a id="dx1-29013"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 5297--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with -</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10130,11 +10091,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5300--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" > (This this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a id="dx1-29015"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span +</p><!--l. 5359--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a id="dx1-29016"></a> for abbreviations, especially if you use the ⟨<span @@ -10142,8 +10103,8 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ optional argument. Use either <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a reset) or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5308--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5310--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format +</p><!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5366--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format used on <a id="dx1-29017"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span @@ -10154,22 +10115,22 @@ class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a short form on <a id="dx1-29019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. -</p><!--l. 5317--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the +</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the commands described in <a href="#sec:headtitle"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">5</span> </a><a href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5323--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5379--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ are the same as for commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands: -</p><!--l. 5327--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form: -</p><!--l. 5328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5383--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form: +</p><!--l. 5384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10178,9 +10139,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5330--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form: -</p><!--l. 5333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5386--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5388--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form: +</p><!--l. 5389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10189,9 +10150,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form: -</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5391--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5393--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form: +</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10200,12 +10161,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5340--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5342--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form: +</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form: -</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10214,9 +10175,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5345--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5347--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form: -</p><!--l. 5348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5401--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5403--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form: +</p><!--l. 5404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10225,9 +10186,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5350--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5352--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form: -</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5406--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form: +</p><!--l. 5409--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10236,10 +10197,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5357--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available. -</p><!--l. 5359--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals: -</p><!--l. 5360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5413--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available. +</p><!--l. 5415--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals: +</p><!--l. 5416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10248,8 +10209,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5418--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10258,8 +10219,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5365--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10268,9 +10229,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5368--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5370--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals: -</p><!--l. 5371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5424--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals: +</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10279,8 +10240,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10289,8 +10250,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10299,9 +10260,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5379--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5381--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals: -</p><!--l. 5382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals: +</p><!--l. 5438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10310,8 +10271,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5384--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10320,8 +10281,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5387--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5443--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-29034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -10330,8 +10291,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5392--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span +</p><!--l. 5446--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5448--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and @@ -10346,13 +10307,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>etc. </div> -</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5400--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5454--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5456--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5400--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5456--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3> -<!--l. 5403--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a +<!--l. 5459--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a @@ -10374,7 +10335,7 @@ class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>. -<!--l. 5410--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 5466--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -10692,10 +10653,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 5448--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5504--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 5451--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a +<!--l. 5507--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a regular entry (so that <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-31001"></a> uses <span @@ -10706,7 +10667,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-31003"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a id="dx1-31004"></a>). -</p><!--l. 5456--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a +</p><!--l. 5512--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-31005"></a> attribute to “true” for the @@ -10731,7 +10692,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-31013"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a +</p><!--l. 5521--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-31014"></a> attribute. The <span @@ -10751,17 +10712,17 @@ format (through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a id="dx1-31019"></a> that are defined by the style). -</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a +</p><!--l. 5529--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a id="dx1-31020"></a>first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-31021"></a> may not match the text produced by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a id="dx1-31022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions). -</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span +</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles described here. -</p><!--l. 5480--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span +</p><!--l. 5536--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-31023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold @@ -10770,8 +10731,8 @@ class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a id="dx1-31024"></a> package with the <span class="cmss-10">T1</span> option or something similar. </div> -</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="indent" > Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span +</p><!--l. 5542--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="indent" > Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...name </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...sort </span>that are expanded within the <span @@ -10790,27 +10751,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. It’s essential that these expand when the abbreviation is defined so don’t hide them behind no-expandable content if you redefine these helper commands. -</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5553--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-31029"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5501--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5557--><p class="noindent" > to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text: (⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5561--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-31031"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-31032"></a> use -</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span @@ -10818,82 +10779,82 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5565--><p class="noindent" > for the short form. This just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. (That is, no font change is applied.) On first use, -</p><!--l. 5512--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5514--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5570--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. By default, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 5517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5573--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5519--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5575--><p class="noindent" > which again just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (no font change). On first use, -</p><!--l. 5521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the short form is given by -</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5582--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5528--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5584--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a id="dx1-31038"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5531--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a id="dx1-31039"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a id="dx1-31040"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5535--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5591--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-31042f1"></a> On first use -</p><!--l. 5541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span> to change first and subsequent uses or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the first use. -</p><!--l. 5548--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span +</p><!--l. 5604--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 5551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5553--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" > This is defined as @@ -10902,7 +10863,7 @@ This is defined as <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}} </pre> -<!--l. 5557--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 5613--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a id="dx1-31045"></a> command is provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off @@ -10921,48 +10882,48 @@ class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a id="dx1-31048"></a> attributes. See <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 5568--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5624--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a id="dx1-31049"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a id="dx1-31050"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 5570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5628--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a id="dx1-31052"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use -</p><!--l. 5577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5635--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 5582--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span +</p><!--l. 5638--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 5585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5643--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. -</p><!--l. 5590--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5646--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a id="dx1-31055"></a> or <a @@ -10970,30 +10931,30 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a id="dx1-31056"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 5592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5648--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5594--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5650--><p class="noindent" > On first use -</p><!--l. 5596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5652--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5598--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5654--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 5601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5603--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5659--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic style unless the style is a “long-em” style. -</p><!--l. 5608--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5664--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a id="dx1-31060"></a> or <a @@ -11001,12 +10962,12 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a id="dx1-31061"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 5610--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5612--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5668--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span @@ -11014,12 +10975,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>and -</p><!--l. 5614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5616--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5672--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span @@ -11027,122 +10988,183 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The first form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span> is initialised to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. -</p><!--l. 5620--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands: -</p><!--l. 5621--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5676--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands: +</p><!--l. 5677--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5679--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 5625--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5681--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5627--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5683--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 5629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5685--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5631--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5687--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 5633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5635--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5691--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 5637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5693--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5639--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5695--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 5642--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles: -</p><!--l. 5643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5698--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles: +</p><!--l. 5699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5645--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5701--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 5647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5649--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5705--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 5651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5653--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5709--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 5655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5657--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5713--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 5659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5715--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5661--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5717--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 5664--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5720--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a id="dx1-31074"></a>: -</p><!--l. 5666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31075"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5668--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5724--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 5670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31076"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5672--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5728--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 5674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5730--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31077"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5732--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 5678--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5734--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5736--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 5682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-31079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5684--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5740--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 5687--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of +</p><!--l. 5743--><p class="indent" > The “short-sc-only” styles, such as <a +href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-sc-only"><span +class="cmss-10">long-only-short-sc-only</span></a><a + id="dx1-31080"></a>: +</p><!--l. 5745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31081"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsconlyfont{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="noindent" > +for the short form (which uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a + id="dx1-31082"></a>), and +</p><!--l. 5749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31083"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 5751--><p class="noindent" > +which uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsconlyfont</span><a + id="dx1-31084"></a>. The short plural suffix is obtained from: +</p><!--l. 5754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31085"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsconlysuffix </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix</span><a + id="dx1-31086"></a>. For other font types, use the one of “short-only” styles +and redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont </span>as required. (The smallcaps style is a special case +as its plural suffix is awkward.) +</p><!--l. 5762--><p class="indent" > The “postshort-sc-user” styles, such as <a +href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-sc-user"><span +class="cmss-10">long-postshort-sc-user</span></a><a + id="dx1-31087"></a>: +</p><!--l. 5764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31088"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscuserfont{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 5766--><p class="noindent" > +for the short form (which uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a + id="dx1-31089"></a>), and +</p><!--l. 5768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31090"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 5770--><p class="noindent" > +which uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscuserfont</span><a + id="dx1-31091"></a>. The short plural suffix is obtained from: +</p><!--l. 5773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31092"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscusersuffix </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 5775--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix</span><a + id="dx1-31093"></a>. +</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To move it inside, use: -</p><!--l. 5690--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-31080"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31094"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5692--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5783--><p class="noindent" > This applies to all the predefined styles. For example: @@ -11153,17 +11175,17 @@ This applies to all the predefined styles. For example: \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}} \glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </pre> -<!--l. 5698--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default +<!--l. 5789--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default (without <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the emphasized font. -</p><!--l. 5703--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a +</p><!--l. 5794--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-31081"></a>, the inserted text would be + id="dx1-31095"></a>, the inserted text would be placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the above example). -</p><!--l. 5707--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span +</p><!--l. 5798--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in @@ -11177,8 +11199,8 @@ convert its argument to lowercase. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150"> \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}} </pre> -<!--l. 5714--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5716--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it +<!--l. 5805--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5807--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it easier to redefine this command to convert case: @@ -11188,14 +11210,14 @@ easier to redefine this command to convert case: \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}} \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} </pre> -<!--l. 5722--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5724--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use -</p><!--l. 5725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-31082"></a> <span +<!--l. 5813--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5815--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use +</p><!--l. 5816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31096"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5727--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5818--><p class="noindent" > as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by default, but may be changed as required. For example: @@ -11205,7 +11227,7 @@ default, but may be changed as required. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~} </pre> -<!--l. 5732--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 5823--><p class="nopar" > or @@ -11213,11 +11235,10 @@ default, but may be changed as required. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 5736--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p> +<!--l. 5827--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5829--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5741--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span + <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩]<span @@ -11226,7 +11247,7 @@ class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩[<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>⟩][<span class="cmtt-10">-user</span>] - </p><!--l. 5743--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span + <!--l. 5834--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ parts may be omitted. These styles display ⟨<span @@ -11236,70 +11257,62 @@ class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ or ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ starts with “no” then that element is omitted from the display style (no parenthetical part) but is included in the inline style. - </p><!--l. 5749--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + </p><!--l. 5840--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ part is present, then the field has a font changing command applied to it. The special modifier <span class="cmtt-10">-only </span>indicates that field is only present according to whether or not the entry has been used. - </p><!--l. 5754--><p class="noindent" >If <span + </p><!--l. 5845--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ is placed after the <a - id="dx1-31083"></a><a + id="dx1-31097"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the post-link hook. - </p><!--l. 5757--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + </p><!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-31084"></a> value, if provided, is inserted + id="dx1-31098"></a> value, if provided, is inserted into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material may be changed.) - </p><!--l. 5761--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 5852--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5763--><p class="noindent" ><a + <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span></a><a - id="dx1-31085"></a>: ⟨<span + id="dx1-31099"></a>: ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ is the long form, the short form is set in smallcaps but omitted in the display style. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5766--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-31086"></a>: both the long form and the short form are + id="dx1-31100"></a>: both the long form and the short form are emphasized. The short form is in parentheses. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5768--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-31087"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form. + id="dx1-31101"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form. The short form is in parentheses. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5770--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-31088"></a>: if the <span + id="dx1-31102"></a>: if the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-31089"></a> key has been set, this produces the style + id="dx1-31103"></a> key has been set, this produces the style ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">user1</span>⟩) otherwise it just produces ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). - - - - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5774--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-31090"></a>: the short form and the inserted + id="dx1-31104"></a>: the short form and the inserted material (provided by the final optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) is moved to the post-link hook. The long form is formatted @@ -11310,163 +11323,154 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont</span> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont </span>on first - use).</p></li></ul> + use).</li></ul> + + + </li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5783--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span + <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span> - </p><!--l. 5785--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a + <!--l. 5876--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-31091"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the + id="dx1-31105"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the style that doesn’t set this attribute. For example, <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-31092"></a> sets the + id="dx1-31106"></a> sets the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-31093"></a> attribute. The <a + id="dx1-31107"></a> attribute. The <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a - id="dx1-31094"></a> style is a minor variation that + id="dx1-31108"></a> style is a minor variation that style that doesn’t set the attribute. - </p><!--l. 5792--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a + </p><!--l. 5883--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a - id="dx1-31095"></a>, that have + id="dx1-31109"></a>, that have “-noreg” version without a regular version. This is because the style won’t work properly with the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-31096"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for + id="dx1-31110"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for consistency with the other “noshort” styles. </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5800--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span + <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩]<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span class="cmtt-10">footnote</span> - </p><!--l. 5802--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span + <!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If <span class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a - id="dx1-31097"></a><a + id="dx1-31111"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the post-link hook. The inline style does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by the other field in parentheses. - </p><!--l. 5808--><p class="noindent" >If <span + </p><!--l. 5899--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩ is present, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ has a font-changing command applied to it. - </p><!--l. 5811--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 5902--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5813--><p class="noindent" ><a + <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-31098"></a>: short form in the text with the long form in the + id="dx1-31112"></a>: short form in the text with the long form in the footnote. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5815--><p class="noindent" ><a + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-31099"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in + id="dx1-31113"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in the footnote outside of the <a - id="dx1-31100"></a>link-text.</p></li></ul> - <!--l. 5819--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations + id="dx1-31114"></a>link-text.</li></ul> + <!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations where <span class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a - id="dx1-31101"></a> doesn’t work. </div> - - - - </p><!--l. 5822--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-31115"></a> doesn’t work. </div> + </p><!--l. 5913--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5824--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span + <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-desc</span> - </p><!--l. 5826--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span + <!--l. 5917--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ but the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-31102"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations + id="dx1-31116"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations with this style. - </p><!--l. 5829--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 5920--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5832--><p class="noindent" ><a + <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-31103"></a>: like <a + id="dx1-31117"></a>: like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-31104"></a> but requires a description. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 5834--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-31118"></a> but requires a description. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-31105"></a>: like <a + id="dx1-31119"></a>: like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-31106"></a> but requires a - description.</p></li></ul> + id="dx1-31120"></a> but requires a + description.</li></ul> + + + </li></ul> -<!--l. 5839--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04 +<!--l. 5930--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04 styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning using: -</p><!--l. 5845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-31107"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31121"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">old-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5847--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5938--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">old-name</span>⟩ is the deprecated name and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">new-name</span>⟩ is the preferred name. You can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing. -</p><!--l. 5853--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5944--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5853--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5944--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4.1 </span> <a id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4> -<!--l. 5856--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a +<!--l. 5947--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-32001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories that have abbreviations defined with any of these styles. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5861--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-nolong"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong</span><a - id="dx1-32002"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5861--><p class="noindent" >This only displays the short form on <a + id="dx1-32002"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This only displays the short form on <a id="dx1-32003"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-32004"></a> is set to the short form - through the command - </p><!--l. 5864--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-32005"></a> <span + id="dx1-32004"></a> is set to the + short form through the command + <!--l. 5955--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-32005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span></div><hr> - - - - </p><!--l. 5866--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for the other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -11479,7 +11483,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) for it to take effect. Make sure to <span class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>any formatting commands (or anything else that shouldn’t be expanded). - </p><!--l. 5875--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 5966--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-32006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ @@ -11489,176 +11493,155 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The long form on its own can be displayed class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a id="dx1-32007"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-32008"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-32008"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32009"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5882--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.nolong-short"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short</span><a - id="dx1-32010"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5882--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32010"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32011"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5886--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong</span><a - id="dx1-32012"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5886--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32012"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32013"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-32014"></a> (which - defaults to <span + id="dx1-32014"></a> (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5890--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc</span><a - id="dx1-32015"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5890--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-32015"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32016"></a> - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5892--><p class="noindent" > + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sc</span><a - id="dx1-32017"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5892--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32017"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32018"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span -class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The name is - still obtained from <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span>(similarly for the other - styles in the form <span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). + The name is still obtained from <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span>(similarly for the + other styles in the form <span class="cmtt-10">nolong</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ unless indicated otherwise). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5899--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong</span><a - id="dx1-32019"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5899--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32019"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32020"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-32021"></a> (which - defaults to <span + id="dx1-32021"></a> (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>). - - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm</span><a - id="dx1-32022"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-32022"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32023"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5905--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sm"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sm</span><a - id="dx1-32024"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5905--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32024"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32025"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ + (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5909--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong</span><a - id="dx1-32026"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5909--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32026"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32027"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a id="dx1-32028"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5913--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em</span><a - id="dx1-32029"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5913--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-32029"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32030"></a> - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5915--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-em</span><a - id="dx1-32031"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5915--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32031"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32032"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ + (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5919--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32033"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5919--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a + id="dx1-32033"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32034"></a> style, but the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-32035"></a> is set to the full form obtained by - expanding - </p><!--l. 5922--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-32036"></a> <span + id="dx1-32035"></a> is set to the full form + obtained by expanding + <!--l. 6013--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-32036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5924--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6015--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for the other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -11671,7 +11654,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>fragile and formatting commands and only redefin before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). - </p><!--l. 5931--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 6022--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-32037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use the <a @@ -11683,128 +11666,111 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-32039"></a> key. (See the sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span>.) - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5937--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32040"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5937--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-32040"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-32041"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32042"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32042"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a id="dx1-32043"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-32044"></a> (which - defaults to <span + id="dx1-32044"></a> (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5944--><p class="noindent" > + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32045"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5944--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-32045"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-32046"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5947--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32047"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5947--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32047"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-32048"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-32049"></a> - (which defaults to <span + id="dx1-32049"></a> (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5951--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32050"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5951--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-32050"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-32051"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5954--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32052"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5954--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32052"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-32053"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a id="dx1-32054"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5958--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32055"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5958--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-32055"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-32056"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5961--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32057"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5961--><p class="noindent" >This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or subsequent use of - commands <span + id="dx1-32057"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or + subsequent use of commands <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-32058"></a>. The short form may be accessed through commands like - <span + id="dx1-32058"></a>. The short form may be accessed + through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-32059"></a>. The inline full form displays ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ + (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). - - - - </p><!--l. 5967--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 6058--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-32060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-32061"></a> key is also set to the long form, but this is done by expanding - </p><!--l. 5970--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + </p><!--l. 6061--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-32062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5972--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6063--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for the other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -11814,7 +11780,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">-desc </span>styles, unless indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are defined, and any fragile or formatting commands within it need protecting. - </p><!--l. 5978--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 6069--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-32063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles won’t display the short form. You can use the post-description hook to @@ -11823,104 +11789,93 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.long-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32064"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-32064"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-32065"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5987--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32066"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5987--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a + id="dx1-32066"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-32067"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands - like <span + id="dx1-32067"></a> style but the short form (accessed + through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-32068"></a>) use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-32069"></a>. (This style was originally called - <span + id="dx1-32069"></a>. (This style was + originally called <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span><a - id="dx1-32070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a - deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 5994--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-32070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name + retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32071"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 5994--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32071"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-32072"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-32073"></a>. - (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-32073"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span><a - id="dx1-32074"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but - original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6001--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-32074"></a>. Renamed in + version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for + backward-compatibility.) + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32075"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6001--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32075"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-32076"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-32077"></a>. - The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-32077"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally + called <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span><a - id="dx1-32078"></a>. - Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym - for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6008--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-32078"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a + deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-32079"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 6008--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, like <a + id="dx1-32079"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.04, like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-32080"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use - <span + id="dx1-32080"></a> but + redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-32081"></a>. The long form uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a - id="dx1-32082"></a> and + id="dx1-32081"></a>. The long form uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a + id="dx1-32082"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span><a id="dx1-32083"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6013--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort</span><a - id="dx1-32084"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6013--><p class="noindent" >This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form + id="dx1-32084"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form anywhere in the document, but is provided for completeness. This is like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span @@ -11932,10 +11887,10 @@ class="cmss-10">sort</span><a class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-32087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by expanding - </p><!--l. 6019--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-32088"></a> <span + <!--l. 6110--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-32088"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -11943,69 +11898,59 @@ class="cmtt-10">-noshort</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ styles, unless indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are defined, and fragile or formatting commands should be protected. - </p><!--l. 6028--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 6119--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-32089"></a> is set to the long form. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.long"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-32090"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-32090"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a id="dx1-32091"></a> - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc</span><a - id="dx1-32092"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a + id="dx1-32092"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-32093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands like - <span + id="dx1-32093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through + commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-32094"></a>) use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-32095"></a>. (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-32095"></a>. (This style was originally + called <span class="cmss-10">long-sc</span><a - id="dx1-32096"></a>. - Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym - for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-32096"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a + deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm</span><a - id="dx1-32097"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-32097"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a id="dx1-32098"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-32099"></a>. (This - style was originally called <span + id="dx1-32099"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">long-sm</span><a - id="dx1-32100"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name - retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6046--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-32100"></a>. Renamed in + version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for + backward-compatibility.) + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em</span><a - id="dx1-32101"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 6046--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a + id="dx1-32101"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a id="dx1-32102"></a> but redefines <span @@ -12017,73 +11962,72 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a class="cmss-10">long-em</span><a id="dx1-32104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6053--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em</span><a - id="dx1-32105"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6053--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a + id="dx1-32105"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-32106"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span> - to use <span + id="dx1-32106"></a> but redefines + + + + <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a id="dx1-32107"></a>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span> - and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use + <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont </span>to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. The short form isn’t used by - commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. The short + form isn’t used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-32108"></a>, but can be obtained using <span + id="dx1-32108"></a>, but can be obtained using + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-32109"></a>. The related - style <a + id="dx1-32109"></a>. The related style <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-32110"></a> doesn’t set the <a + id="dx1-32110"></a> doesn’t set the + <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-32111"></a> attribute. -</p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 6065--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 6156--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6065--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6156--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4.2 </span> <a id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4> -<!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a +<!--l. 6159--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-33001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has previously been set. If it hasn’t already been set, it’s left unset. Other attributes may also be set, depending on the style. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.long-short"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-33002"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" >On <a + id="dx1-33002"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">On <a id="dx1-33003"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span -class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and display full - forms are the same. The <span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and + display full forms are the same. The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-33004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33005"></a> is also set - to the short form through - </p><!--l. 6079--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33006"></a> <span + id="dx1-33005"></a> + is also set to the short form through + <!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6081--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6172--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -12096,7 +12040,7 @@ class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ styles, unless indicated class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with <span class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. - </p><!--l. 6091--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 6182--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-33007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated by <span @@ -12105,59 +12049,48 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. If you want to insert material within the href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a id="dx1-33008"></a> style. - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6096--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc</span><a - id="dx1-33009"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6096--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33009"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-33010"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a id="dx1-33011"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6100--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm</span><a - id="dx1-33012"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6100--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33012"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-33013"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a id="dx1-33014"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6104--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em</span><a - id="dx1-33015"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6104--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33015"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-33016"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a id="dx1-33017"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6108--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em</span><a - id="dx1-33018"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6108--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a + id="dx1-33018"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a id="dx1-33019"></a> but redefines @@ -12165,24 +12098,25 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a id="dx1-33020"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" > + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only</span><a - id="dx1-33021"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first use and only - shows the short form on subsequent use. The inline full form <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span> - shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. The <span + id="dx1-33021"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first + use and only shows the short form on subsequent use. The inline full form + <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. + The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33022"></a> field - is obtained from - </p><!--l. 6118--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33023"></a> <span + id="dx1-33022"></a> field is obtained from + <!--l. 6209--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlyname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6120--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6211--><p class="noindent" > Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced @@ -12191,27 +12125,43 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with <span class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6127--><p class="noindent" > +<a + id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-sc-only"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-sc-only</span><a + id="dx1-33024"></a> </dt><dd +class="description"> + <!--l. 6220--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.48, this is like <a +href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span +class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a + id="dx1-33025"></a> but uses smallcaps for the + short form. The name is obtained from: + </p><!--l. 6222--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33026"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsconlyname </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 6224--><p class="noindent" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33024"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6127--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a + id="dx1-33027"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a - id="dx1-33025"></a> but the user must - supply the description. The <span + id="dx1-33028"></a> + but the user must supply the description. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33026"></a> field is obtained from - </p><!--l. 6132--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33027"></a> <span + id="dx1-33029"></a> field is obtained + from + <!--l. 6230--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname </span></div><hr> - - - - </p><!--l. 6134--><p class="noindent" > - Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations + </p><!--l. 6232--><p class="noindent" > + The sort value is obtained from: + </p><!--l. 6234--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33031"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescsort </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6238--><p class="noindent" >Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced with <span @@ -12219,46 +12169,69 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with <span class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6141--><p class="noindent" > +<a + id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-sc-only-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-sc-only-desc</span><a + id="dx1-33032"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.48, this style is like + <a +href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-33033"></a> but it uses smallcaps for the short form. The name is + obtained from: + <!--l. 6249--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33034"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsconlydescname </span></div><hr> + + + + </p><!--l. 6251--><p class="noindent" > + This defaults to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname</span>. + </p><!--l. 6254--><p class="noindent" >The sort value is obtained from: + </p><!--l. 6255--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33035"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsconlydescsort </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 6257--><p class="noindent" > + This defaults to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescsort</span>. + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-33028"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6141--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a + id="dx1-33036"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-33029"></a> but doesn’t set the - <a + id="dx1-33037"></a> + but doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-33030"></a> attribute. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6146--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33038"></a> attribute. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-user"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user</span><a - id="dx1-33031"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6146--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a + id="dx1-33039"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-33032"></a> style but - additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This + id="dx1-33040"></a> style + but additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This checks the value of the field given by - </p><!--l. 6151--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33033"></a> <span + <!--l. 6270--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6153--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6272--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a - id="dx1-33034"></a> (provided by <span + id="dx1-33042"></a> (provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). If the field hasn’t been set, the style behaves like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-33035"></a> style and produces + id="dx1-33043"></a> style and produces ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) but if the field has been set, the contents of that field are inserted @@ -12267,46 +12240,46 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field-value</span>⟩). The format is governed by - </p><!--l. 6161--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33036"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6280--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6163--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6282--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the short form (for the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33037"></a> style) or the long form (for + id="dx1-33045"></a> style) or the long form (for the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using + id="dx1-33046"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep </span>and then the parenthetical content (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a - id="dx1-33039"></a>). + id="dx1-33047"></a>). The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33040"></a> is set to - </p><!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33041"></a> <span + id="dx1-33048"></a> is set to + </p><!--l. 6289--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6172--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6291--><p class="noindent" > The default definition ignores the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and encapsulates ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ with <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont</span>. - </p><!--l. 6176--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 6295--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span + id="dx1-33050"></a> is obtained by expanding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span>(see above). The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ argument includes the font formatting command, <span @@ -12317,15 +12290,15 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the case of the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33043"></a> style and <span + id="dx1-33051"></a> style and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> in the case of the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33044"></a> style. - </p><!--l. 6184--><p class="noindent" >For example: + id="dx1-33052"></a> style. + </p><!--l. 6303--><p class="noindent" >For example: @@ -12337,32 +12310,32 @@ class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a  [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]  {dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V} </pre> - <!--l. 6194--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 6313--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 6197--><p class="noindent" >TeX User Group (TUG)</p></blockquote> - <!--l. 6199--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 6316--><p class="noindent" >TeX User Group (TUG)</p></blockquote> + <!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 6201--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V (DANTE, + <!--l. 6320--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V (DANTE, German Speaking TeX User Group)</p></blockquote> - <!--l. 6204--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to - </p><!--l. 6205--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33045"></a> <span + <!--l. 6323--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to + </p><!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6207--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6326--><p class="noindent" > and the plural suffix is given by - </p><!--l. 6209--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33046"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6328--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6211--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6213--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps + </p><!--l. 6330--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6332--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33047"></a> + id="dx1-33055"></a> style: @@ -12372,60 +12345,57 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a \renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}} \renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} </pre> - <!--l. 6219--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 6338--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6221--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-33048"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6221--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a + id="dx1-33056"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-33049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a + id="dx1-33057"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-33050"></a> attribute. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6225--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33058"></a> + attribute. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-33051"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6225--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a + id="dx1-33059"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33052"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a + id="dx1-33060"></a> but it doesn’t set the + <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-33053"></a> attribute. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6229--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33061"></a> attribute. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33054"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6229--><p class="noindent" >On <a - id="dx1-33055"></a><a + id="dx1-33062"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">On <a + id="dx1-33063"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span -class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and display full - forms are the same. The <span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The + inline and display full forms are the same. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33056"></a> is set to the full form. The <span + id="dx1-33064"></a> is set to the full + form. The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-33057"></a> key is set to ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ - (⟨<span -class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). Before version 1.04, this was incorrectly set to the short form. If you - want to revert back to this you can redefine - </p><!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33058"></a> <span + id="dx1-33065"></a> key is set to ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). Before version 1.04, this was + incorrectly set to the short form. If you want to revert back to this you can + redefine + <!--l. 6355--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6238--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6357--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -12434,18 +12404,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok} </pre> - <!--l. 6242--><p class="nopar" > The <span + <!--l. 6361--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short + id="dx1-33067"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short forms are separated by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33060"></a> field is obtained + id="dx1-33068"></a> field is obtained from - </p><!--l. 6246--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33061"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6365--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6248--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6367--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -12460,185 +12430,171 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with <span class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6258--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33062"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6258--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33070"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33063"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33071"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-33064"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6262--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33072"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33065"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6262--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33073"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33066"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33074"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-33067"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33075"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33068"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33076"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33069"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33077"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-33070"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6270--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33078"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33071"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6270--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a + id="dx1-33079"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33072"></a> but redefines - <span + id="dx1-33080"></a> but + redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a - id="dx1-33073"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6274--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33081"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-33074"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6274--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a + id="dx1-33082"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like + <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33075"></a> but doesn’t set - the <a + id="dx1-33083"></a> but doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-33076"></a> attribute. - - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6280--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33084"></a> attribute. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-user-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33077"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6280--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the <a + id="dx1-33085"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the + <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33078"></a> style - and the <a + id="dx1-33086"></a> style and the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33079"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for - <a + id="dx1-33087"></a> style. The display and + inline forms are as for <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33080"></a> and the <span + id="dx1-33088"></a> and the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33081"></a> key is obtained from - </p><!--l. 6286--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33082"></a> <span + id="dx1-33089"></a> key is obtained + from + <!--l. 6405--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33090"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6288--><p class="noindent" > + + + + </p><!--l. 6407--><p class="noindent" > Again, this should only be redefined before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting. - </p><!--l. 6292--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 6411--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of + id="dx1-33091"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-33084"></a> key is set to ⟨<span + id="dx1-33092"></a> key is set to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) as per the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33085"></a> style. + id="dx1-33093"></a> style. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-33086"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >This is like <a + id="dx1-33094"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-33087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a + id="dx1-33095"></a> but doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-33088"></a> attribute. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33096"></a> attribute. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-33089"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >This is like <a + id="dx1-33097"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is like <a href="#abbrstyle.nolong-short"><span class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-33090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a + id="dx1-33098"></a> but doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-33091"></a> attribute. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6305--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33099"></a> attribute. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-long"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-long</span><a - id="dx1-33092"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6305--><p class="noindent" >On <a - id="dx1-33093"></a><a + id="dx1-33100"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">On <a + id="dx1-33101"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The inline and display full forms are the same. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33094"></a> and <span + id="dx1-33102"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-33095"></a> keys are set to the + id="dx1-33103"></a> keys are set to the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33096"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long + id="dx1-33104"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long forms are separated by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. If you want to insert material within the parentheses (such as a translation), try the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33097"></a> + id="dx1-33105"></a> style. - </p><!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 6434--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33098"></a> field is obtained from - </p><!--l. 6316--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33099"></a> <span + id="dx1-33106"></a> field is obtained from + </p><!--l. 6435--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33107"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6437--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -12651,144 +12607,129 @@ class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ styles, unless indicated class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with <span class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long</span><a - id="dx1-33100"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33108"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-33101"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-33109"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-33102"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6333--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33110"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long</span><a - id="dx1-33103"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6333--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33111"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-33104"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-33112"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-33105"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6337--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33113"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-long"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long</span><a - id="dx1-33106"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6337--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33114"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-33107"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-33115"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-33108"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6341--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33116"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em</span><a - id="dx1-33109"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6341--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a + id="dx1-33117"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-33110"></a> but redefines + id="dx1-33118"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a - id="dx1-33111"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6345--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33119"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-long-user"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user</span><a - id="dx1-33112"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6345--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a + id="dx1-33120"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33113"></a> style but with the long - and short forms switched. The parenthetical material is governed by the same - command <span + id="dx1-33121"></a> style but + with the long and short forms switched. The parenthetical material is governed + by the same command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen</span><a - id="dx1-33114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it is the - long form instead of the short form. The <span + id="dx1-33122"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it + + + + is the long form instead of the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33115"></a> field is obtained by + id="dx1-33123"></a> field is obtained by expanding - </p><!--l. 6352--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33116"></a> <span + <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33124"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6354--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6473--><p class="noindent" > Again, this should only be redefined before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) and commands that should be expanded need to be protected. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33117"></a> is set to <span + id="dx1-33125"></a> is set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6360--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-33118"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6360--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a + id="dx1-33126"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33119"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a + id="dx1-33127"></a> but it doesn’t set the + <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-33120"></a> attribute. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6364--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33128"></a> attribute. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-long-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33121"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 6364--><p class="noindent" >On <a - id="dx1-33122"></a><a + id="dx1-33129"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">On <a + id="dx1-33130"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The inline and display full - forms are the same. The <span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The + inline and display full forms are the same. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33123"></a> is set to the full form. The <span + id="dx1-33131"></a> is set to the full + form. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33124"></a> must - be supplied by the user. The short and long forms are separated by - <span + id="dx1-33132"></a> must be supplied by the user. The short and long + forms are separated by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33125"></a> field is obtained from - </p><!--l. 6371--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33126"></a> <span + id="dx1-33133"></a> field is obtained + from + <!--l. 6490--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33134"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6373--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -12803,134 +12744,126 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with <span class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6383--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33127"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6383--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33135"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33128"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33136"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-33129"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6387--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33137"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33130"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6387--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33138"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33131"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33139"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-33132"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33140"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33133"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33141"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33134"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33142"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-33135"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6395--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33143"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33136"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6395--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a + id="dx1-33144"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33137"></a> but redefines - <span + id="dx1-33145"></a> but + redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a - id="dx1-33138"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33146"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-long-user-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33139"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the <a + id="dx1-33147"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the + <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33140"></a> style - and the <a + id="dx1-33148"></a> style and the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33141"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for - <a + id="dx1-33149"></a> style. The display and + inline forms are as for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33142"></a>, but the <span + id="dx1-33150"></a>, but the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33143"></a> key is obtained from - </p><!--l. 6405--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33144"></a> <span + id="dx1-33151"></a> key is obtained + from + + + + <!--l. 6524--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33152"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6407--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6526--><p class="noindent" > Again, this should only be redefined before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting. - - - - </p><!--l. 6411--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 6530--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of + id="dx1-33153"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6415--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-footnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote</span><a - id="dx1-33146"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6415--><p class="noindent" >On <a - id="dx1-33147"></a><a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as a footnote. - This style automatically sets the <a + id="dx1-33154"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">On <a + id="dx1-33155"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as + a footnote. This style automatically sets the <a href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-33148"></a> attribute to “true” for the - supplied category, so the <a - id="dx1-33149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote + id="dx1-33156"></a> attribute to “true” for + the supplied category, so the <a + id="dx1-33157"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote marker may be, if the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-33150"></a> package is used). - </p><!--l. 6422--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span + id="dx1-33158"></a> package is used). + <!--l. 6541--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33151"></a> is set to the short + id="dx1-33159"></a> is set to the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33152"></a> is set to the long form. The <span + id="dx1-33160"></a> is set to the long form. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33153"></a> key is obtained by + id="dx1-33161"></a> key is obtained by expanding: - </p><!--l. 6426--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33154"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6545--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33162"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotename </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6428--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6547--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -12942,35 +12875,35 @@ class="cmtt-10">footnote </span>styles, unless class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile or formatting commands should be protected from expansion. - </p><!--l. 6435--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use: - </p><!--l. 6436--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33155"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6554--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use: + </p><!--l. 6555--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33163"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6438--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6557--><p class="noindent" > to format the long form on <a - id="dx1-33156"></a>first use or for the full form and - </p><!--l. 6440--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33157"></a> <span + id="dx1-33164"></a>first use or for the full form and + </p><!--l. 6559--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33165"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6442--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6561--><p class="noindent" > to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>). - </p><!--l. 6446--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use: - </p><!--l. 6447--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33158"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6565--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use: + </p><!--l. 6566--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33166"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6568--><p class="noindent" > By default, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a - id="dx1-33159"></a><span + id="dx1-33167"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For @@ -12985,7 +12918,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For   \footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}% } </pre> - <!--l. 6457--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink: + <!--l. 6576--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink: @@ -12995,7 +12928,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For   \footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}: #2}% } </pre> - <!--l. 6463--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span + <!--l. 6582--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference (see <a href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span @@ -13008,109 +12941,103 @@ class="cmbx-10">2.8</span> </a><a href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>). </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6468--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.footnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-33160"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6468--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-33168"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33161"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33169"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a - id="dx1-33162"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33170"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33163"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33171"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-33164"></a>. - (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-33172"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a - id="dx1-33165"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but - original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33173"></a>. Renamed in + version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for + backward-compatibility.) + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a - id="dx1-33166"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33174"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33167"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33175"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-33168"></a>. - (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-33176"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a - id="dx1-33169"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but - original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6485--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33177"></a>. Renamed in + version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for + backward-compatibility.) + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote</span><a - id="dx1-33170"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6485--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33178"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33171"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33179"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-33172"></a>. - (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-33180"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span><a - id="dx1-33173"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but - original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33181"></a>. Renamed in + version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for + backward-compatibility.) + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33174"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a + id="dx1-33182"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33175"></a>, but the <span + id="dx1-33183"></a>, but the + <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33176"></a> must be - supplied by the user. The <span + id="dx1-33184"></a> must be supplied by the user. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33177"></a> field is obtained from: - - - - </p><!--l. 6497--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33178"></a> <span + id="dx1-33185"></a> field is obtained + from: + <!--l. 6616--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33186"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6499--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6618--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ followed by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ in parentheses, and the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-33179"></a> field is + id="dx1-33187"></a> field is obtained from: - </p><!--l. 6502--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33180"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6621--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33188"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6504--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6623--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just the short form. (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-[post]footnote-desc </span>styles, unless indicated otherwise.) - </p><!--l. 6509--><p class="noindent" >Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations + + + + </p><!--l. 6628--><p class="noindent" >Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced with <span @@ -13118,330 +13045,318 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with <span class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6515--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.footnote-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">footnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33181"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6515--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-33189"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33182"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33190"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33183"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33191"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33184"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33192"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-33185"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6522--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33193"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33186"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6522--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33194"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33187"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33195"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-33188"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6526--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33196"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33189"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6526--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33197"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33190"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33198"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-33191"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6530--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33199"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote</span><a - id="dx1-33192"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6530--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the <a + id="dx1-33200"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is similar to the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33193"></a> style but doesn’t modify the category - attribute. Instead it changes <span + id="dx1-33201"></a> style but doesn’t modify the + category attribute. Instead it changes <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a - id="dx1-33194"></a> to insert the + id="dx1-33202"></a> to insert the footnote after the <a - id="dx1-33195"></a><a + id="dx1-33203"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> on <a - id="dx1-33196"></a><a + id="dx1-33204"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. This will also defer the footnote until after any following punctuation character that’s recognised by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a - id="dx1-33197"></a>. - - - - </p><!--l. 6538--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span + id="dx1-33205"></a>. + <!--l. 6657--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33198"></a> is set to the short + id="dx1-33206"></a> is set to the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33199"></a> is set to the long form. Note that this style will change + id="dx1-33207"></a> is set to the long form. Note that this style will change <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>(and its variants) so that it fakes non-<a - id="dx1-33200"></a>first use. (Otherwise the + id="dx1-33208"></a>first use. (Otherwise the footnote would appear after the inline form.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6545--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.postfootnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote</span><a - id="dx1-33201"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6545--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-33209"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33202"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6548--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33210"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span><a - id="dx1-33203"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6548--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33211"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33204"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33212"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-33205"></a>. - (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-33213"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span><a - id="dx1-33206"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but - original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6555--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33214"></a>. Renamed in + version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for + backward-compatibility.) + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span><a - id="dx1-33207"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6555--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33215"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33208"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33216"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-33209"></a>. - (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-33217"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span><a - id="dx1-33210"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but - original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33218"></a>. Renamed + in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for + backward-compatibility.) + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote</span><a - id="dx1-33211"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33219"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33212"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span + id="dx1-33220"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-33213"></a>. - (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-33221"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span><a - id="dx1-33214"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but - original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6569--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33222"></a>. Renamed + in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for + backward-compatibility.) + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33215"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6569--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a + id="dx1-33223"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-33216"></a>, but the <span + id="dx1-33224"></a>, but + the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33217"></a> must be - supplied by the user. The <span + id="dx1-33225"></a> must be supplied by the user. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33218"></a> and <span + id="dx1-33226"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-33219"></a> are set as for <a + id="dx1-33227"></a> are set as for + <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33220"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6576--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33228"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.postfootnote-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33221"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6576--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a + id="dx1-33229"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33222"></a>. - - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6579--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33230"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33223"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6579--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33231"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33224"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use - <span + id="dx1-33232"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span> + to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-33225"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6583--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33233"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33226"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6583--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33234"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33227"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use - <span + id="dx1-33235"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span> + to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-33228"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6587--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33236"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33229"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6587--><p class="noindent" >Like <a + id="dx1-33237"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33230"></a> but redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use - <span + id="dx1-33238"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span> + to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-33231"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6591--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33239"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user</span><a - id="dx1-33232"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6591--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the <a + id="dx1-33240"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the + <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33233"></a> style but - defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text. This means that you - don’t have such a long hyperlink (which can cause problems for the DVI - LaTeX format) and it also means that the user supplied material can - include a hyperlink to another location. The <span + id="dx1-33241"></a> style but defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text. + This means that you don’t have such a long hyperlink (which can cause + problems for the DVI LaTeX format) and it also means that the user supplied + material can include a hyperlink to another location. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33234"></a> key is obtained from - <span + id="dx1-33242"></a> key is obtained + from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6600--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33235"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6600--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a + id="dx1-33243"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the + above <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33236"></a> - style but the <span + id="dx1-33244"></a> style but the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33237"></a> must be specified. The <span + id="dx1-33245"></a> must be specified. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33238"></a> is obtained from - <span + id="dx1-33246"></a> + is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6606--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user</span><a - id="dx1-33239"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6606--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a + id="dx1-33247"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the + above <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33240"></a> - style but the long form is shown first and the short form is in the parenthetical - material (as for <a + id="dx1-33248"></a> style but the long form is shown first and + the short form is in the parenthetical material (as for <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33241"></a>) style. - - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33249"></a>) + style. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33242"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a + id="dx1-33250"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the + above <a href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-33243"></a> - style but the <span + id="dx1-33251"></a> style but the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33244"></a> must be specified. The <span + id="dx1-33252"></a> must be specified. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33245"></a> is obtained from - <span + id="dx1-33253"></a> + is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6618--><p class="noindent" > + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-sc-user"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-sc-user</span><a + id="dx1-33254"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style (new to v1.48) is like <a +href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"><span +class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span></a><a + id="dx1-33255"></a> but uses + smallcaps for the short form. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-sc-user-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-sc-user-desc</span><a + id="dx1-33256"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style (new to v1.48) is like <a +href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-user-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-33257"></a> + but uses smallcaps for the short form. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span><a - id="dx1-33246"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6618--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work with the <a + id="dx1-33258"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work + with the <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-33247"></a> category - attribute. The full form is formatted using - </p><!--l. 6621--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33248"></a> <span + id="dx1-33259"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted + using + <!--l. 6748--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33260"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -13451,7 +13366,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6623--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6750--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span @@ -13459,26 +13374,26 @@ class="cmtt-10">\insert</span>. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ start with a hyphen, then this locally redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep</span><a - id="dx1-33249"></a> to a hyphen, which means that if the <a + id="dx1-33261"></a> to a hyphen, which means that if the <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-33250"></a> + id="dx1-33262"></a> attribute is set then the long form will become hyphenated. (If this attribute isn’t set, there’s no alteration to the way the long form is displayed.) The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33251"></a> + id="dx1-33263"></a> key is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname</span>. - </p><!--l. 6633--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 6760--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) type of styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-33252"></a>, this style also + id="dx1-33264"></a>, this style also repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form is: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 6638--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6765--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span @@ -13488,7 +13403,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩)</p></blockquote> - <!--l. 6641--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by + <!--l. 6768--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -13497,7 +13412,7 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ may be moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>. - </p><!--l. 6646--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span + </p><!--l. 6773--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: @@ -13508,7 +13423,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: \setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen} \newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol} </pre> - <!--l. 6651--><p class="nopar" > then + <!--l. 6778--><p class="nopar" > then @@ -13516,10 +13431,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160"> \gls{ip}[-Adressen] </pre> - <!--l. 6655--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 6782--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 6658--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote> - <!--l. 6660--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas + <!--l. 6785--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote> + <!--l. 6787--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas @@ -13527,11 +13442,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161"> \gls{ip}[ Address] </pre> - <!--l. 6663--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 6790--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 6666--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></blockquote> - <!--l. 6668--><p class="noindent" >on first use. - </p><!--l. 6670--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like + <!--l. 6793--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></blockquote> + <!--l. 6795--><p class="noindent" >on first use. + </p><!--l. 6797--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that @@ -13541,15 +13456,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162"> \glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen] </pre> - <!--l. 6675--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 6802--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 6678--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></blockquote> + <!--l. 6805--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></blockquote> </div> - <!--l. 6680--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" >If the <a + <!--l. 6807--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6809--><p class="noindent" >If the <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-33253"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of + id="dx1-33265"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of @@ -13557,20 +13472,20 @@ class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163"> \gls{ip}[-Adressen] </pre> - <!--l. 6686--><p class="nopar" > would do + <!--l. 6813--><p class="nopar" > would do </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote> - <!--l. 6691--><p class="noindent" >instead. - </p><!--l. 6693--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span + <!--l. 6816--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote> + <!--l. 6818--><p class="noindent" >instead. + </p><!--l. 6820--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is likely to contain commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, then use <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-33254"></a> instead to avoid nested links. + id="dx1-33266"></a> instead to avoid nested links. </div> - </p><!--l. 6697--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6699--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine + </p><!--l. 6824--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6826--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps @@ -13583,69 +13498,61 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps \renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont} \renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} </pre> - <!--l. 6705--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations. + <!--l. 6832--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-33255"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a + id="dx1-33267"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like + <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-33256"></a> - except that the parenthetical part is omitted and the long form is - displayed on subsequent use. The short form can be accessed with - <span + id="dx1-33268"></a> except that the parenthetical part is omitted and + the long form is displayed on subsequent use. The short form can be accessed + with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>but just uses the default abbreviation font. There’s no regular version of this style as the regular form doesn’t have the flexibility to deal with the hyphen switch. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33257"></a> is obtained from + id="dx1-33269"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6718--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-33258"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6718--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a + id="dx1-33270"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like + <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span></a><a - id="dx1-33259"></a> but the - name is set to the short form and the description is set to the long - form. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6724--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-33271"></a> but the name is set to the short form and the + description is set to the long form. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33260"></a> </p></dt><dd + id="dx1-33272"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6724--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6726--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 6853--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-33261"></a> but the user + id="dx1-33273"></a> but the user supplies the description. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33262"></a> is obtained from <span + id="dx1-33274"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6731--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a - id="dx1-33263"></a> </p></dt><dd + id="dx1-33275"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6731--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6733--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 6860--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-33264"></a> but the + id="dx1-33276"></a> but the inserted and parenthetical material are moved to the post-link hook. On first use, <span class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span @@ -13666,18 +13573,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ - - - <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> where - </p><!--l. 6741--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33265"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6868--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33277"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6743--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6870--><p class="noindent" > is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br />⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ (<span @@ -13686,16 +13590,19 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">isnert</span>⟩) <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> - </p><!--l. 6749--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span + + + + </p><!--l. 6876--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-33266"></a>.) </div> - </p><!--l. 6752--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6754--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use: - </p><!--l. 6755--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33267"></a> <span + id="dx1-33278"></a>.) </div> + </p><!--l. 6879--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6881--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use: + </p><!--l. 6882--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33279"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphen{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -13703,7 +13610,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6884--><p class="noindent" > checks if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally @@ -13716,15 +13623,15 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ for this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. - </p><!--l. 6766--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span + </p><!--l. 6893--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div> - </p><!--l. 6769--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6771--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span + </p><!--l. 6896--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6898--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span> behaves differently to the first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better @@ -13736,40 +13643,33 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full format. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6776--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33268"></a> </p></dt><dd + id="dx1-33280"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6776--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6778--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 6905--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-33269"></a> + id="dx1-33281"></a> but the user supplies the description. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33270"></a> is obtained from + id="dx1-33282"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span><a - id="dx1-33271"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is like <a + id="dx1-33283"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-33272"></a>, except that the short - form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. The full form is - formatted using - </p><!--l. 6788--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33273"></a> <span + id="dx1-33284"></a>, + except that the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in + parentheses. The full form is formatted using + <!--l. 6915--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33285"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -13779,47 +13679,47 @@ class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6790--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6917--><p class="noindent" > which behaves in an analogous way to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33274"></a> is + id="dx1-33286"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6794--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33275"></a> </p></dt><dd + id="dx1-33287"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6794--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6796--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 6923--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-33276"></a> but the user + id="dx1-33288"></a> but the user supplies the description. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33277"></a> is obtained from <span + id="dx1-33289"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>. + + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6801--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span><a - id="dx1-33278"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 6801--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is like <a + id="dx1-33290"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like + <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-33279"></a>, but the short - form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. On first use, - <span + id="dx1-33291"></a>, but the short form is displayed first followed by + the long form in parentheses. On first use, <span class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">] </span>will do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +class="cmtt-10">] </span>will do + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphen{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span @@ -13835,31 +13735,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> where - </p><!--l. 6811--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-33280"></a> <span + <!--l. 6938--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33292"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6813--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6940--><p class="noindent" > is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to those used with <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-33281"></a>. The <span + id="dx1-33293"></a>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33282"></a> is obtained from + id="dx1-33294"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>. - </p><!--l. 6818--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span + </p><!--l. 6945--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div> - </p><!--l. 6821--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6823--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span + </p><!--l. 6948--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span> behaves differently to the first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better @@ -13871,34 +13771,29 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full format. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 6828--><p class="noindent" > <a id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a - id="dx1-33283"></a> </p></dt><dd + id="dx1-33295"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 6828--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6830--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 6957--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-33284"></a> + id="dx1-33296"></a> but the user supplies the description. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-33285"></a> is obtained from + id="dx1-33297"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>. </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 6837--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 6964--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6837--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6964--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5 </span> <a id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 6840--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using: -</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +<!--l. 6967--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using: +</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span @@ -13907,8 +13802,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">setup</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6844--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6971--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a @@ -13917,7 +13812,10 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-34003"></a> command. -</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span + + + +</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> unless you have reverted <span @@ -13931,15 +13829,15 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6985--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6987--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should redefine -</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 6990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6865--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6992--><p class="noindent" > to set the entry fields including the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-34007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted), @@ -13957,12 +13855,12 @@ class="cmss-10">plural</span><a <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-34013"></a>. -</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 6999--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div> -</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6877--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 7002--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7004--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-34014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span @@ -13984,14 +13882,14 @@ class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:     plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%     description={\the\glslongtok}}% </pre> -<!--l. 6891--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span +<!--l. 7018--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-34015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-34016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-34017"></a>, use commands like <span @@ -14009,15 +13907,15 @@ be defined as appropriate in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument even if they’re not used within <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>. -</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 7031--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument may also redefine -</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6907--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7034--><p class="noindent" > which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do nothing.) -</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 7038--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-34020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span @@ -14036,7 +13934,7 @@ class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:     {}%   }% </pre> -<!--l. 6922--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a +<!--l. 7049--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a id="dx1-34021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a @@ -14048,45 +13946,45 @@ href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a id="dx1-34023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category. -</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the +</p><!--l. 7056--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the following token registers. -</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 7059--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>): -</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6937--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 7062--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>): -</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7067--><p class="noindent" > (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user through the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-34026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-34027"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 7072--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>): -</p><!--l. 6946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6948--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 7075--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7077--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>): -</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7078--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7080--><p class="noindent" > (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user through the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-34030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-34031"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a +</p><!--l. 7085--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a id="dx1-34032"></a>). The @@ -14094,15 +13992,15 @@ above registers reflect the modification. If you want to access the original (unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands: -</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7090--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6965--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="noindent" > for the short form and -</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7094--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7096--><p class="noindent" > for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-34035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that @@ -14110,36 +14008,36 @@ class="cmss-10">sort</span><a may be added by the attribute setting.) -</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span +</p><!--l. 7100--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>: -</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7105--><p class="noindent" > which contains the entry’s label and -</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7107--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6982--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7109--><p class="noindent" > which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-34038"></a>. -</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span +</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above. The category label can be access through the command (not a register): -</p><!--l. 6989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6991--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7118--><p class="noindent" > This may be used inside the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>. -</p><!--l. 6995--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use -</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use +</p><!--l. 7123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6998--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7125--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span @@ -14153,58 +14051,58 @@ style simply does <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167"> \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc} </pre> -<!--l. 7003--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span +<!--l. 7130--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7006--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document. This argument should redefine the following commands. -</p><!--l. 7010--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span +</p><!--l. 7137--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-34042"></a> key): -</p><!--l. 7012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7139--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7014--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7141--><p class="noindent" > (Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.) -</p><!--l. 7018--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a +</p><!--l. 7145--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a id="dx1-34044"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms: -</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7021--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7023--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like +</p><!--l. 7148--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7150--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-34046"></a>: -</p><!--l. 7025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7027--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7029--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a +</p><!--l. 7154--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7156--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a id="dx1-34048"></a>first use or in the full forms: -</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7034--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span +</p><!--l. 7159--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7161--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use: -</p><!--l. 7036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7038--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7040--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7167--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-34051"></a> on <a id="dx1-34052"></a>first use for @@ -14212,15 +14110,15 @@ abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-34053"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 7043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7045--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7047--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 7172--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7174--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-34055"></a> on <a @@ -14228,15 +14126,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-34057"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 7050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7052--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7054--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 7179--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7181--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a id="dx1-34059"></a> on <a id="dx1-34060"></a>first use for @@ -14244,7 +14142,7 @@ abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-34061"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 7057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -14254,8 +14152,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7059--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7061--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 7186--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7188--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a id="dx1-34063"></a> on <a @@ -14264,19 +14162,19 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-34065"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7191--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7066--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7068--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7195--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the display full forms. -</p><!--l. 7072--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a id="dx1-34067"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a @@ -14284,29 +14182,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a id="dx1-34069"></a>): -</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7078--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 7203--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a id="dx1-34071"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a id="dx1-34072"></a>): -</p><!--l. 7080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7084--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 7209--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7211--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a id="dx1-34074"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a @@ -14314,75 +14212,75 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a id="dx1-34076"></a>): -</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34077"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7088--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7090--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a id="dx1-34078"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a id="dx1-34079"></a>): -</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34080"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7094--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7096--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is +</p><!--l. 7221--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7223--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for abbreviations with the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-34081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these commands, the default values are used. -</p><!--l. 7102--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change: -</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7229--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change: +</p><!--l. 7230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7105--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7107--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case: -</p><!--l. 7108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7232--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case: +</p><!--l. 7235--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34083"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7110--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change: -</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7237--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7239--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change: +</p><!--l. 7240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34084"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7115--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7242--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7117--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case: -</p><!--l. 7118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7244--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case: +</p><!--l. 7245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34085"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span +</p><!--l. 7247--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7249--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-34086"></a> use the following <span @@ -14390,7 +14288,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands (<a href="#sec:accsupp"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">12.2</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">13.2</span> </a><a href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) within the definitions of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat </span>etc instead of the analogous <span @@ -14402,7 +14300,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ command.) -</p><!--l. 7130--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 7257--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-34088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span @@ -14440,15 +14338,15 @@ class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩:     \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%   }% </pre> -<!--l. 7160--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the +<!--l. 7287--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the display versions. -</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use -</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7291--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use +</p><!--l. 7292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-34089"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7167--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7294--><p class="noindent" > within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the @@ -14464,8 +14362,8 @@ class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">   \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}% </pre> -<!--l. 7173--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7175--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a +<!--l. 7300--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7302--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-34091"></a> that displays @@ -14486,7 +14384,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textsf</span>:   \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}% } </pre> -<!--l. 7188--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions +<!--l. 7315--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions such as <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a @@ -14499,43 +14397,39 @@ class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified styles. -</p><!--l. 7196--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code +</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). </p> -<!--l. 7199--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7326--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7326--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2> -</p><!--l. 7202--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7329--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter or section titles. The principle problems are: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 7206--><p class="noindent" >if you have a table of contents, the <a + <li class="itemize">if you have a table of contents, the <a id="dx1-35001"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset in the contents rather than later in the document; - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 7208--><p class="noindent" >if you have the location lists displayed in the glossary, unwanted locations + </li> + <li class="itemize">if you have the location lists displayed in the glossary, unwanted locations will be added to it corresponding to the table of contents (if present) and every page that contains the entry in the page header (if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to the header); - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 7213--><p class="noindent" >if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to the header and + </li> + <li class="itemize">if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to the header and attempts to convert it to upper case, the entry label (in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc) will be converted to upper case and the entry won’t be recognised; - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 7217--><p class="noindent" >if you use <span + </li> + <li class="itemize">if you use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-35002"></a>, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>can’t be expanded to a simple @@ -14543,19 +14437,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>can’t be expanded to a simple from <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-35003"></a>); - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 7220--><p class="noindent" >if you use <span + </li> + <li class="itemize">if you use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-35004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of - contents.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 7223--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark + contents.</li></ul> +<!--l. 7350--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark issues). </p> -<!--l. 7226--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7353--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a - id="simplisticapproach"></a>Simplistic Approach</h3> -<!--l. 7228--><p class="noindent" >To get around all these problems, the <span + id="sec:simplisticapproach"></a>Simplistic Approach</h3> +<!--l. 7356--><p class="noindent" >To get around all these problems, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a @@ -14567,9 +14460,6 @@ simplest solution, but doesn’t allow for special formatting that’s a the entry through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>. This means - - - that if, for example, you are using one of the abbreviation styles that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a @@ -14589,7 +14479,7 @@ this: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> \chapter{A Chapter about \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} </pre> -<!--l. 7241--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span +<!--l. 7369--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-36004"></a>: @@ -14600,8 +14490,8 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a \chapter{A Chapter about \texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}} </pre> -<!--l. 7246--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7248--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do +<!--l. 7374--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7376--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span @@ -14615,7 +14505,7 @@ used by the standard page styles that display the chapter or section title in th header using <span class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a id="dx1-36005"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7259--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7387--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a id="dx1-36006"></a> and @@ -14624,16 +14514,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span><a id="dx1-36007"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc</span>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their former definitions using -</p><!--l. 7262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-36008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7264--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7392--><p class="noindent" > If you only want to restore <span class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc </span>you can use: -</p><!--l. 7266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-36009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7396--><p class="noindent" > If you restore the header or table of contents commands, you’ll have to use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either simply using <span @@ -14647,24 +14537,24 @@ for the table of contents and page header. For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173"> \chapter[A Chapter about \glsentryshort{html}]{A Chapter about \gls{html}} </pre> -<!--l. 7275--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span +<!--l. 7403--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmarkhook </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrinmark</span> at the start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled with <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>. -</p><!--l. 7281--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span +</p><!--l. 7409--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they don’t conflict with the page style. -</p><!--l. 7287--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7415--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7287--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7415--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a - id="newcommandsdesignedforchaptersectionheadings"></a>New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</h3> -<!--l. 7289--><p class="noindent" >The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section headings. + id="sec:headingcommands"></a>New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</h3> +<!--l. 7418--><p class="noindent" >The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section headings. There are still limitations, but they provide a better solution. They all use <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a @@ -14679,7 +14569,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a id="dx1-37003"></a> will be needed as appropriate in that field. (Take care if the field has its value expanded before being assigned.) -</p><!--l. 7301--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span +</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>etc with the options <span @@ -14693,7 +14583,7 @@ href="#catattr.headuc"><span class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a id="dx1-37006"></a> attribute to “true” for the appropriate category. -</p><!--l. 7309--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span +</p><!--l. 7438--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-37007"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter @@ -14711,9 +14601,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>. You may want to consider using the <span class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a id="dx1-37009"></a> package in this case. </div> -</p><!--l. 7320--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="indent" > Display the short form: -</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7449--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="indent" > Display the short form: +</p><!--l. 7452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -14721,181 +14611,181 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7327--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form: -</p><!--l. 7328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7454--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7456--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form: +</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7330--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form: -</p><!--l. 7333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7459--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7461--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form: +</p><!--l. 7462--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7335--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7464--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form: -</p><!--l. 7339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7467--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form: +</p><!--l. 7468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7341--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7470--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7344--><p class="indent" > All caps singular short form: -</p><!--l. 7345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7473--><p class="indent" > All caps singular short form: +</p><!--l. 7474--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7347--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7476--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7350--><p class="indent" > All caps plural short form: -</p><!--l. 7351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7479--><p class="indent" > All caps plural short form: +</p><!--l. 7480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7353--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7482--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7356--><p class="indent" > Display the long form: -</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7485--><p class="indent" > Display the long form: +</p><!--l. 7486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7359--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7361--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form: -</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7488--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7490--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form: +</p><!--l. 7491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7364--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7366--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form: -</p><!--l. 7367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7493--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7495--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form: +</p><!--l. 7496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7369--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7498--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form: -</p><!--l. 7373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7501--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form: +</p><!--l. 7502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7375--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7504--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7378--><p class="indent" > All caps singular long form: -</p><!--l. 7379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7507--><p class="indent" > All caps singular long form: +</p><!--l. 7508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7381--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7510--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7384--><p class="indent" > All caps plural long form: -</p><!--l. 7385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7513--><p class="indent" > All caps plural long form: +</p><!--l. 7514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7387--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7516--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span +</p><!--l. 7519--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span class="cmti-10">inline</span> full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. The PDF version has to be a simple fully expandable command, so one of two commands that are unrelated to the style is used instead: -</p><!--l. 7395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7397--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7526--><p class="noindent" > for the singular form or: -</p><!--l. 7399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7530--><p class="noindent" > for the full form. These simply do the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. -</p><!--l. 7405--><p class="indent" > Display the full form: -</p><!--l. 7406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7534--><p class="indent" > Display the full form: +</p><!--l. 7535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7408--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7410--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form: -</p><!--l. 7411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7537--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7539--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form: +</p><!--l. 7540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7413--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7415--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form: -</p><!--l. 7416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7542--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7544--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form: +</p><!--l. 7545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7418--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7547--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7421--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form: -</p><!--l. 7422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7550--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form: +</p><!--l. 7551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7553--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7427--><p class="indent" > All caps singular full form: -</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7556--><p class="indent" > All caps singular full form: +</p><!--l. 7557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7559--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" > All caps plural full form: -</p><!--l. 7434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7562--><p class="indent" > All caps plural full form: +</p><!--l. 7563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7436--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7565--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7439--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 7568--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-37030"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 7441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7443--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7445--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7572--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7574--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 7575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7577--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="indent" > All caps: -</p><!--l. 7452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7580--><p class="indent" > All caps: +</p><!--l. 7581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmttext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -14903,100 +14793,100 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7454--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7583--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: -</p><!--l. 7458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7586--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: +</p><!--l. 7587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7460--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7589--><p class="noindent" > First letter upper case: -</p><!--l. 7462--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7464--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7593--><p class="noindent" > and all caps: -</p><!--l. 7466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7595--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7468--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7470--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 7597--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7599--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-37037"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 7472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7474--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7476--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 7477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7603--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7605--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 7606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7479--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7608--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7482--><p class="indent" > All caps: -</p><!--l. 7483--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7611--><p class="indent" > All caps: +</p><!--l. 7612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7485--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7614--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7488--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 7617--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-37041"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 7490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7619--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7492--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7494--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 7495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7621--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7623--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 7624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7497--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7626--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7500--><p class="indent" > All caps: -</p><!--l. 7501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7629--><p class="indent" > All caps: +</p><!--l. 7630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7503--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7632--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7506--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: -</p><!--l. 7507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7635--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: +</p><!--l. 7636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7509--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7638--><p class="noindent" > First letter upper case: -</p><!--l. 7511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7640--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7642--><p class="noindent" > and all caps: -</p><!--l. 7515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a +</p><!--l. 7644--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-37047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7517--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7646--><p class="noindent" > @@ -15004,83 +14894,4143 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> </p> -<!--l. 7519--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7519--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7648--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7648--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a + id="sec:multientries"></a>Multi (or Compound) Entries</h2> +</p><!--l. 7651--><p class="indent" > Nested entries (where the entry definition references other entries) are discussed +in <a +href="#sec:nested"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">2.8</span> </a><a +href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>. This chapter deals with occasions where a term or +phrase may consist of multiple sub-terms that are independently defined. (Examples +in <a +href="#sec:exskipfirstsuffix"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.1.5</span> </a><a +href="#sec:exskipfirstsuffix">Example: Skipping Elements (Fragment Element)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:exskipfirstsuffix --></a> and +<a +href="#sec:exskippostlink"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.1.6</span> </a><a +href="#sec:exskippostlink">Example: Skipping Elements (Prefix and Post-Link Hooks)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:exskippostlink --></a> +provide workarounds for nested entries.) +</p><!--l. 7659--><p class="indent" > For example, the names of bacteria, such as <span +class="cmti-10">Clostridium botulinum </span>and +<span +class="cmti-10">Clostridium perfringens</span>, are made up of the genus (for example, <span +class="cmti-10">Clostridium</span>) and +the species (for example, <span +class="cmti-10">botulinum </span>or <span +class="cmti-10">perfringens</span>). The genus is often abbreviated +after <a + id="dx1-38001"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. For example, <span +class="cmti-10">C. botulinum</span>. However, if the name is defined as a +single term consisting of both the genus and species then it’s not possible +to apply the abbreviation when a different species with the same genus is +used. +</p><!--l. 7669--><p class="indent" > Consider the following document: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174"> +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{glossaries-extra} +\setabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-only} +\newabbreviation{cbot}{C. botulinum}{Clostridium botulinum} +\newabbreviation{cperf}{C. perfringens}{Clostridium perfringens} +\begin{document} +\gls{cbot}, \gls{cbot}, \gls{cperf}. +\end{document} +</pre> +<!--l. 7679--><p class="nopar" > The result is: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <br />Clostridium botulinum, C. botulinum, Clostridium perfringens. + <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> +However, it should more typically be: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <br />Clostridium botulinum, C. botulinum, C. perfringens. + <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> +In this case, the genus should actually be a separate definition: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175"> +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{glossaries-extra} +\setabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-only} +\newabbreviation{clostridium}{C.}{Clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{botulinum}{name={botulinum},description={}} +\newglossaryentry{perfringens}{name=perfringens,description={}} +\begin{document} +\gls{clostridium} \gls{botulinum}, +\gls{clostridium} \gls{botulinum}, +\gls{clostridium} \gls{perfringens}. +\end{document} +</pre> +<!--l. 7701--><p class="nopar" > This is quite awkward to write. This chapter describes how to provide a shortcut +for this kind of construct. Each term should be defined as normal (as in +the above example), and a “multi-entry” label is then defined with the list +of labels of the entries that need to be referenced. This is done with the +command: +</p><!--l. 7707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38002"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">main label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7710--><p class="noindent" > +where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">multi-label</span>⟩ is the new label and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ is the list of labels (corresponding to +entries that have already been defined). +</p><!--l. 7715--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">main label</span>⟩ may be omitted, in which case the main label will be assumed to +be the final element in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩. If ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">main label</span>⟩ is present, it must also be listed in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span> +<span +class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩. This is described in more detail in <a +href="#sec:mglsmain"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.2</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsmain">Main and Other +Elements<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsmain --></a>. +</p><!--l. 7721--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ are a comma-separated list of options to override the current settings +and are described in <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.9</span> </a><a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions">Multi-Entry Settings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiglsoptions --></a>. +</p><!--l. 7724--><p class="indent" > The earlier example can now be modified to include the following: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176"> +\multiglossaryentry{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\multiglossaryentry{cperf}{clostridium,perfringens} +</pre> +<!--l. 7728--><p class="nopar" > These commands must come after the definitions of <span +class="cmtt-10">clostridium</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">botulinum </span>and +<span +class="cmtt-10">perfringens</span>. +</p><!--l. 7732--><p class="indent" > Once defined, a multi-entry set can be referenced using commands like: +</p><!--l. 7733--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7735--><p class="noindent" > +This command essentially does <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each item in the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ (with +separators, see <a +href="#sec:mglssep"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.4</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglssep">Separators<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglssep --></a>). If the final optional argument ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is +provided, it will be applied to the final (non-skipped) element in the list. So the +document body in the above example, can be rewritten as: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177"> +\mgls{cbot}, \mgls{cbot}, \mgls{cperf}. +</pre> +<!--l. 7744--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7746--><p class="indent" > There are some variants of <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>listed in <a +href="#sec:mglslike"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.11</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglslike">Variants of mgls<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglslike --></a>. The +available ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ are listed in <a +href="#sec:mglsopts"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.10</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsopts">mgls Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsopts --></a>. They are applied after +the <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>options and will override settings for the individual +entries. +</p><!--l. 7751--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">multi-label</span>⟩ in commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as this label represents a set of +entry labels not a single entry. </div> +</p><!--l. 7754--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7756--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>command will generate an error if the label has +already been defined as a multi-entry. To do nothing if a multi-entry already exists, +use: +</p><!--l. 7759--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\providemultiglossaryentry[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">main label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span> +<span +class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7762--><p class="noindent" > +Notes and associated commands applying to <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>also apply to +<span +class="cmtt-10">\providemultiglossaryentry </span>unless otherwise stated. +</p><!--l. 7767--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>may be placed anywhere after the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ entries have +been defined. A multi-entry label can’t be referenced (with commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>) +before it has been defined. </div> +</p><!--l. 7771--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7773--><p class="indent" > There is limited support for <a +href="#styopt.docdef"><span +class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=true</span><a + id="dx1-38005"></a>. The multi-entry definition can be picked +up from the <span +class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a + id="dx1-38006"></a> file on the next run to allow cross-references in any glossaries that +occur at the start of the document. Any changes made with commands like +<span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsSetMain </span>won’t be carried over to the next run. +</p><!--l. 7779--><p class="indent" > By default <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>will be localised to the current scope. If you +want to globally define a multi-entry you need to first switch on global definitions +with: +</p><!--l. 7782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentryglobaltrue </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7784--><p class="noindent" > +To switch back to local definitions use: +</p><!--l. 7786--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentryglobalfalse </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7788--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7790--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the multi-entry options (locally) you can use: +</p><!--l. 7791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsSetOptions{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">new-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7793--><p class="noindent" > +This removes the original options. If you want to (locally) append to the existing +options, use: + + + +</p><!--l. 7796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38010"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsAddOptions{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">new-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7798--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7800--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>doesn’t make any adjustments to the +component entries. You will need to use the <span +class="cmss-10">parent</span><a + id="dx1-38011"></a> key when you define the entries +if you want a hierarchical structure in your glossary. (See the example in +<a +href="#sec:mglsexhier"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.1.1</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsexhier">Example: Hierarchical<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsexhier --></a>.) +</p><!--l. 7805--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the other elements in the glossary, you can suppress the +indexing with <span +class="cmss-10">indexothers=false </span>(<a +href="#sec:multiglsoptionsindexing"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.9.1</span> </a><a +href="#sec:multiglsoptionsindexing">Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiglsoptionsindexing --></a>) or put +them in an ignored glossary. For example: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178"> +\newignoredglossary{common} +\newabbreviation[type=common]{clostridium}{C.}{Clostridium} +</pre> +<!--l. 7812--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7814--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">multi-label</span>⟩ can’t be used in commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>since the label refers to a set +of entry labels not to an individual entry. Similarly, an individual entry label can’t be +used in commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>. It is possible (although potentially confusing) to use +the same label for a multi-entry as for an individual entry (see the example in +<a +href="#sec:exskippostlink"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.1.6</span> </a><a +href="#sec:exskippostlink">Example: Skipping Elements (Prefix and Post-Link Hooks)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:exskippostlink --></a>). +Context will determine which is meant, except in the case of the cross-referencing +fields (<span +class="cmss-10">see</span><a + id="dx1-38012"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a + id="dx1-38013"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">alias</span><a + id="dx1-38014"></a>) where the cross-referenced label will first be tested if it’s +a known multi-entry label. +</p><!--l. 7826--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want to have to keep track of which labels refer to multi-entries and +which refer to individual entries you can use: +</p><!--l. 7828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38015"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrMglsOrGls{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">mgls cs</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">gls cs</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" > +where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">mgls cs</span>⟩ is the <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>-like command to use if ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has been defined as a +multi-entry and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">gls cs</span>⟩ is the <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like command to use otherwise. The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ may +be omitted, otherwise it is the modifier that may be used with <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(<span +class="cmtt-10">*</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">+</span> +or the character identified with <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span><a + id="dx1-38016"></a>). The modifier +and remaining options are passed to the relevant command (⟨<span +class="cmti-10">mgls cs</span>⟩ or ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">gls</span> +<span +class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩). +</p><!--l. 7841--><p class="indent" > You may prefer to define your own shortcut commands for common combinations. +For example: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> +\newcommand{\ac}{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls{\mgls}{\gls}} +\newcommand{\acpl}{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls{\mglsmainpl}{\glspl}} +\newcommand{\Ac}{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls{\Mgls}{\Gls}} +\newcommand{\Acpl}{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls{\Mglsmainpl}{\Glspl}} +</pre> +<!--l. 7848--><p class="nopar" > +</p> +<!--l. 7850--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsexamples"></a>Examples</h3> +<!--l. 7853--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 7853--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.1 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsexhier"></a>Example: Hierarchical</h4> +<!--l. 7856--><p class="noindent" >Bacteria names are represented by the genus (for example, Clostridium) followed by +the species (for example, botulinum). This example has the genus as a parent of the +species. + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180"> +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} +\usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra} +\makeglossaries +\newcommand{\latinname}[1]{\emph{#1}} +\glssetcategoriesattributes + {genus,species}{textformat,glossnamefont}{latinname} +\setabbreviationstyle[genus]{long-only-short-only-desc} +\newabbreviation + [category=genus,description={}] + {clostridium}{C.}{Clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{botulinum}{name=botulinum,category=species, +  description={},parent=clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{perfringens}{name=perfringens,category=species, +  description={},parent=clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{tetani}{name=tetani,category=species, +  description={},parent=clostridium} +\multiglossaryentry{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\multiglossaryentry{cperf}{clostridium,perfringens} +\multiglossaryentry{ctet}{clostridium,tetani} +\multiglossaryentrysetup{indexothers=false,hyper=allmain} +\begin{document} +First use: +\mgls{cbot}, \mgls{cperf}, \mgls{ctet}. +Next use: +\mgls{cbot}, \mgls{cperf}, \mgls{ctet}. +\printglossaries +\end{document} +</pre> +<!--l. 7897--><p class="nopar" > This suppresses the indexing of the non-main elements (in this case, the genus). +However the genus is included in the glossary (without a <a + id="dx1-40001"></a><a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>) because it’s the +parent of the species (which are indexed). +</p><!--l. 7903--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">hyper=allmain </span>option makes the entire content of each <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>a hyperlink to +the main entry in the glossary. The resulting document text (before the glossary) +is: + + + + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 7907--><p class="noindent" >First use: <span +class="cmti-10">Clostridium botulinum</span>, <span +class="cmti-10">C. perfringens</span>, <span +class="cmti-10">C. tetani</span>. + </p><!--l. 7910--><p class="noindent" >Next use: <span +class="cmti-10">C. botulinum</span>, <span +class="cmti-10">C. perfringens</span>, <span +class="cmti-10">C. tetani</span>.</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 7914--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 7914--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.2 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsexsuffix"></a>Example: Suffix</h4> +<!--l. 7917--><p class="noindent" >This example has a minor modification to the previous one. In this case the +multi-entries are defined with a suffix: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181"> +\multiglossaryentry[firstsuffix=botulism]{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\multiglossaryentry[firstsuffix={gas gangrene}]{cperf}{clostridium,perfringens} +\multiglossaryentry[firstsuffix=tetanus]{ctet}{clostridium,tetani} +</pre> +<!--l. 7923--><p class="nopar" > The rest of the document is as in <a +href="#sec:mglsexhier"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.1.1</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsexhier">Example: Hierarchical<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsexhier --></a>. The +document text is now: + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 7927--><p class="noindent" >First use: <span +class="cmti-10">Clostridium botulinum </span>(botulism), <span +class="cmti-10">C. perfringens </span>(gas + gangrene), <span +class="cmti-10">C. tetani </span>(tetanus). + </p><!--l. 7931--><p class="noindent" >Next use: <span +class="cmti-10">C. botulinum</span>, <span +class="cmti-10">C. perfringens</span>, <span +class="cmti-10">C. tetani</span>.</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 7935--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 7935--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.3 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsexcatsuffix"></a>Example: Category Suffix</h4> +<!--l. 7938--><p class="noindent" >This is an alternative to the previous example. Instead of storing the extra +information in the <span +class="cmss-10">firstsuffix </span>key, the information is stored in the <span +class="cmss-10">user1</span><a + id="dx1-42001"></a> key of the last +element (the species). A category suffix is used to look up the field and append +it. + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182"> +\newglossaryentry{botulinum}{name=botulinum,category=species, +  user1={botulism}, +  description={},parent=clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{perfringens}{name=perfringens,category=species, +  user1={gas gangrene}, +  description={},parent=clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{tetani}{name=tetani,category=species, +  user1={tetanus}, +  description={},parent=clostridium} +\mglsdefcategorysuffix{bacteria}{% + \mglsisfirstuse + {\glsxtrifhasfield{useri}{\mglslastelementlabel}{ (\glscurrentfieldvalue)}{}}% + {}% +} +\multiglossaryentry[category=bacteria]{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\multiglossaryentry[category=bacteria]{cperf}{clostridium,perfringens} +\multiglossaryentry[category=bacteria]{ctet}{clostridium,tetani} +</pre> +<!--l. 7963--><p class="nopar" > The result is the same as the previous example. +</p><!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.4 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsexsep"></a>Example: Separators</h4> +<!--l. 7969--><p class="noindent" >The first example (<a +href="#sec:mglsexhier"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.1.1</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsexhier">Example: Hierarchical<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsexhier --></a>) can be modified so that +the species are also abbreviations. In this case, the separators are modified to +suppress the space (<span +class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>) if both the genus and species are abbreviated, or to use +a non-breaking space <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span> between the genus short form (shown on subsequent use) and +the species long form (shown on first use). If the genus is showing the long form (first +use) then a normal space is used. +</p><!--l. 7977--><p class="indent" > Note that the separator attributes apply to the category of the element before the +separator (not to the multi-entry category). + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183"> +\glssetcategoryattribute{genus}{combinedfirstsepfirst}{\space} +\glssetcategoryattribute{genus}{combinedfirstsep}{\space} +\glssetcategoryattribute{genus}{combinedsepfirst}{~} +\glssetcategoryattribute{genus}{combinedsep}{\relax} +\setabbreviationstyle[species]{long-only-short-only-desc} +\newabbreviation[category=species, +  description={},parent=clostridium]{botulinum}{bot.}{botulinum} +\newabbreviation[category=species, +  description={},parent=clostridium]{perfringens}{per.}{perfringens} +\newabbreviation[,category=species, +  description={},parent=clostridium]{tetani}{tet.}{tetani} +</pre> +<!--l. 7993--><p class="nopar" > This will cause a double dot at the end of the second sentence, which can be +suppressed using the <a +href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span +class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a + id="dx1-43001"></a> and <a +href="#catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"><span +class="cmss-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span></a><a + id="dx1-43002"></a> attributes. + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184"> +\glssetcategoriesattributes{species}{discardperiod,retainfirstuseperiod}{true} +</pre> +<!--l. 7999--><p class="nopar" > This works because the final element’s post-link hook is transferred to the +multi-entry post-link hook, which can detect the sentence terminating period. If the +post-link hook settings are changed, for example, to <span +class="cmss-10">postlinks=all,mpostlink=false</span> +then the feature won’t work as the final element’s post-link hook can’t detect the +period (because <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>is embedded too deeply inside the internal workings of +<span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>). +</p><!--l. 8008--><p class="indent" > The result is: + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 8010--><p class="noindent" >First use: Clostridium botulinum, C. perfringens, C. tetani. + </p><!--l. 8012--><p class="noindent" >Next use: C.bot., C.per., C.tet.</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 8015--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 8015--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.5 </span> <a + id="sec:exskipfirstsuffix"></a>Example: Skipping Elements (Fragment Element)</h4> +<!--l. 8018--><p class="noindent" >This example is an alternative way of dealing with nested links (see <a +href="#sec:nested"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">2.8</span> +</a><a +href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>). + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185"> +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} +\usepackage[stylemods,style=long]{glossaries-extra} +\makeglossaries +\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc} +\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side includes} +\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language} +\setabbreviationstyle[combinedabbrv]{long-only-short-sc-only} +\newabbreviation + [category=combinedabbrv, +  description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}] + {shtml-frag}{shtml}{enabled} +\glssetcategoryattribute{combinedabbrv}{multioptions} + {usedskipothers,firstsuffix={\glsxtrshort{\mglslastmainlabel}}} +\multiglossaryentry + [category={combinedabbrv}] + {shtml}[shtml-frag]{ssi,shtml-frag,html} +\begin{document} +Individual elements first use: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +Individual elements next use: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. +Multi-entry next use: \mgls{shtml}. +Resetting all\glsresetall\mglsreset{shtml}: +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. +Multi-entry next use: \mgls{shtml}. +Individual elements: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +\printglossaries +\end{document} +</pre> +<!--l. 8063--><p class="nopar" > This uses the <a +href="#catattr.multioptions"><span +class="cmss-10">multioptions</span></a><a + id="dx1-44001"></a> attribute to skip “other” elements on subsequent use. The +problematic abbreviation (SHTML) is defined as a fragment that simply expands to + + + +“enabled” on first use. Note that the description has to be supplied for the +glossary. +</p><!--l. 8069--><p class="indent" > The above produces (underlining added to mark the hyperlinks): + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 8071--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements first use: server-side includes (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span>) and hypertext + markup language (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8074--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span> and <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8077--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry first use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span> enabled <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span> (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8080--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8082--><p class="noindent" >Resetting all: + </p><!--l. 8084--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry first use: server-side includes (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span>) enabled hypertext + markup language (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>) (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8088--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8090--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span> and <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>.</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 8092--><p class="noindent" >The key difference here from the example using <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsps </span>at the end of <a +href="#sec:nested"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">2.8</span> +</a><a +href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> is that the individual elements hyperlink to their respective entries in +the glossary on first use of <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>. +</p><!--l. 8096--><p class="indent" > The problem is that with the <a +href="#styopt.colorlinks"><span +class="cmss-10">colorlinks</span></a><a + id="dx1-44002"></a> package option, it’s not obvious where the +hyperlinks start and end. The suffix (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>) will hyperlink to the “shtml” entry in +the glossary, so the “enabled” hyperlink is redundant. The simplest fix for this is to +add <span +class="cmss-10">hyper=notmainfirst </span>to the option list, which will prevent “enabled” from being a +hyperlink. +</p><!--l. 8103--><p class="indent" > Another problem occurs where <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>is used before the individual elements +are used, which leads to their full expansion with a confusing amount of +parentheses. A simple solution is to use the option <span +class="cmss-10">mglsopts=unsetothers</span>, +which will unset the other (not-main) elements first. This can be localised +with <span +class="cmss-10">presetlocal </span>but <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will then unset the <a + id="dx1-44003"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> globally, which +means that the other elements won’t show the full form when they are first +used on their on after <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>. This can be switched to a local unset with +<span +class="cmss-10">others=local</span>. +</p><!--l. 8113--><p class="indent" > The complete set of options are now: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186"> +\glssetcategoryattribute{combinedabbrv}{multioptions} + {% +  hyper=notmainfirst, +  mglsopts={presetlocal,unsetothers,others={local}}, +  usedskipothers, +  firstsuffix={\glsxtrshort{\mglslastmainlabel}} + } +</pre> +<!--l. 8122--><p class="nopar" > This now produces (underlining added to mark the hyperlinks): + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 8125--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements first use: server-side includes (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span>) and hypertext + markup language (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8128--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span> and <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8131--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry first use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span> enabled <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span> (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8134--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8136--><p class="noindent" >Resetting all: + </p><!--l. 8138--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry first use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span> enabled <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span> (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8142--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8144--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements: server-side includes (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span>) and hypertext markup + language (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>).</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 8147--><p class="noindent" >This method still has two main drawbacks: the description must be added manually and +the long form can’t be accessed with <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. The next example provides an +alternative approach. +</p><!--l. 8151--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 8151--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.6 </span> <a + id="sec:exskippostlink"></a>Example: Skipping Elements (Prefix and Post-Link Hooks)</h4> +<!--l. 8154--><p class="noindent" >This is a modified version of the previous example. In this case, the main element +isn’t a fragment and also happens to have the same label as the multi-entry set. +(<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls{shtml}</span></span></span> references the multi-entry label and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{shtml}</span></span></span> references the +individual entry.) +</p><!--l. 8160--><p class="indent" > In this case, the nested parts are marked up with custom commands: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187"> +\newrobustcmd{\combinedpre}[1]{\glsps{#1}} +\newrobustcmd{\combinedpost}[1]{\glsps{#1}} +\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml} +{{}\combinedpre{ssi} enabled \combinedpost{html}} +</pre> +<!--l. 8167--><p class="nopar" > This means that it’s no longer necessary to manually insert the description and the +long form can be accessed as usual with <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{shtml}</span></span></span>. Note that it is +necessary to define the custom commands robustly otherwise they will need to be +protected against premature expansion: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188"> +\newcommand{\combinedpre}[1]{\glsps{#1}} +\newcommand{\combinedpost}[1]{\glsps{#1}} +\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml} +{{}\protect\combinedpre{ssi} enabled \protect\combinedpost{html}} +</pre> +<!--l. 8179--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, an initial empty group is added to guard against any first letter +uppercase commands, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong</span>. +</p><!--l. 8183--><p class="indent" > The abbreviations all use the <a +href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-sc-user"><span +class="cmss-10">long-postshort-sc-user</span></a><a + id="dx1-45001"></a> style, which places the short +form in the post-link hook on <a + id="dx1-45002"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>post-link hook for the main element +can be transferred to the <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>post-link using: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189"> +mpostlinkelement=main +</pre> +<!--l. 8189--><p class="nopar" > All elements have their individual post-link hooks suppressed by default. As in +the previous example, the other elements can be skipped on subsequent +use: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190"> +usedskipothers +</pre> +<!--l. 8195--><p class="nopar" > Within <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>, the nested content needs to be suppressed, which can be done by +redefining the custom commands. This can be done in the multi-entry prefix. Since +the entire content of <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>(except for the final multi-entry post-link hook) occurs +inside a group, this redefinition will be localised. +</p><!--l. 8202--><p class="indent" > The complete document is as follows: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191"> +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} +\usepackage[stylemods,style=long]{glossaries-extra} +\makeglossaries +\setabbreviationstyle{long-postshort-sc-user} +\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side includes} +\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language} +\newrobustcmd{\combinedpre}[1]{\glsps{#1}} +\newrobustcmd{\combinedpost}[1]{\glsps{#1}} +\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml} +{{}\combinedpre{ssi} enabled \combinedpost{html}} +\glssetcategoryattribute{combinedabbrv}{multioptions} + {% +  mpostlinkelement=main, +  usedskipothers + } +\multiglossaryentry + [category={combinedabbrv}] + {shtml}[shtml]{ssi,shtml,html} +\mglsdefcategoryprefix{combinedabbrv}{% + \renewcommand{\combinedpre}[1]{\ignorespaces}% + \renewcommand{\combinedpost}[1]{\unskip}% +} +\begin{document} +Individual elements first use: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +Individual elements next use: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. +Multi-entry next use: \mgls{shtml}. +Individual entry first use: \gls{shtml}. +Resetting all\glsresetall\mglsresetall: + + + +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. +Multi-entry next use: \mgls{shtml}. +Individual elements: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +Resetting all\glsresetall\mglsresetall: +Individual entry first use: \gls{shtml}. +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. (Wrong!) +\printglossaries +\end{document} +</pre> +<!--l. 8264--><p class="nopar" > This now produces (underlining added to mark the hyperlinks): + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 8267--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements first use: server-side includes (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span>) and hypertext + markup language (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8270--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span> and <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8273--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry first use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span> enabled <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span> (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8276--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8278--><p class="noindent" >Individual entry first use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8280--><p class="noindent" >Resetting all: + </p><!--l. 8282--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry first use: server-side includes enabled hypertext markup + language (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8285--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8287--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span> and <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8289--><p class="noindent" >Resetting all: + </p><!--l. 8291--><p class="noindent" >Individual entry first use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span> enabled <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span> (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8294--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry first use: server-side includes <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span> hypertext markup + language. (Wrong!)</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 8297--><p class="noindent" >Note the last two paragraphs, which highlights what happens if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{shtml}</span></span></span> is used +before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls{shtml}</span></span></span> when neither of the other elements (<span +class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">html</span>) have been +used. The final instance of <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>has produced the wrong result. This is because it’s +the first use of the multi-entry <span +class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but not the first use of the individual entry +<span +class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. +</p><!--l. 8304--><p class="indent" > One way around this is to modify the prefix to ensure that the main element’s +<a + id="dx1-45003"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> matches the multi-entry’s first use flag: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192"> +\mglsdefcategoryprefix{combinedabbrv}{% + \renewcommand{\combinedpre}[1]{\ignorespaces}% + \renewcommand{\combinedpost}[1]{\unskip}% + \mglsisfirstuse + {\glslocalreset{\mglscurrentmainlabel}}% + {\glslocalunset{\mglscurrentmainlabel}}% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 8315--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8317--><p class="indent" > The <a +href="#styopt.showtargets"><span +class="cmss-10">showtargets</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=annoteleft</span><a + id="dx1-45004"></a> option can be used to mark up the links +with the targets. For example, the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls{shtml}</span></span></span> will show +as: + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 8324--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry first use: <span +class="cmtt-8">[glo:ssi]</span><span +class="cmmi-5">⊳</span><span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span><span +class="cmmi-5">⊲ </span><span +class="cmtt-8">[glo:shtml]</span><span +class="cmmi-5">⊳</span>enabled<span +class="cmmi-5">⊲</span> + <span +class="cmtt-8">[glo:html]</span><span +class="cmmi-5">⊳</span><span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span><span +class="cmmi-5">⊲ </span>(<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>).</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 8328--><p class="noindent" >Each entry has an individual hyperlink to its own glossary item, which may be +confusing. This can be made clearer by suppressing the main element link on first use +with: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193"> +hyper=notmainfirst +</pre> +<!--l. 8333--><p class="nopar" > (as in the previous example), and adjusting the abbreviation style so that the +parenthetical content in the post-link hook has a hyperlink: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194"> +\renewcommand*{\glsxtruserparen}[2]{% +  \glsxtrfullsep{#2}% +  \glsxtrparen +   {\glshyperlink[#1]{#2}% +    \ifglshasfield{\glsxtruserfield}{#2}{, \glscurrentfieldvalue}{}% +   }% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 8345--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8347--><p class="indent" > The remaining problem is how to deal with the possibility that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls{shtml}</span></span></span> +may come before the <a + id="dx1-45005"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the other elements. For example: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195"> +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. +Individual elements: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +</pre> +<!--l. 8354--><p class="nopar" > This leads to: + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 8357--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry first use: server-side includes enabled hypertext markup + language (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8360--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span> </span>and <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>.</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 8362--><p class="noindent" >This means that the abbreviations <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span> </span>and <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span> </span>aren’t explained in the document text. +One way around this is to only locally unset the other element <a + id="dx1-45006"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use +flags</a>: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196"> +\glssetcategoryattribute{combinedabbrv}{multioptions} + {% +  hyper=notmainfirst, +  mpostlinkelement=main, +  usedskipothers, +  mglsopts={others={local}} + } +</pre> +<!--l. 8373--><p class="nopar" > With the above setting, the following: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197"> +\glsresetall\mglsresetall +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. +Multi-entry next use: \mgls{shtml}. +Individual elements: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +</pre> +<!--l. 8383--><p class="nopar" > will now produce: + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 8386--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry first use: server-side includes enabled hypertext markup + language (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>). + </p><!--l. 8389--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>. + </p><!--l. 8391--><p class="noindent" >Individual elements: server-side includes (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">i</span></span>) and hypertext markup + language (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">h</span><span +class="small-caps">t</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span><span +class="small-caps">l</span></span>).</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 8395--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 8395--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsmain"></a>Main and Other Elements</h3> +<!--l. 8398--><p class="noindent" >The list of labels provided in the final argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry</span> +consists of a main element and all the other elements. If the main element isn’t +identified in the optional argument, it’s assumed to be the final element in the +list. +</p><!--l. 8403--><p class="indent" > The main element allows you to determine which target to use if you want the +entire content of <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>to be a single hyperlink. You can also use the settings +described in <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.9</span> </a><a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions">Multi-Entry Settings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiglsoptions --></a> to only index the main +element. +</p><!--l. 8408--><p class="indent" > You can change the main element using: +</p><!--l. 8409--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsSetMain{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">new-main-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8411--><p class="noindent" > +The new main label provided in the second argument must be in the list +corresponding to ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">multi-label</span>⟩. This change is locally applied to the current scope. +Note that if you are using <a + id="dx1-46002"></a><a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, this change in the document can’t be +detected. +</p><!--l. 8417--><p class="indent" > The main element can also be used to identify which element should be displayed +in the plural with <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsmainpl</span>. For example: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198"> +\newglossaryentry{great}{name={great},description={}} +\newglossaryentry{little}{name={little},description={}} +\newglossaryentry{grebe}{name={grebe},description={}} +\multiglossaryentry{greatgrebe}{great,grebe} +\multiglossaryentry{littlegrebe}{little,grebe} +</pre> +<!--l. 8426--><p class="nopar" > In the above, two multi-entries are defined: <span +class="cmtt-10">greatgrebe </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">littlegrebe</span>. In both +cases the main element is <span +class="cmtt-10">grebe </span>(the last element). Using <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglspl </span>will show the +plural for all elements, but using <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsmainpl </span>will only use the plural for the main +element (grebe). For example: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199"> +Plural all: \mglspl{greatgrebe}, \mglspl{littlegrebe}. +Plural main: \mglsmainpl{greatgrebe}, \mglsmainpl{littlegrebe}. +</pre> +<!--l. 8435--><p class="nopar" > produces: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <br />Plural all: greats grebes, littles grebes. + <br />Plural main: great grebes, little grebes. + <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> +</p><!--l. 8442--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 8442--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsfixes"></a>Prefixes and Suffixes</h3> +<!--l. 8445--><p class="noindent" >A multi-entry may have associated prefixes and suffixes. These are scoped and are +placed outside of the hyperlinks and encapsulating commands. They are not affected +by case-changing commands, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mgls</span>. If you want a prefix to obey +case-changing, use the <span +class="cmtt-10">\mpgls</span>-like commands instead (<a +href="#sec:mpgls"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.11.4</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mpgls">Support for +glossaries-prefix (pgls)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mpgls --></a>). +</p><!--l. 8452--><p class="indent" > The prefix is inserted with: +</p><!--l. 8453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsprefix </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8455--><p class="noindent" > +The default definition is: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200"> +\newcommand*{\mglsprefix}{% + \ifdefempty\mglscurrentcategory + {\mglscurrentprefix}% + {% +   \mglshascategoryprefix{\mglscurrentcategory}% +   {\mglsusecategoryprefix{\mglscurrentcategory}}% +   {\mglscurrentprefix}% + }% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 8467--><p class="nopar" > This will insert the current prefix unless there is prefix command associated with the +current category. +</p><!--l. 8471--><p class="indent" > The suffix is inserted with: +</p><!--l. 8472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47002"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglssuffix </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8474--><p class="noindent" > +The command is defined as follows: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201"> +\newcommand*{\mglssuffix}{% + \ifdefempty\mglscurrentcategory + {\ifdefempty{\mglscurrentsuffix}{}{\space(\mglscurrentsuffix)}}% + {% +   \mglshascategorysuffix{\mglscurrentcategory}% +   {\mglsusecategorysuffix{\mglscurrentcategory}}% +   {\ifdefempty{\mglscurrentsuffix}{}{\space(\mglscurrentsuffix)}}% + }% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 8486--><p class="nopar" > If there is a suffix associated with the current category, that will be used, otherwise +if the current suffix isn’t empty this inserts a space followed by the current suffix in +parentheses. You can access the label of the last (non-skipped) element with +<span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastelementlabel</span><a + id="dx1-47003"></a>. +</p><!--l. 8493--><p class="indent" > Note that in both cases the category corresponds to the multi-entry category (see +<a +href="#sec:multiglscategory"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.8</span> </a><a +href="#sec:multiglscategory">Multi-Entry Category<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiglscategory --></a>). +</p><!--l. 8496--><p class="indent" > To define a category-dependent prefix, use: +</p><!--l. 8497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsdefcategoryprefix{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8499--><p class="noindent" > +You can reference the current prefix with <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentprefix</span>. +</p><!--l. 8502--><p class="indent" > To define a category-dependent suffix, use: +</p><!--l. 8503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47005"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsdefcategorysuffix{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8505--><p class="noindent" > +You can reference the current suffix with <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentsuffix</span>. +</p><!--l. 8508--><p class="indent" > The default definition of <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsprefix </span>tests if there is a category prefix +using: +</p><!--l. 8510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47006"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryprefix{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8512--><p class="noindent" > +The category prefix is used with: +</p><!--l. 8514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsusecategoryprefix{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8516--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8518--><p class="indent" > The default definition of <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglssuffix </span>tests if there is a category suffix +using: +</p><!--l. 8520--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glshascategorysuffix{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8522--><p class="noindent" > +The category suffix is used with: +</p><!--l. 8524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsusecategorysuffix{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8526--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8528--><p class="indent" > The current prefix <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentprefix </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentsuffix </span>are obtained +as follows: </p> + + + + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">if this is the first use of the multi-entry (<a +href="#sec:mglsfirstuse"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.7</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsfirstuse">Multi-Entry + First Use<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsfirstuse --></a>) then the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ is set to the value of the <span +class="cmss-10">firstprefix </span>option and + the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">suffix</span>⟩ is set to the value of the <span +class="cmss-10">firstsuffix </span>option; + </li> + <li class="itemize">otherwise the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ is set to the value of the <span +class="cmss-10">usedprefix </span>option and the + ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">suffix</span>⟩ is set to the value of the <span +class="cmss-10">usedsuffix </span>option.</li></ul> +<!--l. 8540--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The prefix and suffix (if set) are placed outside of the hyperlink and text +formatting encapsulator. They are not affected by case-changing commands such as +<span +class="cmtt-10">\Mgls </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGLS</span>. </div> +</p><!--l. 8544--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8546--><p class="indent" > For example: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202"> +\setabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-only} +\newabbreviation{clostridium}{C.}{Clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{botulinum}{name=botulinum,description={}} +\multiglossaryentry[firstsuffix=botulism] + {cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +</pre> +<!--l. 8554--><p class="nopar" > On first use, this produces (assuming the “clostridum” element hasn’t been used +previously): + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 8558--><p class="noindent" >Clostridium botulinum (botulism).</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 8560--><p class="noindent" >On subsequent use, this produces: + </p><blockquote class="quote"> + <!--l. 8562--><p class="noindent" >C. botulinum.</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 8565--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 8565--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.4 </span> <a + id="sec:mglssep"></a>Separators</h3> +<!--l. 8568--><p class="noindent" >The separators between each instance of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>are given by the following +commands, which all take two arguments. The first argument is the label of +the previous element. The second argument is the label of the following +element. +</p><!--l. 8572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedsep{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">prev label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">next label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8574--><p class="noindent" > +This is inserted between two entries that have both been marked as used. The default +definition is: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203"> +\newcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% +  \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsep}% +  {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsep}}% +  { }% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 8583--><p class="nopar" > This will use the <a +href="#catattr.combinedsep"><span +class="cmss-10">combinedsep</span></a><a + id="dx1-48002"></a> attribute for the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">prev label</span>⟩’s category, if set. Otherwise +this just does a space. Note that this ignores the second argument. +</p><!--l. 8588--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedfirstsep{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">prev label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">next label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8590--><p class="noindent" > +This is inserted between two entries where only the next entry has been marked as +used. The default definition is: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204"> +\newcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 8599--><p class="nopar" > This will use the <a +href="#catattr.combinedfirstsep"><span +class="cmss-10">combinedfirstsep</span></a><a + id="dx1-48004"></a> attribute for ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">prev label</span>⟩’s category, if set. If that +attribute isn’t set, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedsep </span>is used. +</p><!--l. 8604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48005"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedsepfirst{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">prev label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">next label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8606--><p class="noindent" > +This is inserted between two entries where only the previous entry has been marked +as used. The default definition is: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205"> +\newcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 8615--><p class="nopar" > This will use the <a +href="#catattr.combinedsepfirst"><span +class="cmss-10">combinedsepfirst</span></a><a + id="dx1-48006"></a> attribute for ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">prev label</span>⟩’s category, if set. If that +attribute isn’t set, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedsep </span>is used. +</p><!--l. 8620--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedfirstsepfirst{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">prev label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">next label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8622--><p class="noindent" > +This is inserted between two entries where both have been marked as used. The +default definition is: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206"> +\newcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 8631--><p class="nopar" > This will use the <a +href="#catattr.combinedfirstsepfirst"><span +class="cmss-10">combinedfirstsepfirst</span></a><a + id="dx1-48008"></a> attribute for ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">prev label</span>⟩’s category, if set. If that +attribute isn’t set, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedsep </span>is used. +</p><!--l. 8636--><p class="indent" > These commands may be redefined as required. For example, to have no space +between two elements that have both been marked as used and are both +abbreviations (disregarding category attributes): + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207"> +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \ifglshasshort{#1}{\ifglshasshort{#2}{}{\space}}{\space}% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 8644--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8646--><p class="indent" > There are some commands for redefining the above separators to common +combinations. +</p><!--l. 8649--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnbsp </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8651--><p class="noindent" > +This does the following: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208"> +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{#1}{~}{ }}% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\ifhasshort{#1}{~}{ }}% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + { }% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% +  \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% +  {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% +  { }% +}% +</pre> +<!--l. 8674--><p class="nopar" > This uses a non-breakable space <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span> following an abbreviation (that has already been +marked as used). Note that if the associated attributes are set the commands will +behave according to the attribute. +</p><!--l. 8680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48010"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnone </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8682--><p class="noindent" > +This does the following: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209"> +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{#1}{}{\ifhasshort{#2}{}{ }}}% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\ifhasshort{#1}{}{ }}% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{##2}{}{ }}% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + { }% +}% +</pre> +<!--l. 8705--><p class="nopar" > This does nothing if either element are abbreviations that have already been used. +Note that if the associated attributes are set the commands will behave according to +the attribute. +</p><!--l. 8710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48011"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcombinedsepnarrow{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">width</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">narrow sep</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8712--><p class="noindent" > +This is rather more complicated as it measures a field value and uses ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">narrow</span> +<span +class="cmti-10">sep</span>⟩ if the width is less than ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">width</span>⟩. The field value is determined as follows: +</p> + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">on <a + id="dx1-48012"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> the <span +class="cmss-10">long</span><a + id="dx1-48013"></a> field is used if it is set otherwise the <span +class="cmss-10">first</span><a + id="dx1-48014"></a> field is used; + </li> + <li class="itemize">otherwise the <span +class="cmss-10">short</span><a + id="dx1-48015"></a> field is used if it is set otherwise the <span +class="cmss-10">text</span><a + id="dx1-48016"></a> field is used;</li></ul> +<!--l. 8726--><p class="indent" > Note that this doesn’t take into account fonts, hooks, abbreviation styles or +plural forms (e.g. <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglspl</span>) or other field references (e.g. <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsname</span>). If the +associated attributes are set the commands will behave according to the +attribute. +</p><!--l. 8731--><p class="noindent" > +</p> + + + +<!--l. 8731--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.5 </span> <a + id="sec:mglselementhooks"></a>mgls Element Hooks</h3> +<!--l. 8734--><p class="noindent" >The <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>-like commands use the following hooks: +</p><!--l. 8735--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementprehook </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8737--><p class="noindent" > +This is done before each (non-skipped) element. (Default does nothing.) +</p><!--l. 8739--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49002"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementposthook </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8741--><p class="noindent" > +This is done after each (non-skipped) element. (Default does nothing.) Note that this is +different from the normal entry post-link hook <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a + id="dx1-49003"></a>. If the individual +entry post-link hook is enabled (see the <span +class="cmss-10">postlinks </span>key in <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.9</span> +</a><a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions">Multi-Entry Settings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiglsoptions --></a>), this will go before <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementposthook</span>. +</p><!--l. 8748--><p class="indent" > The definitions of the following commands are scoped within the <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>-like +commands so they can’t be accessed elsewhere (including in the post-link hook, see +<a +href="#sec:mglspostlinkhook"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.6</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglspostlinkhook">Post-Link Hook<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglspostlinkhook --></a>). They may be used in the above hooks +or in the separator commands (described in <a +href="#sec:mglssep"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.4</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglssep">Separators<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglssep --></a>) or +in the command used to encapsulate the entire content. They can also be +used in the post-link hook (see <a +href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">2.4</span> </a><a +href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style +Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>) to determine if an entry is being used within a <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>-like +command. +</p><!--l. 8758--><p class="indent" > The multi-entry label is stored in: +</p><!--l. 8759--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentmultilabel </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8761--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8763--><p class="indent" > The label of the main element: +</p><!--l. 8764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49005"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentmainlabel </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8766--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8768--><p class="indent" > The complete comma-separated list of elements: +</p><!--l. 8769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49006"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentlist </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8771--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8773--><p class="indent" > Multi-entry options: +</p><!--l. 8774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentoptions </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8776--><p class="noindent" > +These are the options that were used when defining the multi-entry. This doesn’t +include options set with <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentrysetup </span>or those passed to <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>(or +whichever variant is being used). +</p><!--l. 8781--><p class="indent" > The current multi-entry category in effect is stored in: +</p><!--l. 8782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentcategory </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8784--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8786--><p class="indent" > The calling command control sequence name (e.g. “mgls” or “mglspl”) can be +obtained with: +</p><!--l. 8788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrentmglscsname </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8790--><p class="noindent" > + + + +</p><!--l. 8792--><p class="indent" > To test if the current multi-entry is the first use: +</p><!--l. 8793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49010"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsisfirstuse{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8795--><p class="noindent" > +This does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if this is the first use otherwise it does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. Note that this +applies to the multi-entry first use flag not the <a + id="dx1-49011"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flags</a> of the individual +elements. +</p><!--l. 8801--><p class="indent" > At each iteration of the loop over the element list, the following commands are +set, which can be accessed in hooks such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementprehook </span>or in hooks used +by the underlying <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc commands. For example, if <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentlabel </span>is +defined then <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>is being used inside <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>. +</p><!--l. 8807--><p class="indent" > The current element label: +</p><!--l. 8808--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49012"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentlabel </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8810--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8812--><p class="indent" > This is a count register that is set to the element index: +</p><!--l. 8813--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49013"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementindex </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8815--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8817--><p class="indent" > The current multi-entry prefix: +</p><!--l. 8818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49014"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentprefix </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8820--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8822--><p class="indent" > The current multi-entry suffix: +</p><!--l. 8823--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49015"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentsuffix </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8825--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49016"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflast{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8829--><p class="noindent" > +If this is the last iteration, does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ otherwise does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. This takes the skip options +into account, so the last iteration may not necessarily be when the element index is +equal to the total number of elements. +</p><!--l. 8835--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 8835--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.6 </span> <a + id="sec:mglspostlinkhook"></a>Post-Link Hook</h3> +<!--l. 8838--><p class="noindent" >There is a hook that occurs at the end the <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>-like commands according to the +<span +class="cmss-10">mpostlink </span>setting (see <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.9</span> </a><a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions">Multi-Entry Settings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiglsoptions --></a>). The hook used +depends on the <span +class="cmss-10">mpostlinkelement </span>option. These hooks can’t access the commands +described in <a +href="#sec:mglselementhooks"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.5</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglselementhooks">mgls Element Hooks<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglselementhooks --></a> as the hook occurs +outside of the scope in which they are defined. +</p><!--l. 8845--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">mpostlinkelement=custom </span>option uses: +</p><!--l. 8846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscustompostlinkhook </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8848--><p class="noindent" > +This does nothing by default. + + + +</p><!--l. 8851--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">mpostlinkelement=last </span>option uses: +</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50002"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastelementpostlinkhook </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8854--><p class="noindent" > +which emulates the post-link hook of the last element. +</p><!--l. 8857--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">mpostlinkelement=main </span>option uses: +</p><!--l. 8858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastmainpostlinkhook </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8860--><p class="noindent" > +which emulates the post-link hook of the main element. +</p><!--l. 8863--><p class="indent" > The default settings <span +class="cmss-10">postlinks=none,mpostlink=true,mpostlinkelementlast </span>will +suppress the individual element post-link hooks (<span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a + id="dx1-50004"></a>) and do the +multi-entry post-link hook for the last element (<span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastelementpostlinkhook</span>). +</p><!--l. 8869--><p class="indent" > If you have the final element’s post-link hook enabled and the multi-entry post-link +hook enabled (for example, <span +class="cmss-10">postlinks=all, mpostlink=true, mpostlinkelement=last</span>), the +final element’s post-link hook will be done twice. Similarly for the main element with +<span +class="cmss-10">postlinks=all, mpostlink=true, mpostlinkelement=main</span>. +</p><!--l. 8876--><p class="indent" > The following commands are available for use in these hooks and may also be +used in <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglssuffix</span><a + id="dx1-50005"></a>. +</p><!--l. 8879--><p class="indent" > The multi-entry label: +</p><!--l. 8880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50006"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastmultilabel </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8882--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8884--><p class="indent" > The multi-entry category (<a +href="#sec:multiglscategory"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.8</span> </a><a +href="#sec:multiglscategory">Multi-Entry Category<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiglscategory --></a>): +</p><!--l. 8885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastcategory </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8887--><p class="noindent" > +This will be empty if no category was assigned. +</p><!--l. 8890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglswasfirstuse{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8892--><p class="noindent" > +If that was the first use of the multi-entry (<a +href="#sec:mglsfirstuse"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.7</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsfirstuse">Multi-Entry First Use<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsfirstuse --></a>) +this does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 8896--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 8896--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.6.1 </span> <a + id="sec:mglspostlinkhooklastelement"></a>Last Element</h4> +<!--l. 8898--><p class="noindent" >The following commands relate to the last element. +</p><!--l. 8900--><p class="indent" > The label of the last non-skipped element: +</p><!--l. 8901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastelementlabel </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8903--><p class="noindent" > +If all elements were skipped or if the multi-entry wasn’t defined, this will be +empty. +</p><!--l. 8907--><p class="indent" > Test if the last element was skipped: +</p><!--l. 8908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51002"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastelementskipped{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8910--><p class="noindent" > +If the last element was skipped this does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. If +all elements were skipped or if the multi-entry wasn’t defined, this will do + + + +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 8916--><p class="indent" > Test if the last element was its first use: +</p><!--l. 8917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8919--><p class="noindent" > +If the last non-skipped element was used for the first time this does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ otherwise it +does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. (Corresponds to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span>.) If all elements were skipped or +if the multi-entry wasn’t defined, this will do ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 8926--><p class="indent" > Test if the last element was plural: +</p><!--l. 8927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastelementwasplural{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8929--><p class="noindent" > +If the last non-skipped element had the plural form displayed, this does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ +otherwise it does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. (Corresponds to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span>.) If all elements were skipped +or if the multi-entry wasn’t defined, this will do ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 8936--><p class="indent" > Test if the last element was had any case-changing applied: +</p><!--l. 8937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51005"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastelementcapscase{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">no-change</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">firstuc</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">all caps</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8939--><p class="noindent" > +Corresponds to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase </span>of the last non-skipped element. If all elements were +skipped or if the multi-entry wasn’t defined, this will do ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">no-change</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 8944--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 8944--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.6.2 </span> <a + id="sec:mglspostlinkhookmainelement"></a>Main Element</h4> +<!--l. 8946--><p class="noindent" >The following commands relate to the main element. +</p><!--l. 8948--><p class="indent" > The label of the main element from the multi-entry that was just referenced: +</p><!--l. 8950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastmainlabel </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8952--><p class="noindent" > +If the main element was skipped or if the multi-entry wasn’t defined, this will be +empty. If this is the same as <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastelementlabel </span>then the main element was the +last element. +</p><!--l. 8958--><p class="indent" > Test if the main element was skipped: +</p><!--l. 8959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52002"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastmainskipped{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8961--><p class="noindent" > +If the main element from the multi-entry that was just referenced was skipped this +does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. If the multi-entry wasn’t defined, this will do +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 8966--><p class="indent" > Test if the main element was its first use: +</p><!--l. 8967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8969--><p class="noindent" > +If the main element was used for the first time this does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. +(Corresponds to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span>.) If the main element was skipped or if the +multi-entry wasn’t defined, this will do ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 8976--><p class="indent" > Test if the main element was plural: +</p><!--l. 8977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastmainwasplural{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + + + +</p><!--l. 8979--><p class="noindent" > +If the main element from the multi-entry that was just referenced had its plural form +displayed this does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. (Corresponds to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span>.) If +the main element was skipped or if the multi-entry wasn’t defined, this will do +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 8986--><p class="indent" > Test if the main element was had any case-changing applied: +</p><!--l. 8987--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52005"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastmaincapscase{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">no-change</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">firstuc</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">all caps</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8989--><p class="noindent" > +Corresponds to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase </span>of the main element from the multi-entry that was +just referenced. If the main element was skipped or if the multi-entry wasn’t defined, +this will do ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">no-change</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 8995--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 8995--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.7 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsfirstuse"></a>Multi-Entry First Use</h3> +<!--l. 8998--><p class="noindent" >Each multi-entry set has an associated first use flag. This is independent of +the <a + id="dx1-53001"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> associated with the individual entries that make up the +set. As with the <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like commands, <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>unsets this flag. Unlike the +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands, all the commands described in <a +href="#sec:mglslike"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.11</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglslike">Variants +of mgls<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglslike --></a> (including commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsname</span>) unset this flag, even if the +elements use commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsname </span>that don’t unset the entry’s <a + id="dx1-53002"></a>first use +flag. +</p><!--l. 9007--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether or not a multi-entry set has been marked as used +with: +</p><!--l. 9009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-53003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\ifmglsused{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9011--><p class="noindent" > +You can (globally) unset the flag (mark the set as having been referenced) +with: +</p><!--l. 9014--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-53004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsunset{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9016--><p class="noindent" > +or reset it with: +</p><!--l. 9018--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-53005"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsreset{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9020--><p class="noindent" > +There are also local versions of these commands: +</p><!--l. 9022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-53006"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslocalunset{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9024--><p class="noindent" > +and +</p><!--l. 9026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-53007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslocalreset{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9028--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9030--><p class="indent" > To unset all multi-entries: +</p><!--l. 9031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-53008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsunsetall </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9033--><p class="noindent" > +To reset all multi-entries: + + + +</p><!--l. 9035--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-53009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsresetall </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9037--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9039--><p class="indent" > Note that unsetting or resetting any of the individual element <a + id="dx1-53010"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flags</a> +doesn’t affect the multi-entry flag. Similarly, unsetting or resetting the multi-entry +flag doesn’t affect the <a + id="dx1-53011"></a>first use flags of the individual elements. +</p><!--l. 9044--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9044--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.8 </span> <a + id="sec:multiglscategory"></a>Multi-Entry Category</h3> +<!--l. 9047--><p class="noindent" >A multi-entry set may have an associated category set using the <span +class="cmss-10">category </span>key +described in <a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.9</span> </a><a +href="#sec:multiglsoptions">Multi-Entry Settings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiglsoptions --></a>. This isn’t set by default, +but if it is set the category may have attributes set in the usual way. The multi-entry +category is independent of the individual entry categories. The following attribute is +recognised by commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>: + </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.multioptions"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">multioptions</span><a + id="dx1-54001"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">default options to apply to any multi-entry set with the given + category. These can be overridden by the first optional argument of + <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>or by the <span +class="cmss-10">setup </span>key in the first optional argument + of commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 9064--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t access the category or its attributes via the multi-entry label +(for example, with <span +class="cmtt-10">\glshasattribute</span>). If you need to access the current +multi-entry’s category within any of the <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>-like hooks (<a +href="#sec:mglselementhooks"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.5</span> +</a><a +href="#sec:mglselementhooks">mgls Element Hooks<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglselementhooks --></a>), you can obtain the category with <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentcategory </span>and +use commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryattribute</span>. +</p><!--l. 9071--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9071--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.9 </span> <a + id="sec:multiglsoptions"></a>Multi-Entry Settings</h3> +<!--l. 9074--><p class="noindent" >The settings that govern all multi-entries can be set using: +</p><!--l. 9075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-55001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentrysetup{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9077--><p class="noindent" > +The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ are the same as for <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry</span>. Options may also be set +according to the multi-entry category attribute <a +href="#catattr.multioptions"><span +class="cmss-10">multioptions</span></a><a + id="dx1-55002"></a>. +</p><!--l. 9082--><p class="indent" > Whenever the <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>-like commands are used, options are applied in the following +order: + </p><ol class="enumerate1" > + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-55004x1">general options identified by <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentrysetup</span>; + + + + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-55006x2">the category key is assigned if it’s in the general options, + <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>or <span +class="cmss-10">setup </span>key; + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-55008x3"><a +href="#catattr.multioptions"><span +class="cmss-10">multioptions</span></a><a + id="dx1-55009"></a> category attribute (if set); + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-55011x4">any options provided in the first optional argument of + <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry</span>; + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-55013x5">any options provided in the <span +class="cmss-10">setup </span>key in the first optional argument of the + <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>-like command.</li></ol> +<!--l. 9099--><p class="indent" > These options are described below. +</p><!--l. 9101--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9101--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.9.1 </span> <a + id="sec:multiglsoptionsindexing"></a>Indexing</h4> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">indexmain</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This setting may take one of the following values: + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">false</span> </dt><dd +class="description">don’t index the main entry; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">true</span> </dt><dd +class="description">index the main entry; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">first</span> </dt><dd +class="description">only index the main entry if it’s the first use (of the main entry).</dd></dl> + <!--l. 9113--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span +class="cmss-10">true</span>. + </p></dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">indexothers</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This setting may take one of the following values: + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">false</span> </dt><dd +class="description">don’t index the other entries; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">true</span> </dt><dd +class="description">index the other entries; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">first</span> </dt><dd +class="description">only index the other entries if it’s the first use (of the non-main + entry).</dd></dl> + <!--l. 9123--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span +class="cmss-10">first</span>.</p></dd></dl> + + + +<!--l. 9126--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9126--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.9.2 </span> <a + id="sec:multiglsoptionsencap"></a>Location Formats (Encaps)</h4> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">encapmain</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This setting value should be the value to pass to <span +class="cmss-10">format</span><a + id="dx1-57001"></a> for the main + entry. (The location encapsulator.) The default is <span +class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">encapothers</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This setting value should be the value to pass to <span +class="cmss-10">format</span><a + id="dx1-57002"></a> for the + other (not main) entries. (The location encapsulator.) The default is + <span +class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 9139--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9139--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.9.3 </span> <a + id="sec:multiglsoptionspostlink"></a>Post-Link Hooks</h4> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">postlinks</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This setting determines whether or not to enable the individual + element’s post-link hook (<span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a + id="dx1-58001"></a>). The value may be one + of: + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">none</span> </dt><dd +class="description">suppress the post-link hook for all elements; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">all</span> </dt><dd +class="description">don’t suppress the post-link hook for all elements; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">notlast</span> </dt><dd +class="description">only suppress the post-link hook for the last element; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">mainnotlast</span> </dt><dd +class="description">suppress the post-link hook for all “other” (not main) + elements and for the last element (so only the main element will have + its post-link hook as long as it’s not the last element); + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">mainonly</span> </dt><dd +class="description">suppress the post-link hook for all “other” (not main) elements; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">othernotlast</span> </dt><dd +class="description">suppress the post-link hook for the main element and for + the last element (so only the other elements will have their post-link + hook as long as the element isn’t the last one); + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">otheronly</span> </dt><dd +class="description">suppress the post-link hook for the main element.</dd></dl> + <!--l. 9163--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span +class="cmss-10">postlinks=none</span>. + + + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">mpostlink</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This setting determines whether or not to enable the multi-entry post-link + hook (<a +href="#sec:mglspostlinkhook"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.6</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglspostlinkhook">Post-Link Hook<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglspostlinkhook --></a>). The value may be one + of: + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">false</span> </dt><dd +class="description">suppress the multi-entry post-link hook; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">true</span> </dt><dd +class="description">enable the multi-entry post-link hook; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">firstonly</span> </dt><dd +class="description">enable the multi-entry post-link hook only for the first use of the + multi-entry; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">usedonly</span> </dt><dd +class="description">enable the multi-entry post-link hook only for the subsequent + (not first) use of the multi-entry.</dd></dl> + <!--l. 9176--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span +class="cmss-10">mpostlink=true</span>. If the value is omitted, <span +class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed. + </p></dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">mpostlinkelement</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This setting indicates which post-link hook should be used if the + multi-entry post-link hook has been enabled. Allowed values: + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">last</span> </dt><dd +class="description">use <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastelementpostlinkhook</span><a + id="dx1-58002"></a> (that is, use the post-link hook + for the last element); + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">main</span> </dt><dd +class="description">use <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastmainpostlinkhook</span><a + id="dx1-58003"></a> (that is, use the post-link hook + for the main element); + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">custom</span> </dt><dd +class="description">use <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastcustompostlinkhook</span><a + id="dx1-58004"></a>.</dd></dl> + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 9190--><p class="noindent" >Note that some combinations may cause a repeated hook. +</p><!--l. 9192--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9192--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.9.4 </span> <a + id="sec:multiglsoptionsfixes"></a>Prefixes and Suffixes</h4> +<!--l. 9195--><p class="noindent" >See <a +href="#sec:mglsfixes"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.3</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsfixes">Prefixes and Suffixes<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsfixes --></a> for more information on prefixes and +suffixes. Note that the prefixes and suffixes are not affected by case-changing +commands such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mgls </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGLS</span>. If you want a prefix to obey case-changing, use +the <span +class="cmtt-10">\mpgls</span>-like commands instead (<a +href="#sec:mpgls"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.11.4</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mpgls">Support for glossaries-prefix +(pgls)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mpgls --></a>). + + + + </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmbx-10">firstprefix</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The prefix to use on first use of the multi-entry. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmbx-10">usedprefix</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The prefix to use on subsequent use of the multi-entry. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmbx-10">firstsuffix</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The suffix to use on first use of the multi-entry. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmbx-10">usedsuffix</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The suffix to use on subsequent use of the multi-entry.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 9216--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9216--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.9.5 </span> <a + id="sec:multiglsoptionsskip"></a>Skipping Elements</h4> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">firstskipmain</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean setting. If <span +class="cmss-10">true</span>, the main element will be omitted + on (multi-entry) first use. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">firstskipothers</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean setting. If <span +class="cmss-10">true</span>, the other (non-main) elements + will be omitted on (multi-entry) first use. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">usedskipmain</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean setting. If <span +class="cmss-10">true</span>, the main element will be + omitted on (multi-entry) subsequent use. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">usedskipothers</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean setting. If <span +class="cmss-10">true</span>, the other (non-main) elements + will be omitted on (multi-entry) subsequent use. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 9236--><p class="noindent" >The skip options apply to the multi-entry first use flag not the individual element first +use. See <a +href="#sec:mglsfirstuse"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.7</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsfirstuse">Multi-Entry First Use<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsfirstuse --></a>. +</p><!--l. 9239--><p class="indent" > Note that it is technically possible to set the skip options so that both the main +and the other elements are skipped. However, by default, this will generate a warning +and only the final optional argument (the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩) will be displayed. There won’t +be a loop over all elements so the commands set at each iteration, such as +<span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentlabel</span>, won’t be defined. +</p><!--l. 9246--><p class="indent" > The warning and the insertion of the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is done by: +</p><!--l. 9248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-60001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">message</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9250--><p class="noindent" > +where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">message</span>⟩ is the warning message and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is the control sequence that +encapsulates the entire content (including hyperlink and the <span +class="cmss-10">textformat </span>setting, if +enabled). + + + +</p><!--l. 9255--><p class="indent" > If, for some particular reason, you want this scenario, you can redefine this +command to omit the warning. +</p><!--l. 9258--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9258--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.9.6 </span> <a + id="sec:multiglsoptionsgeneral"></a>General</h4> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">hyper</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This setting may take one of the following values: + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">none</span> </dt><dd +class="description">no hyperlinks; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">allmain</span> </dt><dd +class="description">encapsulate the entire content with a single hyperlink to the main + entry’s target; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">mainonly</span> </dt><dd +class="description">only hyperlink the main entry; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">individual</span> </dt><dd +class="description">hyperlink each entry individually; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">otheronly</span> </dt><dd +class="description">only hyperlink the other entries; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">notmainfirst</span> </dt><dd +class="description">don’t hyperlink the main entry on multi-entry first use; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">nototherfirst</span> </dt><dd +class="description">don’t hyperlink the other entries on multi-entry first use; + </dd><dt class="description"> + <span +class="cmssbx-10">notfirst</span> </dt><dd +class="description">don’t hyperlink any entries on multi-entry first use.</dd></dl> + <!--l. 9278--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span +class="cmss-10">individual</span>. + </p></dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This setting value should be the control sequence name (without the + leading backslash) of the command used to encapsulate the entire content. The + default is <span +class="cmtt-10">@firstofone</span>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">category</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The category to apply to the multi-entry. This is independent of + the categories of each of the elements. The default is no category. See + <a +href="#sec:multiglscategory"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.8</span> </a><a +href="#sec:multiglscategory">Multi-Entry Category<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiglscategory --></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">mglsopts</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Default options to pass to <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>. Note that <span +class="cmss-10">setup </span>can’t be used within this + value. + </dd></dl> + + + +<!--l. 9293--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9293--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.10 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsopts"></a>mgls Options</h3> +<!--l. 9296--><p class="noindent" >The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ for <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>(and similar commands) are listed below. Any additional +options provided will be appended to the <span +class="cmss-10">all </span>value. For example: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210"> +\mgls[counter=chapter]{cbot} +</pre> +<!--l. 9301--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211"> +\mgls[all={counter=chapter}]{cbot} +</pre> +<!--l. 9305--><p class="nopar" > Whereas: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212"> +\mgls[counter=chapter,all={counter=section}]{cbot} +</pre> +<!--l. 9309--><p class="nopar" > is treated as: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213"> +\mgls[all={counter=section,counter=chapter}]{cbot} +</pre> +<!--l. 9313--><p class="nopar" > which has the same effect as: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214"> +\mgls[all={counter=chapter}]{cbot} +</pre> +<!--l. 9317--><p class="nopar" > (The descriptions below reference <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>which is used internally by <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>. Replace +this with <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>etc as applicable for the variants, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglspl</span>.) + </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">setup</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The value should be a list of any options that can be passed + to <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentrysetup</span>. These options will override any + conflicting options that were supplied to <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>or + <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentrysetup</span>. Note that <span +class="cmss-10">mgls </span>can’t be used within this + value. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">all</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The value should be a list of any options that can be passed to <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. These + options will be passed to each instance of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and will override any + conflicting setting in <span +class="cmss-10">setup</span>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">main</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The value should be a list of any options that can be passed to <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. + These options will be passed to the instance of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>used for the main + label and will override any conflicting setting in <span +class="cmss-10">all</span>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">others</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The value should be a list of any options that can be passed to <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. + These options will be passed to each instance of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>used for the other + (not main) labels and will override any conflicting setting in <span +class="cmss-10">all</span>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">hyper</span> </dt><dd +class="description">a boolean option to determine whether or not to use hyperlinks (if + supported). This may cause a conflict with other options, but is essentially + provided to allow the starred version of <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls </span>to switch off all hyperlinks. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">multiunset</span> </dt><dd +class="description">This only applies to the multi-entry first use flag, described in + <a +href="#sec:mglsfirstuse"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.7</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsfirstuse">Multi-Entry First Use<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsfirstuse --></a>, not the <a + id="dx1-62001"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flags</a> of the + elements. The value may be one of: + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> + </dt><dd +class="description"><span +class="cmss-10">global </span>globally unset the flag (default); + </dd><dt class="description"> + </dt><dd +class="description"><span +class="cmss-10">local </span>locally unset the flag; + </dd><dt class="description"> + </dt><dd +class="description"><span +class="cmss-10">none </span>don’t unset the flag.</dd></dl> + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">presetlocal</span> </dt><dd +class="description">a boolean option that governs whether or not the following options + should have a local or global effect. The default is <span +class="cmss-10">presetlocal=false</span> + (global). + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">resetall</span> </dt><dd +class="description">a boolean option to determine whether or not to reset all entries in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ + <span +class="cmti-10">before </span>using <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. This option refers to the individual entry’s <a + id="dx1-62002"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> not + the multi-set flag. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">resetmain</span> </dt><dd +class="description">a boolean option to determine whether or not to reset the main entry + <span +class="cmti-10">before </span>using <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. This option refers to the individual entry’s <a + id="dx1-62003"></a>first use flag not + the multi-set flag. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">resetothers</span> </dt><dd +class="description">a boolean option to determine whether or not to reset the other (not + main) entries <span +class="cmti-10">before </span>using <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. This option refers to the individual entry’s <a + id="dx1-62004"></a>first + use flag not the multi-set flag. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">unsetall</span> </dt><dd +class="description">a boolean option to determine whether or not to unset all entries in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ + <span +class="cmti-10">before </span>using <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. This option refers to the individual entry’s <a + id="dx1-62005"></a>first use flag not + the multi-set flag. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">unsetmain</span> </dt><dd +class="description">a boolean option to determine whether or not to unset the main entry + <span +class="cmti-10">before </span>using <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. This option refers to the individual entry’s <a + id="dx1-62006"></a>first use flag not + the multi-set flag. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">unsetothers</span> </dt><dd +class="description">a boolean option to determine whether or not to unset the other (not + main) entries <span +class="cmti-10">before </span>using <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. This option refers to the individual entry’s <a + id="dx1-62007"></a>first + use flag not the multi-set flag.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 9392--><p class="noindent" >The <span +class="cmss-10">reset</span><span +class="cmss-10">… </span>options all use: +</p><!--l. 9393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-62008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementreset{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9395--><p class="noindent" > +The <span +class="cmss-10">unset</span><span +class="cmss-10">… </span>options all use: +</p><!--l. 9397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-62009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementunset{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9399--><p class="noindent" > +These take the <span +class="cmss-10">presetlocal </span>into account. +</p><!--l. 9402--><p class="indent" > An alternative way of resetting the other elements is to use: +</p><!--l. 9403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-62010"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsunsetothers{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="noindent" > +or for a local reset: +</p><!--l. 9407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-62011"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslocalunsetothers{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + + + +</p><!--l. 9409--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9411--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9411--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.11 </span> <a + id="sec:mglslike"></a>Variants of mgls</h3> +<!--l. 9414--><p class="noindent" >The commands listed in this section all behave like <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>. These (including <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span> +itself) are collectively referred to as the <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>-like commands. All commands unset +the multi-entry first use flag (unless the <span +class="cmss-10">multiunset=none </span>option is applied). Only +those commands that use the <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like commands (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>) will +unset the individual entry <a + id="dx1-63001"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. +</p><!--l. 9421--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9421--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.11.1 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsbasic"></a>gls-like</h4> +<!--l. 9424--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglspl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9426--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for each entry. +</p><!--l. 9429--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64002"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsmainpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9431--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for the main entry and <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for all the other +entries. +</p><!--l. 9435--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mgls[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9437--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>for the first entry and <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for the other entries. +</p><!--l. 9441--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGls[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9443--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>for all entries. +</p><!--l. 9446--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64005"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglspl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9448--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>for the first entry and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>for the other entries. +</p><!--l. 9452--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64006"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglsmainpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9454--><p class="noindent" > +The first entry starts with an upper case. The plural form is used for the main +entry. +</p><!--l. 9458--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGlspl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9460--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>for all entries. +</p><!--l. 9463--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGlsmainpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9465--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>for the main entry and <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>for all other entries. +</p><!--l. 9468--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGLS[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> + + + +</p><!--l. 9470--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLS </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for each entry. +</p><!--l. 9473--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64010"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGLSpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9475--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for each entry. +</p><!--l. 9478--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-64011"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGLSmainpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9480--><p class="noindent" > +This uses all caps for all entries and <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>for the main entry. +</p><!--l. 9484--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9484--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.11.2 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsabbrv"></a>Abbreviations</h4> +<!--l. 9487--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-65001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsshort[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="noindent" > +This will use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>for any entries that have the <span +class="cmss-10">short</span><a + id="dx1-65002"></a> key set and will use +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>otherwise. +</p><!--l. 9493--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-65003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslong[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9495--><p class="noindent" > +This will use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>for any entries that have the <span +class="cmss-10">long</span><a + id="dx1-65004"></a> key set and will use +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>otherwise. +</p><!--l. 9499--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-65005"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsfull[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9501--><p class="noindent" > +This will use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>for any entries that have the <span +class="cmss-10">short</span><a + id="dx1-65006"></a> key set and will use +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>otherwise. +</p><!--l. 9505--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-65007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglsshort[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9507--><p class="noindent" > +As <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsshort </span>but with an initial capital on the first entry. +</p><!--l. 9510--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-65008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglslong[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9512--><p class="noindent" > +As <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslong </span>but with an initial capital on the first entry. +</p><!--l. 9515--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-65009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglsfull[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9517--><p class="noindent" > +As <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsfull </span>but with an initial capital on the first entry. +</p><!--l. 9520--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9520--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.11.3 </span> <a + id="sec:mglsotherfields"></a>Other Fields</h4> +<!--l. 9523--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-66001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsname[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9525--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsname </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for each entry. +</p><!--l. 9528--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-66002"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGlsname[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9530--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsname </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for each entry. + + + +</p><!--l. 9533--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-66003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglsname[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9535--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsname </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for the first entry and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsname </span>for all the other +entries. +</p><!--l. 9539--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-66004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglssymbol[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9541--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol </span>if the <span +class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a + id="dx1-66005"></a> key has been set otherwise it uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for each +element. +</p><!--l. 9545--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-66006"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGlssymbol[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9547--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol </span>if the <span +class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a + id="dx1-66007"></a> key has been set otherwise it uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>for each +element. (Note that no case change is applied to the symbol as this usually isn’t +appropriate.) +</p><!--l. 9552--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-66008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglssymbol[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9554--><p class="noindent" > +As above, but <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>is only used for the first element (if it doesn’t have the <span +class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a + id="dx1-66009"></a> +key set). +</p><!--l. 9558--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-66010"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsusefield[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9560--><p class="noindent" > +Use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">field value</span>⟩⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>if the field given by: +</p><!--l. 9563--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-66011"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsfield </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9565--><p class="noindent" > +exists, otherwise use <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. By default, this is <span +class="cmtt-10">useri </span>(corresponding to the +<span +class="cmss-10">user1</span><a + id="dx1-66012"></a> key). If you redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsfield</span>, you will need to use the internal +name. +</p><!--l. 9570--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-66013"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglsusefield[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9572--><p class="noindent" > +As <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsusefield </span>but the first element starts with an initial uppercase. +</p><!--l. 9576--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-66014"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MGlsusefield[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9578--><p class="noindent" > +As <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsusefield </span>but each element starts with an initial uppercase. +</p><!--l. 9582--><p class="noindent" >You can use the pre-element hook <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementprehook </span>to locally redefine +<span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsfirst</span>. Examples: + </p><ol class="enumerate1" > + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-66016x1">if the multi-category is “sample” then use the <span +class="cmss-10">user2</span><a + id="dx1-66017"></a> field otherwise use the <span +class="cmss-10">user1</span><a + id="dx1-66018"></a> + field: + + + + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215"> + \renewcommand{\mglselementprehook}{% +   \ifdefstring{\mglscurrentcategory}{sample}% +   {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{userii}}% +   {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{useri}}% + } +</pre> + <!--l. 9593--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-66020x2">if the element’s category is “sample” then use the <span +class="cmss-10">user2</span><a + id="dx1-66021"></a> field otherwise use the + <span +class="cmss-10">user1</span><a + id="dx1-66022"></a> field: + + + + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216"> + \renewcommand{\mglselementprehook}{% +   \glsifcategory{\mglscurrentlabel}{sample}% +   {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{userii}}% +   {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{useri}}% + } +</pre> + <!--l. 9603--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-66024x3">if either the multi-entry’s category or the element’s category has the + custom attribute “mglsfield” set then use it otherwise use the <span +class="cmss-10">user1</span><a + id="dx1-66025"></a> + field: + + + + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217"> + \renewcommand{\mglselementprehook}{% +  \glshascategoryattribute{\mglscurrentcategory}{mglsfield}% +  {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{\glsgetcategoryattribute{\mglscurrentcategory}{mglsfield}}}% +  {% +    \glshasattribute{\mglscurrentlabel}{mglsfield}% +    {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{\glsgetattribute{\mglscurrentlabel}{mglsfield}}}% +    {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{useri}}% +  }% + } +</pre> + <!--l. 9618--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> +<!--l. 9621--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9621--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.11.4 </span> <a + id="sec:mpgls"></a>Support for glossaries-prefix (pgls)</h4> +<!--l. 9624--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a + id="dx1-67001"></a> package (either after <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) or with the <a +href="#styopt.prefix"><span +class="cmss-10">prefix</span></a><a + id="dx1-67002"></a> +package option, then the following commands will use one of the <span +class="cmtt-10">\pgls</span>-like +commands provided by that package. (See the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual for further +details.) +</p><!--l. 9630--><p class="indent" > If the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package hasn’t been loaded then <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(or analogous +case-changing variant) will be used instead and a warning is issued. The warning can +be removed by redefining the following to do nothing: +</p><!--l. 9634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mpglsWarning </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9636--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mpgls[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9640--><p class="noindent" > +Uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\pgls </span>for the first element and <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for the remaining elements. +</p><!--l. 9644--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67005"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mpglspl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9646--><p class="noindent" > +Uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\pglspl </span>for the first element and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>for the remaining elements. +</p><!--l. 9650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67006"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mpglsmainpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9652--><p class="noindent" > +Only uses the plural form for the main element. The first element uses the prefixing +command (<span +class="cmtt-10">\pgls </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\pglspl</span>, depending on whether the first element is the main +element). +</p><!--l. 9657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mpgls[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9659--><p class="noindent" > +Uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Pgls </span>for the first element and <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>for the remaining elements. +</p><!--l. 9663--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Mpglsmainpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> + + + +</p><!--l. 9665--><p class="noindent" > +Only uses the plural form for the main element. The first element uses the first-letter +uppercase prefixing command (<span +class="cmtt-10">\Pgls </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\Pglspl</span>, depending on whether the first +element is the main element). +</p><!--l. 9671--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGls[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9673--><p class="noindent" > +Uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Pgls </span>for the first element and <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>for the remaining elements. +</p><!--l. 9677--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67010"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGlspl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9679--><p class="noindent" > +Uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Pglspl </span>for the first element and <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>for the remaining elements. +</p><!--l. 9683--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67011"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGlsmainpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9685--><p class="noindent" > +Only uses the plural form for the main element. The first element uses the prefixing +command (<span +class="cmtt-10">\Pgls </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\Pglspl</span>, depending on whether the first element is the main +element). All elements are converted to first letter uppercase. +</p><!--l. 9691--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67012"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGLS[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9693--><p class="noindent" > +Uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\PGLS </span>for the first element and <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLS </span>for the remaining elements. +</p><!--l. 9697--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67013"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGLSpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9699--><p class="noindent" > +Uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\PGLSpl </span>for the first element and <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>for the remaining elements. +</p><!--l. 9703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-67014"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGLSmainpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9705--><p class="noindent" > +Only uses the plural form for the main element. All elements are converted to +uppercase. The first element uses the prefixing command (<span +class="cmtt-10">\PGLS </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\PGLSpl</span>, +depending on whether the first element is the main element). +</p><!--l. 9711--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9711--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.12 </span> <a + id="sec:msee"></a>Cross-References</h3> +<!--l. 9714--><p class="noindent" >Multi-entry labels may be used in the cross-referencing keys <span +class="cmss-10">see</span><a + id="dx1-68001"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a + id="dx1-68002"></a>. The +formatting command will use: +</p><!--l. 9717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-68003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsseefirstitem{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9719--><p class="noindent" > +for the first item in the list (if it’s a multi-entry) and +</p><!--l. 9721--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-68004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsseeitem{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9723--><p class="noindent" > +for any subsequent items that are multi-entries. The default definition of +<span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsseeitem </span>is: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218"> +\newcommand*{\mglsseeitem}[1]{% + \mglsname[all={noindex},setup={hyper=allmain}]{#1}% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 9730--><p class="nopar" > This switches off indexing, sets the hyperlink to encompass the entire multi-entry +content and uses the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-68005"></a> field. The default definition of <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsseefirstitem </span>is +simply <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsseeitem</span>. +</p><!--l. 9736--><p class="indent" > For example, to use the <span +class="cmss-10">short</span><a + id="dx1-68006"></a> or <span +class="cmss-10">text</span><a + id="dx1-68007"></a> fields: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219"> +\renewcommand*{\mglsseeitem}[1]{% + \mglsshort[all={noindex},setup={hyper=allmain}]{#1}% +} +</pre> +<!--l. 9741--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9743--><p class="indent" > A multi-entry label may also be used in the <span +class="cmss-10">alias</span><a + id="dx1-68008"></a> key. The hyperlink target will be +the target for the main entry. For example: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220"> +\multiglossaryentry{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\newglossaryentry{botox}{name=botox,description={},alias={cbot}} +</pre> +<!--l. 9748--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{botox}</span></span></span> will hyperlink to the <span +class="cmtt-10">botulinum </span>target. +</p><!--l. 9752--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Any multi-entries used in the cross-referencing keys must be defined before the +glossary is displayed. There is some support for <a +href="#styopt.docdef"><span +class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=true</span><a + id="dx1-68009"></a> but not for the other +<a +href="#styopt.docdef"><span +class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a + id="dx1-68010"></a> settings. </div> +</p><!--l. 9756--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9758--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9758--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.13 </span> <a + id="sec:multiextras"></a>Additional Commands</h3> +<!--l. 9761--><p class="noindent" >You can test if a label represents a multi-entry using: +</p><!--l. 9762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-69001"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifmulti{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9764--><p class="noindent" > +The following command will expand to the main entry label for the given multi-entry +label: +</p><!--l. 9767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-69002"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultimain{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9769--><p class="noindent" > +This will expand to nothing if the supplied ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">multi-label</span>⟩ hasn’t been defined as a +multi-entry. Similarly, for the complete label list: +</p><!--l. 9773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-69003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultilist{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9775--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9777--><p class="indent" > To iterate over all the list of all elements: +</p><!--l. 9778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-69004"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsforelements{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9780--><p class="noindent" > +This defines ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ to the current element label on each iteration of the loop, which can +be used to reference the label in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩. This internally uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>(patched by the <span +class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a + id="dx1-69005"></a> +package). +</p><!--l. 9786--><p class="indent" > There is a similar command that skips the main element: +</p><!--l. 9787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-69006"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsforotherelements{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9789--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9791--><p class="indent" > The total number of elements can be obtained with: +</p><!--l. 9792--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-69007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultitotalelements{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9794--><p class="noindent" > +This expands to the number, if ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">multi-label</span>⟩ is defined, otherwise expands to +nothing. + + + +</p><!--l. 9798--><p class="indent" > The index of the main element can be obtained with: +</p><!--l. 9799--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-69008"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultimainindex{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9801--><p class="noindent" > +This expands to the index, if ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">multi-label</span>⟩ is defined, otherwise expands to nothing. +Indexing starts from 1 for the first element. The index of the final non-main element +can be obtained with: +</p><!--l. 9806--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-69009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultilastotherindex{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9808--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9810--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>command will write the label information to the <span +class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a + id="dx1-69010"></a> +file using: +</p><!--l. 9812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-69011"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\writemultiglossentry{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">main-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9814--><p class="noindent" > +This is will write the following line to the <span +class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a + id="dx1-69012"></a> file: +</p><!--l. 9817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtr@multientry{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">multi-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">main-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9818--><p class="noindent" > +This is provided to support <a +href="#styopt.docdef"><span +class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=true</span><a + id="dx1-69013"></a> and also for the benefit of any tools that +require the information (such as <a + id="dx1-69014"></a><a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> or autocompletion tools). If it’s +not required and causes too much clutter, it can be disabled by redefining +<span +class="cmtt-10">\writemultiglossentry </span>to do nothing. +</p><!--l. 9825--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9825--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.14 </span> <a + id="sec:mbib2gls"></a>bib2gls</h3> +<!--l. 9828--><p class="noindent" >In the <a + id="dx1-70001"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v2.9+ user manual, these multi-entry sets are referred to as +“compound entries” or “compound sets” to differentiate them from <a + id="dx1-70002"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s +multi-entry types (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">@dualentry</span>). +</p><!--l. 9833--><p class="indent" > Each instance of one of the <span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span>-like commands is written to the <span +class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a + id="dx1-70003"></a> file and so +can be picked up by <a + id="dx1-70004"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(at least version 2.9). The resource options can be used +to determine whether or not to consider the other (non-main) elements to be +dependent on the main element. +</p><!--l. 9839--><p class="indent" > With <a + id="dx1-70005"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>, you can either define the compound entries in the document with +<span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry </span>(or <span +class="cmtt-10">\providemultiglossaryentry</span>) or you can use the +<span +class="cmtt-10">@compoundset </span>entry type in a <span +class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a + id="dx1-70006"></a> file. Whichever method you use, remember that +the entries that form the elements of the set must be defined first. See the <a + id="dx1-70007"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span> +manual (v2.9+) for further details. +</p><!--l. 9846--><p class="indent" > You can use the resource option <span +class="cmss-10">compound-adjust-name </span>to replace the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-70008"></a> field +of the main entry to: +</p><!--l. 9848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustedname{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">sublist1</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">sublist2</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9850--><p class="noindent" > +where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label identifying the compound set, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ was the value of the + + + +<span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-70010"></a> before adjustment, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">sublist1</span>⟩ is the sub-list of other element labels before the +main element (empty if the main element is the first element in the list), and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">sublist2</span>⟩ +is the sub-list of other elements after the main element (empty if the main label is the +final element). +</p><!--l. 9859--><p class="indent" > This command is defined in <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-70011"></a>, which is automatically loaded +with <a +href="#styopt.record"><span +class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=only</span><a + id="dx1-70012"></a> and <a +href="#styopt.record"><span +class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a + id="dx1-70013"></a>. Case-changing versions of this command are +also available. First letter uppercase: +</p><!--l. 9863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70014"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrmultientryadjustedname{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">sublist1</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">sublist2</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9865--><p class="noindent" > +Title case: +</p><!--l. 9867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70015"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrmultientryadjustedname{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">sublist1</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">sublist2</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9869--><p class="noindent" > +All uppercase: +</p><!--l. 9871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70016"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrmultientryadjustedname{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">sublist1</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">sublist2</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9873--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9875--><p class="indent" > Note that this command doesn’t take the prefix or suffix into account (see +<a +href="#sec:mglsfixes"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.3</span> </a><a +href="#sec:mglsfixes">Prefixes and Suffixes<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:mglsfixes --></a>). +</p><!--l. 9878--><p class="indent" > The separator between each element in the sub-lists is produced with: +</p><!--l. 9880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70017"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">pre label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">post label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9882--><p class="noindent" > +The default definition just uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedfirstsepfirst</span>. +</p><!--l. 9885--><p class="indent" > The separator between the last element of ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">sublist1</span>⟩ and the main element is +produced with: +</p><!--l. 9887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70018"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">pre label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">post label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9889--><p class="noindent" > +Similarly for the separator between the main element and the first element of +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">sublist2</span>⟩: +</p><!--l. 9892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70019"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">pre label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">post label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9894--><p class="noindent" > +These both default to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep</span>. +</p><!--l. 9897--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is encapsulated with: +</p><!--l. 9898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70020"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9900--><p class="noindent" > +This just does its argument by default. If ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">sublist1</span>⟩ is empty for the first letter upper +case version, then ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is encapsulated with: +</p><!--l. 9904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70021"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9906--><p class="noindent" > +This does <span +class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a + id="dx1-70022"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. For the title case version, the name is +encapsulated with: +</p><!--l. 9909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70023"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + + + +</p><!--l. 9911--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscapitalisewords </span>(provided by <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.48+) if defined or +<span +class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords </span>otherwise. The all uppercase version uses: +</p><!--l. 9915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70024"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9917--><p class="noindent" > +This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\mfirstucMakeUppercase </span>by default. +</p><!--l. 9920--><p class="indent" > Each element label in the sub-lists is encapsulated with: +</p><!--l. 9921--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70025"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9923--><p class="noindent" > +This does <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. For the first letter uppercase +version (where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">sublist1</span>⟩ isn’t empty), then the element label is encapsulated +with: +</p><!--l. 9928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70026"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9930--><p class="noindent" > +This does <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. The title case version uses: +</p><!--l. 9933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70027"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9935--><p class="noindent" > +This does <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase</span><a + id="dx1-70028"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{name}</span></span></span> by default. The all uppercase version +uses: +</p><!--l. 9939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-70029"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9941--><p class="noindent" > +This is defined as: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221"> +\newcommand*{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother}[1]{% + \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#1}}} +</pre> +<!--l. 9946--><p class="nopar" > + + + +</p> +<!--l. 9948--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 9948--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2> -</p><!--l. 7522--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span +</p><!--l. 9951--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-38001"></a> (or commands that internally use it + id="dx1-71001"></a> (or commands that internally use it such as <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-38002"></a>) is assigned a category through the <span + id="dx1-71002"></a>) is assigned a category through the <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-38003"></a> key. You may + id="dx1-71003"></a> key. You may add any category that you like, but since the category is a label used in the creation of some control sequences, avoid problematic characters within the category label. (So take care if you have <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-38004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters + id="dx1-71004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters active.) -</p><!--l. 7531--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed +</p><!--l. 9960--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary type. Be careful not to confuse <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-38005"></a> with <span + id="dx1-71005"></a> with <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-38006"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7536--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span + id="dx1-71006"></a>. +</p><!--l. 9965--><p class="indent" > For multi-entry categories, see <a +href="#sec:multiglscategory"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span +class="cmbx-10">6.8</span> </a><a +href="#sec:multiglscategory">Multi-Entry Category<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiglscategory --></a>. +</p><!--l. 9967--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-38007"></a>. + id="dx1-71007"></a>. Abbreviations defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>have the category set to <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-38008"></a> + id="dx1-71008"></a> by default. Abbreviations defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>have the category set to <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-38009"></a> by default. -</p><!--l. 7543--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span + id="dx1-71009"></a> by default. +</p><!--l. 9974--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a - id="dx1-38010"></a> with the <a + id="dx1-71010"></a> with the <a href="#styopt.index"><span class="cmss-10">index</span></a><a - id="dx1-38011"></a> package option + id="dx1-71011"></a> package option that command will set the category to <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-38012"></a> by default. If you have enabled + id="dx1-71012"></a> by default. If you have enabled <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a - id="dx1-38013"></a> with the <a + id="dx1-71013"></a> with the <a href="#styopt.symbols"><span class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a - id="dx1-38014"></a> package option, that command will set the + id="dx1-71014"></a> package option, that command will set the category to <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-38015"></a>. If you have enabled <span + id="dx1-71015"></a>. If you have enabled <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a - id="dx1-38016"></a> with the <a + id="dx1-71016"></a> with the <a href="#styopt.numbers"><span class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a - id="dx1-38017"></a> package + id="dx1-71017"></a> package option, that command will set the category to <span class="cmss-10">number</span><a - id="dx1-38018"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7551--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 7552--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38019"></a> <span + id="dx1-71018"></a>. +</p><!--l. 9982--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using +</p><!--l. 9983--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7554--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9985--><p class="noindent" > This is equivalent to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist. -</p><!--l. 7559--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 7560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9990--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using +</p><!--l. 9991--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -15091,12 +19041,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7563--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9994--><p class="noindent" > This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span><a - id="dx1-38021"></a><span + id="dx1-71021"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span><span @@ -15117,42 +19067,40 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> so any restrictions that apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>. -<!--l. 7572--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span +<!--l. 10003--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-38022"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71022"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-38023"></a> + id="dx1-71023"></a> categories have the attribute <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-38024"></a> set to “true” to indicate that all entries with + id="dx1-71024"></a> set to “true” to indicate that all entries with either of those categories are regular entries (as opposed to abbreviations). This attribute is accessed by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>to determine whether to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>. -</p><!--l. 7580--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span +</p><!--l. 10011--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7584--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.nohyperfirst"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nohyperfirst</span><a - id="dx1-38025"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7584--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span + id="dx1-71025"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">When using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-38026"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink - on <a - id="dx1-38027"></a><a + id="dx1-71026"></a> this will automatically suppress the + hyperlink on <a + id="dx1-71027"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-38028"></a> + id="dx1-71028"></a> key on or off in the optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.) As from version 1.07, <span @@ -15160,7 +19108,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst </span>and their plural versions (which should ideally behave in a similar way to the <a - id="dx1-38029"></a>first use of + id="dx1-71029"></a>first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>) now honour this attribute (but not the package-wide @@ -15168,157 +19116,142 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>) now honour this attribute (but not the package-wi href="#styopt.hyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-38030"></a> option, which matches the behaviour of <span + id="dx1-71030"></a> option, which matches the behaviour of <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-38031"></a>). If you want + id="dx1-71031"></a>). If you want commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>to ignore the <a href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-38032"></a> attribute then just + id="dx1-71032"></a> attribute then just redefine - </p><!--l. 7597--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38033"></a> <span + <!--l. 10028--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7599--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 10030--><p class="noindent" > to do nothing. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7602--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.nohyper"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nohyper</span><a - id="dx1-38034"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7602--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span + id="dx1-71034"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">When using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-38035"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink - for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This settings - can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span + id="dx1-71035"></a> this will automatically suppress the + hyperlink for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This + settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-38036"></a> key on or off in the optional - argument of commands like <span + id="dx1-71036"></a> key on or off in the + optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7609--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.indexonlyfirst"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a - id="dx1-38037"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7609--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the <a + id="dx1-71037"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is similar to the <a href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-38038"></a> package option but only for entries that have - a category with this attribute set to “true”. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7613--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-71038"></a> package option but only for entries + that have a category with this attribute set to “true”. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.wrgloss"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a - id="dx1-38039"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7613--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span + id="dx1-71039"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">When using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-38040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will + id="dx1-71040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will automatically implement <span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a - id="dx1-38041"></a><span + id="dx1-71041"></a><span class="cmss-10">=after</span>. (New to v1.14.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.discardperiod"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">discardperiod</span><a - id="dx1-38042"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" >If set to “true”, the post-<a - id="dx1-38043"></a><a -href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a full stop (period) that - follows <span + id="dx1-71042"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If set to “true”, the post-<a + id="dx1-71043"></a><a +href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a full stop + (period) that follows <span class="cmti-10">non-plural </span>commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. (Provided for entries such - as abbreviations that end with a full stop.) This attribute is only applicable to - entries defined using <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. (Provided + for entries such as abbreviations that end with a full stop.) This attribute is + only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using - <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if + it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility fields. - - - - </p><!--l. 7626--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a + <!--l. 10057--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a full stop. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222"> \newabbreviation  [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]  {dante}{DANTE e.V.}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V.} </pre> - <!--l. 7633--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span + <!--l. 10064--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-38044"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71044"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-38045"></a> fields end with a full stop, but the <span + id="dx1-71045"></a> fields end with a full stop, but the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-38046"></a> field doesn’t. + id="dx1-71046"></a> field doesn’t. The simplest solution in this situation is to put the sentence terminator in the final optional argument. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223"> \glsuseri{dante}[.] </pre> - <!--l. 7640--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a - id="dx1-38047"></a><a + <!--l. 10071--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a + id="dx1-71047"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be discarded. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7644--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span><a - id="dx1-38048"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7644--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” <span + id="dx1-71048"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” <span class="cmti-10">and </span>the <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a - id="dx1-38049"></a> attribute is set to “true”, - this will behave as above for the plural commands like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsplural</span>. - This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or + id="dx1-71049"></a> attribute is + set to “true”, this will behave as above for the plural commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or + <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsplural</span>. This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7651--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span><a - id="dx1-38050"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7651--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be discarded - for <a - id="dx1-38051"></a><a + id="dx1-71050"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be + discarded for <a + id="dx1-71051"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> instances, even if <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a - id="dx1-38052"></a> or <a + id="dx1-71052"></a> or <a href="#catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span></a><a - id="dx1-38053"></a> are + id="dx1-71053"></a> are set. This is useful for ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) abbreviation styles where only the @@ -15329,54 +19262,52 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility fields. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7661--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.markwords"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">markwords</span><a - id="dx1-38054"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7661--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span + id="dx1-71054"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-38055"></a> will - automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with - </p><!--l. 7664--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38056"></a> <span + id="dx1-71055"></a> + will automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with + <!--l. 10095--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7666--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 10097--><p class="noindent" > and each word is encapsulated with - </p><!--l. 7668--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38057"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 10099--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">word</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7670--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 10101--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224"> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true} \newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol} </pre> - <!--l. 7675--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as + <!--l. 10106--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225"> \newabbreviation{ip}{IP} {\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}} </pre> - <!--l. 7680--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a + <!--l. 10111--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-38058"></a>, take advantage of this + id="dx1-71058"></a>, take advantage of this markup. If the inserted material (provided in the final argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-38059"></a>) starts with a hyphen then <span + id="dx1-71059"></a>) starts with a hyphen then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally redefined to a hyphen. (The default value is a space). Note that this only applies to commands like <span @@ -15387,118 +19318,112 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. You can provide your own </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226"> \newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%  {\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}} </pre> - <!--l. 7692--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 7694--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to + <!--l. 10123--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 10125--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </p><!--l. 7698--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span + </p><!--l. 10129--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup ending up in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-38060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> - </p><!--l. 7702--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-71060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> + </p><!--l. 10133--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7704--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">markshortwords</span><a - id="dx1-38061"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7704--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to <a + id="dx1-71061"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is similar to <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-38062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only useful for - abbreviations that contain spaces.) This attribute is only applicable to - entries defined using <span + id="dx1-71062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only + useful for abbreviations that contain spaces.) This attribute is only applicable + to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </p><!--l. 7710--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span + <!--l. 10141--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-38063"></a> key isn’t used. + id="dx1-71063"></a> key isn’t used. This setting will take precedence over <a href="#catattr.insertdots"><span class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a - id="dx1-38064"></a>. - </p><!--l. 7714--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span + id="dx1-71064"></a>. + </p><!--l. 10145--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup ending up in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-38065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> - </p><!--l. 7718--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-71065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> + </p><!--l. 10149--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7720--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">insertdots</span><a - id="dx1-38066"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7720--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span + id="dx1-71066"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-38067"></a> will - automatically have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry will - be defined with those dots present as though they had been present in the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ - argument of <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(rather than inserting them every time the - entry is used). The short plural form defaults to the new dotted version of the - original ⟨<span + id="dx1-71067"></a> + will automatically have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry + will be defined with those dots present as though they had been present in the + ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(rather than inserting them every time + the entry is used). The short plural form defaults to the new dotted version of + the original ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ form with the plural suffix appended. <span class="cmti-10">This setting is</span> <span class="cmti-10">incompatible with </span><a href="#catattr.markshortwords"><span class="cmssi-10">markshortwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-38068"></a><span + id="dx1-71068"></a><span class="cmti-10">. </span>This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - - - - </p><!--l. 7732--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span + <!--l. 10163--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-38069"></a> key, you must + id="dx1-71069"></a> key, you must explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot). </div> - </p><!--l. 7738--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 7740--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a + </p><!--l. 10169--><p class="noindent" > + + + + </p><!--l. 10171--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a - id="dx1-38070"></a> attribute set to “true”. + id="dx1-71070"></a> attribute set to “true”. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7743--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.aposplural"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">aposplural</span><a - id="dx1-38071"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7743--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, <span + id="dx1-71071"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-38072"></a> will insert an + id="dx1-71072"></a> will insert an apostrophe (’) before the plural suffix for the <span class="cmti-10">short </span>plural form (unless explicitly overridden with the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-38073"></a> key). The long plural form is + id="dx1-71073"></a> key). The long plural form is unaffected by this setting. This setting overrides <a href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38074"></a>. This + id="dx1-71074"></a>. This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span @@ -15506,78 +19431,67 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) Check with your supervisor, publisher or editor if you want to use this attribute as this usage is controversial. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7755--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.noshortplural"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">noshortplural</span><a - id="dx1-38075"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7755--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, <span + id="dx1-71075"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-38076"></a> won’t append + id="dx1-71076"></a> won’t append the plural suffix for the short plural form. This means the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-38077"></a> and + id="dx1-71077"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-38078"></a> values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span + id="dx1-71078"></a> values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span class="cmti-10">This setting</span> <span class="cmti-10">is incompatible with </span><a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmssi-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38079"></a><span + id="dx1-71079"></a><span class="cmti-10">. </span>This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7763--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.headuc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">headuc</span><a - id="dx1-38080"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7763--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span + id="dx1-71080"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span><a - id="dx1-38081"></a> will use the + id="dx1-71081"></a> will use the upper case version in the page headers. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7767--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.tagging"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">tagging</span><a - id="dx1-38082"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7767--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by + id="dx1-71082"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><a - id="dx1-38083"></a> will be activated to use <span + id="dx1-71083"></a> will be activated to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont</span><a - id="dx1-38084"></a> in + id="dx1-71084"></a> in the glossary (see <a href="#sec:tagging"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">4.1</span> </a><a href="#sec:tagging">Tagging Initials<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:tagging --></a>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 7772--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.entrycount"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">entrycount</span><a - id="dx1-38085"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7772--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must be an - integer value and is used in combination with <span + id="dx1-71085"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must + be an integer value and is used in combination with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a - id="dx1-38086"></a> (see - <a + id="dx1-71086"></a> + (see <a href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.5</span> </a><a @@ -15585,11 +19499,11 @@ href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entry undefined for categories that shouldn’t have this facility enabled. The value of this attribute is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><a - id="dx1-38087"></a> to determine how commands + id="dx1-71087"></a> to determine how commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-38088"></a> should behave. - </p><!--l. 7780--><p class="noindent" >With <span + id="dx1-71088"></a> should behave. + <!--l. 10211--><p class="noindent" >With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous @@ -15598,64 +19512,59 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>the test is now for entries that have the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-38089"></a> attribute set and where the previous + id="dx1-71089"></a> attribute set and where the previous usage count for that entry is less than or equal to the value of that attribute. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7787--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.linkcount"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">linkcount</span><a - id="dx1-38090"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7787--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is set to <span + id="dx1-71090"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This attribute is set to <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>by <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a - id="dx1-38091"></a> (see + id="dx1-71091"></a> (see <a href="#sec:linkcount"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">7.2</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">8.2</span> </a><a href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7791--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.linkcountmaster"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">linkcountmaster</span><a - id="dx1-38092"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7791--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by + id="dx1-71092"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by + + + <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a - id="dx1-38093"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see + id="dx1-71093"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see <a href="#sec:linkcount"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">7.2</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">8.2</span> </a><a href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7796--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.glossdesc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">glossdesc</span><a - id="dx1-38094"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7796--><p class="noindent" >The <span + id="dx1-71094"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a - id="dx1-38095"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is + id="dx1-71095"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is modified by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check for this attribute. The attribute may have - one of the following values: </p> + one of the following values: <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 7801--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">firstuc</span>: the first letter of the description will be converted to upper case (using <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><a - id="dx1-38096"></a>). - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 7804--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-71096"></a>). + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">title</span>: the description will be used in the argument of the title casing command. If you have at least <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.48, the title @@ -15663,33 +19572,30 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.48, the title class="cmtt-10">\glscapitalisewords</span>, which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords</span><a - id="dx1-38097"></a> (provided by <span + id="dx1-71097"></a> (provided by <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-38098"></a>). You can either - - - + id="dx1-71098"></a>). You can either redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glscapitalisewords </span>if you want the change to also affect <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase</span><a - id="dx1-38099"></a> or if you only want the change to apply to the + id="dx1-71099"></a> or if you only want the change to apply to the attribute case-changing then redefine: - </p><!--l. 7812--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38100"></a> <span + <!--l. 10243--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71100"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7814--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 10245--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}} </pre> - <!--l. 7818--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span + <!--l. 10249--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why <span @@ -15697,187 +19603,165 @@ class="cmtt-10">\xcapitalisefmtwords </span>is needed instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.) </p> </li></ul> - <!--l. 7825--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design + <!--l. 10256--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands. See the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-38101"></a> user manual for further details. + id="dx1-71101"></a> user manual for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7830--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.glossdescfont"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">glossdescfont</span><a - id="dx1-38102"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7830--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span + id="dx1-71102"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified + <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a - id="dx1-38103"></a> - command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the name of a control - sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one argument. This control - sequence will be applied to the description text. For example: + id="dx1-71103"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the + name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one + argument. This control sequence will be applied to the description text. For + example: -</p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph} </pre> - <!--l. 7838--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 10269--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7841--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.glossname"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">glossname</span><a - id="dx1-38104"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7841--><p class="noindent" >As <a + id="dx1-71104"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">As <a href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a - id="dx1-38105"></a> but applies to <span + id="dx1-71105"></a> but applies to <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-38106"></a>. Additionally, if this attribute is - set to “uc” the name is converted to all capitals. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7845--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-71106"></a>. Additionally, if this + attribute is set to “uc” the name is converted to all capitals. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.indexname"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">indexname</span><a - id="dx1-38107"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7845--><p class="noindent" >If set, the <span + id="dx1-71107"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If set, the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>hook used at the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-38108"></a> + id="dx1-71108"></a> will index the entry using <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-38109"></a>. See <a + id="dx1-71109"></a>. See <a href="#sec:autoindex"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">8</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7850--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.glossnamefont"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">glossnamefont</span><a - id="dx1-38110"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7850--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span + id="dx1-71110"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified + <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-38111"></a> - command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the name of a control - sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one argument. This control - sequence will be applied to the name text. For example: + id="dx1-71111"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the + name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one + argument. This control sequence will be applied to the name text. For + example: -</p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph} </pre> - <!--l. 7858--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span + <!--l. 10289--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute hasn’t been set. - </p><!--l. 7862--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change, + </p><!--l. 10293--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change, such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7866--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.glosssymbolfont"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">glosssymbolfont</span><a - id="dx1-38112"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7866--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.42.) This is similar to <a + id="dx1-71112"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to version 1.42.) This is similar to <a href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a - id="dx1-38113"></a> and <a + id="dx1-71113"></a> and + <a href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a - id="dx1-38114"></a> but is - used by <span + id="dx1-71114"></a> but is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a - id="dx1-38115"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7870--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-71115"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.textformat"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a - id="dx1-38116"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7870--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span + id="dx1-71116"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>have the link text - encapsulated in the argument of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>by default. If this attribute is - set, the control sequence given by the attribute value will be used instead. As - with the above, the attribute value should be the name (without the leading - backslash) of a command that takes a single argument (the link text). - Remember that the abbreviation styles may apply an additional font +class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>have the link + text encapsulated in the argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>by default. If this + attribute is set, the control sequence given by the attribute value will be used + instead. As with the above, the attribute value should be the name (without + the leading backslash) of a command that takes a single argument (the link + text). Remember that the abbreviation styles may apply an additional font change. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7879--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.hyperoutside"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a - id="dx1-38117"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7879--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span + id="dx1-71117"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span class="cmtt-10">false</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">true </span>or unset. If unset, - <span +class="cmtt-10">true </span>or unset. If + unset, <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. This indicates the default setting of the <span class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span><a - id="dx1-38118"></a> key, - described in <a + id="dx1-71118"></a> + key, described in <a href="#sec:wrglossary"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.2</span> </a><a href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7885--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.dualindex"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">dualindex</span><a - id="dx1-38119"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7885--><p class="noindent" >If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external + id="dx1-71119"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external glossary file through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-38120"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71120"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a - id="dx1-38121"></a>, a corresponding line + id="dx1-71121"></a>, a corresponding line will be written to the indexing file using <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-38122"></a>. See <a + id="dx1-71122"></a>. See <a href="#sec:autoindex"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">8</span> +class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details. - - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7891--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.targeturl"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">targeturl</span><a - id="dx1-38123"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7891--><p class="noindent" >If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the URL - provided by this attributes value. For example: + id="dx1-71123"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the + URL provided by this attributes value. For example: -</p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf} </pre> - <!--l. 7896--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span + <!--l. 10327--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -15885,79 +19769,79 @@ class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span>) remember that the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package provides commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar</span><a - id="dx1-38124"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71124"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that expand to literal characters. - </p><!--l. 7904--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding + </p><!--l. 10335--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding <span class="cmtt-10">#</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ to the URL), then you also need to set <a href="#catattr.targetname"><span class="cmss-10">targetname</span></a><a - id="dx1-38125"></a> to the anchor ⟨<span + id="dx1-71125"></a> to the anchor ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. You may use <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ which is set by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to the entry’s label. - </p><!--l. 7910--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span + </p><!--l. 10341--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span> which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want entries to link to glossaries in the URL given by <a href="#catattr.targeturl"><span class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a - id="dx1-38126"></a>, you can just + id="dx1-71126"></a>, you can just do: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel} </pre> - <!--l. 7917--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span + <!--l. 10348--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust the above as appropriate.) - </p><!--l. 7921--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 10352--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩ then use <a href="#catattr.targetname"><span class="cmss-10">targetname</span></a><a - id="dx1-38127"></a> for the ⟨<span + id="dx1-71127"></a> for the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩ part and <a href="#catattr.targetcategory"><span class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a - id="dx1-38128"></a> for the ⟨<span + id="dx1-71128"></a> for the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩ part. - </p><!--l. 7925--><p class="noindent" >For example: + </p><!--l. 10356--><p class="noindent" >For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf} \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page} \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7} </pre> - <!--l. 7930--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span + <!--l. 10361--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span> (page 7 of that PDF). - </p><!--l. 7934--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal + </p><!--l. 10365--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a - id="dx1-38129"></a> for the external list. For + id="dx1-71129"></a> for the external list. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233"> \newignoredglossary*{external} \glssetcategoryattribute{external}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf} \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel} @@ -15967,66 +19851,63 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a   category=external,   description={external example}} </pre> - <!--l. 7950--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 10381--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7952--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.externallocation"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">externallocation</span><a - id="dx1-38130"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7952--><p class="noindent" >The value should be the file name of the target document when manually - indexing an external location (see <a + id="dx1-71130"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The value should be the file name of the target document when + manually indexing an external location (see <a href="#sec:wrglossary"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.2</span> </a><a -href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>). In - general, it’s better to use <a - id="dx1-38131"></a><a +href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>). + In general, it’s better to use <a + id="dx1-71131"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.7+ which can handle multiple external sources and doesn’t require this attribute. -</p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 7960--><p class="indent" > If a term is defined using <span +<!--l. 10391--><p class="indent" > If a term is defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-38132"></a> and accessibility support has been + id="dx1-71132"></a> and accessibility support has been supplied via the <a href="#styopt.accsupp"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a - id="dx1-38133"></a> package option then the following attributes are also + id="dx1-71133"></a> package option then the following attributes are also available. If <span class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38134"></a> isn’t set its value will be obtained from: -</p><!--l. 7964--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38135"></a> <span + id="dx1-71134"></a> isn’t set its value will be obtained from: +</p><!--l. 10395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71135"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaultshortaccess{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10397--><p class="noindent" > This is defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-38136"></a> to just do ⟨<span + id="dx1-71136"></a> to just do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ but <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-38137"></a> redefines it to + id="dx1-71137"></a> redefines it to do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The <a href="#catattr.accessinsertdots"><span class="cmss-10">accessinsertdots</span></a><a - id="dx1-38138"></a>, <a + id="dx1-71138"></a>, <a href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38139"></a> and <a + id="dx1-71139"></a> and <a href="#catattr.accessnoshortplural"><span class="cmss-10">accessnoshortplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38140"></a> + id="dx1-71140"></a> attributes below refer to the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ form that’s passed to this command. -</p><!--l. 7974--><p class="indent" > The following attributes are only applicable to entries defined using +</p><!--l. 10405--><p class="indent" > The following attributes are only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span @@ -16034,152 +19915,171 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>). They have no effect if the <a href="#styopt.accsupp"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a - id="dx1-38141"></a> package option hasn’t been used. + id="dx1-71141"></a> package option hasn’t been used. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7980--><p class="noindent" > <a id="catattr.accessinsertdots"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">accessinsertdots</span><a - id="dx1-38142"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7980--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span + id="dx1-71142"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-38143"></a> package has - been loaded (with the <a + id="dx1-71143"></a> + package has been loaded (with the <a href="#styopt.accsupp"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a - id="dx1-38144"></a> option), then this behaves like <a + id="dx1-71144"></a> option), then this behaves + like <a href="#catattr.insertdots"><span class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a - id="dx1-38145"></a> - but for the ⟨<span + id="dx1-71145"></a> but for the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ part used in the <span class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38146"></a> field instead of the <span + id="dx1-71146"></a> field instead + of the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-38147"></a> - - - - field. This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span + id="dx1-71147"></a> field. This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of + the <span class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38148"></a> - key in the optional argument of <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span + id="dx1-71148"></a> key in the optional argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or + <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 7989--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.accessaposplural"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">accessaposplural</span><a - id="dx1-38149"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 7989--><p class="noindent" >This boolean attribute overrides <a + id="dx1-71149"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This boolean attribute overrides <a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38150"></a> for the <span + id="dx1-71150"></a> for + + + + the <span class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38151"></a> key. - Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support or if the <span + id="dx1-71151"></a> key. Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support + or if the <span class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38152"></a> key - hasn’t been set or if the <span + id="dx1-71152"></a> key hasn’t been set or if the <span class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38153"></a> key is explicitly set. If the - <a + id="dx1-71153"></a> key + is explicitly set. If the <a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38154"></a> is set and this attribute isn’t set and the <span + id="dx1-71154"></a> is set and this attribute isn’t set and + the <span class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38155"></a> key is set, - then the <a + id="dx1-71155"></a> key is set, then the <a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38156"></a> setting governs the default <span + id="dx1-71156"></a> setting governs the default + <span class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38157"></a> setting. - If you want <a + id="dx1-71157"></a> setting. If you want <a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38158"></a> but don’t want it applied to the accessibility - support, set the <a + id="dx1-71158"></a> but don’t want it applied to + the accessibility support, set the <a href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38159"></a> attribute to “false”. This attribute is only - applicable to entries defined using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if - it’s using <span + id="dx1-71159"></a> attribute to “false”. This + attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or + <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.accessnoshortplural"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">accessnoshortplural</span><a - id="dx1-38160"></a> </p></dt><dd + id="dx1-71160"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" >This boolean attribute overrides <a + This boolean attribute overrides <a href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38161"></a> for the <span + id="dx1-71161"></a> for the <span class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38162"></a> key. + id="dx1-71162"></a> key. The same conditions apply as for <a href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-38163"></a>. This attribute is only + id="dx1-71163"></a>. This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 8009--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.nameshortaccess"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nameshortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38164"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 8009--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span + id="dx1-71164"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span class="cmss-10">access</span><a - id="dx1-38165"></a> field (used for the <span + id="dx1-71165"></a> field (used for + the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-38166"></a> field’s - accessibility support) automatically assigned if it’s not provided. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 8014--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-71166"></a> field’s accessibility support) automatically assigned if it’s not + provided. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.textshortaccess"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">textshortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38167"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 8014--><p class="noindent" >Like <span + id="dx1-71167"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <span class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38168"></a> but applies to the <span + id="dx1-71168"></a> but applies to the <span class="cmss-10">textaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38169"></a> field automatically - assigned if it’s not provided. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 8018--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-71169"></a> field + automatically assigned if it’s not provided. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.firstshortaccess"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">firstshortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38170"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 8018--><p class="noindent" >Like <span + id="dx1-71170"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <span class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38171"></a> but applies to the <span + id="dx1-71171"></a> but applies to the <span class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span><a - id="dx1-38172"></a> field automatically - assigned if it’s not provided. -</p> + id="dx1-71172"></a> field + automatically assigned if it’s not provided. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.combinedfirstsep"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">combinedfirstsep</span><a + id="dx1-71173"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The separator to use for <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinefirstsep</span><a + id="dx1-71174"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.combinedfirstsepfirst"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">combinedfirstsepfirst</span><a + id="dx1-71175"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The separator to use for <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedfirstsepfirst</span><a + id="dx1-71176"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.combinedsepfirst"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">combinedsepfirst</span><a + id="dx1-71177"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The separator to use for <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinesepfirst</span><a + id="dx1-71178"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.combinedsep"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">combinedsep</span><a + id="dx1-71179"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The separator to use for <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedsep</span><a + id="dx1-71180"></a>. </dd></dl> - - - -<!--l. 8024--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using: -</p><!--l. 8025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38173"></a> <span +<!--l. 10467--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using: +</p><!--l. 10468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71181"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16188,26 +20088,76 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8027--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10470--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ is the category label, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is the attribute label and -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the new value for the attribute. -</p><!--l. 8032--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a +class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is the attribute label +and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the new value for the attribute. <span +class="cmti-10">This will be localised to the</span> + + + +<span +class="cmti-10">current scope. </span>If you want a global definition use the following command +instead. +</p><!--l. 10477--><p class="indent" > If you want to apply the same attribute to multiple categories then use: +</p><!--l. 10479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71182"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoriesattribute{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category-label list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +<span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10481--><p class="noindent" > +<span +class="cmti-10">This has a global effect.</span> +</p><!--l. 10484--><p class="indent" > If you also want to set multiple attributes to the same value, then you can +use: +</p><!--l. 10486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71183"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoriesattributes{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category-label list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span> +<span +class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10488--><p class="noindent" > +<span +class="cmti-10">This has a global effect.</span> +</p><!--l. 10491--><p class="indent" > For example: + + + +</p> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234"> +\newcommand{\latinname}[1]{\emph{#1}} +\glssetcategoriesattributes{genus,species}{textformat,glossnamefont}{latinname} +</pre> +<!--l. 10495--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10497--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-38174"></a> attribute to “true”: -</p><!--l. 8034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38175"></a> <span + id="dx1-71184"></a> attribute to “true”: +</p><!--l. 10499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71185"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8036--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8038--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the +</p><!--l. 10501--><p class="noindent" > +This internally uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>so it has a local effect. +</p><!--l. 10505--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the shortcut command: -</p><!--l. 8040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38176"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71186"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16215,45 +20165,45 @@ class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8042--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10509--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category. -</p><!--l. 8047--><p class="indent" > The above use local assignments so they can be placed inside a group to limit +</p><!--l. 10514--><p class="indent" > The above use local assignments so they can be placed inside a group to limit their definition. As from v1.47, the value can be unset using: -</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38177"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71187"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8051--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8053--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using: -</p><!--l. 8055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38178"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10518--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10520--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using: +</p><!--l. 10522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71188"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8057--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10524--><p class="noindent" > Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given entry: -</p><!--l. 8060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38179"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71189"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8062--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8064--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using: -</p><!--l. 8066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38180"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10529--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10531--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using: +</p><!--l. 10533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71190"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16265,17 +20215,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8069--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10536--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-38181"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-71191"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\ifcsvoid </span>and does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true code</span>⟩ if the attribute has been set and isn’t blank and isn’t <span class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from an entry is: -</p><!--l. 8074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38182"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71192"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshasattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16287,10 +20237,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">false</span> <span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8077--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8079--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using: -</p><!--l. 8081--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38183"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10544--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10546--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using: + + + +</p><!--l. 10548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71193"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16304,10 +20257,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - - -</p><!--l. 8083--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10550--><p class="noindent" > This tests if the attribute (given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩) for the category (given by ⟨<span @@ -16317,33 +20267,33 @@ class="cmti-10">true-part</span>⟩ is done. If the attribute isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is done. -</p><!--l. 8090--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 10557--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235"> \glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO HYPER}{HYPER} </pre> -<!--l. 8093--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span +<!--l. 10560--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-38184"></a> category has the <a + id="dx1-71194"></a> category has the <a href="#catattr.nohyper"><span class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a - id="dx1-38185"></a> attribute set to + id="dx1-71195"></a> attribute set to <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”. -</p><!--l. 8098--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a +</p><!--l. 10565--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a href="#catattr.nohyper"><span class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a - id="dx1-38186"></a>, make sure you always test for <span + id="dx1-71196"></a>, make sure you always test for <span class="cmtt-10">true</span> not <span class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set. -</p><!--l. 8101--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular +</p><!--l. 10568--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 8103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38187"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71197"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16357,14 +20307,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8105--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8107--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a +</p><!--l. 10572--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10574--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-38188"></a> + id="dx1-71198"></a> attribute set to “true”: -</p><!--l. 8109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38189"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10576--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71199"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifregularcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16373,10 +20323,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8111--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10578--><p class="noindent" > Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 8114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38190"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71200"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifregular{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16384,19 +20334,19 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8116--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10583--><p class="noindent" > Note that if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-38191"></a> attribute hasn’t be set, the above do ⟨<span + id="dx1-71201"></a> attribute hasn’t be set, the above do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩. There are also reverse commands that test if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-38192"></a> attribute has been set to + id="dx1-71202"></a> attribute has been set to “false”: -</p><!--l. 8120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38193"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71203"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregularcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16405,10 +20355,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8122--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10589--><p class="noindent" > or for a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 8124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38194"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71204"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregular{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16416,15 +20366,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8126--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10593--><p class="noindent" > Again, if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-38195"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span + id="dx1-71205"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩, so these reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense. -</p><!--l. 8131--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using: -</p><!--l. 8133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 10598--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using: +</p><!--l. 10600--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16438,7 +20388,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8134--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10601--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated list ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ that have the category given by ⟨<span @@ -16451,13 +20401,13 @@ class="cmti-10">label-cs</span>⟩ (which much be control sequences) to access the current glossary and entry label. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is omitted, all glossaries are assumed. -</p><!--l. 8144--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given +</p><!--l. 10611--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given attribute using: -</p><!--l. 8146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38196"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71206"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachwithattribute[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16473,59 +20423,58 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8148--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10615--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ for each entry that has a category with the attribute ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ set to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>⟩. The remaining arguments are as the previous command. -</p><!--l. 8153--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary +</p><!--l. 10620--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary field changing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a - id="dx1-38197"></a>. Alternatively, you can + id="dx1-71207"></a>. Alternatively, you can use -</p><!--l. 8156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38198"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71208"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-labels</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8158--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10625--><p class="noindent" > This will change the category to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ for each entry listed in the comma-separated list ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-labels</span>⟩. This command uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a - id="dx1-38199"></a> so it will + id="dx1-71209"></a> so it will expand ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ and make the change global. -</p><!--l. 8164--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries +</p><!--l. 10631--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries using: -</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-38200"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-71210"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8168--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10635--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels. </p> -<!--l. 8172--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8172--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a +<!--l. 10639--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 10639--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a id="sec:countref"></a>Counting References</h2> -</p><!--l. 8175--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references: +</p><!--l. 10642--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-39002x1"> - <!--l. 8177--><p class="noindent" >Counting the total number of times <span + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-72002x1">Counting the total number of times <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>resets the count and is best avoided). This is provided by the base <span @@ -16535,31 +20484,29 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> has to be written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that it’s available on the next LaTeX run. - </p><!--l. 8185--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span + <!--l. 10652--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and is described in <a href="#sec:entrycount"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">8.1</span> </a><a href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>. </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-39004x2"> - <!--l. 8188--><p class="noindent" >Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-72004x2">Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with <a - id="dx1-39005"></a><a + id="dx1-72005"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> and is intended for documents where the term should be displayed differently if it’s only been recorded (indexed) a certain number of times. See <a href="#sec:recordcount"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">9.5</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">10.5</span> </a><a href="#sec:recordcount">Record Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordcount --></a> for further details. - </p></li> -<li - class="enumerate" id="x1-39007x3"> - <!--l. 8194--><p class="noindent" >Counting the number of times the <span + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-72007x3">Counting the number of times the <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands are used. (That is, those commands that internally use @@ -16574,13 +20521,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys </span>or class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span>. See <a href="#sec:linkcount"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">7.2</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">8.2</span> </a><a href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a> for further - details.</p></li></ol> -<!--l. 8204--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a + details.</li></ol> +<!--l. 10671--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1 </span> <a id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</h3> -<!--l. 8207--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a +<!--l. 10674--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.5</span> </a><a @@ -16588,50 +20535,50 @@ href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entry class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> modifies the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a - id="dx1-40001"></a> command to allow for the <a + id="dx1-73001"></a> command to allow for the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-40002"></a> + id="dx1-73002"></a> attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a - id="dx1-40003"></a>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see + id="dx1-73003"></a>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). -</p><!--l. 8214--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used +</p><!--l. 10681--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used by commands that change the <a - id="dx1-40004"></a><a + id="dx1-73004"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands - - - that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count. </div> -</p><!--l. 8220--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8222--><p class="indent" > With <span +</p><!--l. 10687--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10689--><p class="indent" > With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-40005"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-73005"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-40006"></a> even if you haven’t enabled + id="dx1-73006"></a> even if you haven’t enabled entry counting. You will only get a warning if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span> + + + without setting the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-40007"></a> attribute. (With <span + id="dx1-73007"></a> attribute. (With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-40008"></a> will + id="dx1-73008"></a> will generate a warning if <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn’t been used.) The abbreviation shortcut <span class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a - id="dx1-40009"></a> uses <span + id="dx1-73009"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>(see <a href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span @@ -16639,31 +20586,31 @@ class="cmbx-10">4.3</span> </a><a href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>). The acronym shortcut <span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a - id="dx1-40010"></a> uses <span + id="dx1-73010"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>if it’s been defined with <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-40011"></a> (or + id="dx1-73011"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=all</span><a - id="dx1-40012"></a>) but uses <span + id="dx1-73012"></a>) but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>if it’s been defined with <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a - id="dx1-40013"></a> (or + id="dx1-73013"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a - id="dx1-40014"></a>). -</p><!--l. 8235--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span + id="dx1-73014"></a>). +</p><!--l. 10702--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available: -</p><!--l. 8237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40015"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGLS[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16671,10 +20618,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8239--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10706--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 8241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40016"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16682,38 +20629,38 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8243--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10710--><p class="noindent" > These are analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use -</p><!--l. 8246--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8248--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10715--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 8250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8252--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10719--><p class="noindent" > which convert the analogous <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper case. -</p><!--l. 8256--><p class="indent" > Just using <span +</p><!--l. 10723--><p class="indent" > Just using <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries @@ -16726,17 +20673,17 @@ Used twice: \cgls{xml} and \cgls{xml}. \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 8278--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8280--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span +<!--l. 10745--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10747--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-40019"></a> attribute: + id="dx1-73019"></a> attribute: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} \makeglossaries @@ -16750,14 +20697,14 @@ Used twice: \cgls{xml} and \cgls{xml}. \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 8305--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8307--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span +<!--l. 10772--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10774--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-40020"></a> now + id="dx1-73020"></a> now use -</p><!--l. 8309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40021"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10776--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16765,12 +20712,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">trigger code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8312--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10779--><p class="noindent" > to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ uses commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and unsets the <a - id="dx1-40022"></a><a + id="dx1-73022"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩ is the code that would ordinarily be performed by whatever the equivalent command is (for @@ -16781,12 +20728,12 @@ class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ but the usual <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 8321--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: +</p><!--l. 10788--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{%  \glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%  {% @@ -16799,53 +20746,53 @@ class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩).  {#3}% } </pre> -<!--l. 8334--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a +<!--l. 10801--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-40023"></a> + id="dx1-73023"></a> attribute then the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ will be used if the previous count value (the number of times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the attribute. -</p><!--l. 8341--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than +</p><!--l. 10808--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than four: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239"> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4} </pre> -<!--l. 8345--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8347--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the +<!--l. 10812--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10814--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-40024"></a> attribute and redefine <span + id="dx1-73024"></a> attribute and redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-40025"></a>, etc to use <span + id="dx1-73025"></a>, etc to use <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-40026"></a> etc: -</p><!--l. 8350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40027"></a> <span + id="dx1-73026"></a> etc: +</p><!--l. 10817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8352--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10819--><p class="noindent" > The first argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories. For each category, the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-40028"></a> attribute is set to ⟨<span + id="dx1-73028"></a> attribute is set to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩. In addition, this does: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240"> \renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}% \renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}% \renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}% @@ -16853,19 +20800,19 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩. In addition, this does: \renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}% \renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}% </pre> -<!--l. 8363--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents. -</p><!--l. 8367--><p class="indent" > If you use <span +<!--l. 10830--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents. +</p><!--l. 10834--><p class="indent" > If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will just set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-40029"></a> attribute for each listed category. -</p><!--l. 8371--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become: + id="dx1-73029"></a> attribute for each listed category. +</p><!--l. 10838--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} \makeglossaries @@ -16878,13 +20825,13 @@ Used twice: \gls{xml} and \gls{xml}. \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 8393--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8395--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times +<!--l. 10860--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10862--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can use -</p><!--l. 8400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16893,26 +20840,26 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8402--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10869--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should be applied, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the trigger value and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ is the name of the counter used by the sectional unit. -</p><!--l. 8408--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of TeX’s output routine, discrepancies will occur +</p><!--l. 10875--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of TeX’s output routine, discrepancies will occur in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-40031"></a> counter. </div> -</p><!--l. 8412--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8414--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit + id="dx1-73031"></a> counter. </div> +</p><!--l. 10879--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10881--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit counting in the same document. -</p><!--l. 8417--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span +</p><!--l. 10884--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ needs to be expandable. Since <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-40032"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides + id="dx1-73032"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides <span class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ as an expandable alternative, <span @@ -16922,61 +20869,61 @@ class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ if it exists otherwise it will use <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8424--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a +</p><!--l. 10891--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-40033"></a> (as before) and + id="dx1-73033"></a> (as before) and <a href="#catattr.unitcount"><span class="cmss-10">unitcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-40034"></a> (the name of the counter). -</p><!--l. 8427--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting + id="dx1-73034"></a> (the name of the counter). +</p><!--l. 10894--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for this run: -</p><!--l. 8430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40035"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8432--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10899--><p class="noindent" > and the final value from the previous run: -</p><!--l. 8434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40036"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8436--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10903--><p class="noindent" > In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In both commands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. -</p><!--l. 8441--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides: -</p><!--l. 8442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40037"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10908--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides: +</p><!--l. 10909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8444--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10911--><p class="noindent" > which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, and -</p><!--l. 8447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40038"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8449--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10916--><p class="noindent" > which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run. -</p><!--l. 8452--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting. -</p><!--l. 8454--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter: +</p><!--l. 10919--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting. +</p><!--l. 10921--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242"> \documentclass{report} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} \GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter} @@ -16995,11 +20942,11 @@ Used twice: \gls{html} and \gls{html}. \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 8485--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span +<!--l. 10952--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a - id="dx1-40039"></a><a + id="dx1-73039"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with the short form used on subsequent use, and the <span class="cmtt-10">css </span>entries in that @@ -17009,38 +20956,38 @@ only used once, which trips the suppression trigger, so in that chapter, the long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary file. -</p><!--l. 8496--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 10963--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger value. -</p><!--l. 8502--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 10969--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing suppression because it’s in the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-40040"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in + id="dx1-73040"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>. -</p><!--l. 8507--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following +</p><!--l. 10974--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following example document the trigger value is set to zero, which means the index suppression won’t be triggered, but the unit entry count is used to automatically suppress the hyperlink for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-40041"></a> by modifying the hook -</p><!--l. 8513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-40042"></a> <span + id="dx1-73041"></a> by modifying the hook +</p><!--l. 10980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-73042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8515--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10982--><p class="noindent" > which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the hyperlink. </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} @@ -17061,22 +21008,22 @@ Again: \gls{sample}. \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 8550--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 11017--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each page. -</p><!--l. 8554--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span +</p><!--l. 11021--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-40043"></a> counter still applies. If the + id="dx1-73043"></a> counter still applies. If the first instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurs at the top of the page within a paragraph that started on the previous page, then the count will continue from the previous page. -</p><!--l. 8559--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11026--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8559--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 11026--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2 </span> <a id="sec:linkcount"></a>Link Counting</h3> -<!--l. 8562--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number +<!--l. 11029--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number @@ -17090,17 +21037,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>although <span class="cmtt-10">\@gls@link </span>may use <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>when displaying the <a - id="dx1-41001"></a><a + id="dx1-74001"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>.) -</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 8570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-41002"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11036--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command: +</p><!--l. 11037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-74002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">master counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8572--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11039--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a list of category labels. The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">master</span> @@ -17110,22 +21057,22 @@ present, the associated link counter will be reset when the master counter is incremented. This command automatically sets the <a href="#catattr.linkcount"><span class="cmss-10">linkcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-41003"></a> attribute for the given + id="dx1-74003"></a> attribute for the given categories. If the optional argument is present, it also sets the <a href="#catattr.linkcountmaster"><span class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span></a><a - id="dx1-41004"></a> + id="dx1-74004"></a> attribute. -</p><!--l. 8581--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span +</p><!--l. 11048--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>increment the associated counter using -</p><!--l. 8583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-41005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-74005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinclinkcounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8585--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11052--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\stepcounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span @@ -17136,38 +21083,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>instead, just redefine this command: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinclinkcounter}[1]{\refstepcounter{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 8591--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8593--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using -</p><!--l. 8594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-41006"></a> <span +<!--l. 11058--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11060--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using +</p><!--l. 11061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-74006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8596--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11063--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined. -</p><!--l. 8600--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span +</p><!--l. 11067--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩) using -</p><!--l. 8602--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-41007"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-74007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8604--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11071--><p class="noindent" > (This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined.) -</p><!--l. 8607--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first +</p><!--l. 11074--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first needs to be incremented so terms that have been defined but haven’t been used in the document won’t have the associated count register allocated. </div> -</p><!--l. 8612--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8614--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using: -</p><!--l. 8615--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-41008"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11079--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11081--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using: +</p><!--l. 11082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-74008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -17175,16 +21122,16 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8617--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11084--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. -</p><!--l. 8620--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using -</p><!--l. 8621--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-41009"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11087--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using +</p><!--l. 11088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-74009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8623--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11090--><p class="noindent" > This simply expands to the counter name associated with the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ without any check for existence. For example, to change the display command @@ -17192,15 +21139,15 @@ without any check for existence. For example, to change the display command class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩) using <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-41010"></a>: + id="dx1-74010"></a>: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245"> \csdef{the\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}} </pre> -<!--l. 8630--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t +<!--l. 11097--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t convenient if you want to change the display for all entries. Instead, it’s simpler to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example: @@ -17208,19 +21155,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246"> \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter}[1]{%  \GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{#1}%  {\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{#1}}}%  {0}% } </pre> -<!--l. 8641--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span +<!--l. 11108--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>. -</p><!--l. 8645--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after +</p><!--l. 11112--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after the first reference. This redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-41011"></a> (which is used by both <span + id="dx1-74011"></a> (which is used by both <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) instead of <span @@ -17232,7 +21179,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>). </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} @@ -17255,32 +21202,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>). \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 8687--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span +<!--l. 11154--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-41012"></a> means that the options can override this. For + id="dx1-74012"></a> means that the options can override this. For example </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248"> \gls[hyper=true]{sample1} </pre> -<!--l. 8692--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span +<!--l. 11159--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting in <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-41013"></a>. If <span + id="dx1-74013"></a>. If <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-41014"></a> + id="dx1-74014"></a> is used instead, the <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting will override the setting provided in the optional argument. -</p><!--l. 8698--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 11165--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-41015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a + id="dx1-74015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a href="#catattr.linkcount"><span class="cmss-10">linkcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-41016"></a> attribute set (since it’s not + id="dx1-74016"></a> attribute set (since it’s not listed in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>). This means that <span @@ -17291,152 +21238,152 @@ inequality test </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249"> \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}>1 </pre> -<!--l. 8706--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span +<!--l. 11173--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span> applied. If the test is changed to </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250"> \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}=1 \else  \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}% \fi </pre> -<!--l. 8714--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span +<!--l. 11181--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>applied. -</p><!--l. 8718--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master +</p><!--l. 11185--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master counter: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251"> \GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[section]{general} </pre> -<!--l. 8722--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 11189--><p class="nopar" > </p> -<!--l. 8724--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8724--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a +<!--l. 11191--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 11191--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2> -</p><!--l. 8727--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary, +</p><!--l. 11194--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary, and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a - id="dx1-42001"></a> and + id="dx1-75001"></a> and <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-42002"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8733--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a - id="dx1-42003"></a><a + id="dx1-75002"></a>. +</p><!--l. 11200--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a + id="dx1-75003"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> syntax. If you’ve used the <a href="#styopt.xindy"><span class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a - id="dx1-42004"></a> + id="dx1-75004"></a> package option, the automatic escaping of <a - id="dx1-42005"></a><a + id="dx1-75005"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> special characters in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-42006"></a> field + id="dx1-75006"></a> field may result in an incorrect sort value for the <span class="cmtt-10">\index </span>command used by the auto-indexing. Note also that <span class="cmtt-10">texindy</span><a - id="dx1-42007"></a> has a fixed set of special characters + id="dx1-75007"></a> has a fixed set of special characters (corresponding to <a - id="dx1-42008"></a><span + id="dx1-75008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>’s defaults) that can’t be customized. You may want to consider using <a - id="dx1-42009"></a><a + id="dx1-75009"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> and its dual entries as an alternative approach. </div> -</p><!--l. 8742--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8745--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 11209--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11212--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a - id="dx1-42010"></a> macro, used at the end of <span + id="dx1-75010"></a> macro, used at the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-42011"></a> and + id="dx1-75011"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-42012"></a>, checks the <a + id="dx1-75012"></a>, checks the <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a - id="dx1-42013"></a> attribute for the category associated with + id="dx1-75013"></a> attribute for the category associated with that entry. Since <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>is used in the default glossary styles, this makes a convenient way of automatically indexing each entry name at its location in the glossary without fiddling around with the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-42014"></a> + id="dx1-75014"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 8755--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span +</p><!--l. 11222--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the external glossary file is modified to check for the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-42015"></a> attribute. -</p><!--l. 8759--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through -</p><!--l. 8760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-42016"></a> <span + id="dx1-75015"></a> attribute. +</p><!--l. 11226--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through +</p><!--l. 11227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-75016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8762--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11229--><p class="noindent" > This uses the standard <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-42017"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s + id="dx1-75017"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-42018"></a> key and the actual value set to <span + id="dx1-75018"></a> key and the actual value set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the automated index. -</p><!--l. 8769--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by -</p><!--l. 8770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-42019"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11236--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by +</p><!--l. 11237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-75019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8772--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11239--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. The default definition is: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 8777--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span +<!--l. 11244--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s written to the index file. -</p><!--l. 8781--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using: -</p><!--l. 8782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-42020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11248--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using: +</p><!--l. 11249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-75020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8784--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11251--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is the command which needs to be set to the @@ -17445,212 +21392,211 @@ sort value. The default definition is: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%   \glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}% } </pre> -<!--l. 8791--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span +<!--l. 11258--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is then processed to escape any of <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-42021"></a>’s special + id="dx1-75021"></a>’s special characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual value. The escaping of the sort value is performed by -</p><!--l. 8796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-42022"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-75022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexesc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8798--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11265--><p class="noindent" > You can redefine this to do nothing if you want to omit the escaping. You may want to consider providing another field to obtain the appropriate sort value if the one provided in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-42023"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special + id="dx1-75023"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special characters escaped or it may be a numeric value in the case of sort by use or definition). -</p><!--l. 8806--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is: -</p><!--l. 8807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-42024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11273--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is: +</p><!--l. 11274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-75024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8809--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11276--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 8812--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span +</p><!--l. 11279--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-42025"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing. + id="dx1-75025"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing. </div> -</p><!--l. 8815--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8817--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 11282--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11284--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-42026"></a> key, instead of the <span + id="dx1-75026"></a> key, instead of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-42027"></a> key: + id="dx1-75027"></a> key: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 8821--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span +<!--l. 11288--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-42028"></a> field, if present, otherwise the + id="dx1-75028"></a> field, if present, otherwise the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-42029"></a> field: + id="dx1-75029"></a> field: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%   \ifglshaslong{#2}%   {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{long}}%   {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}% } </pre> -<!--l. 8830--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8832--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span +<!--l. 11297--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11299--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is “true”, no encap will be added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf} </pre> -<!--l. 8838--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span +<!--l. 11305--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold whereas </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true} </pre> -<!--l. 8843--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index. -</p><!--l. 8846--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter +<!--l. 11310--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index. +</p><!--l. 11313--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div> -</p><!--l. 8851--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8853--><p class="indent" > By default the <span +</p><!--l. 11318--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11320--><p class="indent" > By default the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-42030"></a> key won’t be used with the <a + id="dx1-75030"></a> key won’t be used with the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-42031"></a> attribute. You can + id="dx1-75031"></a> attribute. You can allow the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-42032"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only + id="dx1-75032"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 8857--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-42033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-75033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8859--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11326--><p class="noindent" > If you use this command and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-42034"></a> has been loaded, then the <span + id="dx1-75034"></a> has been loaded, then the <span class="cmss-10">theindex</span><a - id="dx1-42035"></a><a - id="dx1-42036"></a> + id="dx1-75035"></a><a + id="dx1-75036"></a> environment will be modified to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a - id="dx1-42037"></a> to allow formats that use + id="dx1-75037"></a> to allow formats that use that command. -</p><!--l. 8864--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a +</p><!--l. 11331--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-42038"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the + id="dx1-75038"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the <a href="#catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-42039"></a> attribute (or <a + id="dx1-75039"></a> attribute (or <a href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-42040"></a> package option) is set. However, the <a + id="dx1-75040"></a> package option) is set. However, the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-42041"></a> + id="dx1-75041"></a> attribute will honour the <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a - id="dx1-42042"></a> key. </div> -</p><!--l. 8870--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8872--><p class="indent" > The <span + id="dx1-75042"></a> key. </div> +</p><!--l. 11337--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11339--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of <span class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-42043"></a>’s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take + id="dx1-75043"></a>’s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take care. This assumes the default <a - id="dx1-42044"></a><a + id="dx1-75044"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> actual, level, quote and encap values (unless any of the commands <span class="cmtt-10">\actualchar</span><a - id="dx1-42045"></a>, <span + id="dx1-75045"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\levelchar</span><a - id="dx1-42046"></a>, <span + id="dx1-75046"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\quotechar</span><a - id="dx1-42047"></a> or <span + id="dx1-75047"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\encapchar</span><a - id="dx1-42048"></a> + id="dx1-75048"></a> have been defined before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded). -</p><!--l. 8880--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set +</p><!--l. 11347--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set the correct characters. -</p><!--l. 8882--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div> -</p><!--l. 8884--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-42049"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11349--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div> +</p><!--l. 11351--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-75049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8888--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11355--><p class="noindent" > Set the actual character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-42050"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11358--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-75050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8893--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11360--><p class="noindent" > Set the level character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8896--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-42051"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-75051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8898--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11365--><p class="noindent" > Set the escape (quote) character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-42052"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-75052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8903--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11370--><p class="noindent" > Set the encap character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. </p> -<!--l. 8906--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8906--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a - id="sec:bib2gls"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</h2> -</p><!--l. 8909--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a - id="dx1-43001"></a><a +<!--l. 11373--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 11373--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a + id="sec:bib2gls"></a>bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases</h2> +</p><!--l. 11376--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a + id="dx1-76001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, which works in much the same way as a combination of <span @@ -17663,14 +21609,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\input </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span>, the entries can instead be stored in a <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file and <a - id="dx1-43002"></a><span + id="dx1-76002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can selectively write the appropriate commands to a <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file which is loaded using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>). -</p><!--l. 8920--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to +</p><!--l. 11387--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to maintain the database and it reduces the TeX overhead by only defining the entries that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file that @@ -17681,32 +21627,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file containing glossary definitions to a <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file using <span class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a - id="dx1-43003"></a>, supplied with + id="dx1-76003"></a>, supplied with <a - id="dx1-43004"></a><span + id="dx1-76004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.) -</p><!--l. 8931--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span +</p><!--l. 11398--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist the integration of <a - id="dx1-43005"></a><span + id="dx1-76005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>into the document build process. -</p><!--l. 8935--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a - id="dx1-43006"></a><span +</p><!--l. 11402--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a + id="dx1-76006"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The full details and some sample documents are provided in the <a - id="dx1-43007"></a><span + id="dx1-76007"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span><a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls.pdf" >manual</a>. -</p><!--l. 8939--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span +</p><!--l. 11406--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be extracted with <a - id="dx1-43008"></a><span + id="dx1-76008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258"> @entry{bird,   name={bird},   description = {feathered animal}, @@ -17722,13 +21668,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:   description={a waterbird with a long neck} } </pre> -<!--l. 8958--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8960--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations: +<!--l. 11425--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11427--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259"> @string{ssi={server-side includes}} @string{html={hypertext markup language}} @abbreviation{shtml, @@ -17747,13 +21693,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:   description={a simple interpreted server-side scripting language} } </pre> -<!--l. 8982--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8984--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols: +<!--l. 11449--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11451--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260"> preamble{"\providecommand{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}"} @symbol{M,   name={$\mtx{M}$}, @@ -17771,69 +21717,69 @@ preamble{"\providecommand{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}"}   description={a set} } </pre> -<!--l. 9005--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9007--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a - id="dx1-43009"></a><a +<!--l. 11472--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11474--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a + id="dx1-76009"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can find out which entries have been used in the document, you need the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-43010"></a> package option: + id="dx1-76010"></a> package option: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261"> \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} </pre> -<!--l. 9011--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off, +<!--l. 11478--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off, since <a - id="dx1-43011"></a><a + id="dx1-76011"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations. -</p><!--l. 9016--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom +</p><!--l. 11483--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom <a - id="dx1-43012"></a><a + id="dx1-76012"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule), then just use <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a - id="dx1-43013"></a> and continue to use <span + id="dx1-76013"></a> and continue to use <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>), but you also need to instruct <a - id="dx1-43014"></a><span + id="dx1-76014"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to omit sorting to save time and to prevent the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-43015"></a> key from being + id="dx1-76015"></a> key from being set. -</p><!--l. 9023--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 11490--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <a - id="dx1-43016"></a><span + id="dx1-76016"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>is loaded using: -</p><!--l. 9024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-43017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-76017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9026--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11493--><p class="noindent" > (Don’t include the file extension in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩.) There’s a shortcut version (recommended over the above) that sets ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ to use <span class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>: -</p><!--l. 9029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-43018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-76018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9031--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11498--><p class="noindent" > On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -17845,8 +21791,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><span class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> On subsequent use,<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x9" id="fn1x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-43019f1"></a> this +href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-76019f1"></a> this command is a shortcut for <div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -17860,15 +21806,15 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the current value of -<!--l. 9043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +<!--l. 11510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9044--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11511--><p class="noindent" > which is incremented at the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes regarding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. -</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 11516--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -17883,42 +21829,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file and will input ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>if it exists.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x9" id="fn2x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-43020f2"></a> +href="#fn2x10" id="fn2x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.2</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-76020f2"></a> -<!--l. 9059--><p class="indent" > Since the <span +<!--l. 11526--><p class="indent" > Since the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file won’t exist on the first LaTeX run, the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-43021"></a> package + id="dx1-76021"></a> package option additionally switches on <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-43022"></a>. Any use of commands like <span + id="dx1-76022"></a>. Any use of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>will produce ?? in the document, since the entries are undefined at this point. Once <a - id="dx1-43023"></a><span + id="dx1-76023"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>has created the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file the references should be resolved. This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the entry is defined is significantly larger than the placeholder ?? (as this can alter the page breaking). -</p><!--l. 9069--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span +</p><!--l. 11536--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the category code of <span class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal commands stored in the location field. </p> -<!--l. 9074--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a - id="selection"></a>Selection</h3> -<!--l. 9076--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a - id="dx1-44001"></a><a +<!--l. 11541--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a + id="sec:bib2glsselection"></a>Selection</h3> +<!--l. 11544--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a + id="dx1-77001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to select all entries that have a record in the <span @@ -17927,7 +21873,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file, and any dependent entries (including parent an class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>format (for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=glsignore]{duck}</span></span></span>) is recognised by <a - id="dx1-44002"></a><span + id="dx1-77002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>as a special ignored record. This means that it will match the selection criteria but the record won’t be added to the location list. This means that you won’t get spurious commas in the location list (as can happen with the other indexing @@ -17936,66 +21882,66 @@ methods), so you can do, for example, </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262"> \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsignore} </pre> -<!--l. 9088--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and +<!--l. 11556--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263"> \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsnumberformat} </pre> -<!--l. 9092--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from +<!--l. 11560--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from occurring in the location lists. -</p><!--l. 9096--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span +</p><!--l. 11564--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>don’t work with <a - id="dx1-44003"></a><a + id="dx1-77003"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> as the command has to iterate over the internal lists of defined entry labels, which will be empty on the first run and on subsequent runs will only contain those entries that have been selected by <a - id="dx1-44004"></a><span + id="dx1-77004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 9101--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9103--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a - id="dx1-44005"></a><span +</p><!--l. 11569--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11571--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a + id="dx1-77005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>this in the options list. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}] </pre> -<!--l. 9108--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the +<!--l. 11576--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. Those that don’t have any records will have an empty location list. See the <a - id="dx1-44006"></a><a + id="dx1-77006"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for more details of this option. -</p><!--l. 9114--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11582--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9114--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2 </span> <a - id="sortinganddisplayingtheglossary"></a>Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</h3> -<!--l. 9116--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a - id="dx1-45001"></a><span +<!--l. 11582--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a + id="sec:bib2glssortprint"></a>Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</h3> +<!--l. 11585--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a + id="dx1-78001"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The default is to sort according to the system locale. If the document has a language setting, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">sort=doc </span>to instruct <a - id="dx1-45002"></a><span + id="dx1-78002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to sort according to that. (The language tag obtained from <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-45003"></a>’s interface is written to the <span + id="dx1-78003"></a>’s interface is written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) For a multilingual document you need to explicitly set the locale using a well-formed language tag. For example: @@ -18003,26 +21949,26 @@ example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[   src=terms, % data in terms.bib   sort=de-DE-1996 % sort according to this locale ] </pre> -<!--l. 9129--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of +<!--l. 11598--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of symbols you may find it more appropriate to use one of the letter-base sort methods that sort according to the Unicode value of each character. Alternatively you can provide a custom rule. See the <a - id="dx1-45004"></a><a + id="dx1-78004"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> manual for full details of all the available sort methods. -</p><!--l. 9138--><p class="indent" > Since the <span +</p><!--l. 11607--><p class="indent" > Since the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references required within the document (selected according to the <span class="cmtt-10">selection </span>option) and the definitions have been written in the order corresponding to <a - id="dx1-45005"></a><span + id="dx1-78005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s sorted list, the glossaries can simply be displayed using <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or <span @@ -18030,9 +21976,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>), described in <a href="#sec:printunsrt"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">10.2</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">11.2</span> </a><a href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>. -</p><!--l. 9146--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span +</p><!--l. 11615--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>, <span @@ -18043,7 +21989,7 @@ TeX’s path. Then the document might look like: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} \setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc} @@ -18055,18 +22001,18 @@ TeX’s path. Then the document might look like: \printunsrtglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 9168--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span +<!--l. 11637--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267"> pdflatex mydoc bib2gls mydoc pdflatex mydoc </pre> -<!--l. 9175--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span +<!--l. 11644--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span @@ -18079,12 +22025,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">M </span>entries were added because <a - id="dx1-45006"></a><a + id="dx1-78006"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> detected (from the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file) that they had been used in the document. The other entries were added because <a - id="dx1-45007"></a><span + id="dx1-78007"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>detected (from the <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files) that they are referenced by the used entries. In the case of <span @@ -18092,24 +22038,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">duck </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, they are in the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-45008"></a> field for <span + id="dx1-78008"></a> field for <span class="cmtt-10">bird</span>. In the case of <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">html</span>, they are referenced in the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-45009"></a> field of <span + id="dx1-78009"></a> field of <span class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. These cross-referenced entries won’t have a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document build. -</p><!--l. 9192--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort +</p><!--l. 11661--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort methods: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra} \setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc} @@ -18125,8 +22071,8 @@ methods: \printunsrtglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 9218--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9220--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span +<!--l. 11687--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11689--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>with the same <span class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-blocks. For example: @@ -18134,7 +22080,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-bloc </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra} \setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc} @@ -18152,10 +22098,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-bloc \printunsrtglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 9249--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the +<!--l. 11718--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the second group has the title “Symbols” and then follow the usual letter groups. Note that for this example to work, you must run <a - id="dx1-45010"></a><a + id="dx1-78010"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -18166,14 +22112,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270"> pdflatex myDoc bib2gls -g myDoc pdflatex myDoc </pre> -<!--l. 9260--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span +<!--l. 11729--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-45011"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding + id="dx1-78011"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding title with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle </span>(see <a href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span @@ -18181,7 +22127,7 @@ class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.11</span> </a><a href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no title is set then the label is used as the group title. -</p><!--l. 9266--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using +</p><!--l. 11735--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -18318,7 +22264,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> Remember that if you are using <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-45012"></a> then extended characters, such as é or ø, + id="dx1-78012"></a> then extended characters, such as é or ø, are active and will expand when written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. So with PDFLaTeX the above would have to be changed to protect against expansion. Some of the @@ -18332,7 +22278,7 @@ class="cmti-10">hex</span>⟩) <span class="cmbx-10">in the </span><span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span><span class="cmbx-10">file</span>. <a - id="dx1-45013"></a><a + id="dx1-78013"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> will recognise this as the character given by the hexadecimal value ⟨<span @@ -18343,7 +22289,7 @@ written as <span class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6 </span>and so on. This is quite cumbersome, but you can use the shortcut <span class="cmtt-10">\glshex</span><a - id="dx1-45014"></a> <span + id="dx1-78014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">E6 </span>instead, so the above needs to be written as: <div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -18479,50 +22425,49 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span><span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> -<!--l. 9314--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 11783--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9314--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3 </span> <a - id="x1-460009.3"></a>The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</h3> -<!--l. 9317--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a +<!--l. 11783--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a + id="sec:bib2glssty"></a>The glossaries-extra-bib2gls package</h3> +<!--l. 11786--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-46001"></a> (or simply <a + id="dx1-79001"></a> (or simply <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-46002"></a>) automatically loads the + id="dx1-79002"></a>) automatically loads the supplementary package <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-46003"></a>, which provides some commands that + id="dx1-79003"></a>, which provides some commands that are specific to <a - id="dx1-46004"></a><a + id="dx1-79004"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. The package isn’t loaded by <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a - id="dx1-46005"></a> as that option is + id="dx1-79005"></a> as that option is intended for sorting with <a - id="dx1-46006"></a><a + id="dx1-79006"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-46007"></a><a + id="dx1-79007"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> and it is expected that the sorting will be switched off (with the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">sort=none</span>). -</p><!--l. 9326--><p class="indent" > If <span +</p><!--l. 11795--><p class="indent" > If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-46008"></a> is loaded via the <a + id="dx1-79008"></a> is loaded via the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-46009"></a> package option then the check for + id="dx1-79009"></a> package option then the check for associated language resource files (see <a href="#sec:lang"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">14</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">15</span> </a><a href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a>) will also search for the existence of <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span @@ -18532,41 +22477,41 @@ document dialect (where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩ is the four letter script identifier, such as <span class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>). -</p><!--l. 9334--><p class="indent" > This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span +</p><!--l. 11803--><p class="indent" > This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-46010"></a> if the + id="dx1-79010"></a> if the relevant package option has defined the associated glossary: <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-46011"></a>, + id="dx1-79011"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms</span><a - id="dx1-46012"></a>, <span + id="dx1-79012"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols</span><a - id="dx1-46013"></a>, <span + id="dx1-79013"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers</span><a - id="dx1-46014"></a> and + id="dx1-79014"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex</span><a - id="dx1-46015"></a>. -</p><!--l. 9340--><p class="indent" > The <a + id="dx1-79015"></a>. +</p><!--l. 11809--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#styopt.savenumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span></a><a - id="dx1-46016"></a> package option doesn’t have any effect with <a - id="dx1-46017"></a><span + id="dx1-79016"></a> package option doesn’t have any effect with <a + id="dx1-79017"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The location lists are saved by default, so <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-46018"></a> patches + id="dx1-79018"></a> patches <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-46019"></a> and <span + id="dx1-79019"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-46020"></a> to work with the <span + id="dx1-79020"></a> to work with the <span class="cmss-10">location</span><a - id="dx1-46021"></a> + id="dx1-79021"></a> field -</p><!--l. 9345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-46022"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-79022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span @@ -18576,18 +22521,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">default</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9347--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11816--><p class="noindent" > This command is intended for use in <span class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span>. It’s simply defined to <span class="cmtt-10">\providecommand </span>in <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-46023"></a> but <a - id="dx1-46024"></a><span + id="dx1-79023"></a> but <a + id="dx1-79024"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s interpreter treats it as <span class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>. This means that you can override <a - id="dx1-46025"></a><span + id="dx1-79025"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s internal definition of a command without overriding the command definition in the document (if it’s already defined before the resource file is input). For example @@ -18595,11 +22540,11 @@ defined before the resource file is input). For example </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271"> @preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\int}{integral}"} </pre> -<!--l. 9358--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a - id="dx1-46026"></a><a +<!--l. 11827--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a + id="dx1-79026"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to treat <span class="cmtt-10">\int </span>as the word “integral” to assist sorting but if @@ -18607,7 +22552,7 @@ this preamble code is written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file (as it is by default) then it won’t override the current definition (provided by the kernel or redefined by a package). -</p><!--l. 9365--><p class="indent" > The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span +</p><!--l. 11834--><p class="indent" > The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>. For many of them, if you want to provide an alternative definition then you need to define the command before the resource file is loaded. There are a few that may be @@ -18616,8 +22561,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand </span>then you will get an error on the first LaTeX run when the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist. In this case, you may prefer to use: -</p><!--l. 9372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-46027"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-79027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrenewcommand{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span @@ -18627,24 +22572,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">default</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9374--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11843--><p class="noindent" > This behaves like <span class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand </span>but only generates a warning rather than an error if the command isn’t already defined so it won’t interrupt the document build. -</p><!--l. 9379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-46028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-79028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9381--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11850--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-46029"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span + id="dx1-79029"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-46030"></a> has been + id="dx1-79030"></a> has been loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) then this command checks for the existence of the <span @@ -18665,21 +22610,21 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. This command is provided for use with the <a href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-46031"></a> package option combined with <a - id="dx1-46032"></a><span + id="dx1-79031"></a> package option combined with <a + id="dx1-79032"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter</span> resource option. See the <a - id="dx1-46033"></a><span + id="dx1-79033"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>manual for further details (at least version 1.4). -</p><!--l. 9395--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span +</p><!--l. 11864--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>resource option, <a - id="dx1-46034"></a><span + id="dx1-79034"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ will now use: -</p><!--l. 9397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-46035"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-79035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidest{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18687,50 +22632,50 @@ class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9399--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11868--><p class="noindent" > (if it has been defined) to set the widest name for the given glossary type and level. This allows for both the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-46036"></a> style and the styles provided by <span + id="dx1-79036"></a> style and the styles provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a - id="dx1-46037"></a>, + id="dx1-79037"></a>, which need to know the widest name. -</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="indent" > If <a - id="dx1-46038"></a><span +</p><!--l. 11874--><p class="indent" > If <a + id="dx1-79038"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can’t determine the widest name (typically because the name field consists of commands that aren’t recognised by the interpreter) then <a - id="dx1-46039"></a><span + id="dx1-79039"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ will now use: -</p><!--l. 9408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-46040"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11877--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-79040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">max depth</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9410--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11879--><p class="noindent" > (if defined). Currently the maximum hierarchical depth ⟨<span class="cmti-10">max depth</span>⟩ may only be 0 or 2. This command requires commands provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-46041"></a> + id="dx1-79041"></a> package with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-46042"></a> style enabled. In this case, it may be simpler to just use + id="dx1-79042"></a> style enabled. In this case, it may be simpler to just use <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a - id="dx1-46043"></a>. -</p><!--l. 9417--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-79043"></a>. +</p><!--l. 11886--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9417--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.1 </span> <a +<!--l. 11886--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3.1 </span> <a id="sec:supplocations"></a>Supplemental Locations</h4> -<!--l. 9420--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-47001"></a> <span +<!--l. 11889--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-80001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18743,20 +22688,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9422--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11891--><p class="noindent" > This is used by <a - id="dx1-47002"></a><a + id="dx1-80002"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> version 1.7+ for supplemental locations, instead of using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>with the <a href="#catattr.externallocation"><span class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a - id="dx1-47003"></a> attribute. This command sets up + id="dx1-80003"></a> attribute. This command sets up the location counter and prefix (used in the formation of hyperlinks) and then uses -</p><!--l. 9428--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-47004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11897--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-80004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultisupplocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18764,16 +22709,16 @@ class="cmitt-10">src</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9430--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11899--><p class="noindent" > to format the actual location (with an external hyperlink, if supported). -</p><!--l. 9434--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11903--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9434--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 11903--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3.2 </span> <a id="sec:recordnameref"></a>Nameref Record</h4> -<!--l. 9437--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span +<!--l. 11906--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file in the form: -</p><!--l. 9440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 11909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18786,16 +22731,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9441--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11910--><p class="noindent" > The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a - id="dx1-48001"></a> option, which requires at least <a - id="dx1-48002"></a><span + id="dx1-81001"></a> option, which requires at least <a + id="dx1-81002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8, instead uses: -</p><!--l. 9445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 11914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record@nameref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18815,7 +22760,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">href</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">hcounter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9446--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11915--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>and ⟨<span @@ -18823,34 +22768,34 @@ class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>. These commands require <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-48003"></a>. If they are undefined, ⟨<span + id="dx1-81003"></a>. If they are undefined, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ will be left empty and <a - id="dx1-48004"></a><span + id="dx1-81004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will treat it as a regular record. -</p><!--l. 9453--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 11922--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as ⟨<span class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ will globally change on every instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>but ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ won’t necessarily change. It can therefore cause unexpected behaviour. </div> -</p><!--l. 9457--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9459--><p class="indent" > The final argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 11926--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11928--><p class="indent" > The final argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩ is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ which provides the partial target name associated with the indexing counter. With the original <a - id="dx1-48005"></a><a + id="dx1-81005"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a - id="dx1-48006"></a><a + id="dx1-81006"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> approach, it’s not possible to include this information in the location, so the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-48007"></a> package attempts to derive a prefix from which the + id="dx1-81007"></a> package attempts to derive a prefix from which the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩ value can be reconstituted by appending the prefix. Unfortunately, not all definitions of <span @@ -18864,9 +22809,9 @@ class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ (most notably the <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-48008"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail. -</p><!--l. 9470--><p class="indent" > Since <a - id="dx1-48009"></a><a + id="dx1-81008"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail. +</p><!--l. 11939--><p class="indent" > Since <a + id="dx1-81009"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is customized specifically for use with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, it’s now @@ -18875,7 +22820,7 @@ class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩, so the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a - id="dx1-48010"></a> option does this. By providing both + id="dx1-81010"></a> option does this. By providing both ⟨<span class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩, you can determine which target you would rather use. The default @@ -18886,10 +22831,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>. However, you may choose to switch to using the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ target, which will take you to the nearest target before the indexing took place. -</p><!--l. 9481--><p class="indent" > With <a - id="dx1-48011"></a><span +</p><!--l. 11950--><p class="indent" > With <a + id="dx1-81011"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+, normal locations are displayed using: -</p><!--l. 9483--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 11952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18899,11 +22844,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11953--><p class="noindent" > This is provided by the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-48012"></a> package and is simply defined to do: -</p><!--l. 9488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-81012"></a> package and is simply defined to do: +</p><!--l. 11957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -18914,16 +22859,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11958--><p class="noindent" > Earlier versions of <a - id="dx1-48013"></a><span + id="dx1-81013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>only used this in the <span class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a - id="dx1-48014"></a> field and explicitly used + id="dx1-81014"></a> field and explicitly used <span class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter </span>in the <span class="cmss-10">location</span><a - id="dx1-48015"></a> field followed by <span + id="dx1-81015"></a> field followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -18932,18 +22877,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which follows the code that’s created with the default <a href="#styopt.makeindex"><span class="cmss-10">makeindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-48016"></a> setting. The <span + id="dx1-81016"></a> setting. The <span class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span> command sets up the prefix needed for <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>to reform the target name from the given location. -</p><!--l. 9499--><p class="indent" > The locations identified by <span +</p><!--l. 11968--><p class="indent" > The locations identified by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record@nameref </span>are written by <a - id="dx1-48017"></a><span + id="dx1-81017"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to the location list using: -</p><!--l. 9501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-48018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-81018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18963,17 +22908,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">hcounter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9503--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11972--><p class="noindent" > With normal internal locations, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will always be empty. With supplemental locations, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will be the external file reference. -</p><!--l. 9508--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: +</p><!--l. 11977--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[8]{%   \ifstrequal{#2}{equation}%   {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{(#4)}{#2.#7}{#8}}% @@ -18990,9 +22935,9 @@ class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will be the external file reference.   }% } </pre> -<!--l. 9525--><p class="nopar" > which uses: -</p><!--l. 9527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-48019"></a> <span +<!--l. 11994--><p class="nopar" > which uses: +</p><!--l. 11996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-81019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -19002,7 +22947,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9529--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11998--><p class="noindent" > This ignores the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ and <span @@ -19012,22 +22957,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>arguments and instead creates a hyperlink with the target name obtained from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">target</span>⟩ (and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩, if not empty). -</p><!--l. 9533--><p class="indent" > Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of +</p><!--l. 12002--><p class="indent" > Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref </span>checks the counter was used as the location. If it’s <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-48020"></a> + id="dx1-81020"></a> or if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is empty, then just the location is used as the hyperlink text. If the counter <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-48021"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained + id="dx1-81021"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9540--><p class="indent" > If ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 12009--><p class="indent" > If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ is empty an internal link is created with: -</p><!--l. 9541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-48022"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-81022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -19035,10 +22980,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9543--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12012--><p class="noindent" > otherwise an external link is created with: -</p><!--l. 9545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-48023"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12014--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-81023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -19048,13 +22993,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9547--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12016--><p class="noindent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ argument is set by <a - id="dx1-48024"></a><a + id="dx1-81024"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> for supplemental locations. -</p><!--l. 9551--><p class="indent" > Here’s alternative definition that uses the ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 12020--><p class="indent" > Here’s alternative definition that uses the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ to reform the target name (as <span @@ -19065,14 +23010,14 @@ text: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[7]{%  \glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#6}{#7}% } </pre> -<!--l. 9558--><p class="nopar" > which uses: -</p><!--l. 9560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-48025"></a> <span +<!--l. 12027--><p class="nopar" > which uses: +</p><!--l. 12029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-81025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnameloclink{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -19088,10 +23033,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9562--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12031--><p class="noindent" > This uses the same commands as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink </span>to produce the hyperlinks. -</p><!--l. 9566--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose +</p><!--l. 12035--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose name is given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩, but <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>is first locally redefined to @@ -19102,8 +23047,8 @@ class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ is <span class="cmtt-10">hyperbf </span>then it will simply behave like <span class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>. -</p><!--l. 9573--><p class="indent" > For compactness, <a - id="dx1-48026"></a><a +</p><!--l. 12042--><p class="indent" > For compactness, <a + id="dx1-81026"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> merges normal records if the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩, ⟨<span @@ -19113,7 +23058,7 @@ class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ all match. (An order of precedence can b With nameref records, you can use the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--merge-nameref-on</span></span></span> switch provided by <a - id="dx1-48027"></a><span + id="dx1-81027"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ to determine how to merge nameref records. This switch must be followed by one of the following keywords: <span class="cmtt-10">hcounter </span>(merge on @@ -19128,46 +23073,46 @@ class="cmtt-10">location</span> class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩, as regular records). In all cases, the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ must also match. -</p><!--l. 9584--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12053--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9584--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.3 </span> <a +<!--l. 12053--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3.3 </span> <a id="sec:resourcecommands"></a>Helper Commands for Resource Options</h4> -<!--l. 9587--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49001"></a> <span +<!--l. 12056--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshex </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9589--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12058--><p class="noindent" > This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string\u</span></span></span>, which is required when you need to indicate a Unicode character in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\u</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">hex</span>⟩ in some of the resource options (as illustrated above). -</p><!--l. 9595--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49002"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12064--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9597--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12066--><p class="noindent" > This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string\$</span></span></span> and is used for the captured group reference in a replacement part of a regular expression substitution (requires at least <a - id="dx1-49003"></a><span + id="dx1-82003"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span> version 1.5). For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274"> sort-replace={{([a-zA-Z])\string\.}{\glscapturedgroup1}} </pre> -<!--l. 9603--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or +<!--l. 12072--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or A,…,Z. -</p><!--l. 9607--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span +</p><!--l. 12076--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option, you can test if the <span class="cmtt-10">childcount</span> field is non-zero using: -</p><!--l. 9609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12078--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -19175,7 +23120,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9611--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12080--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero </span>and will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t @@ -19188,32 +23133,32 @@ class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.) As from v1.4 is also a starred version which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero* </span>(don’t add grouping). -</p><!--l. 9620--><p class="indent" > A convenient shortcut for use in the <span +</p><!--l. 12089--><p class="indent" > A convenient shortcut for use in the <span class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases </span>setting: -</p><!--l. 9622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9624--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12093--><p class="noindent" > This provides aliases for BibTeX’s standard entry types to <a - id="dx1-49006"></a><a + id="dx1-82006"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span class="cmtt-10">@bibtexentry</span> entry type (requires at least <a - id="dx1-49007"></a><span + id="dx1-82007"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>version 1.4). -</p><!--l. 9629--><p class="indent" > You may also want to provide storage keys for BibTeX’s standard fields rather +</p><!--l. 12098--><p class="indent" > You may also want to provide storage keys for BibTeX’s standard fields rather than having to alias them all. This can be done with: -</p><!--l. 9631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49008"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9633--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12102--><p class="noindent" > Note that BibTeX’s <span class="cmtt-10">type </span>field clashes with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-49009"></a> package’s <span + id="dx1-82009"></a> package’s <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-49010"></a> key, so + id="dx1-82010"></a> key, so this command provides the key <span class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>instead. You can alias it with <span @@ -19227,55 +23172,55 @@ class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>field can be accessed with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibtype</span>. Each of these commands takes the entry label as the sole argument. -</p><!--l. 9644--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 12113--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-49011"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing + id="dx1-82011"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing mathematical Greek commands: <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49012"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82012"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a - id="dx1-49013"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82013"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Epsilon</span><a - id="dx1-49014"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82014"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Zeta</span><a - id="dx1-49015"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82015"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Eta</span><a - id="dx1-49016"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82016"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Iota</span><a - id="dx1-49017"></a>, + id="dx1-82017"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Kappa</span><a - id="dx1-49018"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82018"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Mu</span><a - id="dx1-49019"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82019"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Nu</span><a - id="dx1-49020"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82020"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Omicron</span><a - id="dx1-49021"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82021"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Rho</span><a - id="dx1-49022"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82022"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Tau</span><a - id="dx1-49023"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82023"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Chi</span><a - id="dx1-49024"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82024"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a - id="dx1-49025"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82025"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\omicron</span><a - id="dx1-49026"></a>. These are all + id="dx1-82026"></a>. These are all defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>, so they won’t override any definitions provided by any package loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-49027"></a>. Since <a - id="dx1-49028"></a><span + id="dx1-82027"></a>. Since <a + id="dx1-82028"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s interpreter recognises these commands, using them instead of explicitly using the Latin characters with the same shape helps to keep the Greek symbols together when sorting. Similarly, if <span class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a - id="dx1-49029"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also + id="dx1-82029"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also provided. -</p><!--l. 9658--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the +</p><!--l. 12127--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the <span class="cmtt-10">sort-rule </span>resource option. If you want a rule for a specific locale, you can provide similar commands in a file called <span @@ -19290,10 +23235,10 @@ identifies the dialect, locale, region or root language. See the description of <span class="cmtt-10">\IfTrackedLanguageFileExists </span>in the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-49030"></a> documentation for further details. + id="dx1-82030"></a> documentation for further details. If this file is on TeX’s path and the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-49031"></a> package (automatically loaded by + id="dx1-82031"></a> package (automatically loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) detects that the document has requested that language or locale, then the file will automatically be loaded. For example, if you want to provide a rule @@ -19304,7 +23249,7 @@ contains: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275"> \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{welsh}[2018/02/23 v1.0] \@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} { @@ -19342,7 +23287,7 @@ contains: } {}% glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty not loaded </pre> -<!--l. 9708--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span +<!--l. 12177--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span class="cmtt-10">\string </span>is in case the <span class="cmtt-10">< </span>character has been made active.) You can provide more than one rule-block per local, to allow for loanwords or foreign words. @@ -19350,7 +23295,7 @@ For example, you could provide <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIRules</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIIRules</span> etc. -</p><!--l. 9715--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then +</p><!--l. 12184--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then they can be provided in a file given by <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩<span @@ -19361,7 +23306,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-Cyrl.ldf </span>could contain: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276"> \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{Cyrl}[2018/02/23 v1.0] \newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIRules}{%   % Cyrillic rules @@ -19370,20 +23315,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-Cyrl.ldf </span>could contain:   % an alternative set of Cyrillic rules } </pre> -<!--l. 9727--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through +<!--l. 12196--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-49032"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This + id="dx1-82032"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This essentially means ensuring you load the appropriate language package before <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-49033"></a> is loaded by the base <span + id="dx1-82033"></a> is loaded by the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-49034"></a> package or any other package that uses it. + id="dx1-82034"></a> package or any other package that uses it. See the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-49035"></a> documentation for further details.) -</p><!--l. 9735--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or + id="dx1-82035"></a> documentation for further details.) +</p><!--l. 12204--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or language, then you can provide a supplementary package. For example, if you have a package called, say, <span class="cmss-10">mapsymbols </span>that provides map symbols, then the file @@ -19393,7 +23338,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.sty </span>might contain: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277"> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{mapsymbols}  some package or font loading stuff here to provide @@ -19409,27 +23354,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.sty </span>might contain:  \string< \glshex 26BD % football 0x26BD } </pre> -<!--l. 9756--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span +<!--l. 12225--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.bib </span>can provide the appropriate definitions for <a - id="dx1-49036"></a><a + id="dx1-82036"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278"> @preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Harbour}{\char"2693} \glsxtrprovidecommand{\Battlefield}{\char"2694} \glsxtrprovidecommand{\Stadium}{\char"26BD}"} </pre> -<!--l. 9763--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set: +<!--l. 12232--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279"> \usepackage{mapsymbols}% my custom package \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} \GlsXtrLoadResources[ @@ -19451,10 +23396,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>:  } ] </pre> -<!--l. 9788--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9790--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span +<!--l. 12257--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 12259--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-49037"></a>. They should be + id="dx1-82037"></a>. They should be separated by the rule separator characters <span class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon) or <span class="cmtt-10">,</span> (comma) or @@ -19463,21 +23408,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">&</span></span></span> (ampersand) or <span class="cmtt-10"><</span> (less than). See Java’s <a href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/8/docs/api/java/text/RuleBasedCollator.html" >RuleBasedCollator</a> documentation for details of the rule syntax. -</p><!--l. 9797--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span +</p><!--l. 12266--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49038"></a>, + id="dx1-82038"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49039"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82039"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a - id="dx1-49040"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82040"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a - id="dx1-49041"></a> etc) in a block before Latin characters: + id="dx1-82041"></a> etc) in a block before Latin characters: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280"> sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules  ;\glsxtrspacerules  ;\glsxtrnonprintablerules @@ -19492,38 +23437,38 @@ sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules  <\glsxtrLatinOslash } </pre> -<!--l. 9814--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49042"></a> <span +<!--l. 12283--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 12285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9818--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12287--><p class="noindent" > These are control characters that are usually placed at the start of a rule in the ignored section. They typically won’t occur in any sort values, but if they do they should normally be ignored. -</p><!--l. 9823--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49043"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9825--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12294--><p class="noindent" > These are space characters. They typically come after the control characters with the two blocks separated by a <span class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon). -</p><!--l. 9829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49044"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9831--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12300--><p class="noindent" > These are non-printable characters (BOM, tabs, line feed and carriage return). They typically come after the spaces separated by a <span class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon). These characters aren’t checked for by <a - id="dx1-49045"></a><a + id="dx1-82045"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> when it determines whether or not to use the interpreter, so a TAB or newline character may end up in the sort value if it wasn’t interpreted. -</p><!--l. 9839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49046"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9841--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12310--><p class="noindent" > These are combining diacritic marks which typically follow the space and non-printable blocks (separated by a semi-colon). This command is defined in terms of sub-block commands: @@ -19531,7 +23476,7 @@ of sub-block commands: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules}{%  \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules\string;  \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules\string; @@ -19539,27 +23484,27 @@ of sub-block commands:  \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules } </pre> -<!--l. 9852--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered. -</p><!--l. 9856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49047"></a> <span +<!--l. 12321--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered. +</p><!--l. 12325--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9858--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12327--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: acute, grave, breve, circumflex, caron, ring, vertical line above, diaeresis (umlaut), double acute, tilde, dot above, combining macron. -</p><!--l. 9863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49048"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9865--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12334--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: short solidus overlay, cedilla, ogonek, dot below, low line, overline, hook above, double vertical line above, double grave accent, candrabindu, inverted breve, turned comma above, comma above, reversed comma above, comma above right, grave accent below, acute accent below. -</p><!--l. 9872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49049"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9874--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12343--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: left tack below, right tack below, left angle above, horn, left half ring below, up tack below, down tack below, plus sign below, minus sign below, palatalized hook below, retroflex hook below, diaresis below, ring @@ -19571,29 +23516,29 @@ seagull below, x above, vertical tilde, double overline, Greek perispomeni, Gree dialytika tonos, Greek ypogegrammeni, double tilde, double inverted breve, Cyrillic titlo, Cyrillic palatalization, Cyrillic dasia pneumata, Cyrillic psili pneumata. -</p><!--l. 9889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49050"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12358--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9891--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12360--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: left harpoon above, right harpoon above, long vertical line overlay, short vertical line overlay, anticlockwise arrow above, clockwise arrow above, left arrow above, right arrow above, ring overlay, clockwise ring overlay, anticlockwise ring overlay, three dots above, four dots above, enclosing circle, enclosing square, enclosing diamond, enclosing circle backslash, left right arrow above. -</p><!--l. 9901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49051"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9903--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12372--><p class="noindent" > This contains hyphens (including the minus sign 0x2212). This rule block typically comes after the diacritic rules separated by a comma. -</p><!--l. 9908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49052"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9910--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12379--><p class="noindent" > This contains punctuation characters. This rule block typically comes after the hyphen rules separated by a less than (<span class="cmtt-10"><</span>). As with the combining diacritics, this @@ -19603,18 +23548,18 @@ different order is required: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules}{%   \glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules   \string<\glsxtrcurrencyrules   \string<\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules } </pre> -<!--l. 9922--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49053"></a> <span +<!--l. 12391--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 12393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9926--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12395--><p class="noindent" > This is the first punctuation sub-block containing: underscore, macron, comma, semi-colon, colon, exclamation mark, inverted exclamation mark, question mark, inverted question mark, solidus, full stop, acute accent, grave accent, @@ -19623,26 +23568,26 @@ straight double quote, left guillemet, right guillemet, left parenthesis, right parenthesis, left square bracket, right square bracket, left curly bracket, right curly bracket, section sign, pilcrow sign, copyright sign, registered sign, at sign. -</p><!--l. 9937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49054"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrencyrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9939--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12408--><p class="noindent" > This sub-block contains some currency symbols: currency sign, Thai currency symbol baht, cent sign, colon sign, cruzeiro sign, dollar sign, dong sign, euro sign, French franc sign, lira sign, mill sign, naira sign, peseta sign, pound sign, rupee sign, new sheqel sign, won sign, yen sign. -</p><!--l. 9946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49055"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82055"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9948--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12417--><p class="noindent" > This sub-block contains some other punctuation symbols: asterisk, backslash, ampersand, hash sign, percent sign, plus sign, plus-minus sign, division sign, multiplication sign, less-than sign, equals sign, greater-than sign, not sign, vertical bar (pipe), broken bar, degree sign, micron sign. -</p><!--l. 9955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49056"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9957--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12426--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9) and the subscript and superscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> <sup class="textsuperscript"><span @@ -19650,36 +23595,36 @@ class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> etc) made equivalent to the corresponding Basic Lat The digit block typically comes after the punctuation rules separated by a less than (<span class="cmtt-10"><</span>). -</p><!--l. 9965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49057"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9967--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12436--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains just the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9). -</p><!--l. 9970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49058"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9972--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12441--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains just the subscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> … <sub class="textsubscript"><span class="cmr-9">9</span></sub>). -</p><!--l. 9976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49059"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9978--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12447--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains just the superscript digits (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> … <sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmr-9">9</span></sup>). -</p><!--l. 9982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49060"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9984--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12453--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains vulgar fraction characters. The digit block typically comes after the digit rules separated by a less than (<span class="cmtt-10"><</span>). -</p><!--l. 9989--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended +</p><!--l. 12458--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended characters or ligatures (such as ß or œ) but they don’t include accented characters. If you require a Latin rule block that includes accented characters, digraphs, trigraphs or other extended characters, then it’s best to provide similar @@ -19688,10 +23633,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file for the particular language or region. -</p><!--l. 9997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49061"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9999--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12468--><p class="noindent" > This is just the basic (non-extended) Latin alphabet with the superscript and subscript Latin letters (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmr-9">a</span></sup> <sub class="textsubscript"><span @@ -19699,327 +23644,327 @@ class="cmr-9">a</span></sub> etc) treated as the equivalent basic Latin letter. don’t want the subscripts and superscripts included you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA</span> etc to omit them.) -</p><!--l. 10006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49062"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10008--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12477--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’ and eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’. -</p><!--l. 10012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49063"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12481--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10014--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12483--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’ and eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’. -</p><!--l. 10018--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49064"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10020--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12489--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’. -</p><!--l. 10026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49065"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10028--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12497--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’. -</p><!--l. 10033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49066"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10035--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12504--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’. -</p><!--l. 10040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49067"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10042--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12511--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes ae-ligature (æ) between ‘A’ and ‘B’, eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, insular G (Ᵹ) instead of ‘G’, oe-ligature between ‘O’ and ‘P’, long s (ſ) equivalent to ‘s’, thorn (þ) between ‘T’ and ‘U’ and wynn (Ƿ) instead of W. -</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49068"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10051--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12520--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’, thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’, Ø is treated as ‘O’ and ‘Ł’ is treated as ‘L’. -</p><!--l. 10057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49069"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10059--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12528--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘A’ but includes the sub- and superscript A. -</p><!--l. 10063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49070"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinE </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10065--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12534--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘E’ but includes the subscript E. -</p><!--l. 10069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49071"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12538--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinH </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10071--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12540--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘H’ but includes the subscript H. -</p><!--l. 10075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49072"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinK </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10077--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12546--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘K’ but includes the subscript K. -</p><!--l. 10081--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49073"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12550--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinI </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10083--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12552--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘I’ but includes the superscript I. -</p><!--l. 10087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49074"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12556--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinL </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10089--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12558--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘L’ but includes the subscript L. -</p><!--l. 10093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49075"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82075"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinM </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10095--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12564--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘M’ but includes the subscript M. -</p><!--l. 10099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49076"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82076"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinN </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10101--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12570--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘N’ but includes the sub- and superscript N. -</p><!--l. 10105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49077"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82077"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinO </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12576--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘O’ but includes the sub- and superscript O. -</p><!--l. 10111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49078"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinP </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10113--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12582--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘P’ but includes the subscript P. -</p><!--l. 10117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49079"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinS </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10119--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12588--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘S’ but includes the subscript S. -</p><!--l. 10123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49080"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82080"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinT </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10125--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12594--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘T’ but includes the subscript T. -</p><!--l. 10129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49081"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12598--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82081"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinX </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10131--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12600--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘X’ but includes the subscript X. -</p><!--l. 10135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49082"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10137--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12606--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by short ‘s’ equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘ss’.) -</p><!--l. 10142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49083"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12611--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82083"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10144--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12613--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by ‘z’ equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘sz’.) -</p><!--l. 10149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49084"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82084"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEth </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12620--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for eth (Ð) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 10155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49085"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82085"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinThorn </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10157--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12626--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for thorn (þ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 10161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49086"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82086"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAELigature </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10163--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12632--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ae-ligature (æ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 10167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49087"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82087"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOELigature </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10169--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12638--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for oe-ligature (œ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 10173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49088"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12642--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82088"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOslash </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10175--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12644--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ‘Ø’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 10179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49089"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12648--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82089"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinLslash </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10181--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12650--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ‘Ł’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 10185--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49090"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12654--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82090"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinWynn </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10187--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12656--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for wynn (Ƿ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 10191--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49091"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82091"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinInsularG </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10193--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12662--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for insular G (Ᵹ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 10197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49092"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82092"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinSchwa </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10199--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12668--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers schwa (Ə) but includes the subscript schwa. (Not used in any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.) -</p><!--l. 10204--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49093"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12673--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82093"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAA </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10206--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12675--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ‘Å’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. (Not used in any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.) -</p><!--l. 10211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49094"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82094"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10213--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12682--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49095"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82095"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a - id="dx1-49096"></a> etc) and upright Greek + id="dx1-82096"></a> etc) and upright Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a - id="dx1-49097"></a>, etc, from the <span + id="dx1-82097"></a>, etc, from the <span class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a - id="dx1-49098"></a> package) characters that includes digamma + id="dx1-82098"></a> package) characters that includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a - id="dx1-49099"></a> and <span + id="dx1-82099"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a - id="dx1-49100"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. The upright and italic versions + id="dx1-82100"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. The upright and italic versions are gathered together into the same letter group. -</p><!--l. 10220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49101"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82101"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10222--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12691--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span>but doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 10225--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49102"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12694--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82102"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10227--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12696--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upright Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a - id="dx1-49103"></a>, etc, from the <span + id="dx1-82103"></a>, etc, from the <span class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a - id="dx1-49104"></a> package) + id="dx1-82104"></a> package) characters that includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a - id="dx1-49105"></a> and <span + id="dx1-82105"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a - id="dx1-49106"></a>) between epsilon and + id="dx1-82106"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. -</p><!--l. 10233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49107"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82107"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10235--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12704--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upright Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a - id="dx1-49108"></a>, etc, from the <span + id="dx1-82108"></a>, etc, from the <span class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a - id="dx1-49109"></a> package) that + id="dx1-82109"></a> package) that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 10239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49110"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82110"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10241--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12710--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49111"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82111"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49112"></a>, etc) characters that includes + id="dx1-82112"></a>, etc) characters that includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\diagamma</span><a - id="dx1-49113"></a> and <span + id="dx1-82113"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a - id="dx1-49114"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. Note that even + id="dx1-82114"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. Note that even though the upper case <span class="cmtt-10">\Delta </span>etc are actually rendered upright by LaTeX, <a - id="dx1-49115"></a><a + id="dx1-82115"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> interpreter treats them as italic to help keep them close to the lower case versions. -</p><!--l. 10249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49116"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82116"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10251--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12720--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49117"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82117"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49118"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t + id="dx1-82118"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 10255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49119"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12724--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82119"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10257--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12726--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49120"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82120"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a - id="dx1-49121"></a>, etc) characters that + id="dx1-82121"></a>, etc) characters that includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a - id="dx1-49122"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. -</p><!--l. 10262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49123"></a> <span + id="dx1-82122"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. +</p><!--l. 12731--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82123"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10264--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12733--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49124"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82124"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a - id="dx1-49125"></a>, etc) characters that + id="dx1-82125"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 10268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49126"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12737--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82126"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10270--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12739--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49127"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82127"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a - id="dx1-49128"></a>, etc) characters that + id="dx1-82128"></a>, etc) characters that includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a - id="dx1-49129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. -</p><!--l. 10275--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49130"></a> <span + id="dx1-82129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. +</p><!--l. 12744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82130"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10277--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12746--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-49131"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82131"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a - id="dx1-49132"></a>, etc) characters that + id="dx1-82132"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 10281--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span +</p><!--l. 12750--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpAlpha</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpBeta</span> etc and <span @@ -20031,32 +23976,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">\upalpha </span>etc and <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>etc) as well as the following: -</p><!--l. 10288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49133"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82133"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10290--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12759--><p class="noindent" > The partial derivative symbol (<span class="cmmi-10">∂</span>). -</p><!--l. 10293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-49134"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-82134"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10295--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12764--><p class="noindent" > The nabla symbol (<span class="cmsy-10">∇</span>). -</p><!--l. 10299--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12768--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10299--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.4 </span> <a - id="supplementarycommands"></a>Supplementary Commands</h3> -<!--l. 10301--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span +<!--l. 12768--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.4 </span> <a + id="sec:bib2glssupplementarycommands"></a>Supplementary Commands</h3> +<!--l. 12771--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>for use with <a - id="dx1-50001"></a><a + id="dx1-83001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 10304--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span +</p><!--l. 12774--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>is written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file using </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -20072,13 +24017,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">information</span>⟩ is the information to pass to <a - id="dx1-50002"></a><span + id="dx1-83002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The command in the second argument -<!--l. 10311--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50003"></a> <span +<!--l. 12781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourceinit </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10313--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12783--><p class="noindent" > may be used to temporarily redefine commands before the information is written to the file. This does nothing by default, but may be redefined to allow the use of short commands for convenience. For example, with: @@ -20086,38 +24031,38 @@ commands for convenience. For example, with: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrresourceinit}{\let\u\glshex} </pre> -<!--l. 10320--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 12790--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\u</span><span class="cmtt-10"> E6</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6</span></span></span> in the custom rule. This redefinition of <span class="cmtt-10">\u </span>is scoped so its original definition is restored after the write operation. -</p><!--l. 10325--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you +</p><!--l. 12795--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you can supply them in the definition of: -</p><!--l. 10327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10329--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12799--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284"> \renewcommand{\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions}{selection=all} </pre> -<!--l. 10333--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands. -</p><!--l. 10336--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier +<!--l. 12803--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands. +</p><!--l. 12806--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra} \setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc} @@ -20138,22 +24083,22 @@ example: \printunsrtglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 10367--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom +<!--l. 12837--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom commands that set the prefix. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286"> \newcommand*{\sym}[2][]{\gls[#1]{sym.#2}} </pre> -<!--l. 10372--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span +<!--l. 12842--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span class="cmtt-10">\sym </span>doesn’t allow for modifiers (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls* </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\gls+</span>). Instead you can use: -</p><!--l. 10376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20161,7 +24106,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10378--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12848--><p class="noindent" > which defines the command ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ that behaves like </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -20186,24 +24131,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287"> \glsxtrnewgls{sym.}{\sym} </pre> -<!--l. 10386--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks) +<!--l. 12856--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks) </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288"> \glsxtrnewgls[hyper=false]{sym.}{\sym} </pre> -<!--l. 10390--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 12860--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\sym+{M}</span></span></span> to behave like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sym.M}</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 10393--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can +</p><!--l. 12863--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can use -</p><!--l. 10395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50006"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20219,18 +24164,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">\Gls-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\Glspl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10398--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12868--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289"> \glsxtrnewglslike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\idx}{\idxpl}{\Idx}{\Idxpl} </pre> -<!--l. 10402--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions: -</p><!--l. 10404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50007"></a> <span +<!--l. 12872--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions: +</p><!--l. 12874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewGLSlike[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20242,20 +24187,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\GLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10407--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12877--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290"> \glsxtrnewGLSlike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\IDX}{\IDXpl} </pre> -<!--l. 10411--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10413--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span +<!--l. 12881--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 12883--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>: -</p><!--l. 10414--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50008"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20263,14 +24208,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10416--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12886--><p class="noindent" > and for <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rGls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>: -</p><!--l. 10419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50009"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrglslike[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20286,10 +24231,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">\rGls-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\rGlspl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10423--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12893--><p class="noindent" > and for the all caps: -</p><!--l. 10425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20301,8 +24246,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\rGLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10428--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10430--><p class="indent" > If you provide your own custom command with just <span +</p><!--l. 12898--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12900--><p class="indent" > If you provide your own custom command with just <span class="cmtt-10">\newcommand </span>that has syntax that starts with <span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20310,50 +24255,50 @@ class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, then you can notify <a - id="dx1-50011"></a><a + id="dx1-83011"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> using: -</p><!--l. 10433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50012"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtridentifyglslike{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">command</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10435--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12905--><p class="noindent" > This writes information to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that <a - id="dx1-50013"></a><span + id="dx1-83013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can search for the given command when looking for dependencies. -</p><!--l. 10440--><p class="indent" > Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified +</p><!--l. 12910--><p class="indent" > Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified by: -</p><!--l. 10442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10444--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12914--><p class="noindent" > These should be listed in order of precedence. Since no entries are defined on the first LaTeX run, the final prefix should be the fallback. You can prepend a prefix to the list using: -</p><!--l. 10448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50015"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10450--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12920--><p class="noindent" > which gives it the highest order of precedence. -</p><!--l. 10453--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 12923--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ argument may be empty. You can clear the list with: -</p><!--l. 10455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50016"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10457--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10459--><p class="indent" > You can test if a prefix is already in the list with: -</p><!--l. 10460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12927--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12929--><p class="indent" > You can test if a prefix is already in the list with: +</p><!--l. 12930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20361,7 +24306,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10462--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12932--><p class="noindent" > In general it’s best to avoid adding multiple instances of the same prefix, so you can check with this command before adding a prefix to the list. However, it can be useful @@ -20369,10 +24314,10 @@ check with this command before adding a prefix to the list. However, it can be u to repeat a prefix at the end of the list so that it can be used as a fallback for entries that haven’t yet been defined. -</p><!--l. 10469--><p class="indent" > With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary), +</p><!--l. 12939--><p class="indent" > With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary), you can use: -</p><!--l. 10471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20380,7 +24325,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10473--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12943--><p class="noindent" > which behaves like </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -20400,10 +24345,10 @@ class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ is the first prefix in the list such that class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ matches a defined entry (or the last entry in the prefix list if none match). -<!--l. 10482--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing +<!--l. 12952--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing versions: -</p><!--l. 10484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50019"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dglspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20411,11 +24356,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10486--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12956--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>), -</p><!--l. 10488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dGls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20423,11 +24368,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10490--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12960--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>), -</p><!--l. 10492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50021"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20435,11 +24380,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10494--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12964--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>), -</p><!--l. 10496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50022"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dGLS[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20447,11 +24392,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10498--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12968--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>), -</p><!--l. 10500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50023"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20459,11 +24404,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10502--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12972--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span>), -</p><!--l. 10504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dglslink[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20471,11 +24416,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10506--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12976--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>), -</p><!--l. 10508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-50025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-83025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20483,17 +24428,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10510--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12980--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>). -</p><!--l. 10513--><p class="indent" > These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries. +</p><!--l. 12983--><p class="indent" > These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries. Suppose the file <span class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291"> @index{duck} @dualindexabbreviation{svm,   short={SVM}, @@ -20505,12 +24450,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains:     diameter} } </pre> -<!--l. 10526--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is: +<!--l. 12996--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{hyperref} \usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra} @@ -20525,7 +24470,7 @@ Next use: \gls{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}. \printunsrtglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 10545--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span +<!--l. 13015--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span class="cmtt-10">dual.</span> for the dual prefix, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> is referencing the primary entry, which is (essentially) an <span @@ -20536,50 +24481,50 @@ for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{pi}</span></span></span>, which references the primary <span class="cmtt-10">@index </span>entry rather than the symbol. -</p><!--l. 10554--><p class="indent" > What’s really needed is: +</p><!--l. 13024--><p class="indent" > What’s really needed is: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293"> \gls{duck}, \gls{dual.svm}, \gls{dual.pi}. </pre> -<!--l. 10557--><p class="nopar" > or with +<!--l. 13027--><p class="nopar" > or with </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,  label-prefix={idx.},  dual-prefix={} ] </pre> -<!--l. 10564--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix: +<!--l. 13034--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295"> \gls{idx.duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}. </pre> -<!--l. 10568--><p class="nopar" > Using <span +<!--l. 13038--><p class="nopar" > Using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span>, as earlier, this can be simplified to: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296"> \idx{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}. </pre> -<!--l. 10572--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals. -</p><!--l. 10575--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span +<!--l. 13042--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals. +</p><!--l. 13045--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span class="cmtt-10">\dgls </span>instead: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{hyperref} \usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra} @@ -20596,7 +24541,7 @@ Next use: \dgls{duck}, \dgls{svm}, \dgls{pi}. \printunsrtglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 10596--><p class="nopar" > On the first LaTeX call (when the <span +<!--l. 13066--><p class="nopar" > On the first LaTeX call (when the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist), neither <span class="cmtt-10">dual.svm </span>nor <span @@ -20613,8 +24558,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">dual.svm</span>) entry to be selected. The location will be added to the primary entry’s location list, unless overridden by resource options, such as <span class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations</span>. -</p><!--l. 10608--><p class="indent" > Once <a - id="dx1-50026"></a><a +</p><!--l. 13078--><p class="indent" > Once <a + id="dx1-83026"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> has been run and the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file exists, then <span @@ -20628,7 +24573,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\dgls{svm}</span></span></span> now behaves like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{dual.svm}</span></span></span>, which follows the abbreviation style and hyperlinks to the list of abbreviations. -</p><!--l. 10616--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span +</p><!--l. 13086--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span class="cmtt-10">dual.pi </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">pi</span>. In the case of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -20638,19 +24583,19 @@ prefix is the only one that matches, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="v class="cmtt-10">\dgls{duck}</span></span></span> always behaves like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{duck}</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 10622--><p class="indent" > If you haven’t used <span +</p><!--l. 13092--><p class="indent" > If you haven’t used <span class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations </span>an extra <a - id="dx1-50027"></a><span + id="dx1-83027"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>+LaTeX run may be required to correct the location lists. -</p><!--l. 10626--><p class="indent" > If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding +</p><!--l. 13096--><p class="indent" > If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If no prefixes have been added to the list (or if the list is cleared), just an empty prefix is assumed. -</p><!--l. 10631--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.8, <a - id="dx1-50028"></a><span +</p><!--l. 13101--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.8, <a + id="dx1-83028"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>provides hooks that identify the label prefixes in the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file: </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -20660,19 +24605,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\bibglstertiaryprefixlabel</span><a - id="dx1-50029"></a><span + id="dx1-83029"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\bibglsdualprefixlabel</span><a - id="dx1-50030"></a><span + id="dx1-83030"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel</span><a - id="dx1-50031"></a><span + id="dx1-83031"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> @@ -20682,12 +24627,12 @@ loaded to set up the prefix list. For example: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298"> \newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}} \newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}} \GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries] </pre> -<!--l. 10645--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span +<!--l. 13115--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file has been created. The prefix list will be empty on the first run (which is treated as a single empty prefix). If this isn’t a suitable fallback, it may be necessary to add one after all the @@ -20696,80 +24641,77 @@ resource commands: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299"> \newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}} \newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}} \GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,label-prefix={idx.}] \glsxtraddlabelprefix{idx.} </pre> -<!--l. 10656--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep +<!--l. 13126--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep track of the fallback prefix. -</p><!--l. 10660--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13130--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10660--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.5 </span> <a +<!--l. 13130--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.5 </span> <a id="sec:recordcount"></a>Record Counting</h3> -<!--l. 10663--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a - id="dx1-51001"></a><a +<!--l. 13133--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a + id="dx1-84001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can save the total record count for each entry by invoking <a - id="dx1-51002"></a><span + id="dx1-84002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>with the <span class="cmtt-10">--record-count </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>switches. These options will ensure that when each entry is written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file <a - id="dx1-51003"></a><span + id="dx1-84003"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will additionally set the following internal fields for that entry: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 10670--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">recordcount</span>: set to the total number of records found for the entry; - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 10672--><p class="noindent" ><span + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩: set to the total number of records found for the - entry for the given counter.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 10675--><p class="noindent" >If <span + entry for the given counter.</li></ul> +<!--l. 13145--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>is used then additionally: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 10677--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩: set to the total number of records - found for the entry for the given counter with the given location.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 10681--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If + found for the entry for the given counter with the given location.</li></ul> +<!--l. 13151--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If you really need it with locations that may contain formatting commands, then you can try redefining: -</p><!--l. 10684--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdetoklocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10686--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13156--><p class="noindent" > so that it detokenizes ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ but take care when using <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span> with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>as they can end up becoming detokenized too early. - - - -</p><!--l. 10692--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a - id="dx1-51005"></a><span +</p><!--l. 13162--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a + id="dx1-84005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>discards, such as ignored records, duplicates and partial duplicates. It doesn’t include cross-reference records. For example, if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{bird}</span></span></span> is used twice on page 1, once on page 2 and fours times on page 3, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[counter=section]{bird}</span></span></span> is used once in + + + section 3, then the total record count (stored in the <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount </span>field) is 2 + 1 + 4 + 1 = 8, the total for the <span @@ -20779,39 +24721,39 @@ field) is 2 + 1 + 4 = 7, and the total for the <span class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter (stored in the <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section </span>field) is 1. -</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span +</p><!--l. 13174--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.1 </span>is set to 2, <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.2 </span>is set to 1, <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.3 </span>is set to 4 and <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section.3 </span>is set to 1. -</p><!--l. 10709--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to +</p><!--l. 13179--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to the field value if set or to 0 if unset: -</p><!--l. 10711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51006"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10713--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13183--><p class="noindent" > This expands to the total record count for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300"> \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{bird} </pre> -<!--l. 10718--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8. -</p><!--l. 10721--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51007"></a> <span +<!--l. 13188--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8. +</p><!--l. 13191--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10723--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13193--><p class="noindent" > This expands to the counter total for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is the @@ -20820,20 +24762,20 @@ counter name. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-301"> \GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{page} </pre> -<!--l. 10729--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and +<!--l. 13199--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-302"> \GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{section} </pre> -<!--l. 10733--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1. -</p><!--l. 10736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51008"></a> <span +<!--l. 13203--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1. +</p><!--l. 13206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20841,27 +24783,27 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10738--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13208--><p class="noindent" > This expands to the total for the given location. For example </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-303"> \GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{bird}{page}{3} </pre> -<!--l. 10742--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span +<!--l. 13212--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ part. Remember that due to TeX’s asynchronous output routine, <span class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>may not be correct. -</p><!--l. 10747--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span +</p><!--l. 13217--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>that are triggered by the record count. These are listed below. -</p><!--l. 10751--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51009"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13221--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20871,9 +24813,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10753--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13223--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13224--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20883,9 +24825,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10756--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51011"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13226--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20895,9 +24837,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51012"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13229--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20907,9 +24849,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10762--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51013"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13232--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20919,9 +24861,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10765--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13235--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20931,40 +24873,40 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10768--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13238--><p class="noindent" > These commands check the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-51015"></a> attribute which, if set, should be a number. + id="dx1-84015"></a> attribute which, if set, should be a number. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-304"> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{recordcount}{1} </pre> -<!--l. 10773--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use -</p><!--l. 10775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51016"></a> <span +<!--l. 13243--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use +</p><!--l. 13245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10777--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13247--><p class="noindent" > to set the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-51017"></a> attribute to ⟨<span + id="dx1-84017"></a> attribute to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ for all the categories listed in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span> <span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10781--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 13251--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like commands use -</p><!--l. 10782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13252--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20972,29 +24914,29 @@ class="cmitt-10">trigger code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">normal</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10785--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13255--><p class="noindent" > to determine whether the <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command should behave like its <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> counterpart (⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩) or whether it should instead use ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10790--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a +</p><!--l. 13260--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-51019"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does + id="dx1-84019"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩, otherwise it tests if -</p><!--l. 10793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10795--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13265--><p class="noindent" > is greater than the value given in the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-51021"></a> attribute for that entry’s category. + id="dx1-84021"></a> attribute for that entry’s category. If true, this does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩. The default definition of the @@ -21003,90 +24945,90 @@ trigger value command is: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-305"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue}[1]{%  \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{#1}% } </pre> -<!--l. 10804--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span +<!--l. 13274--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ part writes a record with the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-51022"></a> set to <span + id="dx1-84022"></a> set to <span class="cmtt-10">glstriggerrecordformat</span> (which <a - id="dx1-51023"></a><a + id="dx1-84023"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.1+ recognises as a special type of ignored location format) and does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩. Then it unsets the <a - id="dx1-51024"></a><a + id="dx1-84024"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Note that it doesn’t implement the post-link hook. This ensures that the record count is correct on the next run. -</p><!--l. 10813--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 13283--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩ depends on the <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command used and will be one of the following: -</p><!--l. 10815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rglsformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10817--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51026"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13287--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rglsplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10820--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51027"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13290--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGlsformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10823--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10824--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13293--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGlsplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10826--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13296--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13297--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10829--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13299--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10832--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13302--><p class="noindent" > These all behave much like their <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>counterparts. If the entry’s <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-51031"></a> + id="dx1-84031"></a> attribute is set or if the entry doesn’t have a long form, the first or first plural is used, otherwise the long or long plural form is used. -</p><!--l. 10838--><p class="indent" > You can use -</p><!--l. 10839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-51032"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13308--><p class="indent" > You can use +</p><!--l. 13309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-84032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrenablerecordcount </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10841--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13311--><p class="noindent" > to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span @@ -21101,7 +25043,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span>, class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>, respectively, for convenience. -</p><!--l. 10846--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 13316--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ to appear in the glossary, you need to use the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">trigger-type </span>to assign them to another glossary. @@ -21110,7 +25052,7 @@ For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-306"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} \newignoredglossary{ignored} @@ -21127,7 +25069,7 @@ For example: \printunsrtglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 10872--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span +<!--l. 13342--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span class="cmtt-10">stc </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">upa </span>both only have one record, so they are assigned to the <span @@ -21137,107 +25079,107 @@ class="cmtt-10">main </span>one. </p> -<!--l. 10877--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 10877--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a +<!--l. 13347--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 13347--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2> -</p><!--l. 10880--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 13350--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a - id="dx1-52001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries + id="dx1-85001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries when used with the <a href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-52002"></a> or <a + id="dx1-85002"></a> or <a href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-52003"></a> options. The <span + id="dx1-85003"></a> options. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> package provides a supplementary command -</p><!--l. 10884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-52004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-85004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10886--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13356--><p class="noindent" > that works in the same way except that it uses <span class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a - id="dx1-52005"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-85005"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a - id="dx1-52006"></a>. -</p><!--l. 10890--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using -</p><!--l. 10891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-52007"></a> <span + id="dx1-85006"></a>. +</p><!--l. 13360--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using +</p><!--l. 13361--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-85007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcopytoglossary{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10893--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13363--><p class="noindent" > This appends ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>⟩ to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-type</span>⟩. Be careful if you use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-52008"></a> package as this may cause duplicate + id="dx1-85008"></a> package as this may cause duplicate hypertargets. You will need to change <span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>to another value or disable hyperlinks when you display the duplicate. Alternatively, use the new <span class="cmss-10">target</span><a - id="dx1-52009"></a> key to + id="dx1-85009"></a> key to switch off the targets: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-307"> \printunsrtglossary[target=false] </pre> -<!--l. 10903--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10905--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 13373--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 13375--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary type using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting. With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble using -</p><!--l. 10910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-52010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-85010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10912--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13382--><p class="noindent" > or prepend using -</p><!--l. 10914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-52011"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-85011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\pretoglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10916--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13386--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10918--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a +<!--l. 13388--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3> -<!--l. 10921--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a +<!--l. 13391--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a single argument. The field is given by -</p><!--l. 10923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53001"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10925--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13395--><p class="noindent" > The default value is <span class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name <span class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>. -</p><!--l. 10930--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 13400--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-308"> \newcommand*{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}} \newcommand*{\mtxinv}[1]{\mtx{#1}\sp{-1}} \newglossaryentry{matrix}{% @@ -21262,11 +25204,11 @@ class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.    $\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$} } </pre> -<!--l. 10958--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10960--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an +<!--l. 13428--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 13430--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an argument: -</p><!--l. 10962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53002"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21274,7 +25216,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10964--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13434--><p class="noindent" > This effectively does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -21301,25 +25243,25 @@ class="cmti-10">cs name</span>⟩ is the control sequence name supplied in must be defined to take a single required argument. Although it effectively acts like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>it misses out the post-link hook. -<!--l. 10974--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span +<!--l. 13444--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span class="cmti-10">default-options</span>⟩ are given by -</p><!--l. 10975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53003"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10977--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13447--><p class="noindent" > This is defined as <span class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>but may be redefined as appropriate. Note that the replacement text of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. -</p><!--l. 10983--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a +</p><!--l. 13453--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a final optional argument: -</p><!--l. 10985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt*[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21329,10 +25271,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10987--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13457--><p class="noindent" > Both the starred and unstarred versions use: -</p><!--l. 10989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13459--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtdisplay{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21340,7 +25282,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10991--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13461--><p class="noindent" > within the link text. In the case of the unstarred version ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ will be empty. It will also be empty if the final option argument is missing from the starred form. If the @@ -21352,7 +25294,7 @@ warning if <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-53006"></a>). There won’t be a warning or error if the entry is + id="dx1-86006"></a>). There won’t be a warning or error if the entry is defined by the given field is missing. In either case, (the entry is undefined or the field is missing) ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs name</span>⟩ will be <span @@ -21362,25 +25304,25 @@ default definition is: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-309"> \newcommand{\glsxtrfmtdisplay}[3]{\csuse{#1}{#2}#3} </pre> -<!--l. 11005--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span +<!--l. 13475--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ inside the argument of the control sequence and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ outside it (but it will still be inside the link text). -</p><!--l. 11010--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span +</p><!--l. 13480--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. </div> -</p><!--l. 11013--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11015--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 13483--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13485--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-310"> \[   \glsxtrfmt{matrix}{A}   \glsxtrfmt{matrixinv}{A} @@ -21388,44 +25330,44 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. </div>   \glssymbol{identitymatrix} \] </pre> -<!--l. 11023--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span +<!--l. 13493--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will create a hyperlink (if <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-53007"></a> has been loaded). This can be changed so that it also + id="dx1-86007"></a> has been loaded). This can be changed so that it also suppresses the hyperlink: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-311"> \renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex} </pre> -<!--l. 11030--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11032--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +<!--l. 13500--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 13502--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can use -</p><!--l. 11034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53008"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrentryfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11036--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13506--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-53009"></a> is used, this uses <span + id="dx1-86009"></a> is used, this uses <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will expand to -</p><!--l. 11038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpdfentryfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11040--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13510--><p class="noindent" > within the PDF bookmarks, but in the document it will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -21436,15 +25378,15 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ otherwise. The PDF bookmark version simply does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. It may be redefined, but remember that it needs to expand fully. -</p><!--l. 11047--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 13517--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t already exist: -</p><!--l. 11052--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53011"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21452,7 +25394,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">default</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11054--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13524--><p class="noindent" > If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the third argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span @@ -21461,9 +25403,9 @@ class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of this new key. -</p><!--l. 11060--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with: -</p><!--l. 11061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53012"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13530--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with: +</p><!--l. 13531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifkeydefined{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21471,7 +25413,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11063--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13533--><p class="noindent" > This tests if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩ is available for use in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩= list in the second argument of @@ -21480,20 +25422,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>(or the optional argument of commands l class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>). The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was provided. -</p><!--l. 11071--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that +</p><!--l. 13541--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example, changing the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-53013"></a> field won’t update the <span + id="dx1-86013"></a> field won’t update the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-53014"></a> field. There are also + id="dx1-86014"></a> field. There are also some fields that should really only be set when entries are defined (such as the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-53015"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently + id="dx1-86015"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently changed. -</p><!--l. 11079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53016"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13549--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21501,7 +25443,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11081--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13551--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span @@ -21517,10 +25459,10 @@ tests if a key has been defined for use with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. If a field without a corresponding key is assigned a value, the key remains undefined. This command is robust. -</p><!--l. 11091--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 13561--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses -</p><!--l. 11092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21528,13 +25470,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11094--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13564--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the assignment code. -</p><!--l. 11098--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span +</p><!--l. 13568--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a - id="dx1-53018"></a><span + id="dx1-86018"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21546,13 +25488,13 @@ This can be changed to a warning with <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-53019"></a>. You can redefine + id="dx1-86019"></a>. You can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if you want to skip the existence check. Alternatively you can instead use -</p><!--l. 11104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdeffield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21563,18 +25505,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11106--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13576--><p class="noindent" > This simply uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-53021"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-86021"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\csdef </span>without any checks. This command isn’t robust. There is also a version that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\protected@csedef</span> instead:<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-53022f1"></a> -</p><!--l. 11111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53023"></a> <span +href="#fn1x11" id="fn1x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-86022f1"></a> +</p><!--l. 13581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtredeffield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21585,15 +25527,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11113--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11115--><p class="indent" > The following command was added to <span +</p><!--l. 13583--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13585--><p class="indent" > The following command was added to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>v1.47 primarily for the convenience of <a - id="dx1-53024"></a><a + id="dx1-86024"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>: -</p><!--l. 11117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrapptocsvfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21601,7 +25543,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11119--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13589--><p class="noindent" > There’s no check for the existence of either the entry or the field. If the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has the given field set then this command will append a comma @@ -21611,8 +25553,8 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\csdef </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\csappto </span>so the effect can be localised. -</p><!--l. 11127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53026"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21620,11 +25562,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11129--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13599--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally. -</p><!--l. 11132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53027"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13602--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21632,11 +25574,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11134--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13604--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion. -</p><!--l. 11137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21644,11 +25586,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11139--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13609--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion. -</p><!--l. 11142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21656,15 +25598,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11144--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13614--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to the replacement text of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ (using <span class="cmtt-10">\let</span>). -</p><!--l. 11148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21672,14 +25614,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11150--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13620--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead. -</p><!--l. 11154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53031"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label-1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21690,7 +25632,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11156--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13626--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field-1</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label-1</span>⟩ to the field given by @@ -21708,14 +25650,14 @@ class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>is still used, as for <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>. -</p><!--l. 11164--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 13634--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a - id="dx1-53032"></a> to determine if a field has been + id="dx1-86032"></a> to determine if a field has been set. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a simpler version: -</p><!--l. 11167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21725,7 +25667,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11169--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13639--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.19.) Note that in this case the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be the <span class="cmti-10">internal </span>field label (for @@ -21742,16 +25684,16 @@ class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ part is done otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ you may use -</p><!--l. 11178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53034"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13648--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11180--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13650--><p class="noindent" > to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ parts. The starred version -</p><!--l. 11184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53035"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13654--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield*{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21761,21 +25703,21 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11186--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13656--><p class="noindent" > omits the implicit grouping. -</p><!--l. 11189--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span +</p><!--l. 13659--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>as the default value (such as the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-53036"></a>). Use + id="dx1-86036"></a>). Use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol </span>instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 11192--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11194--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span +</p><!--l. 13662--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13664--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifcsundef</span>. It doesn’t save the field value, but can be used if you only need to check if the field is defined without accessing it: -</p><!--l. 11197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53037"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13667--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21785,8 +25727,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11199--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11201--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined +</p><!--l. 13669--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13671--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined field hasn’t been assigned any value (no associated internal control sequence has been defined). If a defined field has been defined to empty, then it’s considered unset. <span @@ -21804,13 +25746,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef </span>for fields that can only be defined through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 11214--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13684--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11216--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using -</p><!--l. 11217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53038"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13686--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using +</p><!--l. 13687--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21822,7 +25764,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11219--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13689--><p class="noindent" > If the entry exists and has the given field set to the given text then this does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span @@ -21833,13 +25775,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>with ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ using <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-53039"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-86039"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring</span>. Version 1.39 introduced a starred form of this command, which uses the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>. -</p><!--l. 11229--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command: -</p><!--l. 11230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53040"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13699--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command: +</p><!--l. 13700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21851,15 +25793,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11232--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13702--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr </span>but first (protected) fully expands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (but not the field value). If you want to compare the (protected) full expansion of both the field value and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ use: -</p><!--l. 11237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53041"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21872,14 +25814,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11239--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13709--><p class="noindent" > Again, version 1.39 introduced a starred form of these commands, which use the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>. -</p><!--l. 11243--><p class="indent" > As from v1.42, you can test if the field value is contained in a comma-separated +</p><!--l. 13713--><p class="indent" > As from v1.42, you can test if the field value is contained in a comma-separated list with: -</p><!--l. 11245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53042"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13715--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21892,7 +25834,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11247--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13717--><p class="noindent" > The unstarred version uses the unstarred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>(which adds grouping so ⟨<span @@ -21908,25 +25850,25 @@ class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ is done. This internally uses <span class="cmtt-10">\DTLifinlist </span>provided by <span class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a - id="dx1-53043"></a> which performs + id="dx1-86043"></a> which performs a one level expansion on ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩. See the <span class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a - id="dx1-53044"></a> documentation for further + id="dx1-86044"></a> documentation for further details. -</p><!--l. 11259--><p class="indent" > This command is intended for fields that contain a label. For example, to test if +</p><!--l. 13729--><p class="indent" > This command is intended for fields that contain a label. For example, to test if the category is one of a set of labels: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-312"> \GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList{examplelabel}{category}%  {abbreviation,acronym}% set of labels  {true part}{false part} </pre> -<!--l. 11265--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11267--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the +<!--l. 13735--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 13737--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the following two numeric tests. If the field is set, it must expand to an integer. You may use <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>within ⟨<span @@ -21939,9 +25881,9 @@ be 0, and <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>is set accordingly. As from version 1.39, these numeric tests have starred versions. The unstarred versions add implicit grouping. The starred versions don’t. -</p><!--l. 11277--><p class="indent" > As from v1.47 there’s a similar command: -</p><!--l. 11278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53045"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13747--><p class="indent" > As from v1.47 there’s a similar command: +</p><!--l. 13748--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfValueInFieldCsvList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21954,15 +25896,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11280--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13750--><p class="noindent" > This is essentially the opposite situation where the list is stored in the given field and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the element to find in the list. Again the unstarred versions add implicit grouping. Note that the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ isn’t expanded. If you need it to be fully expanded before searching for it use: -</p><!--l. 11286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53046"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13756--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrIfValueInFieldCsvList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21975,14 +25917,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11288--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13758--><p class="noindent" > (To add a value to a field containing a comma-separated list, use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrapptocsvfield</span>. To iterate over the field use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span>.) -</p><!--l. 11292--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero: -</p><!--l. 11293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53047"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13762--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero: +</p><!--l. 13763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21992,10 +25934,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11295--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13765--><p class="noindent" > Alternatively, you can test if the field expands to a specific number using: -</p><!--l. 11298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53048"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22007,7 +25949,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11300--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13770--><p class="noindent" > This does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the field value equals ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ (using <span @@ -22015,8 +25957,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifnum </span>for the comparison) otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. For a more general numeric comparison you can use: -</p><!--l. 11305--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53049"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpNum{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22031,21 +25973,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11307--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13777--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">comparison</span>⟩ is one of <span class="cmtt-10">=</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">< </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">></span>. -</p><!--l. 11311--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 13781--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a - id="dx1-53050"></a> which can be used to fetch the + id="dx1-86050"></a> which can be used to fetch the value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another way of accessing the field value: -</p><!--l. 11315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53051"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13785--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22054,46 +25996,46 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11317--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13787--><p class="noindent" > This works in the same way as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is specified in the first argument. Note that the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field-label</span>⟩ corresponds to the internal field tag, which isn’t always the same as the key name. See Table 4.1 of the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-53052"></a> + id="dx1-86052"></a> manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is not robust. -</p><!--l. 11325--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to +</p><!--l. 13795--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>): -</p><!--l. 11327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53053"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11329--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13799--><p class="noindent" > and, as from v1.37, a command that converts the entire value to upper case: -</p><!--l. 11331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53054"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11333--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11335--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span +</p><!--l. 13803--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13805--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-53055"></a> internal + id="dx1-86055"></a> internal list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-53056"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-86056"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 11339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53057"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistadd{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22101,7 +26043,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11341--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13811--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the entry’s field and ⟨<span @@ -22111,8 +26053,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\listgadd</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 11346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53058"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22120,9 +26062,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11348--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53059"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13818--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22130,9 +26072,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11351--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53060"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13821--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22140,19 +26082,19 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11354--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13824--><p class="noindent" > You can then iterate over the list using: -</p><!--l. 11356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53061"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11358--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13828--><p class="noindent" > or -</p><!--l. 11360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53062"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22160,35 +26102,35 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11362--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13832--><p class="noindent" > that internally use <span class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively. You can use <span class="cmtt-10">\listbreak</span><a - id="dx1-53063"></a> to break out of the loop (see the <span + id="dx1-86063"></a> to break out of the loop (see the <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-53064"></a> manual for further + id="dx1-86064"></a> manual for further details). -</p><!--l. 11367--><p class="indent" > For fields that contain comma-separated lists use <span +</p><!--l. 13837--><p class="indent" > For fields that contain comma-separated lists use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span> instead. -</p><!--l. 11370--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42: -</p><!--l. 11371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53065"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13840--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42: +</p><!--l. 13841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11373--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13843--><p class="noindent" > Like <span class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a - id="dx1-53066"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-86066"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\DTLformatlist</span><a - id="dx1-53067"></a>, this iterates over an (<span + id="dx1-86067"></a>, this iterates over an (<span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-53068"></a>) internal list and + id="dx1-86068"></a>) internal list and formats each item. Uses all the same helper commands as <span class="cmtt-10">\DTLformatlist </span>(the same @@ -22196,10 +26138,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\DTLformatlist </span>(the same list handler macro is used). Unlike the <span class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a - id="dx1-53069"></a> command, this command has no + id="dx1-86069"></a> command, this command has no starred version. Grouping is automatically applied. -</p><!--l. 11380--><p class="indent" > For example, with <a - id="dx1-53070"></a><a +</p><!--l. 13850--><p class="indent" > For example, with <a + id="dx1-86070"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option: @@ -22207,7 +26149,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-313"> \newcommand*{\listchildren}[1]{%   \GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{childcount}{#1}%   {child count: \glscurrentfieldvalue; children: @@ -22217,13 +26159,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option:   {no children}% } </pre> -<!--l. 11391--><p class="nopar" > For fields that contain a comma-separated list use <span +<!--l. 13861--><p class="nopar" > For fields that contain a comma-separated list use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist</span> instead. -</p><!--l. 11395--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span +</p><!--l. 13865--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>: -</p><!--l. 11396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53071"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldifinlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22235,11 +26177,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11398--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13868--><p class="noindent" > and <span class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span> -</p><!--l. 11400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53072"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22251,16 +26193,16 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11402--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11404--><p class="indent" > See the <span +</p><!--l. 13872--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13874--><p class="indent" > See the <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-53073"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular + id="dx1-86073"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular the limitations of <span class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>. -</p><!--l. 11408--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it +</p><!--l. 13878--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it using: -</p><!--l. 11410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53074"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22268,69 +26210,69 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11412--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13882--><p class="noindent" > where again ⟨<span class="cmti-10">handler</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument. Unlike the <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-53075"></a> loops, this doesn’t ignore empty elements nor does it discard leading / + id="dx1-86075"></a> loops, this doesn’t ignore empty elements nor does it discard leading / trailing spaces. Internally it uses <span class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>(modified by <span class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a - id="dx1-53076"></a> which is automatically + id="dx1-86076"></a> which is automatically loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-53077"></a>). The <span + id="dx1-86077"></a>). The <span class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a - id="dx1-53078"></a> package modifies the behaviour of <span + id="dx1-86078"></a> package modifies the behaviour of <span class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>to allow the loop to be broken prematurely using <span class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span> command locally defines a user level command: -</p><!--l. 11422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53079"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrendfor </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11424--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13894--><p class="noindent" > which is just a synonym for <span class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. -</p><!--l. 11427--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span +</p><!--l. 13897--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>so scoping is automatically applied. If you don’t want scoping use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield* </span>which will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield* </span>instead but take care if you nest these starred commands as unexpected results can occur without the scoping. -</p><!--l. 11433--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42: -</p><!--l. 11434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53080"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13903--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42: +</p><!--l. 13904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86080"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11436--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13906--><p class="noindent" > Like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist </span>but for fields that contain comma-separated lists. -</p><!--l. 11440--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by -</p><!--l. 11441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53081"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13910--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by +</p><!--l. 13911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86081"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11443--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13913--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">userii</span>) contains a locale tag, then -</p><!--l. 11445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53082"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignText{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11447--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13917--><p class="noindent" > can be used to encapsulate ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ in <span class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage{</span>⟨<span @@ -22341,18 +26283,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">dialect</span>⟩ is obtained from the locale tag through <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-53083"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-86083"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\GetTrackedDialectFromLanguageTag</span><a - id="dx1-53084"></a> + id="dx1-86084"></a> command. You need at least <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-53085"></a> v1.3.6 for this to work properly. The ⟨<span + id="dx1-86085"></a> v1.3.6 for this to work properly. The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">dialect</span>⟩ must be one that’s tracked (which typically means that <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-53086"></a> or <span + id="dx1-86086"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-53087"></a> has been + id="dx1-86087"></a> has been loaded with the appropriate setting for that language). If <span class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage </span>hasn’t been defined, this just does ⟨<span @@ -22361,7 +26303,7 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-314"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage[main=british,brazilian,ngerman]{babel} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} @@ -22388,29 +26330,29 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. For example: \gls{abnt}, \gls{din}. \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 11489--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11492--><p class="indent" > When using the <a +<!--l. 13959--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 13962--><p class="indent" > When using the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-53088"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can + id="dx1-86088"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 11495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-53089"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 13965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-86089"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11497--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13967--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-315"> \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} \GlsXtrRecordCounter{section} </pre> -<!--l. 11502--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span +<!--l. 13972--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>, the <span @@ -22454,51 +26396,51 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{bird}</span></span></span> is used in section 1.2 th - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-316"> \glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2} </pre> -<!--l. 11519--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span +<!--l. 13989--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its value can be accessed with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc. -</p><!--l. 11525--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 13995--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11525--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 13995--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3> -<!--l. 11528--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-54001"></a> <span +<!--l. 13998--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-87001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11530--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14000--><p class="noindent" > This behaves like <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>). If you want to use one of the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-54002"></a><a - id="dx1-54003"></a>-like styles with + id="dx1-87002"></a><a + id="dx1-87003"></a>-like styles with <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, make sure you load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-54004"></a> which modifies + id="dx1-87004"></a> which modifies the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid the “Incomplete <span class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error that may otherwise occur. -</p><!--l. 11540--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form -</p><!--l. 11541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-54005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14010--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form +</p><!--l. 14011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-87005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11543--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14013--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -22516,35 +26458,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">\endgroup</span> class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is done before the glossary header. -<!--l. 11553--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first +<!--l. 14023--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first LaTeX run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a - id="dx1-54006"></a><a + id="dx1-87006"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in this case, as that has to be set by a post-processor such as <a - id="dx1-54007"></a><a + id="dx1-87007"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see <a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a -href="#sec:bib2gls"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). -</p><!--l. 11559--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined +class="cmbx-10">10</span> </a><a +href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). +</p><!--l. 14029--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when using <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 11564--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14034--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11566--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span +</p><!--l. 14036--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-54008"></a> key is + id="dx1-87008"></a> key is defined. If not defined (default), the group label will be formed from the first letter of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-54009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as discussed in + id="dx1-87009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as discussed in <a href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span @@ -22552,74 +26493,74 @@ class="cmbx-10">2.11</span> </a><a href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>. This can lead to an odd effect if you are using a style that separates letter groups when the ordering isn’t alphabetical. -</p><!--l. 11574--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 14044--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-54010"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a + id="dx1-87010"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-54011"></a> option) then the group label + id="dx1-87011"></a> option) then the group label will be obtained from the value of that field. If the field is empty, <span class="cmti-10">no grouping is</span> <span class="cmti-10">performed</span>, even if the style supports it. (That is, there won’t be a header or a vertical separation.) If the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-54012"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained + id="dx1-87012"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained as described earlier. -</p><!--l. 11582--><p class="indent" > In either case, if the <span +</p><!--l. 14052--><p class="indent" > In either case, if the <span class="cmss-10">groups</span><a - id="dx1-54013"></a> option is set to false then no group formation will be + id="dx1-87013"></a> option is set to false then no group formation will be performed. -</p><!--l. 11585--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field for the group label, you can redefine -</p><!--l. 11586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-54014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14055--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field for the group label, you can redefine +</p><!--l. 14056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-87014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11588--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14058--><p class="noindent" > to the relevant internal field label, but the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-54015"></a> <span + id="dx1-87015"></a> <span class="cmti-10">key </span>must still be defined (through the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-54016"></a> option or with commands like <span + id="dx1-87016"></a> option or with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span>) to ensure that <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield</span>. (This method is used by <a - id="dx1-54017"></a><a + id="dx1-87017"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> for secondary entries, which have the group label stored in the <span class="cmtt-10">secondarygroup</span> internal field.) -</p><!--l. 11596--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span +</p><!--l. 14066--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-54018"></a> key set, you will need the <span + id="dx1-87018"></a> key set, you will need the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-54019"></a> package + id="dx1-87019"></a> package option <a href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ignore</span><a - id="dx1-54020"></a> or <a + id="dx1-87020"></a> or <a href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-54021"></a> to prevent an error occurring from the + id="dx1-87021"></a> to prevent an error occurring from the automated <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>normally triggered by this key. The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-54022"></a> package option + id="dx1-87022"></a> package option will automatically deal with this. -</p><!--l. 11603--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 14073--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-317"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} \newglossaryentry{zebra}{name={zebra},description={stripy animal}} @@ -22629,131 +26570,131 @@ will automatically deal with this. \printunsrtglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 11617--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first. -</p><!--l. 11621--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a +<!--l. 14087--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first. +</p><!--l. 14091--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-54023"></a> option, the document will + id="dx1-87023"></a> option, the document will require a second LaTeX run if the entries are defined after <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. -</p><!--l. 11625--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span +</p><!--l. 14095--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-54024"></a> key, + id="dx1-87024"></a> key, which isn’t available). -</p><!--l. 11628--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using: -</p><!--l. 11630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-54025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14098--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using: +</p><!--l. 14100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-87025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11632--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14102--><p class="noindent" > which is analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩]. -</p><!--l. 11637--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14107--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11637--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2.1 </span> <a +<!--l. 14107--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2.1 </span> <a id="sec:printunsrthooks"></a>Hooks</h4> -<!--l. 11640--><p class="noindent" >To avoid complications caused by <span +<!--l. 14110--><p class="noindent" >To avoid complications caused by <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-55001"></a><a - id="dx1-55002"></a>-like glossary styles, <span + id="dx1-88001"></a><a + id="dx1-88002"></a>-like glossary styles, <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span> iterates over all entries in the selected glossary and appends the appropriate code to an internal command. Once the construction of this command is complete, then it’s performed to display the glossary. This puts the loop outside the style code. For convenience, there’s a hook used within the loop: -</p><!--l. 11647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-55003"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-88003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11649--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14119--><p class="noindent" > This hook should not display any content, but may be used to perform calculations. For example, to calculate widths. Within this hook you can use: -</p><!--l. 11653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-55004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-88004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11655--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14125--><p class="noindent" > to skip the current entry. This will prevent the entry from being added to the internal command. -</p><!--l. 11659--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the +</p><!--l. 14129--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the glossary code is performed: -</p><!--l. 11661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-55005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-88005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11663--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11665--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses -</p><!--l. 11666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-55006"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14133--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14135--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses +</p><!--l. 14136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-88006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11668--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14138--><p class="noindent" > to display each item in the list, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the current label. -</p><!--l. 11671--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does -</p><!--l. 11672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-55007"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14141--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does +</p><!--l. 14142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-88007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11674--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14144--><p class="noindent" > which determines whether to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the <span class="cmss-10">location</span><a - id="dx1-55008"></a> and <span + id="dx1-88008"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a - id="dx1-55009"></a> fields for the <a - id="dx1-55010"></a><a + id="dx1-88009"></a> fields for the <a + id="dx1-88010"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. If you want to use a different field to be used instead of <span class="cmss-10">location</span><a - id="dx1-55011"></a> then redefine: -</p><!--l. 11680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-55012"></a> <span + id="dx1-88011"></a> then redefine: +</p><!--l. 14150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-88012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationField </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11682--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14152--><p class="noindent" > to the internal name of the desired field. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-318"> \renewcommand{\GlsXtrLocationField}{primarylocation} </pre> -<!--l. 11686--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11687--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will +<!--l. 14156--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 14157--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will fallback on the <span class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a - id="dx1-55013"></a> field. </div> -</p><!--l. 11690--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-88013"></a> field. </div> +</p><!--l. 14160--><p class="noindent" > You can instruct <a - id="dx1-55014"></a><a + id="dx1-88014"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to omit setting the <span class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a - id="dx1-55015"></a> field with the resource option + id="dx1-88015"></a> field with the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">--save-loclist=false </span>to prevent it from being used as a fallback. -</p><!--l. 11695--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14165--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11695--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 14165--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2.2 </span> <a id="sec:printunsrtfilter"></a>Filtering</h4> -<!--l. 11698--><p class="noindent" >You can redefine the handler used by <span +<!--l. 14168--><p class="noindent" >You can redefine the handler used by <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>if required. For example, you may want to filter entries according to the category label. You can test if a label is contained in a comma-separated list of labels using: -</p><!--l. 11702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-56001"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-89001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtriflabelinlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22763,45 +26704,45 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11704--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14174--><p class="noindent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ will be fully expanded. -</p><!--l. 11707--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty +</p><!--l. 14177--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div> -</p><!--l. 11711--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11713--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes: +</p><!--l. 14181--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14183--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-319"> \usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra} \GlsXtrRecordCounter{section} </pre> -<!--l. 11717--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries +<!--l. 14187--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries that include the current section number in the <span class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-320"> \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%   \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}   {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%   {}% } </pre> -<!--l. 11727--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11729--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span +<!--l. 14197--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 14199--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will localise the change: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-321"> \printunsrtglossary*{%   \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%     \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection} @@ -22810,10 +26751,10 @@ localise the change:   }% } </pre> -<!--l. 11740--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11742--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span +<!--l. 14210--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 14212--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-56002"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more + id="dx1-89002"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>to avoid duplicate hypertarget names. For example: @@ -22821,7 +26762,7 @@ duplicate hypertarget names. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-322"> \printunsrtglossary*{%   \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%     \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection} @@ -22837,7 +26778,7 @@ duplicate hypertarget names. For example:   }% } </pre> -<!--l. 11762--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span +<!--l. 14232--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a better approach to use: @@ -22845,7 +26786,7 @@ better approach to use: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-323"> \printunsrtglossary*{%   \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%     \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection} @@ -22861,14 +26802,14 @@ better approach to use:   }% } </pre> -<!--l. 11782--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11784--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress +<!--l. 14252--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 14254--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-324"> \printunsrtglossary*{%   \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%     \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection} @@ -22886,56 +26827,56 @@ the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:   \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}% } </pre> -<!--l. 11804--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11806--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this: -</p><!--l. 11807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-56003"></a> <span +<!--l. 14274--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 14276--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this: +</p><!--l. 14277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-89003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11809--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14279--><p class="noindent" > The above example can simply be replaced with: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-325"> \printunsrtglossaryunit{section} </pre> -<!--l. 11813--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11815--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span +<!--l. 14283--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 14285--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span> with -</p><!--l. 11816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-56004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-89004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11818--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14288--><p class="noindent" > so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-326"> \printunsrtglossary*{\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{section}%   \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}% } </pre> -<!--l. 11825--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary” +<!--l. 14295--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary” (overriding the glossary’s title). -</p><!--l. 11829--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a +</p><!--l. 14299--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-56005"></a> (or + id="dx1-89005"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a - id="dx1-56006"></a>) package option. -</p><!--l. 11832--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use + id="dx1-89006"></a>) package option. +</p><!--l. 14302--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target @@ -22947,34 +26888,34 @@ the front or back matter) which can be the target for all glossary references an just use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section etc. -</p><!--l. 11842--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14312--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11842--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a +<!--l. 14312--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3 </span> <a id="sec:printunsrtinner"></a>Partial Glossaries</h3> -<!--l. 11845--><p class="noindent" >It’s possible that you may require greater customisation over the way the glossary is +<!--l. 14315--><p class="noindent" >It’s possible that you may require greater customisation over the way the glossary is displayed that can’t be simply achieved with the hooks or glossary styles. This section describes a command and environment provided to assist with this, but note that they aren’t compatible with tabular-like glossary styles, such as <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-57001"></a> or <span + id="dx1-90001"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">super</span><a - id="dx1-57002"></a>, + id="dx1-90002"></a>, due to their complexity and internal scoping that interferes with alignment. You will also need to take care with list styles (provided in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a - id="dx1-57003"></a> + id="dx1-90003"></a> package). -</p><!--l. 11855--><p class="indent" > To get a better understanding of how this works, it’s useful to consider how a +</p><!--l. 14325--><p class="indent" > To get a better understanding of how this works, it’s useful to consider how a glossary with <a - id="dx1-57004"></a><a + id="dx1-90004"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> works. Here’s a simple example document: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-327"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries @@ -22987,58 +26928,58 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> works. Here’s a simple example docume \printglossary \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 11876--><p class="nopar" > When the document is built, <a - id="dx1-57005"></a><a +<!--l. 14346--><p class="nopar" > When the document is built, <a + id="dx1-90005"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> creates a file that contains: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span><a - id="dx1-57006"></a><span + id="dx1-90006"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[\glossarytoctitle</span><a - id="dx1-57007"></a><span + id="dx1-90007"></a><span class="cmtt-10">]{\glossarytitle</span><a - id="dx1-57008"></a><span + id="dx1-90008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">}\glossarypreamble</span><a - id="dx1-57009"></a> + id="dx1-90009"></a> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary}\glossaryheader</span><a - id="dx1-57010"></a> + id="dx1-90010"></a> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span><a - id="dx1-57011"></a><span + id="dx1-90011"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{B}\relax</span><span class="cmtt-10"> \glsresetentrylist</span><a - id="dx1-57012"></a> + id="dx1-90012"></a> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a - id="dx1-57013"></a><span + id="dx1-90013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{broccoli}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span><span class="cmitt-10"> list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}\glsgroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-57014"></a> + id="dx1-90014"></a> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span><a - id="dx1-57015"></a><span + id="dx1-90015"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{C}\relax</span><span class="cmtt-10"> \glsresetentrylist</span><a - id="dx1-57016"></a> + id="dx1-90016"></a> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a - id="dx1-57017"></a><span + id="dx1-90017"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{cabbage}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span><span class="cmitt-10"> list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}%</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\end{theglossary}\glossarypostamble</span><a - id="dx1-57018"></a> + id="dx1-90018"></a> </div> </div> The <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>command defines the commands shown above after it’s detected the glossary type, the title and style. It then inputs the file. -<!--l. 11892--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 14362--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>command performs the same preliminary setup but there’s no file to input. Instead it then does the section heading (<span class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span>) @@ -23048,7 +26989,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>) and constructs a control sequence that class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary} </span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">content</span>⟩ <span class="cmtt-10">\end{theglossary}</span>. -</p><!--l. 11899--><p class="indent" > The letter group markup (<span +</p><!--l. 14369--><p class="indent" > The letter group markup (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span>) is inserted whenever the group label changes between top-level entries. In this case, ⟨<span @@ -23062,7 +27003,7 @@ example, instead of: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a - id="dx1-57019"></a><span + id="dx1-90019"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{broccoli}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span><span class="cmitt-10"> list</span>⟩<span @@ -23078,46 +27019,46 @@ class="cmtt-10">{broccoli}</span> </div> </div> This internal handler uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span><a - id="dx1-57020"></a> to determine the required + id="dx1-90020"></a> to determine the required information (location list, hierarchical level) that’s needed to typeset the entry (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span>). -<!--l. 11917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +<!--l. 14387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span><br class="newline" />⟨<span class="cmitt-10">content</span>⟩ <span class="cmtt-10">\end{printunsrtglossarywrap} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11920--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14390--><p class="noindent" > The <span class="cmss-10">printunsrtglossarywrap</span><a - id="dx1-57021"></a><a - id="dx1-57022"></a> environment provides a wrapper in which you can + id="dx1-90021"></a><a + id="dx1-90022"></a> environment provides a wrapper in which you can place the actual glossary code. The optional argument is the same as for <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, but note that in this case the <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-57023"></a> key simply provides the + id="dx1-90023"></a> key simply provides the glossary title and doesn’t identify the content. -</p><!--l. 11927--><p class="indent" > This environment essentially does: </p><div class="alltt"> +</p><!--l. 14397--><p class="indent" > This environment essentially does: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">initial</span><span class="cmitt-10"> setup</span>⟩ <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span><a - id="dx1-57024"></a><span + id="dx1-90024"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[\glossarytoctitle</span><a - id="dx1-57025"></a><span + id="dx1-90025"></a><span class="cmtt-10">]{\glossarytitle</span><a - id="dx1-57026"></a><span + id="dx1-90026"></a><span class="cmtt-10">}\glossarypreamble</span><a - id="dx1-57027"></a> + id="dx1-90027"></a> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary}\glossaryheader</span><a - id="dx1-57028"></a><span + id="dx1-90028"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrylist</span> <br />⟨<span class="cmitt-10">content</span>⟩ @@ -23132,12 +27073,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. Most importantly, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">initial setup</span>⟩ sets the current glossary style, which determines the definition of <span class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a - id="dx1-57029"></a><a - id="dx1-57030"></a>, <span + id="dx1-90029"></a><a + id="dx1-90030"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span>. -<!--l. 11941--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is possible to explicitly use the commands that create letter group +<!--l. 14411--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is possible to explicitly use the commands that create letter group headings and the handler within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">content</span>⟩, it would be quite laborious and prone to error to do so for anything other than a very short list. This can be illustrated with @@ -23146,7 +27087,7 @@ the following silly example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-328"> \begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=indexgroup]% \glsgroupheading{W}% \gdef\glscurrententrylabel{cabbage}% @@ -23157,15 +27098,15 @@ the following silly example: \printunsrtglossaryhandler\glscurrententrylabel \end{printunsrtglossarywrap} </pre> -<!--l. 11956--><p class="nopar" > This trivial example will work with a tabular-like style, such as <span +<!--l. 14426--><p class="nopar" > This trivial example will work with a tabular-like style, such as <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-57031"></a> (although the + id="dx1-90031"></a> (although the group headings will be ignored). A more practical example that uses a loop within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">content</span>⟩ won’t. -</p><!--l. 11962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 14432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary</span><a - id="dx1-57032"></a><span + id="dx1-90032"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -23173,26 +27114,26 @@ class="cmitt-10">pre-code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">post-code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11963--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14433--><p class="noindent" > This command is provided for use within <span class="cmss-10">printunsrtglossarywrap</span><a - id="dx1-57033"></a><a - id="dx1-57034"></a>. The optional + id="dx1-90033"></a><a + id="dx1-90034"></a>. The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is similar to <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>but the following keys are unavailable: <span class="cmss-10">title</span><a - id="dx1-57035"></a>, <span + id="dx1-90035"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">toctitle</span><a - id="dx1-57036"></a>, <span + id="dx1-90036"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-57037"></a>, <span + id="dx1-90037"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-57038"></a> and <span + id="dx1-90038"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">label</span><a - id="dx1-57039"></a>. -</p><!--l. 11971--><p class="indent" > This will do: </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-90039"></a>. +</p><!--l. 14441--><p class="indent" > This will do: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10"> \begingroup</span> @@ -23219,7 +27160,7 @@ class="cmtt-10"> \endgroup</span> </div> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">initial setup</span>⟩ processes the options and assigns <span class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary</span><a - id="dx1-57040"></a>, ⟨<span + id="dx1-90040"></a>, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">pre-code</span>⟩ is some preliminary code and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">post-code</span>⟩ is some final code before the end of the scoping. @@ -23228,35 +27169,35 @@ class="cmti-10">content</span>⟩ is the sequence of code that <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>would normally insert within the <span class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a - id="dx1-57041"></a><a - id="dx1-57042"></a> environment. -<!--l. 11987--><p class="indent" > For example: + id="dx1-90041"></a><a + id="dx1-90042"></a> environment. +<!--l. 14457--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-329"> \begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=indexgroup] \printunsrtinnerglossary[type=main]{}{} \end{printunsrtglossarywrap} </pre> -<!--l. 11992--><p class="nopar" > This produces a result very similar to that obtained with just: +<!--l. 14462--><p class="nopar" > This produces a result very similar to that obtained with just: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-330"> \printunsrtglossary[style=indexgroup,type=main] </pre> -<!--l. 11996--><p class="nopar" > The first case is unsuitable for use with a tabular-style. It will also cause a +<!--l. 14466--><p class="nopar" > The first case is unsuitable for use with a tabular-style. It will also cause a problem with a list style when used with <a - id="dx1-57043"></a><a + id="dx1-90043"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (where the inner content will be empty on the first LaTeX run which will cause a missing <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span> error). -</p><!--l. 12002--><p class="indent" > This partial glossary command is more useful when you need to apply filtering +</p><!--l. 14472--><p class="indent" > This partial glossary command is more useful when you need to apply filtering (which can be set up in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">pre-code</span>⟩ argument as in <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>) or if @@ -23265,7 +27206,7 @@ you have multiple glossaries. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-331"> \begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=list] \item[Animals] \printunsrtinnerglossary[type=animal]{}{} @@ -23275,17 +27216,17 @@ you have multiple glossaries. For example: \printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{} \end{printunsrtglossarywrap} </pre> -<!--l. 12015--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the <span +<!--l. 14485--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-57044"></a> style doesn’t cause a problem as there will be three instances of + id="dx1-90044"></a> style doesn’t cause a problem as there will be three instances of <span class="cmtt-10">\item </span>on the first LaTeX run. -</p><!--l. 12019--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example: +</p><!--l. 14489--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-332"> \begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=indexgroup] \glsgroupheading{animal}% \printunsrtinnerglossary[type=animal]{}{} @@ -23297,16 +27238,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\item </span>on the first LaTeX run. \printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{} \end{printunsrtglossarywrap} </pre> -<!--l. 12031--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above cases, the inner glossaries have been arranged +<!--l. 14501--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above cases, the inner glossaries have been arranged manually (animal, then vegetable and then mineral). -</p><!--l. 12035--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to use <span +</p><!--l. 14505--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary </span>within the handler function used by <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. The internal scoping within <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary </span>helps to reduce interference. -</p><!--l. 12040--><p class="indent" > This is a rather more complicated example that requires <a - id="dx1-57045"></a><a +</p><!--l. 14510--><p class="indent" > This is a rather more complicated example that requires <a + id="dx1-90045"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. Suppose I have a file called <span @@ -23315,18 +27256,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">topictitles.bib </span>that contains: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-333"> @indexplural{animal} @indexplural{mineral} @indexplural{vegetable} </pre> -<!--l. 12047--><p class="nopar" > And also a file called <span +<!--l. 14517--><p class="nopar" > And also a file called <span class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>that contains entries like: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-334"> @entry{zebra,   name={zebra},   description={striped African horse}, @@ -23343,42 +27284,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>that contains entries like:   category={mineral} } </pre> -<!--l. 12068--><p class="nopar" > Note that the category labels in the second file match the entry labels in the first +<!--l. 14538--><p class="nopar" > Note that the category labels in the second file match the entry labels in the first file. -</p><!--l. 12072--><p class="indent" > The simplest way of creating a hierarchical glossary from this data is to input +</p><!--l. 14542--><p class="indent" > The simplest way of creating a hierarchical glossary from this data is to input both files and copy the <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-57046"></a> field to the <span + id="dx1-90046"></a> field to the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-57047"></a> field: + id="dx1-90047"></a> field: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-335"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[src={topictitles,topics},  replicate-fields={category=parent}] </pre> -<!--l. 12078--><p class="nopar" > The glossary can then simply be displayed with: +<!--l. 14548--><p class="nopar" > The glossary can then simply be displayed with: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-336"> \printunsrtglossary[style=indexgroup] </pre> -<!--l. 12082--><p class="nopar" > This will now be ordered: animal (followed by animal child entries), mineral +<!--l. 14552--><p class="nopar" > This will now be ordered: animal (followed by animal child entries), mineral (followed by mineral child entries), vegetable (followed by vegetable child entries). -</p><!--l. 12087--><p class="indent" > Suppose (for some strange reason) that I now need the ordering to be vegetable, +</p><!--l. 14557--><p class="indent" > Suppose (for some strange reason) that I now need the ordering to be vegetable, mineral, animal (that is, reverse alphabetical) but the child entries still need to be in the normal alphabetical order. -</p><!--l. 12091--><p class="indent" > It’s not possible to use different sort methods for different hierarchical levels with +</p><!--l. 14561--><p class="indent" > It’s not possible to use different sort methods for different hierarchical levels with <a - id="dx1-57048"></a><a + id="dx1-90048"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, but it is possible to simulate it. -</p><!--l. 12095--><p class="indent" > Instead of making the entries within <span +</p><!--l. 14565--><p class="indent" > Instead of making the entries within <span class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>children of the entries defined in <span class="cmtt-10">topictitles.bib</span>, I’m now going to create separate glossaries for each @@ -23387,45 +27328,45 @@ type: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-337"> \newignoredglossary*{animal} \newignoredglossary*{mineral} \newignoredglossary*{vegetable} </pre> -<!--l. 12102--><p class="nopar" > The entries in <span +<!--l. 14572--><p class="nopar" > The entries in <span class="cmtt-10">topictitles.bib </span>go in the default main glossary and are sorted in reverse: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-338"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[src=topictitles,type=main,selection=all,  sort=en-GB-reverse] </pre> -<!--l. 12108--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve selected all entries in this example. It becomes more complicated with +<!--l. 14578--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve selected all entries in this example. It becomes more complicated with the default selection criteria. (See the <span class="cmtt-10">sample-nested.tex </span>example provided with <a - id="dx1-57049"></a><a + id="dx1-90049"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v2.3+.) -</p><!--l. 12114--><p class="indent" > Now the entries in <span +</p><!--l. 14584--><p class="indent" > Now the entries in <span class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>are selected but the <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-57050"></a> field is set to the <span + id="dx1-90050"></a> field is set to the <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-57051"></a> + id="dx1-90051"></a> field: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-339"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[src=topics,type={same as category},selection=all,  sort=en-GB] </pre> -<!--l. 12119--><p class="nopar" > The aim here is to use <span +<!--l. 14589--><p class="nopar" > The aim here is to use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>to list all the entries in the main glossary (that is, all the topic titles) and use a handler that tests if there is a glossary that has the same label as the current entry label. If one exists, it’s then listed using @@ -23436,7 +27377,7 @@ appearance: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-340"> \newcommand{\nestedhandler}[1]{%   \glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}%   \ifglossaryexists*{#1}% @@ -23449,30 +27390,30 @@ appearance:   \let\printunsrtglossaryhandler\nestedhandler } </pre> -<!--l. 12139--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 12141--><p class="indent" > I’ve used <span +<!--l. 14609--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 14611--><p class="indent" > I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary* </span>as I don’t need to specify a title for any of those glossaries nor do I need to use those glossaries with <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>. With <a - id="dx1-57052"></a><a + id="dx1-90052"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v2.3+, I can omit the three <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary* </span>lines and use the <span class="cmtt-10">--provide-glossaries </span>switch which will make <a - id="dx1-57053"></a><span + id="dx1-90053"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>automatically provide any unknown glossaries (with <span class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span>) in the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex</span> file. -</p><!--l. 12149--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14619--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 12149--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.4 </span> <a +<!--l. 14619--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.4 </span> <a id="sec:glossentry"></a>Standalone Entry Items</h3> -<!--l. 12152--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details +<!--l. 14622--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details throughout the document. You can simply do <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>followed by <span @@ -23480,16 +27421,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span>. (Remember that if you don’t want a s href="#styopt.sort"><span class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=none</span><a - id="dx1-58001"></a> to + id="dx1-91001"></a> to skip the construction of the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-58002"></a> field.) For example, in the preamble provide a + id="dx1-91002"></a> field.) For example, in the preamble provide a custom command: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-341"> \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%  \par\medskip\par\noindent  Definition: \glsentryname{#1}.\par @@ -23497,45 +27438,44 @@ custom command:  \par\medskip } </pre> -<!--l. 12166--><p class="nopar" > define your entries +<!--l. 14636--><p class="nopar" > define your entries </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-342"> \newglossaryentry{function}{name={function},   description={a relation or expression involving variables} } </pre> -<!--l. 12172--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text: +<!--l. 14642--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-343"> \displayterm{function} </pre> -<!--l. 12176--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 12178--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span +<!--l. 14646--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 14648--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-58003"></a> and have commands like <span + id="dx1-91003"></a> and have commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> link back to the place where the term is described. Instead of using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span> use -</p><!--l. 12182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-58004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14652--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-91004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12184--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14654--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. -</p><!--l. 12187--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the +</p><!--l. 14657--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the glossary. It performs the following: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 12190--><p class="noindent" >Defines <span + <li class="itemize">Defines <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span>to the entry’s label. This is usually done at the start of the glossary style commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and @@ -23544,9 +27484,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and may be used by hooks, such as hooks. Here the definition is localised so that it’s only available for use in <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span>. - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 12196--><p class="noindent" >Defines <span + </li> + <li class="itemize">Defines <span class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>to the entry’s glossary type. This is usually done at the start of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and may be used by style hooks. @@ -23555,39 +27494,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and may be used by style hooks. class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span>. The value is obtained by fully expanding: - </p><!--l. 12202--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-58005"></a> <span + <!--l. 14672--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-91005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 12204--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 14674--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-58006"></a> field for the current entry. + id="dx1-91006"></a> field for the current entry. </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 12208--><p class="noindent" >Increments and display the entry counters if the <a + <li class="itemize">Increments and display the entry counters if the <a href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-58007"></a> or <a + id="dx1-91007"></a> or <a href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-58008"></a> - package options are set. If the entry doesn’t have a parent, then this does - </p> + id="dx1-91008"></a> + package options are set. If the entry doesn’t have a parent, then this + does <ul class="itemize2"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 12213--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span></p></li></ul> - <!--l. 12215--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p> - - - +class="cmtt-10">}</span></li></ul> + <!--l. 14685--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p> <ul class="itemize2"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 12217--><p class="noindent" ><span + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem</span><a - id="dx1-58009"></a> + id="dx1-91009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -23595,8 +27528,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>if the entry has - a parent but not a grandparent.</p></li></ul> - <!--l. 12221--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in + a parent but not a grandparent.</li></ul> + + + + <!--l. 14691--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in pre-version 1.31 used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t match the hierarchical glossary styles. If you want to restore this behaviour, just @@ -23605,21 +27541,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t m </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-344"> \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem}[1]{\glssubentryitem{#1}} </pre> - <!--l. 12227--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 14697--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 12229--><p class="noindent" >Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span + <li class="itemize">Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>) and displays the entry name using: - </p><!--l. 12231--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-58010"></a> <span + <!--l. 14701--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-91010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 12233--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 14703--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -23635,17 +27570,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>or picks up the style from category attributes such as <a href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a - id="dx1-58011"></a>.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 12241--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span + id="dx1-91011"></a>.</p></li></ul> +<!--l. 14711--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-58012"></a> or <span + id="dx1-91012"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><a - id="dx1-58013"></a> in any of your description fields, + id="dx1-91013"></a> in any of your description fields, you can use -</p><!--l. 12243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-58014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-91014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12245--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14715--><p class="noindent" > to make these commands behave as they normally do within a glossary. This needs to be placed before </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -23658,11 +27593,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">}\glspostdescription</span> class="cmtt-10">\glsnonextpages </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnextpages </span>have no effect outside of the glossary and are not intended for use in a standalone context. -<!--l. 12255--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span +<!--l. 14725--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-58015"></a>): -</p><!--l. 12257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-58016"></a> <span + id="dx1-91015"></a>): +</p><!--l. 14727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-91016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">header</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -23670,7 +27605,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12259--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14729--><p class="noindent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be given using its internal field label which may not be the same as the key used to set the field. See the key to field mappings table in the <span @@ -23681,8 +27616,7 @@ class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ argument is the code to pass to the third class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtitleorpdforheading</span>. It may be left empty in which case the default is determined as follows: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 12267--><p class="noindent" >If <span + <li class="itemize">If <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhead</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩ is defined, then ⟨<span class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is <span @@ -23692,23 +27626,22 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize">Otherwise ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is simply the field value.</li></ul> - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 12269--><p class="noindent" >Otherwise ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is simply the field value.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 12271--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 14741--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother </span>command internally uses -</p><!--l. 12272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-58017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-91017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12274--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14744--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span>, which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span @@ -23721,12 +27654,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 12279--><p class="indent" > If you have loaded the <span +</p><!--l. 14749--><p class="indent" > If you have loaded the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-58018"></a> package (through the <a + id="dx1-91018"></a> package (through the <a href="#styopt.accsupp"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a - id="dx1-58019"></a> option) + id="dx1-91019"></a> option) then accessibility support will be provided if there’s a corresponding command </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -23741,12 +27674,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>). -<!--l. 12288--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to: +<!--l. 14758--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-345"> \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%  \par\medskip\par\noindent  Definition: \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par @@ -23754,17 +27687,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>).  \par\medskip } </pre> -<!--l. 12296--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span +<!--l. 14766--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-58020"></a> or + id="dx1-91020"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-58021"></a> and remove the colon: + id="dx1-91021"></a> and remove the colon: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-346"> \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%  \par\medskip\par\noindent  Definition \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par @@ -23772,28 +27705,28 @@ class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a  \par\medskip } </pre> -<!--l. 12307--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to +<!--l. 14777--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to a colon: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-347"> \renewcommand*{\glsentrycounterlabel}{\theglossaryentry:\space} </pre> -<!--l. 12312--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span +<!--l. 14782--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to link back to the definition but also use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry </span>to reference the counter and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref </span>to reference the page number. -</p><!--l. 12317--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make +</p><!--l. 14787--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make the following modification: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-348"> \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%  \par\medskip\par\noindent  Definition \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par @@ -23804,18 +27737,18 @@ the following modification:  \par\medskip } </pre> -<!--l. 12329--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span +<!--l. 14799--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost</span>.) -</p><!--l. 12332--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span +</p><!--l. 14802--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry </span>within section headings. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-349"> \section{\glsxtrglossentry{function}} </pre> -<!--l. 12336--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span +<!--l. 14806--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>in PDF bookmarks (if <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>is defined) and will use <span @@ -23831,33 +27764,32 @@ start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled w <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.) -</p><!--l. 12346--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14816--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 12346--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.5 </span> <a +<!--l. 14816--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.5 </span> <a id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3> -<!--l. 12349--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span +<!--l. 14819--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-59001"></a> key. The + id="dx1-92001"></a> key. The value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s existence when the aliased entry is defined. This is to allow the possibility of defining the other entry after the aliased entry. (For example, when used with <a - id="dx1-59002"></a><a + id="dx1-92002"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.) -</p><!--l. 12356--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 14826--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ is made an alias of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩ then: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 12358--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + <li class="itemize">If the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-59003"></a> field wasn’t provided when ⟨<span + id="dx1-92003"></a> field wasn’t provided when ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ was defined, the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-59004"></a> key will - automatically trigger </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-92004"></a> key will + automatically trigger <div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee{</span>⟨<span @@ -23868,10 +27800,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> </li> - <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 12363--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + <li class="itemize">If the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-59005"></a> package has been loaded then <span + id="dx1-92005"></a> package has been loaded then <span class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>will link to @@ -23879,32 +27810,28 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>will link to class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩’s target. (Unless the <a href="#catattr.targeturl"><span class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a - id="dx1-59006"></a> attribute has been set for ⟨<span + id="dx1-92006"></a> attribute has been set for ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩’s category.) - </p></li> - <li class="itemize"> - - - - <!--l. 12367--><p class="noindent" >With <a + </li> + <li class="itemize">With <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=off</span><a - id="dx1-59007"></a> or <a + id="dx1-92007"></a> or <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a - id="dx1-59008"></a>, the <span + id="dx1-92008"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a - id="dx1-59009"></a> setting will automatically + id="dx1-92009"></a> setting will automatically be triggered when referencing ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. This prevents ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ from have a <a - id="dx1-59010"></a><a + id="dx1-92010"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a> (aside from the cross-reference added with <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>) unless it’s been explicitly @@ -23912,71 +27839,72 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>) unless it’s been explicitly class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or if the indexing has been explicitly set using <span class="cmtt-10">noindex=false</span>. - </p><!--l. 12375--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a + + + + <!--l. 14845--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-59011"></a>, the <a - id="dx1-59012"></a><a -href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a> for aliased entries is controlled + id="dx1-92011"></a>, the <a + id="dx1-92012"></a>location list for aliased entries is controlled with <a - id="dx1-59013"></a><a -href="#glo:bib2gls"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> settings.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 12379--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by -</p><!--l. 12380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-59014"></a> <span + id="dx1-92013"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s settings.</p></li></ul> +<!--l. 14849--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by +</p><!--l. 14850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-92014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12382--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14852--><p class="noindent" > This is performed after the default options provided by <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a - id="dx1-59015"></a> + id="dx1-92015"></a> have been set. With <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-59016"></a>, <span + id="dx1-92016"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do nothing. -</p><!--l. 12388--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span +</p><!--l. 14858--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use -</p><!--l. 12389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-59017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14859--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-92017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12391--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14861--><p class="noindent" > to index ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 12394--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead. +</p><!--l. 14864--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-301"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-350"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex}{%  \glsxtrindexaliased  \setkeys{glslink}{noindex}% } </pre> -<!--l. 12401--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 12403--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span +<!--l. 14871--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 14873--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-59018"></a> field can be accessed using -</p><!--l. 12404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-59019"></a> <span + id="dx1-92018"></a> field can be accessed using +</p><!--l. 14874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-92019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12406--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14876--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 12408--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 12408--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a +<!--l. 14878--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 14878--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2> -</p><!--l. 12411--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 14881--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span @@ -23985,12 +27913,12 @@ but they behave rather differently. If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 12416--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 12418--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 14886--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14888--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-60001"></a><a - id="dx1-60002"></a> + id="dx1-93001"></a><a + id="dx1-93002"></a> environment. As mentioned in <a href="#sec:pkgopts"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span @@ -24001,39 +27929,39 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using the <a href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-60003"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 12424--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span + id="dx1-93003"></a> package options. +</p><!--l. 14894--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of defining and using entries within the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-60004"></a><a - id="dx1-60005"></a> environment without the tricks used + id="dx1-93004"></a><a + id="dx1-93005"></a> environment without the tricks used with the <a href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-60006"></a> option. <span + id="dx1-93006"></a> option. <span class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span> This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 12430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-60007"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-93007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12432--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14902--><p class="noindent" > When used, this defines the commands described below. -</p><!--l. 12435--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span +</p><!--l. 14905--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl </span>can’t be used after the glossaries have been displayed (through <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-60008"></a> etc). It’s best not to + id="dx1-93008"></a> etc). It’s best not to mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there may be unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 12441--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 12443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-60009"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14911--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-93009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span @@ -24041,7 +27969,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12445--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14915--><p class="noindent" > If an entry with the label ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has already been defined, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> @@ -24076,64 +28004,64 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> -<!--l. 12457--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span +<!--l. 14927--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be omitted from the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and placed in the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-60010"></a> key must be provided in the optional + id="dx1-93010"></a> key must be provided in the optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩. </div> -</p><!--l. 12463--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14933--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 12465--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 14935--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩ should be empty if the entry has already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a warning will be generated with -</p><!--l. 12468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-60011"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-93011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarning{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12470--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 12472--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span +</p><!--l. 14940--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14942--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span> below: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-302"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-351"> \glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}  ... later \glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} </pre> -<!--l. 12478--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 12480--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like: +<!--l. 14948--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 14950--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-303"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-352"> \newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}} \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{}  ... later \goose\ some more text here </pre> -<!--l. 12486--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the +<!--l. 14956--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the preamble with <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-60012"></a> and then use <span + id="dx1-93012"></a> and then use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document. -</p><!--l. 12491--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span +</p><!--l. 14961--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>: -</p><!--l. 12492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-60013"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-93013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span @@ -24141,13 +28069,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12494--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14964--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 12497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-60014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-93014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span @@ -24155,13 +28083,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12499--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14969--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 12502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-60015"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 14972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-93015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span @@ -24169,12 +28097,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12504--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14974--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 12507--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an +</p><!--l. 14977--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> instead of LaTeX (or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels without switching to <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> then there is a starred version of @@ -24182,41 +28110,41 @@ without switching to <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, but it’s experimental and may not work in some cases. -</p><!--l. 12516--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span +</p><!--l. 14986--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any commands in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, even if they expand to just text. </div> -</p><!--l. 12520--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 14990--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 12522--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 12522--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a +<!--l. 14992--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 14992--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2> -</p><!--l. 12525--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 14995--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-61001"></a> (for + id="dx1-94001"></a> (for prefixing) and <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-61002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t + id="dx1-94002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t automatically loaded. </p> -<!--l. 12530--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.1 </span> <a +<!--l. 15000--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3> -<!--l. 12533--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span +<!--l. 15003--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-62001"></a> after <span + id="dx1-95001"></a> after <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-304"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-353"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{glossaries-extra} \usepackage{glossaries-prefix} @@ -24231,37 +28159,37 @@ Next use: \pgls{svm}. \printglossaries \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 12556--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 12558--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 15026--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 15028--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 12558--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 15028--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3> -<!--l. 12561--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span +<!--l. 15031--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-63001"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features are + id="dx1-96001"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features are liable to change. </div> -</p><!--l. 12564--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 12566--><p class="noindent" >The <span +</p><!--l. 15034--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15036--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-63002"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span + id="dx1-96002"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through the <a href="#styopt.accsupp"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a - id="dx1-63003"></a> package option: + id="dx1-96003"></a> package option: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-305"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-354"> \usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra} </pre> -<!--l. 12571--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span +<!--l. 15041--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-63004"></a> or you load <span + id="dx1-96004"></a> or you load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-63005"></a> after <span + id="dx1-96005"></a> after <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> the new <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span @@ -24271,11 +28199,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. Other accessibility features, such as the attributes used by <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-63006"></a> also won’t work if <span + id="dx1-96006"></a> also won’t work if <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-63007"></a> is loaded + id="dx1-96007"></a> is loaded too late. -</p><!--l. 12580--><p class="indent" > The following <span +</p><!--l. 15050--><p class="indent" > The following <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands add accessibility information wrapped around the corresponding <span @@ -24283,32 +28211,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. There is no check for existence of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing information. -</p><!--l. 12585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63008"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12587--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15057--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-63009"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span + id="dx1-96009"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 12591--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 15061--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-63010"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as: + id="dx1-96010"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-306"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-355"> \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 12595--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as: +<!--l. 15065--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-307"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-356"> \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%   \glsnameaccessdisplay   {% @@ -24317,36 +28245,36 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a   {#1}% } </pre> -<!--l. 12605--><p class="nopar" > (<span +<!--l. 15075--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a - id="dx1-63011"></a> is defined by the <span + id="dx1-96011"></a> is defined by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-63012"></a> package.) The first + id="dx1-96012"></a> package.) The first letter upper case version is: -</p><!--l. 12609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63013"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12611--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15081--><p class="noindent" > Without the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-63014"></a> package this is just defined as: + id="dx1-96014"></a> package this is just defined as: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-308"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-357"> \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 12616--><p class="nopar" > With the <span +<!--l. 15086--><p class="nopar" > With the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-63015"></a> package this is defined as: + id="dx1-96015"></a> package this is defined as: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-309"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-358"> \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%   \glsnameaccessdisplay   {% @@ -24355,627 +28283,551 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a   {#1}% } </pre> -<!--l. 12626--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 12628--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner. -</p><!--l. 12629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63016"></a> <span +<!--l. 15096--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 15098--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner. +</p><!--l. 15099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12631--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15101--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-63017"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63018"></a> <span + id="dx1-96017"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12636--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15106--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-63019"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-96019"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12640--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12642--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15112--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-63021"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63022"></a> <span + id="dx1-96021"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15115--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12647--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15117--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-63023"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-96023"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12653--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15123--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-63025"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63026"></a> <span + id="dx1-96025"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12658--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15128--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-63027"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-96027"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12664--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15134--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-63029"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12667--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63030"></a> <span + id="dx1-96029"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12669--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15139--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-63031"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-96031"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12673--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63032"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12675--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15145--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-63033"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12678--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63034"></a> <span + id="dx1-96033"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12680--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15150--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-63035"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-96035"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12684--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63036"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12686--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15156--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a - id="dx1-63037"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63038"></a> <span + id="dx1-96037"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12691--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15161--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a - id="dx1-63039"></a> field with the first letter converted to + id="dx1-96039"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63040"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12697--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15167--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-63041"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63042"></a> <span + id="dx1-96041"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12702--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15172--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-63043"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-96043"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63044"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12708--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15178--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-63045"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63046"></a> <span + id="dx1-96045"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12713--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15183--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-63047"></a> field with the first letter converted to + id="dx1-96047"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63048"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12719--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15189--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-63049"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63050"></a> <span + id="dx1-96049"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12724--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15194--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-63051"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-96051"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63052"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15198--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12730--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15200--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-63053"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12733--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63054"></a> <span + id="dx1-96053"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12735--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15205--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-63055"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-96055"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12739--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63056"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12741--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15211--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-63057"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63058"></a> <span + id="dx1-96057"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12746--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15216--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-63059"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-96059"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 12750--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63060"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12752--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15222--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-63061"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 12755--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-63062"></a> <span + id="dx1-96061"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 15225--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-96062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12757--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15227--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-63063"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-96063"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. </p> -<!--l. 12761--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 12761--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a +<!--l. 15231--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 15231--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">14. <a id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Files</h2> -</p><!--l. 12764--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package: +</p><!--l. 15234--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12766--><p class="noindent" > <span -class="cmbx-10">sample.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12766--><p class="noindent" >Simple sample file that uses one of the dummy files provided by the - <span +class="cmbx-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Simple sample file that uses one of the dummy files provided by + the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for testing. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12769--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12769--><p class="noindent" >Demonstrates all predefined abbreviation styles. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12772--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Demonstrates all predefined abbreviation styles. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-mixture.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12772--><p class="noindent" >General entries, acronyms and initialisms all treated differently. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12775--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-mixture.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">General entries, acronyms and initialisms all treated + differently. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-name-font</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12775--><p class="noindent" >Categories and attributes are used to customize the way different entries - appear. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12778--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-name-font</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Categories and attributes are used to customize the way + different entries appear. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-abbrv.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12778--><p class="noindent" >General abbreviations. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12780--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-abbrv.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">General abbreviations. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-acronym.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12780--><p class="noindent" >Acronyms aren’t initialisms and don’t expand on <a - id="dx1-64001"></a><a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12783--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Acronyms aren’t initialisms and don’t expand on <a + id="dx1-97001"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuse">first + use</a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12783--><p class="noindent" >Acronyms that have a separate long form and description. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12786--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Acronyms that have a separate long form and + description. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-crossref.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 12786--><p class="noindent" >Unused entries that have been cross-referenced automatically are added - at the end of the document. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12789--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-crossref.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Unused entries that have been cross-referenced + automatically are added at the end of the document. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12789--><p class="noindent" >Use the index hook to track which entries have been indexed (and therefore - find out which ones haven’t been indexed). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12793--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Use the index hook to track which entries have been + indexed (and therefore find out which ones haven’t been indexed). + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-footnote.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12793--><p class="noindent" >Footnote abbreviation style that moves the footnote marker outside of - the hyperlink generated by <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and moves it after certain punctuation - characters for neatness. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12797--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-footnote.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Footnote abbreviation style that moves the footnote + marker outside of the hyperlink generated by <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and moves it after + certain punctuation characters for neatness. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-undef.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12797--><p class="noindent" >Warn on undefined entries instead of generating an error. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12800--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-undef.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Warn on undefined entries instead of generating an error. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12800--><p class="noindent" >Different abbreviation styles for different entries. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12803--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Different abbreviation styles for different + entries. + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-initialisms.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12803--><p class="noindent" >Automatically insert dots into initialisms. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12806--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-initialisms.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Automatically insert dots into initialisms. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-postdot.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12806--><p class="noindent" >Another initialisms example. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12808--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-postdot.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Another initialisms example. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-postlink.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12808--><p class="noindent" >Automatically inserting text after the <a - id="dx1-64002"></a><a -href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> produced by commands - like <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-postlink.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Automatically inserting text after the <a + id="dx1-97002"></a><a +href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> + produced by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(outside of hyperlink, if present). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 12812--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-header.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12812--><p class="noindent" >Using entries in section/chapter headings. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12814--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-header.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Using entries in section/chapter headings. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-autoindex.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12814--><p class="noindent" >Using the <a +class="cmbx-10">sample-autoindex.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Using the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-64003"></a> and <a + id="dx1-97003"></a> and <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a - id="dx1-64004"></a> attributes to automatically add - glossary entries to the index (in addition to the glossary <a - id="dx1-64005"></a><a + id="dx1-97004"></a> attributes to + automatically add glossary entries to the index (in addition to the glossary + <a + id="dx1-97005"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12818--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-autoindex-hyp.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12818--><p class="noindent" >As previous but uses <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-autoindex-hyp.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">As previous but uses <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-64006"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12820--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-97006"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-nested.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12820--><p class="noindent" >Using <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-nested.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Using <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-64007"></a> within the value of the <span + id="dx1-97007"></a> within the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-64008"></a> key. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12823--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-97008"></a> key. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-entrycount.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12823--><p class="noindent" >Enable entry-use counting (only index if used more than <span -class="cmmi-10">n </span>times, see - <a +class="cmbx-10">sample-entrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Enable entry-use counting (only index if used more + than <span +class="cmmi-10">n </span>times, see <a href="#sec:entrycount"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">8.1</span> </a><a href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12826--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-unitentrycount.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12826--><p class="noindent" >Enable use of per-unit entry-use counting (<a +class="cmbx-10">sample-unitentrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Enable use of per-unit entry-use counting + (<a href="#sec:entrycount"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a -href="#sec:entrycount">Entry - Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12829--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">8.1</span> </a><a +href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>). + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-onelink.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12829--><p class="noindent" >Using the per-unit entry counting (<a +class="cmbx-10">sample-onelink.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Using the per-unit entry counting (<a href="#sec:entrycount"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a -href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting - (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>) to only have one hyperlink per entry per page. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12833--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">8.1</span> + </a><a +href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>) to only have one hyperlink per entry + per page. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-linkcount.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12833--><p class="noindent" >Using link counting (<a +class="cmbx-10">sample-linkcount.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Using link counting (<a href="#sec:linkcount"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">7.2</span> </a><a -href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>) to only have one - hyperlink per entry. - - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12837--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">8.2</span> </a><a +href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>) + to only have one hyperlink per entry. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-pages.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12837--><p class="noindent" >Insert “page” or “pages” before the location list. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12840--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-pages.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Insert “page” or “pages” before the location list. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-altmodifier.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12840--><p class="noindent" >Set the default options for commands like <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and add an alternative - modifier. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12843--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">sample-altmodifier.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Set the default options for commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and + add an alternative modifier. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-mixedsort.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12843--><p class="noindent" >Uses the optional argument of <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to allow a mixture of - <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-mixedsort.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Uses the optional argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to + allow a mixture of <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12847--><p class="noindent" > + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-external.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12847--><p class="noindent" >Uses the <a +class="cmbx-10">sample-external.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Uses the <a href="#catattr.targeturl"><span class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a - id="dx1-64009"></a> attribute to allow for entries that should link to an - external URL rather than to an internal glossary. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12851--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-97009"></a> attribute to allow for entries that + should link to an external URL rather than to an internal glossary. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-fmt.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12851--><p class="noindent" >Provides text-block commands associated with entries in order to use - <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-fmt.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Provides text-block commands associated with entries in + order to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12854--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-alias.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12854--><p class="noindent" >Uses the <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-alias.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Uses the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-64010"></a> key. (See <a + id="dx1-97010"></a> key. (See <a href="#sec:alias"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">10.5</span> </a><a +class="cmbx-10">11.5</span> </a><a href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a>.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12857--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12857--><p class="noindent" >Uses the <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Uses the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-64011"></a> package with the <span + id="dx1-97011"></a> package with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-64012"></a> style (see - <a -href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span + id="dx1-97012"></a> + style (see <a +href="#sec:stylemods"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">2.11.3</span> </a><a -href="#x1-190002.11.3">The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12860--><p class="noindent" > +href="#sec:stylemods">The glossaries-extra-stylemods Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>). + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-sym.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 12860--><p class="noindent" >Another <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-sym.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Another <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-64013"></a> example that measures the symbol widths. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12863--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-97013"></a> example that measures the symbol + widths. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12863--><p class="noindent" >Another <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Another <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-64014"></a> example that puts the <a - id="dx1-64015"></a><a + id="dx1-97014"></a> example that puts the + <a + id="dx1-97015"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in the margin. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12866--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12866--><p class="noindent" >Using on-the-fly commands. Terms with accents must have the <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Using on-the-fly commands. Terms with accents must + have the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-64016"></a> key - explicitly set. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12869--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-97016"></a> key explicitly set. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly-xetex.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12869--><p class="noindent" >Using on-the-fly commands with <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>. Terms with UTF-8 characters - don’t need to have the <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly-xetex.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Using on-the-fly commands with <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>. + Terms with UTF-8 characters don’t need to have the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-64017"></a> key explicitly set. Terms that contain - commands must have the <span + id="dx1-97017"></a> key explicitly + set. Terms that contain commands must have the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-64018"></a> key explicitly set with the commands - removed from the label. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12875--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-97018"></a> key explicitly set + with the commands removed from the label. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly-utf8.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12875--><p class="noindent" >Tries to emulate the previous sample file for use with LaTeX through the - starred version of <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly-utf8.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Tries to emulate the previous sample file for use + with LaTeX through the starred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><a - id="dx1-64019"></a>. This is a bit iffy and may - not always work. Terms that contain commands must have the <span + id="dx1-97019"></a>. + This is a bit iffy and may not always work. Terms that contain commands + must have the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-64020"></a> key - explicitly set with the commands removed from the label. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12882--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-97020"></a> key explicitly set with the commands removed from + the label. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-accsupp.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12882--><p class="noindent" >Integrate <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-accsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Integrate <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-64021"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12884--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-97021"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-prefix.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12884--><p class="noindent" >Integrate <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-prefix.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Integrate <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-64022"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12886--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-97022"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-suppl-main.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12886--><p class="noindent" >Uses <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-suppl-main.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Uses <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a - id="dx1-64023"></a> to reference a location in the supplementary file - <span + id="dx1-97023"></a> to reference a location in the + supplementary file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl.tex</span>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 12890--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <span -class="cmbx-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.tex</span> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 12890--><p class="noindent" >A more complicated version to the above that uses the <span +class="cmbx-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">A more complicated version to the above that + uses the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-64024"></a> package - to reference a location in the supplementary file <span + id="dx1-97024"></a> package to reference a location in the supplementary file + <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.tex</span>. -</p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 12896--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 12896--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">14. <a +<!--l. 15366--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 15366--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">15. <a id="sec:lang"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h2> -</p><!--l. 12899--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span +</p><!--l. 15369--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>that you’re likely to want to change in your document and that’s <span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span><a - id="dx1-65001"></a> (<a + id="dx1-98001"></a> (<a href="#sec:pkgopts"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span class="cmbx-10">1.2</span> </a><a @@ -24983,62 +28835,62 @@ href="#sec:pkgopts">New or Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a>) if you use the <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-65002"></a> package option to + id="dx1-98002"></a> package option to automatically create the glossary labelled <span class="cmtt-10">abbreviations</span>. If this command doesn’t already exist, it will be defined to “Abbreviations” if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-65003"></a> hasn’t + id="dx1-98003"></a> hasn’t been loaded, otherwise it will be defined as <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>(provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). -</p><!--l. 12909--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example: +</p><!--l. 15379--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-310"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-359"> \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations} </pre> -<!--l. 12912--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span +<!--l. 15382--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-65004"></a> or <span + id="dx1-98004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-65005"></a> captions hook: + id="dx1-98005"></a> captions hook: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-311"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-360"> \appto\captionsenglish{%  \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}% } </pre> -<!--l. 12918--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 12920--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span +<!--l. 15388--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 15390--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span class="cmss-10">title</span><a - id="dx1-65006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations. + id="dx1-98006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations. For example: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-312"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-361"> \printabbreviations[title={List of Abbreviations}] </pre> -<!--l. 12924--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 15394--><p class="nopar" > or </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-313"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-362"> \printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List of Abbreviations}] </pre> -<!--l. 12928--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 12930--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t +<!--l. 15398--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 15400--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t appear in the final draft of your document. -</p><!--l. 12933--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 15403--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has the facility to load language modules (whose filename is in the form <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span @@ -25046,10 +28898,10 @@ class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>) if they exist, but won’t warn if they don’t. If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-65007"></a> is loaded via the <a + id="dx1-98007"></a> is loaded via the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-65008"></a> package option then the + id="dx1-98008"></a> package option then the check for language resource files will additionally search for an associated language script file given by <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span @@ -25060,7 +28912,7 @@ identifier, such as <span class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>, associated with the given dialect. There’s no warning if the associated file isn’t found. The script file is loaded after the dialect file. -</p><!--l. 12946--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file +</p><!--l. 15416--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file called <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span @@ -25068,14 +28920,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩ identifies the language or dialect (see the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-65009"></a> package). For example, <span + id="dx1-98009"></a> package). For example, <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>. -</p><!--l. 12952--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is: +</p><!--l. 15422--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is: </p> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-314"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-363"> \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{french}[2015/12/09 v1.0] \newcommand*{\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench}{%  \def\abbreviationsname{Abr\'eviations}% @@ -25099,75 +28951,74 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>.   {}% } </pre> -<!--l. 12978--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 12980--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language +<!--l. 15448--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 15450--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language identifier <span class="cmtt-10">french </span>and the translated text <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">Abr\’eviations</span></span></span> as appropriate. You can also use the <span class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file to provide rule blocks for a particular language for use with <a - id="dx1-65010"></a><a + id="dx1-98010"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> custom sort rule. See <a -href="#x1-460009.3"><span +href="#sec:bib2glssty"><span class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span -class="cmbx-10">9.3</span> </a><a -href="#x1-460009.3">The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2glssty --></a> -for further details. -</p><!--l. 12987--><p class="indent" > This <span +class="cmbx-10">10.3</span> </a><a +href="#sec:bib2glssty">The glossaries-extra-bib2gls +package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2glssty --></a> for further details. +</p><!--l. 15457--><p class="indent" > This <span class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file then needs to be put somewhere on TeX’s path so that it can be found by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so that it can be useful to others. (Please don’t send it to me. I already have more packages than I am able to maintain.) -</p><!--l. 12993--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used +</p><!--l. 15463--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine the following commands: -</p><!--l. 12996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-65011"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-98011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12998--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15468--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 13001--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the + <!--l. 15471--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the glossary ‘⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩’ (which should be called ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩) hasn’t been created.</p></blockquote> -<!--l. 13004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-65012"></a> <span +<!--l. 15474--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-98012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 13006--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15476--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 13009--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in + <!--l. 15479--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in this glossary.</p></blockquote> -<!--l. 13012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-65013"></a> <span +<!--l. 15482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-98013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 13014--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15484--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 13017--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span + <!--l. 15487--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span class="cmtt-10">nomain </span>to your package option list when you load <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra.sty</span>. For example:</p></blockquote> -<!--l. 13020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-65014"></a> <span +<!--l. 15490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-98014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 13022--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15492--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 13025--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span + <!--l. 15495--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span class="cmtt-10">type=</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩ when you defined your entries? If you tried to load entries into this glossary with <span @@ -25179,28 +29030,28 @@ class="cmtt-10">] </span>as the optional argument? If you did, check that the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span>.</p></blockquote> -<!--l. 13028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-65015"></a> <span +<!--l. 15498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-98015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 13030--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15500--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 13033--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span + <!--l. 15503--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩. If it’s empty, that means you haven’t indexed any of your entries in this glossary (using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) so this list can’t be generated. If the file isn’t empty, the document build process hasn’t been completed.</p></blockquote> -<!--l. 13036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-65016"></a> <span +<!--l. 15506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-98016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 13038--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15508--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 13041--><p class="noindent" >You need + <!--l. 15511--><p class="noindent" >You need to either replace <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or @@ -25214,15 +29065,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>) and then -<!--l. 13044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-65017"></a> <span +<!--l. 15514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-98017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 13046--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15516--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 13049--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span + <!--l. 15519--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩ doesn’t exist. This most likely means you haven’t used <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or you have used <span @@ -25230,32 +29081,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">\nofiles</span>. If this is just a draft version of the document, you can suppress this message using the <span class="cmtt-10">nomissingglstext </span>package option.</p></blockquote> -<!--l. 13052--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-65018"></a> <span +<!--l. 15522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-98018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 13054--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15524--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 13057--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></blockquote> -<!--l. 13060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-65019"></a> <span + <!--l. 15527--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></blockquote> +<!--l. 15530--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-98019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 13062--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15532--><p class="noindent" > This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. -</p><!--l. 13065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a - id="dx1-65020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 15535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-98020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 13067--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 15537--><p class="noindent" > This is the message produced when the <a href="#styopt.automake"><span class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a - id="dx1-65021"></a> option is used, but the document + id="dx1-98021"></a> option is used, but the document needs a rerun or the shell escape setting doesn’t permit the execution of the external application. This command also generates a warning in the transcript file. -</p><!--l. 13073--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span +</p><!--l. 15543--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further details. @@ -25263,7 +29114,6 @@ details. </p><!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > <a id="likesection.1"></a><a - id="x1-65022x1"></a><a id="glossary"></a> @@ -25272,210 +29122,186 @@ details. <!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </div> </p><!--l. 1--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="likechapterHead"><a - id="x1-660001"></a>Glossary</h2> + id="x1-9900015"></a>Glossary</h2> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 30--><p class="noindent" > <a id="glo:bib2gls"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-66001"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 30--><p class="noindent" >A command line Java application that selects entries from a .bib file and - converts them + id="dx1-99001"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A command line Java application that selects entries from a .bib file + and converts them to glossary definitions (like <span class="cmtt-10">bibtex </span>but also performs hierarchical sorting and collation, thus omitting the need for <a - id="dx1-66002"></a><a + id="dx1-99002"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-66003"></a><a + id="dx1-99003"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>). Further details at: <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/software/bib2gls/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/software/bib2gls/</span></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 33--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:entrylocation"></a><span class="cmbx-10">entry location</span><a - id="dx1-66004"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 33--><p class="noindent" >The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page - number on which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple locations. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 53--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-99004"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to + the page number on which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple + locations. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:firstuse"></a><span class="cmbx-10">first use</span><a - id="dx1-66005"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 53--><p class="noindent" >The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document + id="dx1-99005"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document or after a reset) with one of the following commands: <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-66006"></a>, <span + id="dx1-99006"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-66007"></a>, <span + id="dx1-99007"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a - id="dx1-66008"></a>, + id="dx1-99008"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-66009"></a>, <span + id="dx1-99009"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-66010"></a>, <span + id="dx1-99010"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a - id="dx1-66011"></a> or <span + id="dx1-99011"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-66012"></a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 59--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-99012"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:firstuseflag"></a><span class="cmbx-10">first use flag</span><a - id="dx1-66013"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 59--><p class="noindent" >A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been used - according to the rules of <a - id="dx1-66014"></a><a + id="dx1-99013"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been + used according to the rules of <a + id="dx1-99014"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 61--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:firstusetext"></a><span class="cmbx-10">first use text</span><a - id="dx1-66015"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 61--><p class="noindent" >The text that is displayed on <a - id="dx1-66016"></a>first use, which is governed by the <span -class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-66017"></a> and + id="dx1-99015"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The text that is displayed on <a + id="dx1-99016"></a>first use, which is governed by the <span +class="cmss-10">first</span><a + id="dx1-99017"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-66018"></a> keys of <span + id="dx1-99018"></a> keys of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-66019"></a>. (May be overridden by <span + id="dx1-99019"></a>. (May be overridden by + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-66020"></a>.) - - - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 70--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-99020"></a>.) + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:linktext"></a><span class="cmbx-10">link-text</span><a - id="dx1-66021"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 70--><p class="noindent" >The text produced by commands such as <span + id="dx1-99021"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The text produced by commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-66022"></a>. It may or may not have a - hyperlink to the glossary. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 74--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-99022"></a>. It may or may not + have a hyperlink to the glossary. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:locationlist"></a><span class="cmbx-10">location list</span><a - id="dx1-66023"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 74--><p class="noindent" >A list of <a - id="dx1-66024"></a><a + id="dx1-99023"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A list of <a + id="dx1-99024"></a><a href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a>. See <a - id="dx1-66025"></a><a + id="dx1-99025"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 78--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-66026"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 78--><p class="noindent" >A custom designed Perl script interface provided with the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> - package to run <a - id="dx1-66027"></a><a -href="#glo:xindy"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-66028"></a><a -href="#glo:makeindex"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> according to the document settings. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 80--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-99026"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A custom designed Perl script interface provided with the + <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to run <a + id="dx1-99027"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or <a + id="dx1-99028"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>according to the document + settings. + + + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a - id="dx1-66029"></a><a - id="dx1-66030"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 80--><p class="noindent" >A custom designed Lua script interface to <a - id="dx1-66031"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and <a - id="dx1-66032"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>provided - with the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl - <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>script. If you have Perl installed, use the Perl script - instead. This script is distributed in the source code on CTAN with - the file name <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua </span>but TeX Live on Unix-like - systems creates a symbolic link called <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without - the <span -class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension) to the actual <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua </span>script, - and TeX distributions on Windows convert the script to an executable - <span + id="dx1-99029"></a><a + id="dx1-99030"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A custom designed Lua script interface to <a + id="dx1-99031"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and + <a + id="dx1-99032"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>provided with the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This is a cut-down + alternative to the Perl <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>script. If you have Perl installed, + use the Perl script instead. This script is distributed in the source code + on CTAN with the file name <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua </span>but TeX Live + on Unix-like systems creates a symbolic link called <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span> + (without the <span +class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension) to the actual <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span> + script, and TeX distributions on Windows convert the script to an + executable <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.exe</span>. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 89--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:makeindex"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-66033"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 89--><p class="noindent" >An indexing application. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 103--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-99033"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">An indexing application. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:numberlist"></a><span class="cmbx-10">number list</span><a - id="dx1-66034"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - <!--l. 103--><p class="noindent" >A list of <a - id="dx1-66035"></a>entry locations (also called a location list). The number list can - be suppressed using the <a + id="dx1-99034"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A list of <a + id="dx1-99035"></a><a +href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number + list can be suppressed using the <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a - id="dx1-66036"></a> package option. - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 113--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-99036"></a> package option. + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:xindy"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-66037"></a> </p></dt><dd -class="description"> - - - - <!--l. 113--><p class="noindent" >An flexible indexing application with multilingual support written in Perl.</p></dd></dl> + id="dx1-99037"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">An flexible indexing application with multilingual support written in + Perl.</dd></dl> <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a - id="x1-6700014"></a>Index</h2> + id="x1-10000015"></a>Index</h2> <!--l. 4--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmbx-10">A</span> </p> <div class="theindex"><span class="index-item">abbreviation styles (deprecated):<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33173" >1</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33181" >1</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33165" >2</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33173" >2</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33169" >3</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33177" >3</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32078" >4</a> <br /></span> @@ -25496,20 +29322,20 @@ class="cmss-10">long-sm</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32100" >9</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33214" >10</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33222" >10</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33206" >11</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33214" >11</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33210" >12</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33218" >12</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">abbreviation styles:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33160" >13</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33168" >13</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33181" >14</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33189" >14</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32090" >15</a> <br /></span> @@ -25518,63 +29344,63 @@ class="cmss-10">long-desc</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32064" >16</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31092" >17</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31106" >17</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32105" >18</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33029" >19</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33037" >19</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32079" >20</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33075" >21</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33083" >21</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33074" >22</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33082" >22</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31094" >23</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31108" >23</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32110" >24</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33028" >25</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33036" >25</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31060" >26</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31086" >27</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31100" >27</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33018" >28</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34018" >29</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33071" >30</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33079" >30</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33266" >31</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33278" >31</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33255" >32</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33259" >33</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33267" >32</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33271" >33</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31095" >34</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33258" >35</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31109" >34</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33270" >35</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31090" >36</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33254" >37</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33263" >38</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33269" >39</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33279" >40</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33281" >41</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31104" >36</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33266" >37</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33275" >38</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33281" >39</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33291" >40</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33293" >41</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33268" >42</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33280" >42</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33246" >43</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33261" >44</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33264" >45</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33272" >46</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38058" >47</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33258" >43</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33273" >44</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33276" >45</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33284" >46</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71058" >47</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33256" >48</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33260" >49</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33268" >48</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33272" >49</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14042" >50</a>, <a @@ -25585,7 +29411,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32093" >54</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32098" >55</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32102" >56</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32106" >57</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33049" >58</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33057" >58</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13040" >59</a>, <a @@ -25597,13 +29423,13 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32072" >64</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32076" >65</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32080" >66</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32085" >67</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33052" >68</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33060" >68</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33051" >69</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33059" >69</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-em</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32101" >70</a> <br /></span> @@ -25612,10 +29438,10 @@ class="cmss-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32075" >71</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33048" >72</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33056" >72</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31085" >73</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31099" >73</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32092" >74</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span>  <a @@ -25631,5351 +29457,6077 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32071" >78</a> <br /></span> class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31074" >79</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33021" >80</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33025" >81</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33025" >81</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33028" >82</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33024" >82</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33027" >83</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33033" >84</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">long-only-short-sc-only</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31080" >85</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33024" >86</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">long-only-short-sc-only-desc</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33032" >87</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">long-postshort-sc-user</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31087" >88</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33254" >89</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45001" >90</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">long-postshort-sc-user-desc</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33256" >91</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33239" >83</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33243" >84</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33247" >92</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33251" >93</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33255" >94</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33242" >85</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33250" >95</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33257" >96</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13047" >86</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14020" >87</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14068" >88</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27028" >89</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31029" >90</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31031" >91</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33002" >92</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33010" >93</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33013" >94</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33016" >95</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33032" >96</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33035" >97</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33252" >98</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34014" >99</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34017" >100</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34091" >101</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13047" >97</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14020" >98</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14068" >99</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27028" >100</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31029" >101</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31031" >102</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33002" >103</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33010" >104</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33013" >105</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33016" >106</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33040" >107</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33043" >108</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33264" >109</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34014" >110</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34017" >111</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34091" >112</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14028" >102</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14034" >103</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33054" >104</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33063" >105</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33066" >106</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33069" >107</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33078" >108</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33085" >109</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34090" >110</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14028" >113</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14034" >114</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33062" >115</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33071" >116</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33074" >117</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33077" >118</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33086" >119</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33093" >120</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34090" >121</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31055" >111</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31087" >112</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33015" >113</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33019" >114</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31055" >122</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31101" >123</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33015" >124</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33019" >125</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33068" >115</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33072" >116</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33076" >126</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33080" >127</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14016" >117</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31039" >118</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33009" >119</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33047" >120</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14016" >128</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31039" >129</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33009" >130</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33055" >131</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14030" >121</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33062" >122</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14030" >132</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33070" >133</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14018" >123</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31049" >124</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33012" >125</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14018" >134</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31049" >135</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33012" >136</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14032" >126</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33065" >127</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14032" >137</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33073" >138</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31088" >128</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33008" >129</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33031" >130</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33037" >131</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33043" >132</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33079" >133</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33080" >134</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33113" >135</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33241" >136</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31102" >139</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33008" >140</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33039" >141</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33045" >142</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33051" >143</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33087" >144</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33088" >145</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33121" >146</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33249" >147</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-user-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33077" >137</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33085" >148</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32010" >138</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33090" >139</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32010" >149</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33098" >150</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong-short-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32031" >140</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32031" >151</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong-short-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33089" >141</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33097" >152</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong-short-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32017" >142</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32017" >153</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong-short-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32024" >143</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32024" >154</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27006" >144</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33201" >145</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27006" >155</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33209" >156</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33221" >146</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33229" >157</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32008" >147</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32008" >158</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32040" >148</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32040" >159</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32029" >149</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32029" >160</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32055" >150</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32055" >161</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31106" >151</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33170" >152</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31120" >162</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33178" >163</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31105" >153</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33189" >154</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31119" >164</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33197" >165</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31056" >155</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33106" >156</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33110" >157</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31056" >166</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33114" >167</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33118" >168</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33133" >158</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33137" >159</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33141" >169</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33145" >170</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31061" >160</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33109" >161</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31061" >171</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33117" >172</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33136" >162</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33144" >173</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32026" >163</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32030" >164</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32032" >165</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32026" >174</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32030" >175</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32032" >176</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32052" >166</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32056" >167</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32052" >177</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32056" >178</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-postfootnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33211" >168</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33219" >179</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33229" >169</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33237" >180</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14046" >170</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27030" >171</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31098" >172</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33146" >173</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33161" >174</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33163" >175</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33167" >176</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33171" >177</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33175" >178</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33193" >179</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34020" >180</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14046" >181</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27030" >182</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31112" >183</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33154" >184</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33169" >185</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33171" >186</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33175" >187</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33179" >188</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33183" >189</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33201" >190</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34020" >191</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14052" >181</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33174" >182</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33182" >183</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33184" >184</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33187" >185</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33190" >186</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33220" >187</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14052" >192</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33182" >193</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33190" >194</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33192" >195</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33195" >196</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33198" >197</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33228" >198</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33271" >188</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33276" >189</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33283" >199</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33288" >200</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33275" >190</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33287" >201</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33278" >191</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33284" >192</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33290" >202</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33296" >203</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33283" >193</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33295" >204</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14022" >194</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27023" >195</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31032" >196</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31081" >197</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31104" >198</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33092" >199</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33101" >200</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33104" >201</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33107" >202</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34088" >203</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34093" >204</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14022" >205</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27023" >206</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31032" >207</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31095" >208</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31118" >209</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33100" >210</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33109" >211</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33112" >212</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33115" >213</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34088" >214</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34093" >215</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14036" >205</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31103" >206</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33121" >207</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33128" >208</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33131" >209</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33134" >210</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33140" >211</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14036" >216</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31117" >217</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33129" >218</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33136" >219</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33139" >220</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33142" >221</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33148" >222</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33038" >212</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33044" >213</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33097" >214</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33112" >215</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33141" >216</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33142" >217</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33233" >218</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33046" >223</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33052" >224</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33105" >225</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33120" >226</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33149" >227</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33150" >228</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33241" >229</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-long-user-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33139" >219</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33147" >230</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3016" >220</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27021" >221</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27029" >222</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29003" >223</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29018" >224</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32002" >225</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32009" >226</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32011" >227</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32013" >228</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32020" >229</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32027" >230</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32034" >231</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32038" >232</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32043" >233</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33087" >234</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3016" >231</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27021" >232</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27029" >233</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29003" >234</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29018" >235</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32002" >236</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32009" >237</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32011" >238</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32013" >239</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32020" >240</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32027" >241</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32034" >242</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32038" >243</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32043" >244</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33095" >245</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32033" >235</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32041" >236</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32048" >237</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32053" >238</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33119" >239</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32033" >246</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32041" >247</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32048" >248</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32053" >249</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33127" >250</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33118" >240</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33126" >251</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33086" >241</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33094" >252</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9062" >242</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9067" >243</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33192" >244</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33202" >245</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33204" >246</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33208" >247</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33212" >248</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33216" >249</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9062" >253</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9067" >254</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33200" >255</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33210" >256</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33212" >257</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33216" >258</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33220" >259</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33224" >260</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33215" >250</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33222" >251</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33224" >252</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33227" >253</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33230" >254</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33223" >261</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33230" >262</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33232" >263</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33235" >264</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33238" >265</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33232" >255</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33236" >256</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33240" >257</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33240" >266</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33244" >267</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33248" >268</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33235" >258</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33243" >269</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32015" >259</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32015" >270</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32045" >260</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32045" >271</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14048" >261</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33162" >262</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33166" >263</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14048" >272</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33170" >273</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33174" >274</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14054" >264</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33183" >265</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14054" >275</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33191" >276</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14024" >266</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31040" >267</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33100" >268</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34092" >269</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14024" >277</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31040" >278</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33108" >279</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34092" >280</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14038" >270</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33127" >271</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14038" >281</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33135" >282</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32012" >272</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32016" >273</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32018" >274</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32012" >283</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32016" >284</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32018" >285</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32042" >275</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32046" >276</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32042" >286</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32046" >287</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31099" >277</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33203" >278</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31113" >288</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33211" >289</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33223" >279</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33231" >290</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32022" >280</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32022" >291</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32050" >281</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32050" >292</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14050" >282</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14050" >293</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14056" >283</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33186" >284</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14056" >294</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33194" >295</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14026" >285</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31050" >286</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33103" >287</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14026" >296</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31050" >297</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33111" >298</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14040" >288</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33130" >289</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14040" >299</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33138" >300</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32019" >290</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32023" >291</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32025" >292</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32019" >301</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32023" >302</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32025" >303</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32047" >293</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32051" >294</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32047" >304</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32051" >305</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33207" >295</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33215" >306</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33226" >296</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33234" >307</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4223" ><span -class="cmti-10">297</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4226" ><span +class="cmti-10">308</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34043" ><span -class="cmti-10">298</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">309</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">acronym styles (glossaries):<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">dua</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14041" >299</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14041" >310</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">dua-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14043" >300</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14043" >311</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14045" >301</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14045" >312</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14051" >302</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14051" >313</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14047" >303</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14047" >314</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sc-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14053" >304</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14053" >315</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14049" >305</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14049" >316</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sm-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14055" >306</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14055" >317</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sc-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14015" >307</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14015" >318</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sc-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14029" >308</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14029" >319</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14027" >309</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14027" >320</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sm-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14017" >310</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14017" >321</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sm-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14031" >311</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14031" >322</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sp-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14019" >312</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14065" >313</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14019" >323</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14065" >324</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sp-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14033" >314</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14033" >325</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sc-short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14023" >315</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14023" >326</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sc-short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14037" >316</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14037" >327</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14021" >317</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14021" >328</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14035" >318</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14035" >329</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sm-short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14025" >319</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14025" >330</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sm-short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14039" >320</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14039" >331</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">amsgen </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10" >321</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10" >332</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">amsmath </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4153" >322</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4156" >333</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52010" ><span -class="cmti-10">323</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-85010" ><span +class="cmti-10">334</span></a> <br /></span> <p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">B</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">babel </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3010" >324</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3014" >325</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4224" >326</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4225" >327</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4226" >328</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38004" >329</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53086" >330</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65003" >331</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65004" >332</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3010" >335</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3014" >336</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4227" >337</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4228" >338</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4229" >339</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71004" >340</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86086" >341</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98003" >342</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98004" >343</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-2" >333</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11" >334</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4010" >335</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4031" >336</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4063" >337</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4075" >338</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4076" >339</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4081" >340</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4085" >341</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4088" >342</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4090" >343</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4094" >344</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4103" >345</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4108" >346</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4111" >347</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4113" >348</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4116" >349</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4117" >350</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4119" >351</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4122" >352</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4126" >353</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4143" >354</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4168" >355</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4169" >356</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4173" >357</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4203" >358</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4204" >359</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6014" >360</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7055" >361</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7066" >362</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10001" >363</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11006" >364</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17016" >365</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18012" >366</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22075" >367</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22076" >368</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24007" >369</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24008" >370</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24022" >371</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24035" >372</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24038" >373</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25028" >374</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25029" >375</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25030" >376</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26022" >377</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38131" >378</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39005" >379</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42009" >380</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43001" >381</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43002" >382</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43004" >383</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43005" >384</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43006" >385</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43007" >386</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43008" >387</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43009" >388</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43011" >389</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43014" >390</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43016" >391</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43023" >392</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44001" >393</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44002" >394</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44003" >395</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44004" >396</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44005" >397</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44006" >398</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45001" >399</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45002" >400</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45004" >401</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45005" >402</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45006" >403</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45007" >404</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45010" >405</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45013" >406</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46004" >407</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46017" >408</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46024" >409</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46025" >410</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46026" >411</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46032" >412</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46033" >413</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46034" >414</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46038" >415</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46039" >416</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47002" >417</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48002" >418</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48004" >419</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48009" >420</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48011" >421</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48013" >422</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48017" >423</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48024" >424</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48026" >425</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48027" >426</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49003" >427</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49006" >428</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49007" >429</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49028" >430</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49036" >431</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49045" >432</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49115" >433</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50001" >434</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50002" >435</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50011" >436</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50013" >437</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50026" >438</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50027" >439</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50028" >440</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51001" >441</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51002" >442</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51003" >443</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51005" >444</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51023" >445</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53024" >446</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53070" >447</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54007" >448</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54017" >449</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55014" >450</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57043" >451</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57045" >452</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57048" >453</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57049" >454</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57052" >455</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57053" >456</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59002" >457</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59013" >458</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65010" >459</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66001" ><span -class="cmbx-10">460</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-2" >344</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11" >345</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4010" >346</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4034" >347</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4066" >348</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4078" >349</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4079" >350</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4084" >351</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4088" >352</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4091" >353</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4093" >354</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4097" >355</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4106" >356</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4111" >357</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4114" >358</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4116" >359</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4119" >360</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4120" >361</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4122" >362</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4125" >363</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4129" >364</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4146" >365</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4171" >366</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4172" >367</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4176" >368</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4206" >369</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4207" >370</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6014" >371</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7055" >372</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7066" >373</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10001" >374</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11006" >375</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17016" >376</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18012" >377</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22075" >378</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22076" >379</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24007" >380</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24008" >381</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24022" >382</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24035" >383</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24038" >384</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25028" >385</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25029" >386</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25030" >387</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26022" >388</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46002" >389</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69014" >390</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70001" >391</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70002" >392</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70004" >393</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70005" >394</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70007" >395</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71131" >396</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-72005" >397</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75009" >398</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76001" >399</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76002" >400</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76004" >401</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76005" >402</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76006" >403</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76007" >404</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76008" >405</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76009" >406</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76011" >407</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76014" >408</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76016" >409</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76023" >410</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-77001" >411</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-77002" >412</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-77003" >413</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-77004" >414</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-77005" >415</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-77006" >416</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78001" >417</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78002" >418</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78004" >419</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78005" >420</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78006" >421</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78007" >422</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78010" >423</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78013" >424</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79004" >425</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79017" >426</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79024" >427</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79025" >428</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79026" >429</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79032" >430</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79033" >431</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79034" >432</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79038" >433</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79039" >434</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-80002" >435</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81002" >436</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81004" >437</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81009" >438</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81011" >439</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81013" >440</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81017" >441</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81024" >442</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81026" >443</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81027" >444</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82003" >445</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82006" >446</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82007" >447</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82028" >448</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82036" >449</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82045" >450</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82115" >451</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83001" >452</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83002" >453</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83011" >454</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83013" >455</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83026" >456</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83027" >457</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83028" >458</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84001" >459</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84002" >460</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84003" >461</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84005" >462</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84023" >463</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86024" >464</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86070" >465</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87007" >466</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87017" >467</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88014" >468</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90043" >469</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90045" >470</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90048" >471</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90049" >472</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90052" >473</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90053" >474</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92002" >475</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92013" >476</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98010" >477</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99001" ><span +class="cmbx-10">478</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">C</span> <span class="index-item">categories:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10004" >461</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27024" >462</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28007" >463</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38008" >464</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41015" >465</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10004" >479</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27024" >480</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28007" >481</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71008" >482</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74015" >483</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3028" >466</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17035" >467</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27022" >468</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28006" >469</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38009" >470</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38023" >471</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3028" >484</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17035" >485</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27022" >486</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28006" >487</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71009" >488</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71023" >489</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">general</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9037" >472</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9066" >473</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17034" >474</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17038" >475</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38007" >476</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38022" >477</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38184" >478</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40040" >479</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9037" >490</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9066" >491</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17034" >492</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17038" >493</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71007" >494</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71022" >495</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71194" >496</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73040" >497</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6030" >480</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38012" >481</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6030" >498</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71012" >499</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">number</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38018" >482</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71018" >500</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9045" >483</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38015" >484</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9045" >501</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71015" >502</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">category attributes:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38139" >485</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38149" >486</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38159" >487</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38163" >488</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71139" >503</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71149" >504</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71159" >505</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71163" >506</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">accessinsertdots</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38138" >489</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38142" >490</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71138" >507</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71142" >508</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">accessnoshortplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38140" >491</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38160" >492</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71140" >509</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71160" >510</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12036" >493</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31047" >494</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38071" >495</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38079" >496</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38150" >497</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38154" >498</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38156" >499</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38158" >500</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12036" >511</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31047" >512</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71071" >513</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71079" >514</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71150" >515</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71154" >516</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71156" >517</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71158" >518</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">combinedfirstsep</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48004" >519</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71173" >520</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">combinedfirstsepfirst</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48008" >521</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71175" >522</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">combinedsep</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48002" >523</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71179" >524</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">combinedsepfirst</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48006" >525</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71177" >526</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9032" >501</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38042" >502</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38049" >503</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38052" >504</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38070" >505</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9032" >527</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43001" >528</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71042" >529</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71049" >530</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71052" >531</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71070" >532</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38119" >506</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42002" >507</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42015" >508</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42031" >509</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42038" >510</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42041" >511</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64003" >512</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71119" >533</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75002" >534</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75015" >535</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75031" >536</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75038" >537</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75041" >538</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97003" >539</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" >513</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38085" >514</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38089" >515</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40002" >516</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40007" >517</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40019" >518</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40023" >519</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40024" >520</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40028" >521</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40029" >522</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40033" >523</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" >540</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71085" >541</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71089" >542</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73002" >543</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73007" >544</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73019" >545</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73023" >546</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73024" >547</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73028" >548</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73029" >549</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73033" >550</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">externallocation</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7061" >524</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7065" >525</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38130" >526</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47003" >527</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7061" >551</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7065" >552</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71130" >553</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-80003" >554</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstshortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38170" >528</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71170" >555</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17005" >529</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38094" >530</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38105" >531</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17005" >556</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71094" >557</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71105" >558</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17006" >532</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38102" >533</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38114" >534</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17006" >559</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71102" >560</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71114" >561</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">glossname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17003" >535</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17021" >536</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38104" >537</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17003" >562</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17021" >563</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71104" >564</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17004" >538</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17022" >539</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38110" >540</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38113" >541</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58011" >542</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17004" >565</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17022" >566</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71110" >567</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71113" >568</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91011" >569</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">glosssymbolfont</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17008" >543</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38112" >544</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17008" >570</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71112" >571</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">headuc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13059" >545</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37006" >546</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37008" >547</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38080" >548</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13059" >572</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37006" >573</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37008" >574</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71080" >575</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7019" >549</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38117" >550</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7019" >576</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71117" >577</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17027" >551</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38107" >552</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42001" >553</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42013" >554</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64004" >555</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17027" >578</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71107" >579</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75001" >580</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75013" >581</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97004" >582</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7007" >556</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38037" >557</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42039" >558</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7007" >583</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71037" >584</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75039" >585</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">insertdots</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27013" >559</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38064" >560</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38066" >561</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38145" >562</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27013" >586</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71064" >587</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71066" >588</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71145" >589</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">linkcount</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38090" >563</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41003" >564</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41016" >565</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71090" >590</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74003" >591</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74016" >592</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38092" >566</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41004" >567</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71092" >593</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74004" >594</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">markshortwords</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38061" >568</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38068" >569</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71061" >595</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71068" >596</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">markwords</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33247" >570</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33250" >571</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33253" >572</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34032" >573</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38054" >574</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38062" >575</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33259" >597</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33262" >598</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33265" >599</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34032" >600</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71054" >601</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71062" >602</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">multioptions</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44001" >603</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54001" >604</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55002" >605</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55009" >606</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38164" >576</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71164" >607</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nohyper</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38034" >577</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38185" >578</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38186" >579</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71034" >608</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71195" >609</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71196" >610</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33148" >580</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34021" >581</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34023" >582</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38025" >583</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38032" >584</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33156" >611</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34021" >612</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34023" >613</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71025" >614</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71032" >615</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12037" >585</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27014" >586</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31048" >587</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38074" >588</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38075" >589</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38161" >590</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12037" >616</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27014" >617</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31048" >618</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71074" >619</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71075" >620</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71161" >621</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38048" >591</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38053" >592</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71048" >622</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71053" >623</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51015" >593</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51017" >594</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51019" >595</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51021" >596</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84015" >624</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84017" >625</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84019" >626</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84021" >627</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">regular</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9010" >597</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9019" >598</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9022" >599</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29004" >600</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31005" >601</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31014" >602</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31091" >603</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31093" >604</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31096" >605</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32001" >606</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32111" >607</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33001" >608</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33030" >609</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33050" >610</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33053" >611</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33076" >612</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33088" >613</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33091" >614</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33120" >615</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34022" >616</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34053" >617</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34057" >618</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34061" >619</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34065" >620</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34081" >621</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38024" >622</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38174" >623</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38188" >624</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38191" >625</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38192" >626</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38195" >627</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51031" >628</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9010" >628</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9019" >629</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9022" >630</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29004" >631</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31005" >632</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31014" >633</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31105" >634</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31107" >635</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31110" >636</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32001" >637</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32111" >638</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33001" >639</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33038" >640</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33058" >641</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33061" >642</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33084" >643</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33096" >644</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33099" >645</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33128" >646</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34022" >647</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34053" >648</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34057" >649</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34061" >650</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34065" >651</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34081" >652</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71024" >653</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71184" >654</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71198" >655</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71201" >656</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71202" >657</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71205" >658</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84031" >659</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38050" >629</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43002" >660</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71050" >661</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">tagging</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28002" >630</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28005" >631</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28008" >632</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38082" >633</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28002" >662</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28005" >663</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28008" >664</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71082" >665</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38128" >634</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71128" >666</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">targetname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38125" >635</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38127" >636</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71125" >667</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71127" >668</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">targeturl</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15002" >637</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38123" >638</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38126" >639</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59006" >640</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64009" >641</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15002" >669</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71123" >670</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71126" >671</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92006" >672</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97009" >673</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textformat</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7020" >642</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7023" >643</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9028" >644</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11018" >645</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38116" >646</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7020" >674</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7023" >675</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9028" >676</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11018" >677</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71116" >678</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textshortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38167" >647</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71167" >679</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">unitcount</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40034" >648</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73034" >680</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7015" >649</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38039" >650</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7015" >681</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71039" >682</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGLS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40015" ><span -class="cmti-10">651</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73015" ><span +class="cmti-10">683</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40017" ><span -class="cmti-10">652</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73017" ><span +class="cmti-10">684</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40016" ><span -class="cmti-10">653</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73016" ><span +class="cmti-10">685</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40018" ><span -class="cmti-10">654</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73018" ><span +class="cmti-10">686</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43003" >655</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76003" >687</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53030" ><span -class="cmti-10">656</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86030" ><span +class="cmti-10">688</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34006" ><span -class="cmti-10">657</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">689</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">D</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">datatool </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53044" >658</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86044" >690</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">datatool-base </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >659</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53043" >660</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53066" >661</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53069" >662</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >691</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86043" >692</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86066" >693</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86069" >694</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dGLS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50022" ><span -class="cmti-10">663</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83022" ><span +class="cmti-10">695</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dGls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50020" ><span -class="cmti-10">664</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83020" ><span +class="cmti-10">696</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50018" ><span -class="cmti-10">665</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83018" ><span +class="cmti-10">697</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50025" ><span -class="cmti-10">666</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83025" ><span +class="cmti-10">698</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dglslink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50024" ><span -class="cmti-10">667</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83024" ><span +class="cmti-10">699</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50023" ><span -class="cmti-10">668</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83023" ><span +class="cmti-10">700</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50021" ><span -class="cmti-10">669</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83021" ><span +class="cmti-10">701</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dglspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50019" ><span -class="cmti-10">670</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83019" ><span +class="cmti-10">702</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">E</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22067" ><span -class="cmti-10">671</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">703</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22071" ><span -class="cmti-10">672</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">704</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53027" ><span -class="cmti-10">673</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86027" ><span +class="cmti-10">705</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">entry location  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66004" ><span -class="cmbx-10">674</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66024" >675</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66035" >676</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99004" ><span +class="cmbx-10">706</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99024" >707</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99035" >708</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">entrycounter </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58020" >677</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91020" >709</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">equation </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4130" >678</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4155" >679</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7043" >680</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48008" >681</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48021" >682</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4133" >710</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4158" >711</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7043" >712</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81008" >713</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81021" >714</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">etoolbox </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5" >683</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38181" >684</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41010" >685</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53021" >686</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53039" >687</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53055" >688</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53056" >689</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53064" >690</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53068" >691</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53073" >692</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53075" >693</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5" >715</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71191" >716</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74010" >717</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86021" >718</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86039" >719</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86055" >720</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86056" >721</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86064" >722</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86068" >723</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86073" >724</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86075" >725</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">F</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\false </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">groups</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15016" >694</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15018" >726</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">fancyhdr </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24049" >695</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24049" >727</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">file types<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">aux</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38006" >728</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69010" >729</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69012" >730</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70003" >731</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">bib</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4109" >696</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4112" >732</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70006" >733</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">glg-abr</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4216" >697</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4219" >734</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">glo-abr</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4218" >698</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4221" >735</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">gls-abr</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4217" >699</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4220" >736</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">first use  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3017" >700</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7005" >701</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9015" >702</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9043" >703</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9044" >704</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9047" >705</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9049" >706</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9054" >707</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9058" >708</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9061" >709</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9063" >710</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9065" >711</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13008" >712</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13019" >713</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13020" >714</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13021" >715</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13022" >716</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13026" >717</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13030" >718</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13034" >719</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13048" >720</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13049" >721</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14069" >722</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14070" >723</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27005" >724</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27010" >725</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27025" >726</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29017" >727</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29019" >728</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31006" >729</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31020" >730</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32003" >731</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33003" >732</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33055" >733</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33093" >734</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33122" >735</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33147" >736</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33149" >737</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33156" >738</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33196" >739</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33200" >740</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34044" >741</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34048" >742</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34052" >743</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34056" >744</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34060" >745</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34064" >746</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38027" >747</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38029" >748</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38051" >749</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40039" >750</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64001" >751</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66005" ><span -class="cmbx-10">752</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66014" >753</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66016" >754</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3017" >737</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7005" >738</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9015" >739</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9043" >740</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9044" >741</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9047" >742</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9049" >743</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9054" >744</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9058" >745</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9061" >746</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9063" >747</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9065" >748</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13008" >749</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13019" >750</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13020" >751</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13021" >752</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13022" >753</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13026" >754</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13030" >755</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13034" >756</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13048" >757</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13049" >758</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14069" >759</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14070" >760</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27005" >761</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27010" >762</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27025" >763</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29017" >764</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29019" >765</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31006" >766</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31020" >767</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32003" >768</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33003" >769</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33063" >770</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33101" >771</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33130" >772</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33155" >773</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33157" >774</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33164" >775</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33204" >776</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33208" >777</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34044" >778</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34048" >779</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34052" >780</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34056" >781</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34060" >782</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34064" >783</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38001" >784</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45002" >785</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45005" >786</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48012" >787</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71027" >788</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71029" >789</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71051" >790</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73039" >791</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97001" >792</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99005" ><span +class="cmbx-10">793</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99014" >794</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99016" >795</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">first use flag  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9052" >755</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11008" >756</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35001" >757</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40004" >758</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40022" >759</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51024" >760</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66013" ><span -class="cmbx-10">761</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9052" >796</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11008" >797</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35001" >798</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44003" >799</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45003" >800</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45006" >801</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49011" >802</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53001" >803</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53002" >804</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53010" >805</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53011" >806</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62001" >807</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62002" >808</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62003" >809</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62004" >810</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62005" >811</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62006" >812</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62007" >813</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63001" >814</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73004" >815</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73022" >816</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84024" >817</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99013" ><span +class="cmbx-10">818</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">first use text  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66015" ><span -class="cmbx-10">762</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66038" >763</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99015" ><span +class="cmbx-10">819</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99038" >820</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">fontenc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31024" >764</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31024" >821</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\forallabbreviationlists</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27040" ><span -class="cmti-10">765</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">822</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">G</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22065" ><span -class="cmti-10">766</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">823</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22070" ><span -class="cmti-10">767</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">824</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53026" ><span -class="cmti-10">768</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86026" ><span +class="cmti-10">825</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4201" >769</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6018" >770</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8020" >771</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8023" >772</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8025" >773</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8078" >774</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12001" >775</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12003" >776</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12012" >777</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12029" >778</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16003" >779</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16004" >780</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38031" >781</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48007" >782</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48012" >783</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49009" >784</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49034" >785</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53052" >786</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53077" >787</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54019" >788</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4204" >826</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6018" >827</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8020" >828</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8023" >829</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8025" >830</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8078" >831</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12001" >832</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12003" >833</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12012" >834</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12029" >835</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16003" >836</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16004" >837</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71031" >838</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81007" >839</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81012" >840</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82009" >841</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82034" >842</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86052" >843</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86077" >844</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87019" >845</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4036" >789</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4037" >790</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4038" >791</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4041" >792</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4044" >793</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17014" >794</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34086" >795</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34087" >796</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38136" >797</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38143" >798</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58018" >799</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-61002" >800</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63001" >801</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63002" >802</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63004" >803</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63005" >804</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63007" >805</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63010" >806</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63012" >807</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63014" >808</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63015" >809</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64021" >810</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4039" >846</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4040" >847</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4041" >848</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4044" >849</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4047" >850</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17014" >851</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34086" >852</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34087" >853</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71136" >854</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71143" >855</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91018" >856</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-94002" >857</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96001" >858</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96002" >859</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96004" >860</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96005" >861</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96007" >862</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96010" >863</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96012" >864</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96014" >865</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96015" >866</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97021" >867</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6020" >811</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8027" >812</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8030" >813</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8039" >814</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16005" >815</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38137" >816</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49027" >817</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6020" >868</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8027" >869</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8030" >870</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8039" >871</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16005" >872</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71137" >873</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82027" >874</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4083" >818</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4084" >819</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4118" >820</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4220" >821</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4237" >822</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4242" >823</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4247" >824</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4252" >825</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46003" >826</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46008" >827</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46018" >828</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46023" >829</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49011" >830</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49037" >831</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65007" >832</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4086" >875</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4087" >876</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4121" >877</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4223" >878</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4240" >879</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4245" >880</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4250" >881</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4255" >882</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70011" >883</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79003" >884</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79008" >885</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79018" >886</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79023" >887</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82011" >888</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82037" >889</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98007" >890</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4026" >833</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4046" >834</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16001" >835</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19001" >836</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19002" >837</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22026" >838</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22038" >839</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46041" >840</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54004" >841</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64011" >842</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4029" >891</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4049" >892</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16001" >893</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19001" >894</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19002" >895</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22026" >896</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22038" >897</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79041" >898</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87004" >899</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97011" >900</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4034" >843</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-61001" >844</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62001" >845</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64022" >846</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4037" >901</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67001" >902</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-94001" >903</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-95001" >904</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97022" >905</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4279" ><span -class="cmti-10">847</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4282" ><span +class="cmti-10">906</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">glossary styles:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22006" >848</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22009" >849</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22014" >850</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22006" >907</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22009" >908</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22014" >909</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22037" >851</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22039" >852</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22054" >853</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22062" >854</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22080" >855</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22099" >856</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22102" >857</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25026" >858</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25027" >859</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26004" >860</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46036" >861</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46042" >862</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64012" >863</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64013" >864</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64014" >865</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22037" >910</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22039" >911</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22054" >912</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22062" >913</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22080" >914</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22099" >915</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22102" >916</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25026" >917</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25027" >918</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26004" >919</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79036" >920</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79042" >921</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97012" >922</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97013" >923</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97014" >924</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">bookindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24002" >866</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24006" >867</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24036" >868</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24037" >869</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24002" >925</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24006" >926</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24036" >927</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24037" >928</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22042" >870</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22042" >929</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">inline</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20001" >871</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20003" >872</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20001" >930</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20003" >931</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">list</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22001" >873</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22005" >874</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22013" >875</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57044" >876</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22001" >932</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22005" >933</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22013" >934</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90044" >935</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22007" >877</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22015" >878</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22007" >936</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22015" >937</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15008" >938</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21003" >879</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57001" >880</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57031" >881</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21003" >939</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90001" >940</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90031" >941</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25066" >882</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25066" >942</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-sym-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25133" >883</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25133" >943</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25075" >884</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25075" >944</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-sym-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25141" >885</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25141" >945</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-loc-sym-desc-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25125" >886</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25125" >946</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25044" >887</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25058" >888</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25067" >889</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25044" >947</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25058" >948</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25067" >949</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-loc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25057" >890</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25057" >950</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25083" >891</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25100" >892</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25083" >951</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25100" >952</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25091" >893</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25109" >894</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25091" >953</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25109" >954</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25099" >895</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25099" >955</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc-loc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25108" >896</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25108" >956</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-sym-desc-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25117" >897</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25117" >957</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19004" >898</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19004" >958</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25045" >899</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25048" >900</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25045" >959</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25048" >960</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">mcolindexgroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24003" >901</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24003" >961</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">super</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57002" >902</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90002" >962</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">topic</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26006" >903</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26010" >904</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26006" >963</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26010" >964</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">topicmcols</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26009" >905</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26009" >965</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">tree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22036" >906</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22043" >907</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22052" >908</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26005" >909</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26007" >910</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22036" >966</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22043" >967</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22052" >968</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26005" >969</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26007" >970</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22048" >911</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22050" >912</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22053" >913</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22048" >971</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22050" >972</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22053" >973</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24001" >914</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24043" >915</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24001" >974</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24043" >975</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-inline </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20002" >916</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20002" >976</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57003" >917</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90003" >977</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25018" >918</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25022" >919</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25018" >978</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25022" >979</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25001" >920</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46037" >921</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25001" >980</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79037" >981</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26001" >922</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26019" >923</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26001" >982</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26019" >983</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22022" >924</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22033" >925</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22063" >926</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22066" >927</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22077" >928</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24042" >929</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26003" >930</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22022" >984</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22033" >985</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22063" >986</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22066" >987</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22077" >988</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24042" >989</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26003" >990</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17020" ><span -class="cmti-10">931</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">991</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13058" ><span -class="cmti-10">932</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">992</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31033" ><span -class="cmti-10">933</span></a>, <a +class="cmti-10">993</span></a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31043" ><span -class="cmti-10">934</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">994</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31057" ><span -class="cmti-10">935</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">995</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34047" ><span -class="cmti-10">936</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">996</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31069" ><span -class="cmti-10">937</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">997</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31075" ><span -class="cmti-10">938</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">998</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31041" ><span -class="cmti-10">939</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">999</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsconlyfont</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31081" ><span +class="cmti-10">1000</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscuserfont</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31088" ><span +class="cmti-10">1001</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31051" ><span -class="cmti-10">940</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1002</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31064" ><span -class="cmti-10">941</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33045" ><span -class="cmti-10">942</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1003</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33053" ><span +class="cmti-10">1004</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63042" ><span -class="cmti-10">943</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96042" ><span +class="cmti-10">1005</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63040" ><span -class="cmti-10">944</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96040" ><span +class="cmti-10">1006</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63046" ><span -class="cmti-10">945</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96046" ><span +class="cmti-10">1007</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63044" ><span -class="cmti-10">946</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96044" ><span +class="cmti-10">1008</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63026" ><span -class="cmti-10">947</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96026" ><span +class="cmti-10">1009</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63024" ><span -class="cmti-10">948</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96024" ><span +class="cmti-10">1010</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63030" ><span -class="cmti-10">949</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96030" ><span +class="cmti-10">1011</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63028" ><span -class="cmti-10">950</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96028" ><span +class="cmti-10">1012</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63058" ><span -class="cmti-10">951</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96058" ><span +class="cmti-10">1013</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63056" ><span -class="cmti-10">952</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96056" ><span +class="cmti-10">1014</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63062" ><span -class="cmti-10">953</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96062" ><span +class="cmti-10">1015</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63060" ><span -class="cmti-10">954</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96060" ><span +class="cmti-10">1016</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63013" ><span -class="cmti-10">955</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1017</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63008" ><span -class="cmti-10">956</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1018</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63022" ><span -class="cmti-10">957</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96022" ><span +class="cmti-10">1019</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63020" ><span -class="cmti-10">958</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1020</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63050" ><span -class="cmti-10">959</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96050" ><span +class="cmti-10">1021</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63048" ><span -class="cmti-10">960</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96048" ><span +class="cmti-10">1022</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63054" ><span -class="cmti-10">961</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1023</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63052" ><span -class="cmti-10">962</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96052" ><span +class="cmti-10">1024</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63034" ><span -class="cmti-10">963</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96034" ><span +class="cmti-10">1025</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63032" ><span -class="cmti-10">964</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1026</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63038" ><span -class="cmti-10">965</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96038" ><span +class="cmti-10">1027</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63036" ><span -class="cmti-10">966</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1028</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63018" ><span -class="cmti-10">967</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1029</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63016" ><span -class="cmti-10">968</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1030</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14064" ><span -class="cmti-10">969</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1031</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14066" ><span -class="cmti-10">970</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1032</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">format</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7035" >971</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7035" >1033</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7047" >972</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7063" >973</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7047" >1034</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7063" >1035</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7046" >974</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7048" >975</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7052" >976</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7059" >977</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64023" >978</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7046" >1036</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7048" >1037</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7052" >1038</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7059" >1039</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97023" >1040</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddeach</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7001" ><span -class="cmti-10">979</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1041</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpostsetkeys</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7042" ><span -class="cmti-10">980</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1042</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpresetkeys</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7041" ><span -class="cmti-10">981</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1043</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaltlistitem</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22010" ><span -class="cmti-10">982</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1044</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreechildpredesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22041" ><span -class="cmti-10">983</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1045</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreepredesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22040" ><span -class="cmti-10">984</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1046</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49002" ><span -class="cmti-10">985</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1047</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38019" ><span -class="cmti-10">986</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1048</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34039" ><span -class="cmti-10">987</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1049</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedfirstsep</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1050</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedfirstsepfirst</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1051</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedsep</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1052</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glscombinedsepfirst</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1053</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17037" ><span -class="cmti-10">988</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1054</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53034" ><span -class="cmti-10">989</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86034" ><span +class="cmti-10">1055</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaultshortaccess</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38135" ><span -class="cmti-10">990</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71135" ><span +class="cmti-10">1056</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17036" ><span -class="cmti-10">991</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1057</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9038" ><span -class="cmti-10">992</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1058</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17030" ><span -class="cmti-10">993</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1059</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40035" ><span -class="cmti-10">994</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1060</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17012" ><span -class="cmti-10">995</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1061</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40036" ><span -class="cmti-10">996</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1062</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40038" ><span -class="cmti-10">997</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73038" ><span +class="cmti-10">1063</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40037" ><span -class="cmti-10">998</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73037" ><span +class="cmti-10">1064</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17031" ><span -class="cmti-10">999</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1065</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22083" ><span -class="cmti-10">1000</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1066</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22095" ><span -class="cmti-10">1001</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1067</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22087" ><span -class="cmti-10">1002</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1068</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22092" ><span -class="cmti-10">1003</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1069</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22085" ><span -class="cmti-10">1004</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1070</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22078" ><span -class="cmti-10">1005</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1071</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22081" ><span -class="cmti-10">1006</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1072</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22093" ><span -class="cmti-10">1007</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1073</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22086" ><span -class="cmti-10">1008</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1074</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22088" ><span -class="cmti-10">1009</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1075</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22084" ><span -class="cmti-10">1010</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1076</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22079" ><span -class="cmti-10">1011</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1077</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1012</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1078</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1013</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1079</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34045" ><span -class="cmti-10">1014</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1080</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31070" ><span -class="cmti-10">1015</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1081</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31076" ><span -class="cmti-10">1016</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1082</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31083" ><span +class="cmti-10">1083</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31090" ><span +class="cmti-10">1084</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31053" ><span -class="cmti-10">1017</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1085</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31065" ><span -class="cmti-10">1018</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1086</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1019</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1087</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1020</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1088</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1021</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1089</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33155" ><span -class="cmti-10">1022</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33163" ><span +class="cmti-10">1090</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31072" ><span -class="cmti-10">1023</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1091</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongonlyfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31078" ><span -class="cmti-10">1024</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1092</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31067" ><span -class="cmti-10">1025</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1093</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirst</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37044" ><span -class="cmti-10">1026</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1094</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37043" ><span -class="cmti-10">1027</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1095</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1028</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1096</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirstpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1029</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1097</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1030</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1098</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37045" ><span -class="cmti-10">1031</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1099</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfull</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1032</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1100</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1033</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1101</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1034</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1102</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfullpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1035</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1103</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1036</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1104</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1037</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1105</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlong</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1038</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1106</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1039</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1107</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1040</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1108</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlongpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1041</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1109</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1042</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +class="cmti-10">1110</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1043</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1111</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1044</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1112</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37039" ><span -class="cmti-10">1045</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1113</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37038" ><span -class="cmti-10">1046</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1114</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1047</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1115</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1048</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1116</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1049</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1117</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1050</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1118</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1051</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1119</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1052</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1120</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1053</span></a>, <a +class="cmti-10">1121</span></a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1054</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1122</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1055</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1123</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmttext</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1056</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1124</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1057</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1125</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1058</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1126</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachwithattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38196" ><span -class="cmti-10">1059</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71206" ><span +class="cmti-10">1127</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38179" ><span -class="cmti-10">1060</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71189" ><span +class="cmti-10">1128</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38178" ><span -class="cmti-10">1061</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71188" ><span +class="cmti-10">1129</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22073" ><span -class="cmti-10">1062</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1130</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22074" ><span -class="cmti-10">1063</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1131</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glshasattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38182" ><span -class="cmti-10">1064</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71192" ><span +class="cmti-10">1132</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38180" ><span -class="cmti-10">1065</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71190" ><span +class="cmti-10">1133</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glshex</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1066</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1134</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38187" ><span -class="cmti-10">1067</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71197" ><span +class="cmti-10">1135</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1068</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1136</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategoryattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38183" ><span -class="cmti-10">1069</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71193" ><span +class="cmti-10">1137</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregular</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38194" ><span -class="cmti-10">1070</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71204" ><span +class="cmti-10">1138</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregularcategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38193" ><span -class="cmti-10">1071</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71203" ><span +class="cmti-10">1139</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifregular</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38190" ><span -class="cmti-10">1072</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71200" ><span +class="cmti-10">1140</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifregularcategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38189" ><span -class="cmti-10">1073</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71199" ><span +class="cmti-10">1141</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1074</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1142</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1075</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1143</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4135" >1076</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4141" >1077</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4138" >1144</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4144" >1145</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">format</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7058" >1078</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42030" >1079</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42032" >1080</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51022" >1081</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7058" >1146</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57001" >1147</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57002" >1148</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75030" >1149</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75032" >1150</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84022" >1151</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13055" >1082</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38028" >1083</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38036" >1084</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13055" >1152</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71028" >1153</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71036" >1154</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyper=false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37005" >1085</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37005" >1155</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7018" >1086</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38118" >1087</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7018" >1156</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71118" >1157</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7003" >1088</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7008" >1089</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7012" >1090</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13056" >1091</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37004" >1092</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42042" >1093</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59009" >1094</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7003" >1158</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7008" >1159</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7012" >1160</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13056" >1161</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37004" >1162</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75042" >1163</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92009" >1164</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7025" >1095</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15010" >1096</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7025" >1165</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15012" >1166</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textformat</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7022" >1097</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11017" >1098</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7022" >1167</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11017" >1168</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7028" >1099</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7050" >1100</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7028" >1169</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7050" >1170</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7027" >1101</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7049" >1102</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7027" >1171</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7049" >1172</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7011" >1103</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7016" >1104</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7033" >1105</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38041" >1106</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7011" >1173</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7016" >1174</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7033" >1175</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71041" >1176</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1107</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73042" ><span +class="cmti-10">1177</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7039" ><span -class="cmti-10">1108</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +class="cmti-10">1178</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1109</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1179</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1110</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1180</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1111</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1181</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupafterheader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1112</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1182</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupheaderitem</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1113</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1183</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupskip</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1114</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1184</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistitem</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1115</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1185</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1116</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1186</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1117</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1187</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1118</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1188</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1119</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1189</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31063" ><span -class="cmti-10">1120</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1190</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescAlign</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1121</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1191</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1122</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1192</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25070" ><span -class="cmti-10">1123</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1193</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25074" ><span -class="cmti-10">1124</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1194</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25073" ><span -class="cmti-10">1125</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1195</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25136" ><span -class="cmti-10">1126</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1196</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25140" ><span -class="cmti-10">1127</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1197</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25139" ><span -class="cmti-10">1128</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1198</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraGroupHeading</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25043" ><span -class="cmti-10">1129</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1199</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1130</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1200</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationAlign</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1131</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1201</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25078" ><span -class="cmti-10">1132</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1202</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1133</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1203</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25081" ><span -class="cmti-10">1134</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1204</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25144" ><span -class="cmti-10">1135</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1205</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25148" ><span -class="cmti-10">1136</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1206</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25147" ><span -class="cmti-10">1137</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1207</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationFmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25038" ><span -class="cmti-10">1138</span></a>, <a +class="cmti-10">1208</span></a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1139</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1209</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25128" ><span -class="cmti-10">1140</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1210</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25132" ><span -class="cmti-10">1141</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1211</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25131" ><span -class="cmti-10">1142</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1212</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1143</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1213</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameAlign</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1144</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1214</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1145</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1215</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1146</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1216</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25065" ><span -class="cmti-10">1147</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1217</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25064" ><span -class="cmti-10">1148</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1218</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25086" ><span -class="cmti-10">1149</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1219</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25094" ><span -class="cmti-10">1150</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1220</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25098" ><span -class="cmti-10">1151</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1221</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25097" ><span -class="cmti-10">1152</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1222</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25090" ><span -class="cmti-10">1153</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1223</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25089" ><span -class="cmti-10">1154</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1224</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1155</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +class="cmti-10">1225</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1156</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1226</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameFmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1157</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1227</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25103" ><span -class="cmti-10">1158</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1228</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25112" ><span -class="cmti-10">1159</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1229</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25116" ><span -class="cmti-10">1160</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1230</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25115" ><span -class="cmti-10">1161</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1231</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25107" ><span -class="cmti-10">1162</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1232</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25106" ><span -class="cmti-10">1163</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1233</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1164</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1234</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetWidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1165</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1235</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubDescFmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1166</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1236</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubNameFmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25039" ><span -class="cmti-10">1167</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1237</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25041" ><span -class="cmti-10">1168</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1238</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolAlign</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1169</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1239</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1170</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1240</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25120" ><span -class="cmti-10">1171</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1241</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25124" ><span -class="cmti-10">1172</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1242</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25123" ><span -class="cmti-10">1173</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1243</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1174</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1244</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1175</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1245</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraTabularVAlign</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1176</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1246</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1177</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1247</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1178</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1248</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1179</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1249</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1180</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1250</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33157" ><span -class="cmti-10">1181</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33165" ><span +class="cmti-10">1251</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31071" ><span -class="cmti-10">1182</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1252</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31077" ><span -class="cmti-10">1183</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1253</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1184</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1254</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1185</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1255</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31066" ><span -class="cmti-10">1186</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1256</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1187</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1257</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfull</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1188</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1258</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfullpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1189</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1259</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsps</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13053" ><span -class="cmti-10">1190</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1260</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13054" ><span -class="cmti-10">1191</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1261</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsrenewcommand</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1192</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1262</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseefirstitem</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8073" ><span -class="cmti-10">1193</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1263</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1194</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1264</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastoxfordsep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8074" ><span -class="cmti-10">1195</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1265</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38176" ><span -class="cmti-10">1196</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71186" ><span +class="cmti-10">1266</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoriesattribute</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71182" ><span +class="cmti-10">1267</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoriesattributes</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71183" ><span +class="cmti-10">1268</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38173" ><span -class="cmti-10">1197</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71181" ><span +class="cmti-10">1269</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnbsp</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1270</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnone</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1271</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetcombinedsepnarrow</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1272</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38175" ><span -class="cmti-10">1198</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71185" ><span +class="cmti-10">1273</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1199</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1274</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1200</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1275</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignSubIndent</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1201</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +class="cmti-10">1276</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignWidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1202</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1277</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicCols</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1203</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1278</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicColsEnv</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1204</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1279</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicDesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1205</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1280</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicGroupHeading</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1206</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1281</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicInit</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1207</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1282</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicItem</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1208</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1283</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicLoc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1209</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1284</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMarker</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1210</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1285</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMidSkip</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1211</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1286</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicParIndent</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1212</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1287</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPostSkip</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1213</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1288</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPreSkip</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1214</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1289</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1215</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1290</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItem</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1216</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1291</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemBox</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1217</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1292</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemParIndent</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1218</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1293</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemSep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1219</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1294</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubLoc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26039" ><span -class="cmti-10">1220</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1295</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubNameFont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1221</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1296</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubPreLocSep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26038" ><span -class="cmti-10">1222</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1297</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1223</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1298</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitleFont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1224</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1299</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22057" ><span -class="cmti-10">1225</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1300</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeChildDescLoc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22060" ><span -class="cmti-10">1226</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1301</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1227</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1302</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1228</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1303</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1229</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1304</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1230</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1305</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22055" ><span -class="cmti-10">1231</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1306</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeDescLoc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22059" ><span -class="cmti-10">1232</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1307</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1233</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1308</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeheadergroupskip</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1234</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1309</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1235</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1310</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22051" ><span -class="cmti-10">1236</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1311</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1237</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1312</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1238</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1313</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1239</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1314</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreePreHeader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1240</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1315</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22045" ><span -class="cmti-10">1241</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1316</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22056" ><span -class="cmti-10">1242</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1317</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetcategoryattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38177" ><span -class="cmti-10">1243</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71187" ><span +class="cmti-10">1318</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22069" ><span -class="cmti-10">1244</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1319</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseabbrvfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1245</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1320</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuselongfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1246</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1321</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33041" ><span -class="cmti-10">1247</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33049" ><span +class="cmti-10">1322</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1248</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-93014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1323</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1249</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-93009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1324</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1250</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1325</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33158" ><span -class="cmti-10">1251</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33166" ><span +class="cmti-10">1326</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1252</span></a>, <a +class="cmti-10">1327</span></a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1253</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1328</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1254</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1329</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1255</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1330</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1256</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1331</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1257</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1332</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22101" ><span -class="cmti-10">1258</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1333</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22100" ><span -class="cmti-10">1259</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1334</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22098" ><span -class="cmti-10">1260</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1335</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22097" ><span -class="cmti-10">1261</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1336</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrapptocsvfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1262</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86025" ><span +class="cmti-10">1337</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1263</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1338</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1264</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75024" ><span +class="cmti-10">1339</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1265</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1340</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1266</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1341</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1267</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75022" ><span +class="cmti-10">1342</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49057" ><span -class="cmti-10">1268</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82057" ><span +class="cmti-10">1343</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1269</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1344</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1270</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1345</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbetween</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1271</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1346</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24039" ><span -class="cmti-10">1272</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1347</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1273</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1348</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1274</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1349</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24045" ><span -class="cmti-10">1275</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1350</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1276</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1351</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24041" ><span -class="cmti-10">1277</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1352</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1278</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1353</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1279</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1354</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1280</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1355</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24044" ><span -class="cmti-10">1281</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1356</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1282</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1357</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1283</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1358</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1284</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1359</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1285</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1360</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1286</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1361</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1287</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1362</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1288</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1363</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsublocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1289</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1364</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1290</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1365</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1291</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1366</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1292</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1367</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1293</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1368</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1294</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1369</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1295</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1370</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1296</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82049" ><span +class="cmti-10">1371</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1297</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82048" ><span +class="cmti-10">1372</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1298</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82047" ><span +class="cmti-10">1373</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1299</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82050" ><span +class="cmti-10">1374</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1300</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82046" ><span +class="cmti-10">1375</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1301</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82042" ><span +class="cmti-10">1376</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1302</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-85007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1377</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrencyrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49054" ><span -class="cmti-10">1303</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1378</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrentmglscsname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1379</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1304</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1380</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdeffield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1305</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1381</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdetoklocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1306</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1382</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49056" ><span -class="cmti-10">1307</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82056" ><span +class="cmti-10">1383</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1308</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1384</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendloc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1309</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1385</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1310</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1386</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1311</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1387</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1312</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1388</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1313</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1389</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1314</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-80001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1390</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1315</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1391</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7038" ><span -class="cmti-10">1316</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1392</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtredeffield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1317</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1393</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31059" ><span -class="cmti-10">1318</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1394</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1319</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1395</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1320</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73030" ><span +class="cmti-10">1396</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1321</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1397</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1322</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1398</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1323</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1399</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1324</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-93007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1400</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1325</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1401</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrenablerecordcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1326</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1402</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrendfor</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53079" ><span -class="cmti-10">1327</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86079" ><span +class="cmti-10">1403</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1328</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1404</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1329</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1405</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1330</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86061" ><span +class="cmti-10">1406</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1331</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86062" ><span +class="cmti-10">1407</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53080" ><span -class="cmti-10">1332</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86080" ><span +class="cmti-10">1408</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53065" ><span -class="cmti-10">1333</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86065" ><span +class="cmti-10">1409</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldifinlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53071" ><span -class="cmti-10">1334</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86071" ><span +class="cmti-10">1410</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53057" ><span -class="cmti-10">1335</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86057" ><span +class="cmti-10">1411</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53059" ><span -class="cmti-10">1336</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86059" ><span +class="cmti-10">1412</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1337</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86058" ><span +class="cmti-10">1413</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53060" ><span -class="cmti-10">1338</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86060" ><span +class="cmti-10">1414</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38100" ><span -class="cmti-10">1339</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71100" ><span +class="cmti-10">1415</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53072" ><span -class="cmti-10">1340</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86072" ><span +class="cmti-10">1416</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1341</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1417</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1342</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1418</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1343</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1419</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtdisplay</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1344</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1420</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1345</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1421</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1346</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1422</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1347</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81022" ><span +class="cmti-10">1423</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33178" ><span -class="cmti-10">1348</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33186" ><span +class="cmti-10">1424</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33180" ><span -class="cmti-10">1349</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33188" ><span +class="cmti-10">1425</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotename</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33154" ><span -class="cmti-10">1350</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33162" ><span +class="cmti-10">1426</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53074" ><span -class="cmti-10">1351</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86074" ><span +class="cmti-10">1427</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignText</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1352</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86082" ><span +class="cmti-10">1428</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53081" ><span -class="cmti-10">1353</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86081" ><span +class="cmti-10">1429</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1354</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1430</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1355</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1431</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49060" ><span -class="cmti-10">1356</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82060" ><span +class="cmti-10">1432</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1357</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1433</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1358</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1434</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1359</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1435</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1360</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1436</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34054" ><span -class="cmti-10">1361</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1437</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1362</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1438</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1363</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1439</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1364</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1440</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34066" ><span -class="cmti-10">1365</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1441</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullplformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1366</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1442</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1367</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31096" ><span +class="cmti-10">1443</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49063" ><span -class="cmti-10">1368</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82063" ><span +class="cmti-10">1444</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1369</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82062" ><span +class="cmti-10">1445</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1370</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82061" ><span +class="cmti-10">1446</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49064" ><span -class="cmti-10">1371</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82064" ><span +class="cmti-10">1447</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49068" ><span -class="cmti-10">1372</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82068" ><span +class="cmti-10">1448</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49067" ><span -class="cmti-10">1373</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82067" ><span +class="cmti-10">1449</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49066" ><span -class="cmti-10">1374</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82066" ><span +class="cmti-10">1450</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49065" ><span -class="cmti-10">1375</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82065" ><span +class="cmti-10">1451</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49055" ><span -class="cmti-10">1376</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82055" ><span +class="cmti-10">1452</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49053" ><span -class="cmti-10">1377</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82053" ><span +class="cmti-10">1453</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49052" ><span -class="cmti-10">1378</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82052" ><span +class="cmti-10">1454</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1379</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1455</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1380</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1456</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1381</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1457</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSXTRhiername</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8051" ><span -class="cmti-10">1382</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1458</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrhiername</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1383</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1459</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrhiername</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1384</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1460</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrhiername</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1385</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1461</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8041" ><span -class="cmti-10">1386</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +class="cmti-10">1462</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1387</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1463</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49051" ><span -class="cmti-10">1388</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82051" ><span +class="cmti-10">1464</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31073" ><span -class="cmti-10">1389</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1465</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtridentifyglslike</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1390</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1466</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1391</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73021" ><span +class="cmti-10">1467</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1392</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1468</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpNum</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1393</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86049" ><span +class="cmti-10">1469</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1394</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86048" ><span +class="cmti-10">1470</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53038" ><span -class="cmti-10">1395</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86038" ><span +class="cmti-10">1471</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1396</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86040" ><span +class="cmti-10">1472</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1397</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86047" ><span +class="cmti-10">1473</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1398</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86037" ><span +class="cmti-10">1474</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1399</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86042" ><span +class="cmti-10">1475</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1400</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1476</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1401</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1477</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1402</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1478</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1403</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1479</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifkeydefined</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1404</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1480</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtriflabelinlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-56001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1405</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-89001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1481</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1406</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1482</span></a> <br /></span> + + + +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifmulti</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1483</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1407</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1484</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1408</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1485</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfValueInFieldCsvList</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53045" ><span -class="cmti-10">1409</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86045" ><span +class="cmti-10">1486</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9053" ><span -class="cmti-10">1410</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1487</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53041" ><span -class="cmti-10">1411</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86041" ><span +class="cmti-10">1488</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinclinkcounter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1412</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1489</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1413</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1490</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1414</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79028" ><span +class="cmti-10">1491</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexseealso</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8076" ><span -class="cmti-10">1415</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1492</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1416</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1493</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34073" ><span -class="cmti-10">1417</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1494</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34070" ><span -class="cmti-10">1418</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1495</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34080" ><span -class="cmti-10">1419</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1496</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34077" ><span -class="cmti-10">1420</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1497</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31080" ><span -class="cmti-10">1421</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31094" ><span +class="cmti-10">1498</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49069" ><span -class="cmti-10">1422</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82069" ><span +class="cmti-10">1499</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAA</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49093" ><span -class="cmti-10">1423</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82093" ><span +class="cmti-10">1500</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAELigature</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49086" ><span -class="cmti-10">1424</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82086" ><span +class="cmti-10">1501</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinE</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49070" ><span -class="cmti-10">1425</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82070" ><span +class="cmti-10">1502</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1426</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82082" ><span +class="cmti-10">1503</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49083" ><span -class="cmti-10">1427</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82083" ><span +class="cmti-10">1504</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEth</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49084" ><span -class="cmti-10">1428</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82084" ><span +class="cmti-10">1505</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinH</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49071" ><span -class="cmti-10">1429</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82071" ><span +class="cmti-10">1506</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinI</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49073" ><span -class="cmti-10">1430</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82073" ><span +class="cmti-10">1507</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinInsularG</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49091" ><span -class="cmti-10">1431</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82091" ><span +class="cmti-10">1508</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinK</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49072" ><span -class="cmti-10">1432</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82072" ><span +class="cmti-10">1509</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinL</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49074" ><span -class="cmti-10">1433</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82074" ><span +class="cmti-10">1510</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinLslash</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49089" ><span -class="cmti-10">1434</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82089" ><span +class="cmti-10">1511</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinM</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49075" ><span -class="cmti-10">1435</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82075" ><span +class="cmti-10">1512</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinN</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49076" ><span -class="cmti-10">1436</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82076" ><span +class="cmti-10">1513</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinO</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49077" ><span -class="cmti-10">1437</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82077" ><span +class="cmti-10">1514</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOELigature</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49087" ><span -class="cmti-10">1438</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82087" ><span +class="cmti-10">1515</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOslash</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49088" ><span -class="cmti-10">1439</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82088" ><span +class="cmti-10">1516</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinP</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49078" ><span -class="cmti-10">1440</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82078" ><span +class="cmti-10">1517</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49079" ><span -class="cmti-10">1441</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82079" ><span +class="cmti-10">1518</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinSchwa</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49092" ><span -class="cmti-10">1442</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82092" ><span +class="cmti-10">1519</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinT</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49080" ><span -class="cmti-10">1443</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82080" ><span +class="cmti-10">1520</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinThorn</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49085" ><span -class="cmti-10">1444</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82085" ><span +class="cmti-10">1521</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinWynn</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49090" ><span -class="cmti-10">1445</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82090" ><span +class="cmti-10">1522</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinX</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49081" ><span -class="cmti-10">1446</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82081" ><span +class="cmti-10">1523</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1447</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86029" ><span +class="cmti-10">1524</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1448</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1525</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1449</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1526</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1450</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1527</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1451</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1528</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1452</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1529</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1453</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1530</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1454</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1531</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1455</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1532</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1456</span></a>, <a +class="cmti-10">1533</span></a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1457</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1534</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1458</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1535</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphen</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33267" ><span -class="cmti-10">1459</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33279" ><span +class="cmti-10">1536</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33248" ><span -class="cmti-10">1460</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33260" ><span +class="cmti-10">1537</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1461</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1538</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32088" ><span -class="cmti-10">1462</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1539</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1463</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1540</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1464</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1541</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1465</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1542</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1466</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33069" ><span +class="cmti-10">1543</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1467</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33066" ><span +class="cmti-10">1544</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1468</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1545</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1469</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33090" ><span +class="cmti-10">1546</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49101" ><span -class="cmti-10">1470</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82101" ><span +class="cmti-10">1547</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49094" ><span -class="cmti-10">1471</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82094" ><span +class="cmti-10">1548</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49116" ><span -class="cmti-10">1472</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82116" ><span +class="cmti-10">1549</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49110" ><span -class="cmti-10">1473</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82110" ><span +class="cmti-10">1550</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49130" ><span -class="cmti-10">1474</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82130" ><span +class="cmti-10">1551</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49126" ><span -class="cmti-10">1475</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82126" ><span +class="cmti-10">1552</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49134" ><span -class="cmti-10">1476</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82134" ><span +class="cmti-10">1553</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49133" ><span -class="cmti-10">1477</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82133" ><span +class="cmti-10">1554</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49123" ><span -class="cmti-10">1478</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82123" ><span +class="cmti-10">1555</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49119" ><span -class="cmti-10">1479</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82119" ><span +class="cmti-10">1556</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82107" ><span +class="cmti-10">1557</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82102" ><span +class="cmti-10">1558</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrMglsOrGls</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1559</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1560</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrmultientryadjustedname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1561</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrmultientryadjustedname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1562</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrmultientryadjustedname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1563</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustedname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1564</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70024" ><span +class="cmti-10">1565</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1566</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70021" ><span +class="cmti-10">1567</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1568</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70029" ><span +class="cmti-10">1569</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1570</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70026" ><span +class="cmti-10">1571</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70025" ><span +class="cmti-10">1572</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1573</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1574</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1575</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49107" ><span -class="cmti-10">1480</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultilastotherindex</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1576</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49102" ><span -class="cmti-10">1481</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultilist</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1577</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultimain</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1578</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultimainindex</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1579</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultisupplocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1482</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-80004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1580</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultitotalelements</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1581</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnameloclink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1483</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81025" ><span +class="cmti-10">1582</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1484</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1583</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1485</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1584</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewGLSlike</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1486</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1585</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1487</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1586</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4241" ><span -class="cmti-10">1488</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4244" ><span +class="cmti-10">1587</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1489</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1588</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1490</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1589</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrglslike</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1491</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1590</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4235" ><span -class="cmti-10">1492</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4238" ><span +class="cmti-10">1591</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1493</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1592</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1494</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1593</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1495</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1594</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1496</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1595</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1497</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1596</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1498</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1597</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1499</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1598</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1500</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1599</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1501</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1600</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1502</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1601</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49044" ><span -class="cmti-10">1503</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82044" ><span +class="cmti-10">1602</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1504</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1603</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1505</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33030" ><span +class="cmti-10">1604</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescsort</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1605</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlyname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1506</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1606</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31079" ><span -class="cmti-10">1507</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1607</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1508</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1608</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1509</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1609</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrp</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1510</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1610</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrp</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1511</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1611</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13052" ><span -class="cmti-10">1512</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1612</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1513</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-85004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1613</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1514</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1614</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpdfentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1515</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1615</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1516</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-93015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1616</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1517</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-93013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1617</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1518</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1618</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33280" ><span -class="cmti-10">1519</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33292" ><span +class="cmti-10">1619</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33265" ><span -class="cmti-10">1520</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33277" ><span +class="cmti-10">1620</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1521</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1621</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1522</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1622</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1523</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1623</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1524</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1624</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1525</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +class="cmti-10">1625</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1526</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1626</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1527</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1627</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1528</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1628</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1529</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1629</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1530</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1630</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1531</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1631</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1532</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1632</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1533</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79022" ><span +class="cmti-10">1633</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1534</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1634</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1535</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1635</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53089" ><span -class="cmti-10">1536</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86089" ><span +class="cmti-10">1636</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1537</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1637</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1538</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1638</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1539</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1639</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourceinit</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1540</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-83003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1640</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1541</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1641</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1542</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1642</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1543</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1643</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsconlydescname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33034" ><span +class="cmti-10">1644</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsconlydescsort</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1645</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsconlyname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33026" ><span +class="cmti-10">1646</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsconlysuffix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31085" ><span +class="cmti-10">1647</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31044" ><span -class="cmti-10">1544</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1648</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscusersuffix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31092" ><span +class="cmti-10">1649</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8068" ><span -class="cmti-10">1545</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1650</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8072" ><span -class="cmti-10">1546</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1651</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1547</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75049" ><span +class="cmti-10">1652</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1548</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1653</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1549</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1654</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38198" ><span -class="cmti-10">1550</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71208" ><span +class="cmti-10">1655</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38200" ><span -class="cmti-10">1551</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71210" ><span +class="cmti-10">1656</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1552</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1657</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42052" ><span -class="cmti-10">1553</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75052" ><span +class="cmti-10">1658</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42051" ><span -class="cmti-10">1554</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75051" ><span +class="cmti-10">1659</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1555</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1660</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1556</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1661</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1557</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1662</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1558</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1663</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1559</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75050" ><span +class="cmti-10">1664</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13057" ><span -class="cmti-10">1560</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1665</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1561</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1666</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1562</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1667</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1563</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79040" ><span +class="cmti-10">1668</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1564</span></a>, <a +class="cmti-10">1669</span></a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1565</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1670</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1566</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1671</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortdescname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1567</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1672</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33273" ><span -class="cmti-10">1568</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33285" ><span +class="cmti-10">1673</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33126" ><span -class="cmti-10">1569</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33134" ><span +class="cmti-10">1674</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33099" ><span -class="cmti-10">1570</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33116" ><span -class="cmti-10">1571</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33107" ><span +class="cmti-10">1675</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33124" ><span +class="cmti-10">1676</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33144" ><span -class="cmti-10">1572</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33152" ><span +class="cmti-10">1677</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1573</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +class="cmti-10">1678</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1574</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1679</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1575</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1680</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1576</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1681</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31054" ><span -class="cmti-10">1577</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1682</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49043" ><span -class="cmti-10">1578</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82043" ><span +class="cmti-10">1683</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1579</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1684</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1580</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1685</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1581</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1686</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1582</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1687</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1583</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1688</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1584</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82058" ><span +class="cmti-10">1689</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34083" ><span -class="cmti-10">1585</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1690</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1586</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1691</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34085" ><span -class="cmti-10">1587</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1692</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34084" ><span -class="cmti-10">1588</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1693</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49059" ><span -class="cmti-10">1589</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82059" ><span +class="cmti-10">1694</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1590</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1695</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1591</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1696</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1592</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1697</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1593</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1698</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34089" ><span -class="cmti-10">1594</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1699</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1595</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1700</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusealias</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8066" ><span -class="cmti-10">1596</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1701</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrusefield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53054" ><span -class="cmti-10">1597</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1702</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrusefield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53053" ><span -class="cmti-10">1598</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86053" ><span +class="cmti-10">1703</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusefield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53051" ><span -class="cmti-10">1599</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86051" ><span +class="cmti-10">1704</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1600</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33041" ><span +class="cmti-10">1705</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1601</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33044" ><span +class="cmti-10">1706</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31068" ><span -class="cmti-10">1602</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1603</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1707</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1708</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1604</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1709</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8063" ><span -class="cmti-10">1605</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1710</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseeformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1606</span></a>, <a +class="cmti-10">1711</span></a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8064" ><span -class="cmti-10">1607</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1712</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31107" ><span -class="cmti-10">1608</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31121" ><span +class="cmti-10">1713</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarning</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1609</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-93011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1714</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38057" ><span -class="cmti-10">1610</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71057" ><span +class="cmti-10">1715</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38056" ><span -class="cmti-10">1611</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71056" ><span +class="cmti-10">1716</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwrglossmark</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1612</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1717</span></a> <br /></span> + + + </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">H</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">hyperref </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4096" >1613</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4144" >1614</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4156" >1615</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7057" >1616</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7062" >1617</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7064" >1618</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13029" >1619</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13060" >1620</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33150" >1621</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35002" >1622</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35003" >1623</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35004" >1624</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36004" >1625</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37002" >1626</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40032" >1627</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42034" >1628</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46030" >1629</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48003" >1630</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52008" >1631</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53007" >1632</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53009" >1633</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-56002" >1634</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58003" >1635</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59005" >1636</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64006" >1637</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64024" >1638</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4099" >1718</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4147" >1719</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4159" >1720</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7057" >1721</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7062" >1722</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7064" >1723</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13029" >1724</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13060" >1725</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33158" >1726</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35002" >1727</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35003" >1728</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35004" >1729</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36004" >1730</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37002" >1731</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73032" >1732</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75034" >1733</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79030" >1734</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81003" >1735</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-85008" >1736</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86007" >1737</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86009" >1738</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-89002" >1739</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91003" >1740</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92005" >1741</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97006" >1742</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97024" >1743</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">I</span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\ifmglsused</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1744</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">inputenc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45012" >1639</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78012" >1745</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">L</span> - - - <span class="index-item">link-text  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9001" >1640</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9003" >1641</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9030" >1642</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9041" >1643</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9051" >1644</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9055" >1645</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9059" >1646</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9064" >1647</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9068" >1648</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13036" >1649</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13037" >1650</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31083" >1651</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31097" >1652</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31100" >1653</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33195" >1654</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38043" >1655</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38047" >1656</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41001" >1657</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64002" >1658</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66021" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1659</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9001" >1746</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9003" >1747</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9030" >1748</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9041" >1749</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9051" >1750</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9055" >1751</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9059" >1752</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9064" >1753</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9068" >1754</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13036" >1755</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13037" >1756</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31097" >1757</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31111" >1758</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31114" >1759</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33203" >1760</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71043" >1761</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71047" >1762</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-74001" >1763</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97002" >1764</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99021" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1765</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">location list  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18013" >1660</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59010" >1661</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59012" >1662</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64005" >1663</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66023" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1664</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18013" >1766</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92010" >1767</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92012" >1768</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97005" >1769</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99023" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1770</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1665</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1771</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">M</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3034" >1666</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3036" >1667</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3037" >1668</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6037" >1669</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66026" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1670</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3034" >1772</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3036" >1773</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3037" >1774</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6037" >1775</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99026" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1776</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1671</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1777</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6038" >1672</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66030" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1673</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6038" >1778</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99030" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1779</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6039" >1674</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66029" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1675</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6039" >1780</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99029" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1781</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">makeidx </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8081" >1676</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8081" >1782</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3029" >1677</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3035" >1678</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3038" >1679</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4011" >1680</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4104" >1681</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4110" >1682</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4114" >1683</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4120" >1684</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4127" >1685</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4145" >1686</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4162" >1687</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4166" >1688</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4192" >1689</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4207" >1690</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42003" >1691</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42008" >1692</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42044" >1693</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46006" >1694</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48005" >1695</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57004" >1696</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57005" >1697</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66003" >1698</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66028" >1699</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66032" >1700</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66033" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1701</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3029" >1783</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3035" >1784</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3038" >1785</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4011" >1786</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4107" >1787</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4113" >1788</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4117" >1789</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4123" >1790</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4130" >1791</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4148" >1792</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4165" >1793</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4169" >1794</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4195" >1795</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4210" >1796</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75003" >1797</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75008" >1798</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75044" >1799</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79006" >1800</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81005" >1801</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90004" >1802</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90005" >1803</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99003" >1804</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99028" >1805</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99032" >1806</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99033" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1807</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7053" >1702</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7054" >1703</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7060" >1704</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8021" >1705</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42021" >1706</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7053" >1808</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7054" >1809</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7060" >1810</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8021" >1811</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75021" >1812</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">memoir </span>class  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3024" >1707</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3025" >1708</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3024" >1813</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3025" >1814</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1709</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38098" >1710</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38101" >1711</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1815</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71098" >1816</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71101" >1817</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MGLS</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1818</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MGls</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1819</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mgls</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1820</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mgls</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1821</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentcategory</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1822</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentlabel</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1823</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentlist</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1824</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentmainlabel</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1825</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentmultilabel</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1826</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentoptions</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1827</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentprefix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1828</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscurrentsuffix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1829</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglscustompostlinkhook</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1830</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsdefcategoryprefix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1831</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsdefcategorysuffix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1832</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementindex</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1833</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementposthook</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1834</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementprehook</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1835</span></a> <br /></span> + + + +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementreset</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1836</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglselementunset</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1837</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsfield</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1838</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsforelements</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1839</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsforotherelements</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1840</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglsfull</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1841</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsfull</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1842</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglshascategoryprefix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1843</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglshascategorysuffix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1844</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflast</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1845</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastelementcapscase</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1846</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastelementskipped</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1847</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1848</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastelementwasplural</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1849</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastmaincapscase</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1850</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastmainskipped</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1851</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1852</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsiflastmainwasplural</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1853</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsisfirstuse</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1854</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastcategory</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1855</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastelementlabel</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1856</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastelementpostlinkhook</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1857</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastmainlabel</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1858</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastmainpostlinkhook</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1859</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslastmultilabel</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1860</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslocalreset</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1861</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslocalunset</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1862</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslocalunsetothers</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1863</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglslong</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1864</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglslong</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1865</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MGLSmainpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1866</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MGlsmainpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1867</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglsmainpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1868</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsmainpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1869</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MGlsname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1870</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglsname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1871</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1872</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1873</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MGlspl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1874</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglspl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1875</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglspl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1876</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsprefix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1877</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsreset</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1878</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsresetall</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1879</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsseefirstitem</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-68003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1880</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsseeitem</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-68004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1881</span></a> <br /></span> + + + +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsSetMain</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1882</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsSetOptions</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1883</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1884</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglsshort</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1885</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsshort</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1886</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglssuffix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1887</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MGlssymbol</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1888</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglssymbol</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1889</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglssymbol</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1890</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsunset</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1891</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsunsetall</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1892</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsunsetothers</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1893</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsusecategoryprefix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1894</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsusecategorysuffix</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1895</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MGlsusefield</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1896</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mglsusefield</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1897</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglsusefield</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1898</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mglswasfirstuse</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1899</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGLS</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1900</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGls</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1901</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mpgls</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1902</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mpgls</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1903</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGLSmainpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1904</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGlsmainpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1905</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Mpglsmainpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1906</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mpglsmainpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1907</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1908</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MPGlspl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1909</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mpglspl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1910</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\mpglsWarning</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1911</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">multicols </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26002" >1712</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26002" >1912</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1913</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentryglobalfalse</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1914</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentryglobaltrue</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1915</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\multiglossaryentrysetup</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1916</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">N</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1713</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1917</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1714</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1918</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1715</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1919</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">access</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38165" >1716</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71165" >1920</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">alias</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6008" >1717</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6012" >1718</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8065" >1719</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59001" >1720</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59004" >1721</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59018" >1722</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64010" >1723</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6008" >1921</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6012" >1922</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8065" >1923</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38014" >1924</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-68008" >1925</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92001" >1926</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92004" >1927</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92018" >1928</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97010" >1929</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">category</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6007" >1724</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7021" >1725</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27012" >1726</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27019" >1727</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38003" >1728</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38005" >1729</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57046" >1730</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57051" >1731</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6007" >1930</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7021" >1931</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27012" >1932</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27019" >1933</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71003" >1934</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71005" >1935</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90046" >1936</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90051" >1937</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7044" >1732</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7044" >1938</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">description</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6002" >1733</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31102" >1734</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32006" >1735</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32037" >1736</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32039" >1737</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32063" >1738</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32089" >1739</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33007" >1740</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33040" >1741</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33059" >1742</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33083" >1743</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33096" >1744</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33117" >1745</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33124" >1746</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33145" >1747</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33152" >1748</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33176" >1749</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33199" >1750</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33217" >1751</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33237" >1752</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33244" >1753</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34013" >1754</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45009" >1755</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63041" >1756</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63043" >1757</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6026" >1758</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6002" >1939</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31116" >1940</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32006" >1941</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32037" >1942</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32039" >1943</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32063" >1944</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32089" >1945</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33007" >1946</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33048" >1947</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33067" >1948</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33091" >1949</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33104" >1950</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33125" >1951</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33132" >1952</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33153" >1953</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33160" >1954</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33184" >1955</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33207" >1956</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33225" >1957</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33245" >1958</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33252" >1959</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34013" >1960</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78009" >1961</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96041" >1962</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96043" >1963</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6026" >1964</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6016" >1759</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6019" >1760</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6021" >1761</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63045" >1762</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63047" >1763</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6023" >1764</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6016" >1965</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6019" >1966</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6021" >1967</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96045" >1968</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96047" >1969</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6023" >1970</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">first</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9013" >1765</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12014" >1766</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12015" >1767</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13004" >1768</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31008" >1769</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31015" >1770</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34009" >1771</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34015" >1772</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37041" >1773</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42026" >1774</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63025" >1775</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63027" >1776</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66017" >1777</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9013" >1971</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12014" >1972</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12015" >1973</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13004" >1974</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31008" >1975</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31015" >1976</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34009" >1977</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34015" >1978</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37041" >1979</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48014" >1980</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75026" >1981</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96025" >1982</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96027" >1983</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99017" >1984</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38172" >1778</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71172" >1985</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9014" >1779</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12009" >1780</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12013" >1781</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12017" >1782</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12021" >1783</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34010" >1784</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34016" >1785</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63029" >1786</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63031" >1787</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66018" >1788</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9014" >1986</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12009" >1987</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12013" >1988</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12017" >1989</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12021" >1990</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34010" >1991</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34016" >1992</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96029" >1993</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96031" >1994</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99018" >1995</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">group</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15014" >1789</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45011" >1790</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54008" >1791</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54010" >1792</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54012" >1793</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54015" >1794</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15016" >1996</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78011" >1997</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87008" >1998</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87010" >1999</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87012" >2000</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87015" >2001</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">location</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24023" >1795</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46021" >1796</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48015" >1797</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55008" >1798</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55011" >1799</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24023" >2002</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79021" >2003</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81015" >2004</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88008" >2005</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88011" >2006</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">loclist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48014" >1800</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55009" >1801</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55013" >1802</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55015" >1803</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81014" >2007</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88009" >2008</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88013" >2009</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88015" >2010</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12026" >1804</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12027" >1805</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27033" >1806</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31012" >1807</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38045" >1808</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42028" >1809</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63057" >1810</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63059" >1811</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6024" >1812</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12026" >2011</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12027" >2012</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27033" >2013</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31012" >2014</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48013" >2015</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65004" >2016</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71045" >2017</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75028" >2018</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96057" >2019</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96059" >2020</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6024" >2021</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12010" >1813</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12025" >1814</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27034" >1815</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34030" >1816</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63061" >1817</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63063" >1818</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12010" >2022</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12025" >2023</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27034" >2024</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34030" >2025</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96061" >2026</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96063" >2027</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8029" >1819</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8033" >1820</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8034" >1821</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8036" >1822</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8038" >1823</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12023" >1824</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13002" >1825</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17019" >1826</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17023" >1827</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31025" >1828</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32004" >1829</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32035" >1830</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32061" >1831</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32087" >1832</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33005" >1833</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33022" >1834</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33026" >1835</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33042" >1836</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33056" >1837</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33060" >1838</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33081" >1839</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33094" >1840</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33098" >1841</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33115" >1842</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33123" >1843</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33125" >1844</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33143" >1845</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33151" >1846</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33153" >1847</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33177" >1848</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33198" >1849</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33218" >1850</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33234" >1851</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33238" >1852</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33245" >1853</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33251" >1854</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33257" >1855</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33262" >1856</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33270" >1857</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33274" >1858</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33277" >1859</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33282" >1860</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33285" >1861</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34007" >1862</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37037" >1863</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38166" >1864</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42014" >1865</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42027" >1866</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54009" >1867</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58015" >1868</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60010" >1869</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63009" >1870</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64008" >1871</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64016" >1872</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64017" >1873</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64018" >1874</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64020" >1875</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8029" >2028</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8033" >2029</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8034" >2030</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8036" >2031</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8038" >2032</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12023" >2033</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13002" >2034</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17019" >2035</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17023" >2036</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31025" >2037</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32004" >2038</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32035" >2039</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32061" >2040</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32087" >2041</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33005" >2042</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33022" >2043</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33029" >2044</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33050" >2045</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33064" >2046</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33068" >2047</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33089" >2048</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33102" >2049</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33106" >2050</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33123" >2051</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33131" >2052</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33133" >2053</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33151" >2054</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33159" >2055</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33161" >2056</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33185" >2057</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33206" >2058</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33226" >2059</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33242" >2060</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33246" >2061</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33253" >2062</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33263" >2063</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33269" >2064</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33274" >2065</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33282" >2066</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33286" >2067</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33289" >2068</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33294" >2069</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33297" >2070</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34007" >2071</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37037" >2072</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-68005" >2073</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70008" >2074</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70010" >2075</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71166" >2076</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75014" >2077</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75027" >2078</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87009" >2079</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91015" >2080</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-93010" >2081</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96009" >2082</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97008" >2083</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97016" >2084</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97017" >2085</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97018" >2086</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97020" >2087</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38168" >1876</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38171" >1877</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71168" >2088</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71171" >2089</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">parent</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22082" >1878</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42025" >1879</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53015" >1880</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57047" >1881</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22082" >2090</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38011" >2091</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75025" >2092</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86015" >2093</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90047" >2094</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">plural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9017" >1882</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12002" >1883</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12004" >1884</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12007" >1885</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12008" >1886</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12016" >1887</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12018" >1888</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12019" >1889</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12020" >1890</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34012" >1891</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53014" >1892</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63021" >1893</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63023" >1894</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9017" >2095</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12002" >2096</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12004" >2097</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12007" >2098</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12008" >2099</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12016" >2100</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12018" >2101</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12019" >2102</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12020" >2103</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34012" >2104</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86014" >2105</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96021" >2106</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96023" >2107</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15009" >1895</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15011" >2108</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">see</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4057" >1896</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4060" >1897</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4067" >1898</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4072" >1899</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4087" >1900</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4089" >1901</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4091" >1902</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6010" >1903</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6011" >1904</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8001" >1905</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8002" >1906</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8003" >1907</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8007" >1908</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8010" >1909</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8012" >1910</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8014" >1911</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8017" >1912</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8019" >1913</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8032" >1914</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8056" >1915</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8060" >1916</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8061" >1917</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8070" >1918</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45008" >1919</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54018" >1920</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59003" >1921</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4060" >2109</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4063" >2110</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4070" >2111</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4075" >2112</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4090" >2113</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4092" >2114</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4094" >2115</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6010" >2116</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6011" >2117</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8001" >2118</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8002" >2119</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8003" >2120</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8007" >2121</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8010" >2122</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8012" >2123</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8014" >2124</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8017" >2125</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8019" >2126</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8032" >2127</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8056" >2128</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8060" >2129</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8061" >2130</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8070" >2131</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38012" >2132</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-68001" >2133</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78008" >2134</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87018" >2135</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92003" >2136</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4058" >1922</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4061" >1923</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4068" >1924</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6009" >1925</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6013" >1926</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8059" >1927</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8062" >1928</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8067" >1929</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8069" >1930</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8075" >1931</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8082" >1932</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4061" >2137</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4064" >2138</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4071" >2139</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6009" >2140</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6013" >2141</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8059" >2142</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8062" >2143</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8067" >2144</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8069" >2145</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8075" >2146</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8082" >2147</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38013" >2148</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-68002" >2149</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8046" >1933</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9011" >1934</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9018" >1935</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9021" >1936</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12031" >1937</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12033" >1938</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12039" >1939</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27031" >1940</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31011" >1941</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31018" >1942</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38044" >1943</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38077" >1944</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38147" >1945</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63049" >1946</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63051" >1947</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6025" >1948</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8046" >2150</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9011" >2151</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9018" >2152</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9021" >2153</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12031" >2154</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12033" >2155</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12039" >2156</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27031" >2157</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31011" >2158</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31018" >2159</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48015" >2160</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65002" >2161</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65006" >2162</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-68006" >2163</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71044" >2164</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71077" >2165</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71147" >2166</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96049" >2167</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96051" >2168</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6025" >2169</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38134" >1949</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38146" >1950</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38148" >1951</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38152" >1952</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38155" >1953</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71134" >2170</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71146" >2171</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71148" >2172</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71152" >2173</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71155" >2174</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12011" >1954</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12028" >1955</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12032" >1956</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12038" >1957</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27015" >1958</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27032" >1959</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31046" >1960</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34026" >1961</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34042" >1962</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38063" >1963</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38069" >1964</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38073" >1965</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38078" >1966</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63053" >1967</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63055" >1968</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12011" >2175</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12028" >2176</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12032" >2177</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12038" >2178</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27015" >2179</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27032" >2180</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31046" >2181</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34026" >2182</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34042" >2183</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71063" >2184</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71069" >2185</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71073" >2186</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71078" >2187</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96053" >2188</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96055" >2189</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38151" >1969</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38153" >1970</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38157" >1971</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38162" >1972</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71151" >2190</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71153" >2191</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71157" >2192</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71162" >2193</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4194" >1973</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4236" >1974</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13016" >1975</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13039" >1976</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31026" >1977</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32060" >1978</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32086" >1979</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33004" >1980</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33057" >1981</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33084" >1982</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33095" >1983</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33179" >1984</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33219" >1985</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34008" >1986</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34035" >1987</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38060" >1988</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38065" >1989</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42006" >1990</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42018" >1991</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42023" >1992</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42029" >1993</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43015" >1994</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58002" >1995</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4197" >2194</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4239" >2195</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13016" >2196</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13039" >2197</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31026" >2198</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32060" >2199</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32086" >2200</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33004" >2201</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33065" >2202</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33092" >2203</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33103" >2204</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33187" >2205</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33227" >2206</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34008" >2207</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34035" >2208</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71060" >2209</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71065" >2210</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75006" >2211</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75018" >2212</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75023" >2213</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75029" >2214</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76015" >2215</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91002" >2216</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17013" >1996</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17017" >1997</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53036" >1998</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63033" >1999</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63035" >2000</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6027" >2001</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17013" >2217</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17017" >2218</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66005" >2219</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66007" >2220</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66009" >2221</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86036" >2222</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96033" >2223</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96035" >2224</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6027" >2225</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbolaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17015" >2002</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17015" >2226</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63037" >2003</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63039" >2004</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96037" >2227</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96039" >2228</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">text</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8028" >2005</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8035" >2006</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8037" >2007</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9016" >2008</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12005" >2009</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12022" >2010</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12024" >2011</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13003" >2012</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31010" >2013</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31016" >2014</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34011" >2015</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37030" >2016</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53013" >2017</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63017" >2018</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63019" >2019</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8028" >2229</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8035" >2230</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8037" >2231</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9016" >2232</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12005" >2233</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12022" >2234</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12024" >2235</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13003" >2236</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31010" >2237</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31016" >2238</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34011" >2239</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37030" >2240</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48016" >2241</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-68007" >2242</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86013" >2243</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96017" >2244</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96019" >2245</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38169" >2020</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71169" >2246</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">type</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14058" >2021</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38006" >2022</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49010" >2023</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57050" >2024</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58006" >2025</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14058" >2247</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71006" >2248</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82010" >2249</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90050" >2250</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91006" >2251</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user1</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17018" >2026</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31084" >2027</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31089" >2028</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38046" >2029</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17018" >2252</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31098" >2253</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31103" >2254</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42001" >2255</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66012" >2256</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66018" >2257</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66022" >2258</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66025" >2259</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71046" >2260</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">user2</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66017" >2261</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66021" >2262</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">number list  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4027" >2030</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4029" >2031</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4030" >2032</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4032" >2033</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4147" >2034</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4157" >2035</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4161" >2036</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4171" >2037</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4172" >2038</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7032" >2039</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8018" >2040</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8052" >2041</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8055" >2042</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8057" >2043</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8058" >2044</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18001" >2045</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18004" >2046</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18005" >2047</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18006" >2048</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18008" >2049</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18009" >2050</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18011" >2051</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21007" >2052</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22016" >2053</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22044" >2054</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22089" >2055</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22091" >2056</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22094" >2057</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22096" >2058</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54006" >2059</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55010" >2060</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64015" >2061</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66025" >2062</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66034" ><span -class="cmbx-10">2063</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4030" >2263</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4032" >2264</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4033" >2265</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4035" >2266</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4150" >2267</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4160" >2268</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4164" >2269</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4174" >2270</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4175" >2271</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7032" >2272</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8018" >2273</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8052" >2274</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8055" >2275</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8057" >2276</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8058" >2277</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18001" >2278</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18004" >2279</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18005" >2280</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18006" >2281</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18008" >2282</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18009" >2283</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18011" >2284</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21007" >2285</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22016" >2286</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22044" >2287</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22089" >2288</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22091" >2289</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22094" >2290</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22096" >2291</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40001" >2292</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87006" >2293</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88010" >2294</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-97015" >2295</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99025" >2296</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99034" ><span +class="cmbx-10">2297</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">P</span> <span class="index-item">package options:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4215" >2064</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4227" >2065</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4228" >2066</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4280" >2067</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65002" >2068</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4218" >2298</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4230" >2299</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4231" >2300</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4283" >2301</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98002" >2302</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4035" >2069</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4042" >2070</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38133" >2071</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38141" >2072</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38144" >2073</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58019" >2074</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63003" >2075</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4038" >2303</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4045" >2304</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71133" >2305</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71141" >2306</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71144" >2307</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91019" >2308</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-96003" >2309</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4229" >2076</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4246" >2077</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4232" >2310</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4249" >2311</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4233" >2078</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27038" >2079</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4236" >2312</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27038" >2313</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronyms</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4245" >2080</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4248" >2314</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">automake</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6040" >2081</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65021" >2082</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6040" >2315</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98021" >2316</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4066" >2083</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4073" >2084</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4069" >2317</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4076" >2318</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4059" >2085</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4070" >2086</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4062" >2319</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4073" >2320</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">colorlinks</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44002" >2321</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">chapter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4098" >2087</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4101" >2322</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">equation</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4101" >2088</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4104" >2323</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">section</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4099" >2089</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4102" >2324</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4148" >2090</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4151" >2325</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">debug</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4002" >2091</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4002" >2326</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">all</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4005" >2092</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4013" >2093</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4005" >2327</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4013" >2328</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">showtargets</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4003" >2094</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4014" >2095</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4003" >2329</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4014" >2330</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4017" >2331</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">showwrgloss</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4004" >2096</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4006" >2097</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4015" >2098</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4004" >2332</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4006" >2333</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4015" >2334</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4007" >2099</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4007" >2335</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">docdef</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4174" >2100</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4281" >2101</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4282" >2102</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6036" >2103</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4177" >2336</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4284" >2337</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4285" >2338</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6036" >2339</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-68010" >2340</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">atom</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4202" >2104</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4199" >2341</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4205" >2342</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subsubitem">        <span +class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4178" >2343</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">restricted</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4187" >2105</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4197" >2106</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4198" >2107</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4212" >2108</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4190" >2344</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4191" >2345</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4200" >2346</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4201" >2347</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4215" >2348</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4211" >2109</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4213" >2110</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4182" >2349</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4214" >2350</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4216" >2351</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38005" >2352</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-68009" >2353</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69013" >2354</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54023" >2111</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60003" >2112</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60006" >2113</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87023" >2355</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-93003" >2356</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-93006" >2357</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4186" >2114</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4189" >2358</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52002" >2115</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58007" >2116</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-85002" >2359</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91007" >2360</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">equations</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4129" >2117</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7045" >2118</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4132" >2361</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7045" >2362</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4102" >2119</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4105" >2363</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">floats</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4136" >2120</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4139" >2364</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38030" >2121</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71030" >2365</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4251" >2122</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6029" >2123</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38011" >2124</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4254" >2366</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6029" >2367</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71011" >2368</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4097" >2125</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4142" >2126</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4158" >2127</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46031" >2128</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4100" >2369</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4145" >2370</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4161" >2371</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79031" >2372</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4056" >2129</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4062" >2130</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4071" >2131</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8006" >2132</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4059" >2373</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4065" >2374</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >2375</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8006" >2376</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4065" >2133</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4068" >2377</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7004" >2134</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7006" >2135</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38038" >2136</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42040" >2137</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7004" >2378</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7006" >2379</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71038" >2380</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75040" >2381</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48016" >2138</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81016" >2382</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21005" >2139</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22019" >2140</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22021" >2141</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22030" >2142</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26008" >2143</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21005" >2383</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22019" >2384</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22021" >2385</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22030" >2386</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26008" >2387</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3039" >2144</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3039" >2388</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nomissingglstext</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4214" >2145</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4217" >2389</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8053" >2146</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18003" >2147</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18007" >2148</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25046" >2149</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66036" >2150</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8053" >2390</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18003" >2391</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18007" >2392</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25046" >2393</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99036" >2394</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4022" >2151</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4024" >2152</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17039" >2153</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20004" >2154</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4025" >2395</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4027" >2396</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17039" >2397</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20004" >2398</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3004" >2155</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4017" >2156</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17033" >2157</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3004" >2399</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4020" >2400</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17033" >2401</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3003" >2158</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3003" >2402</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3009" >2159</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3009" >2403</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3006" >2160</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3006" >2404</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">notree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22064" >2161</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22064" >2405</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numbers</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4240" >2162</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4270" >2163</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38017" >2164</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4243" >2406</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4273" >2407</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71017" >2408</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postdot</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3005" >2165</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4016" >2166</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4025" >2167</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3005" >2409</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4019" >2410</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4028" >2411</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postpunc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4018" >2168</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4023" >2169</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4028" >2170</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4021" >2412</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4026" >2413</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4031" >2414</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">comma</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4019" >2171</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4022" >2415</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">dot</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4020" >2172</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4023" >2416</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">none</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4021" >2173</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4024" >2417</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4033" >2174</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4036" >2418</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-67002" >2419</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">record</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4064" >2175</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >2176</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11004" >2177</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24009" >2178</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43010" >2179</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43021" >2180</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46002" >2181</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46009" >2182</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53088" >2183</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54011" >2184</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54016" >2185</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-56005" >2186</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65008" >2187</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4067" >2420</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4077" >2421</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11004" >2422</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24009" >2423</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76010" >2424</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76021" >2425</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79002" >2426</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79009" >2427</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86088" >2428</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87011" >2429</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87016" >2430</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-89005" >2431</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98008" >2432</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">hybrid</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4009" >2188</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4125" >2189</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6034" >2190</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43013" >2191</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46005" >2192</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-56006" >2193</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59008" >2194</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4009" >2433</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4128" >2434</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6034" >2435</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76013" >2436</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79005" >2437</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-89006" >2438</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92008" >2439</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">nameref</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4077" >2195</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4124" >2196</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48001" >2197</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48010" >2198</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >2440</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4127" >2441</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70013" >2442</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81001" >2443</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81010" >2444</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">off</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6035" >2199</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59007" >2200</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6035" >2445</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92007" >2446</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">only</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4069" >2201</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4078" >2202</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4079" >2203</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4086" >2204</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4092" >2205</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4095" >2206</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4123" >2207</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6033" >2208</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46001" >2209</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54022" >2210</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59011" >2211</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59016" >2212</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4072" >2447</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4081" >2448</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4082" >2449</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4089" >2450</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4095" >2451</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4098" >2452</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4126" >2453</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6033" >2454</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-70012" >2455</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79001" >2456</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87022" >2457</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92011" >2458</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-92016" >2459</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46016" >2213</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79016" >2460</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">section</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">chapter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24040" >2214</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24040" >2461</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8054" >2215</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8054" >2462</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8011" >2216</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8011" >2463</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">ignore</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8013" >2217</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54020" >2218</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8013" >2464</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87020" >2465</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">warn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54021" >2219</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87021" >2466</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4255" >2220</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4278" >2221</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14008" >2222</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4258" >2467</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4281" >2468</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14008" >2469</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">abbr</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4261" >2223</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30002" >2224</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4264" >2470</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30002" >2471</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4260" >2225</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4274" >2226</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30001" >2227</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30005" >2228</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4263" >2472</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4277" >2473</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30001" >2474</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30005" >2475</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">ac</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4258" >2229</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4259" >2230</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4273" >2231</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14009" >2232</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30003" >2233</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30006" >2234</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40011" >2235</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4261" >2476</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4262" >2477</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4276" >2478</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14009" >2479</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30003" >2480</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30006" >2481</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73011" >2482</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">acro</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4257" >2236</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40014" >2237</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4260" >2483</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73014" >2484</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">acronyms</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4256" >2238</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40013" >2239</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4259" >2485</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73013" >2486</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">all</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4271" >2240</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40012" >2241</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4274" >2487</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73012" >2488</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4277" >2242</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4280" >2489</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">none</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4276" >2243</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4279" >2490</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">other</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4262" >2244</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4275" >2245</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4265" >2491</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4278" >2492</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4272" >2246</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4275" >2493</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">showtargets</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4016" >2494</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subsubitem">        <span +class="cmss-10">annoteleft</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45004" >2495</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">none</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4093" >2247</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58001" >2248</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4096" >2496</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91001" >2497</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4045" >2249</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16002" >2250</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19003" >2251</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19005" >2252</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23001" >2253</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24004" >2254</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4048" >2498</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16002" >2499</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19003" >2500</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19005" >2501</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23001" >2502</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24004" >2503</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">all</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4048" >2255</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4051" >2504</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">default</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4047" >2256</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4050" >2505</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52003" >2257</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58008" >2258</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-85003" >2506</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91008" >2507</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbols</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4234" >2259</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4267" >2260</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38014" >2261</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4237" >2508</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4270" >2509</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-71014" >2510</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">toc</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3002" >2262</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3002" >2511</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3001" >2263</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3001" >2512</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">translate</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">babel</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3011" >2264</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3011" >2513</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3013" >2265</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3013" >2514</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4049" >2266</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6006" >2267</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4052" >2515</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6006" >2516</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">error</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4050" >2268</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >2269</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11002" >2270</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4053" >2517</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4083" >2518</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11002" >2519</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">warn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4051" >2271</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4055" >2272</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4082" >2273</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4195" >2274</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11003" >2275</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11005" >2276</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43022" >2277</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53006" >2278</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53019" >2279</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4054" >2520</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4058" >2521</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4085" >2522</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4198" >2523</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11003" >2524</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11005" >2525</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76022" >2526</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86006" >2527</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86019" >2528</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">writeglslabelnames</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4200" >2280</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4203" >2529</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">writeglslabels</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4199" >2281</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4202" >2530</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8077" >2282</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42004" >2283</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8077" >2531</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75004" >2532</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">page </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4100" >2284</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4154" >2285</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4167" >2286</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40031" >2287</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40043" >2288</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48020" >2289</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4103" >2533</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4157" >2534</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4170" >2535</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73031" >2536</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-73043" >2537</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81020" >2538</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">polyglossia </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53087" >2290</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65005" >2291</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86087" >2539</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98005" >2540</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\pretoglossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52011" ><span -class="cmti-10">2292</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-85011" ><span +class="cmti-10">2541</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printabbreviations</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4219" ><span -class="cmti-10">2293</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4222" ><span +class="cmti-10">2542</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">label</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15011" >2294</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57039" >2295</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15013" >2543</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90039" >2544</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21006" >2296</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21006" >2545</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57038" >2297</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90038" >2546</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15008" >2298</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15010" >2547</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">style</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57037" >2299</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90037" >2548</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">target</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15006" >2300</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52009" >2301</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15006" >2549</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-85009" >2550</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15007" >2302</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15007" >2551</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">title</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57035" >2303</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65006" >2304</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90035" >2552</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98006" >2553</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">toctitle</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57036" >2305</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90036" >2554</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">type</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57023" >2306</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-90023" >2555</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54024" >2307</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87024" >2556</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4221" ><span -class="cmti-10">2308</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4224" ><span +class="cmti-10">2557</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4248" ><span -class="cmti-10">2309</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4251" ><span +class="cmti-10">2558</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54025" ><span -class="cmti-10">2310</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87025" ><span +class="cmti-10">2559</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54001" ><span -class="cmti-10">2311</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87001" ><span +class="cmti-10">2560</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">groups</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15013" >2312</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54013" >2313</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15015" >2561</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87013" >2562</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">leveloffset</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15015" >2314</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15017" >2563</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54005" ><span -class="cmti-10">2315</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-87005" ><span +class="cmti-10">2564</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55003" ><span -class="cmti-10">2316</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88003" ><span +class="cmti-10">2565</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55006" ><span -class="cmti-10">2317</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88006" ><span +class="cmti-10">2566</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55005" ><span -class="cmti-10">2318</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88005" ><span +class="cmti-10">2567</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55004" ><span -class="cmti-10">2319</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-88004" ><span +class="cmti-10">2568</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-56003" ><span -class="cmti-10">2320</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-89003" ><span +class="cmti-10">2569</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-56004" ><span -class="cmti-10">2321</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-89004" ><span +class="cmti-10">2570</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4253" ><span -class="cmti-10">2322</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4256" ><span +class="cmti-10">2571</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4243" ><span -class="cmti-10">2323</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4246" ><span +class="cmti-10">2572</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4238" ><span -class="cmti-10">2324</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4241" ><span +class="cmti-10">2573</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15003" ><span -class="cmti-10">2325</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">2574</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\providemultiglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38004" ><span +class="cmti-10">2575</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">R</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">relsizes </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31052" >2326</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31052" >2576</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14057" ><span -class="cmti-10">2327</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">2577</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51013" ><span -class="cmti-10">2328</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84013" ><span +class="cmti-10">2578</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51011" ><span -class="cmti-10">2329</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84011" ><span +class="cmti-10">2579</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51009" ><span -class="cmti-10">2330</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84009" ><span +class="cmti-10">2580</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51029" ><span -class="cmti-10">2331</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84029" ><span +class="cmti-10">2581</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGlsformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51027" ><span -class="cmti-10">2332</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84027" ><span +class="cmti-10">2582</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rglsformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51025" ><span -class="cmti-10">2333</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84025" ><span +class="cmti-10">2583</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51014" ><span -class="cmti-10">2334</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84014" ><span +class="cmti-10">2584</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51012" ><span -class="cmti-10">2335</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84012" ><span +class="cmti-10">2585</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51010" ><span -class="cmti-10">2336</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84010" ><span +class="cmti-10">2586</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51030" ><span -class="cmti-10">2337</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84030" ><span +class="cmti-10">2587</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGlsplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51028" ><span -class="cmti-10">2338</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84028" ><span +class="cmti-10">2588</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rglsplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51026" ><span -class="cmti-10">2339</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-84026" ><span +class="cmti-10">2589</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">S</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8079" ><span -class="cmti-10">2340</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">2590</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29001" ><span -class="cmti-10">2341</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">2591</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">slantsc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37009" >2342</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37009" >2592</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">soul </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7024" >2343</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11012" >2344</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7024" >2593</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11012" >2594</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">style </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24005" >2345</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24005" >2595</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58021" >2346</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-91021" >2596</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">T</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">texindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42007" >2347</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75007" >2597</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">textcase </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >2348</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >2598</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3" >2349</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45003" >2350</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49030" >2351</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49031" >2352</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49032" >2353</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49033" >2354</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49035" >2355</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53083" >2356</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53085" >2357</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65009" >2358</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3" >2599</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-78003" >2600</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82030" >2601</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82031" >2602</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82032" >2603</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82033" >2604</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82035" >2605</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86083" >2606</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86085" >2607</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-98009" >2608</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">translator </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >2359</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >2609</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">U</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">upgreek </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49029" >2360</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49098" >2361</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49104" >2362</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49109" >2363</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82029" >2610</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82098" >2611</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82104" >2612</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-82109" >2613</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">W</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">wrglossary </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4149" >2364</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4159" >2365</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4160" >2366</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4164" >2367</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4170" >2368</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4152" >2614</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4162" >2615</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4163" >2616</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4167" >2617</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4173" >2618</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\writemultiglossentry</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69011" ><span +class="cmti-10">2619</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">X</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xfor </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >2369</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53076" >2370</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53078" >2371</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >2620</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-69005" >2621</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86076" >2622</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86078" >2623</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22068" ><span -class="cmti-10">2372</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">2624</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22072" ><span -class="cmti-10">2373</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">2625</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrIfValueInFieldCsvList</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53046" ><span -class="cmti-10">2374</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86046" ><span +class="cmti-10">2626</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53028" ><span -class="cmti-10">2375</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-86028" ><span +class="cmti-10">2627</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3030" >2376</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4012" >2377</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4105" >2378</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4107" >2379</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4115" >2380</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4121" >2381</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4128" >2382</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4146" >2383</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4163" >2384</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4165" >2385</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4193" >2386</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4208" >2387</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42005" >2388</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43012" >2389</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46007" >2390</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48006" >2391</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66002" >2392</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66027" >2393</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66031" >2394</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66037" ><span -class="cmbx-10">2395</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3030" >2628</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4012" >2629</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4108" >2630</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4110" >2631</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4118" >2632</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4124" >2633</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4131" >2634</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4149" >2635</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4166" >2636</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4168" >2637</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4196" >2638</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4211" >2639</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-75005" >2640</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-76012" >2641</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-79007" >2642</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-81006" >2643</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99002" >2644</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99027" >2645</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99031" >2646</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-99037" ><span +class="cmbx-10">2647</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7056" >2396</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7056" >2648</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xkeyval </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6" >2397</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6" >2649</a> <br /></span> + + + </p></div> <a - id="dx1-67001"></a><div class="footnotes"><!--l. 314--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="dx1-100001"></a><div class="footnotes"><!--l. 329--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x1-bk" id="fn1x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">4.21 was originally intended as the last release of </span><span class="cmss-8">glossaries </span><span class="cmr-8">to incorporate new features, but</span> <span class="cmr-8">a few new minor features slipped in with some bug fixes in v4.21.</span></p> -<!--l. 1357--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 1399--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">The </span><span class="cmss-8">descriptionplural</span><a @@ -30996,7 +35548,7 @@ class="cmr-8">field and the short form was stored in the </span><span class="cmss-8">symbol</span><a id="dx1-6027"></a> <span class="cmr-8">field.</span></p> -<!--l. 5539--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 5595--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x4-bk" id="fn1x4"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">For compatibility with earlier versions, </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsabbrvscfont </span><span @@ -31011,13 +35563,13 @@ class="cmtt-8">\glsxtrscfont </span><span class="cmr-8">is now deprecated. Likewise for similar</span> <span class="cmr-8">commands.</span></p> -<!--l. 9037--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 11504--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Version 1.11 only allowed one use of </span><span class="cmtt-8">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span><span class="cmr-8">per document.</span></p> -<!--l. 9057--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x9-bk" id="fn2x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 11524--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x10-bk" id="fn2x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">v1.08 assumed </span>⟨<span class="cmti-8">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-8">.tex </span><span @@ -31031,8 +35583,8 @@ class="cmtt-8">.glstex </span><span class="cmr-8">extension was enforced by version</span> <span class="cmr-8">1.11.</span></p> -<!--l. 11110--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 13580--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Pre version 1.28 used </span><span class="cmtt-8">\csedef</span><span class="cmr-8">.</span></p> </div> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf Binary files differindex 9d9c499740e..fd0a2ca8dc2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex index 5f47addf84f..44d5314dad3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ \makeatother \usepackage{alltt} +\usepackage[normalem]{ulem} \usepackage{hologo} \usepackage[colorlinks, hyperindex=false, @@ -28,6 +29,20 @@ package}, \makeglossaries +\makeatletter +\@nlctdoc@if@usingtexht + { + \newcommand{\headingsty}[1]{#1} + \newcommand{\headingcs}[1]{#1} + \newcommand{\headingapp}[1]{#1} + } + { + \newcommand{\headingsty}[1]{\styfmt{#1}} + \newcommand{\headingcs}[1]{\cs{#1}} + \newcommand{\headingapp}[1]{\appfmt{#1}} + } +\makeatother + \GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{general}{0}{page} \renewcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{#3} @@ -225,13 +240,13 @@ styles (glossaries):>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}} \DeleteShortVerb{\|} \MakeShortVerb{"} - \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.47: + \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.48: an extension to the glossaries package} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] Dickimaw Books\\ \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} - \date{2021-11-04} + \date{2021-11-22} \maketitle \begin{abstract} @@ -587,6 +602,29 @@ file for \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}. The \pkgopt[all]{debug} option implements both \pkgopt[showtargets]{debug} and \pkgopt[showwrgloss]{debug}. +\item[{\pkgoptdef{showtargets}}] This implements +\pkgopt[showtargets]{debug} and can also adjust the way the targets +are shown. By default, any links that occur in \TeX's \qt{outer} +mode are placed in the margin according to \ics{glsshowtargetouter} +(provided by the base \styfmt{glossaries} package). This can lead to +the \qt{too many floats} error if there are multiple instances of +commands like \cs{gls} in a single line. This option provides a way +of changing this to an in-line annotation. Available values: +\begin{description} +\item[\optfmt{left}] A marker is placed to the left of the +link/target and a marginal note is used in outer mode; +\item[\optfmt{right}] A marker is placed to the right of the +link/target and a marginal note is used in outer mode; +\item[\optfmt{innerleft}] A marker and annotation are placed to the left of the +link/target in all modes; +\item[\optfmt{innerright}] A marker and annotation are placed to the +right of the link/target in all modes; +\item[\optfmt{annoteleft}] Markers are placed on either side of the +link/target and the annotation is on the left; +\item[\optfmt{annoteright}] Markers are placed on either side of the +link/target and the annotation is on the right. +\end{description} + \item[{\pkgoptdef{postdot}}] (New to version 1.12.) This option is just a shortcut for \pkgopt[false]{nopostdot}. @@ -988,74 +1026,75 @@ See the \gls{bib2gls} documentation for the \cs{newglossaryentry}. It was originally a boolean option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following values (if the value is omitted, \pkgoptfmt{true} is assumed): -\begin{itemize} -\item[{\pkgopt[false]{docdef}}] \ics{newglossaryentry} is not -permitted in the \env{document} environment (default). - -\item[{\pkgopt[true]{docdef}}] \cs{newglossaryentry} behaves as it -does in the base \styfmt{glossaries} package. That is, where -its use is permitted in the \env{document} environment, it -uses the \texttt{.glsdefs} temporary file to store the entry -definitions so that on the next \LaTeX\ run the entries are -defined at the beginning of the \env{document} environment. -This allows the entry information to be referenced in the glossary, -even if the glossary occurs before \cs{newglossaryentry}. -(For example, when the glossary is displayed in the front matter.) -This method of saving the definitions for the next \LaTeX\ run -has drawbacks that are detailed in the \styfmt{glossaries} user -manual. - -Remember that if \cs{newglossaryentry} wouldn't be allowed -in the \env{document} environment with the -base \styfmt{glossaries} package, then it still won't -be allowed with \pkgopt[true]{docdefs}. -If your glossaries occur at the end of the document, consider using -\pkgopt[restricted]{docdef} instead. - -\item[{\pkgopt[restricted]{docdef}}] (new to version 1.06) -\ics{newglossaryentry} is permitted in the \env{document} -environment without using the \texttt{.glsdefs} file. This means -that all entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed, -but it avoids the complications associated with saving the -entry details in a temporary file. You will still need to take -care about any changes made to characters that are required -by the \meta{key}=\meta{value} mechanism (that is, the comma and -equal sign) and any \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} character that -occurs in the \gloskey{sort} key or label. If any of those -characters are made active in the document, then it can cause -problems with the entry definition. This option will allow -\cs{newglossaryentry} to be used in the document with -\cs{makenoidxglossaries}, but note that \cs{longnewglossaryentry} -remains a preamble-only command. - -With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before -it has been defined, an error will occur (or a warning if -the \pkgopt[warn]{undefaction} option is used.) If you edit your -document and either remove an entry or change its label, you may -need to delete the document's temporary files (such as the -\texttt{.aux} and \texttt{.gls} files). - -\item[{\pkgopt[atom]{docdef}}] (new to version 1.34) -This option behaves like \pkgopt[restricted]{docdef} but creates the -\texttt{.glsdefs} file for -\href{https://atom.io/packages/autocomplete-glossaries}{atom's -autocomplete support}. This file isn't input by -\styfmt{glossaries-extra} and so associated problems with the use of -this file are avoided, but it allows the autocomplete support to -find the labels in the file. As with \pkgopt[restricted]{docdef}, -entries may be defined in the preamble or anywhere in the document, -but they may only be referenced after they have been defined. -Entries must be defined before the associated glossary is displayed. - -If you need a list of all entry labels for the use of an editor or -helper script you may also want to consider the package options -\pkgopt{writeglslabels} and \pkgopt{writeglslabelnames} provided by -the base \sty{glossaries} package. Note that with these options -and \pkgopt[atom]{docdef}, only the entry labels visible to \LaTeX\ can -be saved. So if you are using \gls{bib2gls} you will only get the -labels of the entries that are selected by \gls{bib2gls}. -\end{itemize} + \begin{itemize} + \item {\pkgopt[false]{docdef}}: \ics{newglossaryentry} is not + permitted in the \env{document} environment (default). + + \item {\pkgopt[true]{docdef}}: \cs{newglossaryentry} behaves as it + does in the base \styfmt{glossaries} package. That is, where + its use is permitted in the \env{document} environment, it + uses the \texttt{.glsdefs} temporary file to store the entry + definitions so that on the next \LaTeX\ run the entries are + defined at the beginning of the \env{document} environment. + This allows the entry information to be referenced in the glossary, + even if the glossary occurs before \cs{newglossaryentry}. + (For example, when the glossary is displayed in the front matter.) + This method of saving the definitions for the next \LaTeX\ run + has drawbacks that are detailed in the \styfmt{glossaries} user + manual. + + Remember that if \cs{newglossaryentry} wouldn't be allowed + in the \env{document} environment with the + base \styfmt{glossaries} package, then it still won't + be allowed with \pkgopt[true]{docdefs}. + If your glossaries occur at the end of the document, consider using + \pkgopt[restricted]{docdef} instead. + + \item {\pkgopt[restricted]{docdef}}: (new to version 1.06) + \ics{newglossaryentry} is permitted in the \env{document} + environment without using the \texttt{.glsdefs} file. This means + that all entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed, + but it avoids the complications associated with saving the + entry details in a temporary file. You will still need to take + care about any changes made to characters that are required + by the \meta{key}=\meta{value} mechanism (that is, the comma and + equal sign) and any \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} character that + occurs in the \gloskey{sort} key or label. If any of those + characters are made active in the document, then it can cause + problems with the entry definition. This option will allow + \cs{newglossaryentry} to be used in the document with + \cs{makenoidxglossaries}, but note that \cs{longnewglossaryentry} + remains a preamble-only command. + + With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before + it has been defined, an error will occur (or a warning if + the \pkgopt[warn]{undefaction} option is used.) If you edit your + document and either remove an entry or change its label, you may + need to delete the document's temporary files (such as the + \texttt{.aux} and \texttt{.gls} files). + + \item {\pkgopt[atom]{docdef}}: (new to version 1.34) + This option behaves like \pkgopt[restricted]{docdef} but creates the + \texttt{.glsdefs} file for + \href{https://atom.io/packages/autocomplete-glossaries}{atom's + autocomplete support}. This file isn't input by + \styfmt{glossaries-extra} and so associated problems with the use of + this file are avoided, but it allows the autocomplete support to + find the labels in the file. As with \pkgopt[restricted]{docdef}, + entries may be defined in the preamble or anywhere in the document, + but they may only be referenced after they have been defined. + Entries must be defined before the associated glossary is displayed. + + If you need a list of all entry labels for the use of an editor or + helper script you may also want to consider the package options + \pkgopt{writeglslabels} and \pkgopt{writeglslabelnames} provided by + the base \sty{glossaries} package. Note that with these options + and \pkgopt[atom]{docdef}, only the entry labels visible to \LaTeX\ can + be saved. So if you are using \gls{bib2gls} you will only get the + labels of the entries that are selected by \gls{bib2gls}. + + \end{itemize} The \styfmt{glossaries} package allows \cs{newglossaryentry} within the \env{document} environment (when @@ -1206,50 +1245,52 @@ which uses \ics{printunsrtglossary}. \item[{\pkgoptdef{shortcuts}}] Unlike the \styfmt{glossaries} package option of the same name, this option isn't boolean but has multiple values: -\begin{itemize} -\item \pkgopt[acronyms]{shortcuts} (or \pkgopt[acro]{shortcuts}): -set the shortcuts provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package for -acronyms (such as \cs{ac}). Note that the short and long forms don't -use \cs{glsxtrshort} and \cs{glsxtrlong} but use the original -\cs{acrshort} and \cs{acrlong}, which don't recognise multiple -abbreviation styles. The better option with \styfmt{glossaries-extra} -is \pkgopt[ac]{shortcuts}. - -\item \pkgopt[ac]{shortcuts}: -set the shortcuts provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package for -acronyms (such as \cs{ac}) but uses the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} -interface (such as \cs{glsxtrshort} rather than \cs{acrshort}). -In this case \cs{ac} is defined as \cs{cgls} rather than -\cs{gls}. - -\item \pkgopt[abbreviations]{shortcuts} (or -\pkgopt[abbr]{shortcuts}): -set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by \styfmt{glossaries-extra}. (See -\sectionref{sec:abbrshortcuts}.) These settings don't switch on the -acronym shortcuts provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package. - -\item \pkgopt[other]{shortcuts}: set the \qt{other} -shortcut commands, but not the shortcut commands for abbreviations -or the acronym shortcuts provided by \styfmt{glossaries}. -The \qt{other} shortcuts are: -\begin{itemize} -\item \ics{newentry} equivalent to \ics{newglossaryentry} -\item \ics{newsym} equivalent to \ics{glsxtrnewsymbol} (see the -\pkgopt{symbols} option). -\item \ics{newnum} equivalent to \ics{glsxtrnewnumber} (see the -\pkgopt{numbers} option). -\end{itemize} - -\item \pkgopt[all]{shortcuts} (or \pkgopt[true]{shortcuts}): -implements \pkgopt[ac]{shortcuts}, \pkgopt[abbreviations]{shortcuts} -and \pkgopt[other]{shortcuts}. + \begin{itemize} + \item \pkgopt[acronyms]{shortcuts} (or \pkgopt[acro]{shortcuts}): + set the shortcuts provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package for + acronyms (such as \cs{ac}). Note that the short and long forms don't + use \cs{glsxtrshort} and \cs{glsxtrlong} but use the original + \cs{acrshort} and \cs{acrlong}, which don't recognise multiple + abbreviation styles. The better option with \styfmt{glossaries-extra} + is \pkgopt[ac]{shortcuts}. + + \item \pkgopt[ac]{shortcuts}: + set the shortcuts provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package for + acronyms (such as \cs{ac}) but uses the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} + interface (such as \cs{glsxtrshort} rather than \cs{acrshort}). + In this case \cs{ac} is defined as \cs{cgls} rather than + \cs{gls}. + + \item \pkgopt[abbreviations]{shortcuts} (or + \pkgopt[abbr]{shortcuts}): + set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by \styfmt{glossaries-extra}. (See + \sectionref{sec:abbrshortcuts}.) These settings don't switch on the + acronym shortcuts provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package. + + \item \pkgopt[other]{shortcuts}: set the \qt{other} + shortcut commands, but not the shortcut commands for abbreviations + or the acronym shortcuts provided by \styfmt{glossaries}. + The \qt{other} shortcuts are: + \begin{itemize} + \item \ics{newentry} equivalent to \ics{newglossaryentry} + \item \ics{newsym} equivalent to \ics{glsxtrnewsymbol} (see the + \pkgopt{symbols} option). + \item \ics{newnum} equivalent to \ics{glsxtrnewnumber} (see the + \pkgopt{numbers} option). + \end{itemize} + + \item \pkgopt[all]{shortcuts} (or \pkgopt[true]{shortcuts}): + implements \pkgopt[ac]{shortcuts}, \pkgopt[abbreviations]{shortcuts} + and \pkgopt[other]{shortcuts}. + + \item \pkgopt[none]{shortcuts} (or \pkgopt[false]{shortcuts}): + don't define any of the shortcut commands (default). -\item \pkgopt[none]{shortcuts} (or \pkgopt[false]{shortcuts}): -don't define any of the shortcut commands (default). -\end{itemize} + \end{itemize} Note that multiple invocations of the \pkgopt{shortcuts} option \emph{within the same option list} will override each other. + \end{description} After the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package has been loaded, you can @@ -1265,6 +1306,7 @@ after \ics{makenoidxglossaries}. \label{sec:modifications} \section{Defining Entries} +\label{sec:definingentries} The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides \ics{nopostdesc} which may be used in the \gloskey{description} to suppress @@ -2536,6 +2578,7 @@ complex formatting or if the field value contains problematic content. \section{Plurals} +\label{sec:plurals} Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from the singular with a suffix appended. This isn't @@ -2755,6 +2798,7 @@ they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the glossary. For these reasons it's better to use the simple expandable commands like \ics{glsentrytext} or \ics{glsentryshort} in the definition of other entries (although that doesn't fix the first problem). + Alternatively use something like: \begin{verbatim} \newacronym @@ -2787,7 +2831,11 @@ This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case). This isn't a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same style. -However if you're really determined to use +If the term can simply be treated as a series of previously defined +entries, then consider using multi-entries (or compound sets). See +\sectionref{sec:multientries} for further details. + +However, if you're really determined to use \ics{gls} in a field that may be included within some \gls{linktext}, \styfmt{glossaries-extra} patches internals used by the linking commands so that if \cs{gls} (or plural or @@ -3158,6 +3206,7 @@ is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command \cs{RestoreAcronyms}. \section{Glossaries} +\label{sec:glossaries} The \ics{newignoredglossary}\marg{type} command now (as from v1.11) has a starred version that doesn't automatically switch off the hyperlinks. @@ -3192,6 +3241,12 @@ be displayed multiple times. of avoiding duplicate target names is to set a prefix used for the names. Unlike changing \cs{glolinkprefix} this doesn't affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with \cs{gls}). +\begin{important} +This doesn't include the navigation hyper group targets in styles such as +\glostyle{listhypergroup}. The link name for these is given by +\ics{glsnavhyperlinkname}. +\end{important} + \item \gloskey[printglossary]{prefix}\texttt{=}\marg{prefix}. If you do actually want to locally change \cs{glolinkprefix}, you can use @@ -3560,7 +3615,7 @@ doesn't display any differently from but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can accommodate the ranges. -\subsection{The \styfmt{glossaries-extra-stylemods} Package} +\subsection{The \headingsty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} Package} \label{sec:stylemods} As from v1.02, \styfmt{glossaries-extra} now includes the package @@ -4042,13 +4097,14 @@ the accompanying sample files \nolinkurl{sample-alttree.tex}, \nolinkurl{sample-alttree-marginpar.tex}. \chapter{New Glossary Styles} +\label{sec:newglossarystyles} The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package comes with some new styles. The associated style package needs to be loaded. This can be done with \cs{usepackage} but it's simpler to use the \pkgopt{stylemods} option. -\section{\styfmt{glossary-bookindex} package} +\section{\headingsty{glossary-bookindex} package} \label{sec:bookindex} As from v1.21, \styfmt{glossaries-extra} has a new supplementary @@ -4343,7 +4399,7 @@ to show the first and last entry for the current page with: \rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}% \end{verbatim} -\section{\styfmt{glossary-longextra} package} +\section{\headingsty{glossary-longextra} package} \label{sec:longextra} As from version 1.37, the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package comes @@ -4834,7 +4890,7 @@ and \end{description} -\section{\styfmt{glossary-topic} package} +\section{\headingsty{glossary-topic} package} \label{sec:topic} As from version 1.40, the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package comes @@ -5684,6 +5740,41 @@ for the first use long form, and \end{definition} for the short plural suffix. +The \qt{short-sc-only} styles, such as +\abbrstyle{long-only-short-sc-only}: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsabbrvsconlyfont] +\cs{glsabbrvsconlyfont}\marg{text} +\end{definition} +for the short form (which uses \ics{glsabbrvscfont}), and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont] +\cs{glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont}\marg{text} +\end{definition} +which uses \ics{glsabbrvsconlyfont}. +The short plural suffix is obtained from: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsconlysuffix] +\cs{glsxtrsconlysuffix} +\end{definition} +This uses \ics{glsxtrscsuffix}. For other font types, use the +one of \qt{short-only} styles and redefine \cs{glsabbrvonlyfont} as +required. (The smallcaps style is a special case as its plural suffix is +awkward.) + +The \qt{postshort-sc-user} styles, such as +\abbrstyle{long-postshort-sc-user}: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsabbrvscuserfont] +\cs{glsabbrvscuserfont}\marg{text} +\end{definition} +for the short form (which uses \ics{glsabbrvscfont}), and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont] +\cs{glsfirstabbrvscuserfont}\marg{text} +\end{definition} +which uses \ics{glsabbrvscuserfont}. +The short plural suffix is obtained from: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrscusersuffix] +\cs{glsxtrscusersuffix} +\end{definition} +This uses \ics{glsxtrscsuffix}. + Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of commands like \cs{gls}), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To move it inside, use: @@ -6124,20 +6215,48 @@ any commands that shouldn't be expanded. The long form can be referenced with \cs{the}\cs{glslongtok} and the short form can be referenced with \cs{the}\cs{glsshorttok}. +\item[\abbrstyledef{long-only-short-sc-only}] + +New to version 1.48, this is like \abbrstyle{long-only-short-only} but +uses smallcaps for the short form. The name is obtained from: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsconlyname] +\cs{glsxtrsconlyname} +\end{definition} + \item[\abbrstyledef{long-only-short-only-desc}] New to version 1.17, this style is like \abbrstyle{long-only-short-only} but the user must supply the -description. The \gloskey{name} -field is obtained from +description. The \gloskey{name} field is obtained from \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtronlydescname] \cs{glsxtronlydescname} \end{definition} -Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations +The sort value is obtained from: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtronlydescsort] +\cs{glsxtronlydescsort} +\end{definition} + +Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any commands that shouldn't be expanded. The long form can be referenced with \cs{the}\cs{glslongtok} and the short form can be referenced with \cs{the}\cs{glsshorttok}. + +\item[\abbrstyledef{long-only-short-sc-only-desc}] +New to version 1.48, this style is like +\abbrstyle{long-only-short-only-desc} but it uses smallcaps for the +short form. The name is obtained from: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsconlydescname] +\cs{glsxtrsconlydescname} +\end{definition} +This defaults to \cs{glsxtronlydescname}. + +The sort value is obtained from: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsconlydescsort] +\cs{glsxtrsconlydescsort} +\end{definition} +This defaults to \cs{glsxtronlydescsort}. + \item[\abbrstyledef{long-em-noshort-em-noreg}] New to version 1.17, this style is like \abbrstyle{long-em-noshort-em} but @@ -6615,6 +6734,14 @@ This style was introduced in version 1.12. It's like the above must be specified. The \gloskey{name} is obtained from \cs{glsxtrlongshortuserdescname}. +\item[\abbrstyledef{long-postshort-sc-user}] +This style (new to v1.48) is like \abbrstyle{long-postshort-user} +but uses smallcaps for the short form. + +\item[\abbrstyledef{long-postshort-sc-user-desc}] +This style (new to v1.48) is like \abbrstyle{long-postshort-user-desc} +but uses smallcaps for the short form. + \item[\abbrstyledef{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}] This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work with the \catattr{markwords} category attribute. The full form is formatted using @@ -7224,6 +7351,7 @@ Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark issues). \section{Simplistic Approach} +\label{sec:simplisticapproach} To get around all these problems, the \styfmt{glossaries} user manual recommends using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as @@ -7285,6 +7413,7 @@ if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they don't conflict with the page style. \section{New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings} +\label{sec:headingcommands} The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section headings. There are still limitations, but they provide a better @@ -7516,6 +7645,2306 @@ and all caps: \cs{GLSfmtfirstpl}\marg{label} \end{definition} +\chapter{Multi (or Compound) Entries} +\label{sec:multientries} + +Nested entries (where the entry definition references other entries) +are discussed in \sectionref{sec:nested}. This chapter deals with +occasions where a term or phrase may consist of multiple sub-terms +that are independently defined. (Examples in +\sectionref{sec:exskipfirstsuffix} and +\sectionref{sec:exskippostlink} provide workarounds for nested +entries.) + +For example, the names of bacteria, such as \emph{Clostridium +botulinum} and \emph{Clostridium perfringens}, are made up of the +genus (for example, \emph{Clostridium}) and the species +(for example, \emph{botulinum} or \emph{perfringens}). The genus is +often abbreviated after \gls{firstuse}. For example, \emph{C. +botulinum}. However, if the name is defined as a single term +consisting of both the genus and species then it's not possible to +apply the abbreviation when a different species with the same genus +is used. + +Consider the following document: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{glossaries-extra} +\setabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-only} +\newabbreviation{cbot}{C. botulinum}{Clostridium botulinum} +\newabbreviation{cperf}{C. perfringens}{Clostridium perfringens} +\begin{document} +\gls{cbot}, \gls{cbot}, \gls{cperf}. +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +The result is: +\begin{display} +Clostridium botulinum, C. botulinum, Clostridium perfringens. +\end{display} +However, it should more typically be: +\begin{display} +Clostridium botulinum, C. botulinum, C. perfringens. +\end{display} +In this case, the genus should actually be a separate definition: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{glossaries-extra} +\setabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-only} +\newabbreviation{clostridium}{C.}{Clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{botulinum}{name={botulinum},description={}} +\newglossaryentry{perfringens}{name=perfringens,description={}} +\begin{document} +\gls{clostridium} \gls{botulinum}, +\gls{clostridium} \gls{botulinum}, +\gls{clostridium} \gls{perfringens}. +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +This is quite awkward to write. This chapter describes how to +provide a shortcut for this kind of construct. Each term should be +defined as normal (as in the above example), and a \qt{multi-entry} +label is then defined with the list of labels of the entries that +need to be referenced. This is done with the command: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\multiglossaryentry] +\cs{multiglossaryentry}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{main +label}\marg{label list} +\end{definition} +where \meta{multi-label} is the new label and \meta{label list} is +the list of labels (corresponding to entries that have already been +defined). + +The \meta{main label} may be omitted, in which case the +main label will be assumed to be the final element in \meta{label +list}. If \meta{main label} is present, it must +also be listed in \meta{label list}. This is described in more +detail in \sectionref{sec:mglsmain}. + +The \meta{options} are a comma-separated list of options to override +the current settings and are described in \sectionref{sec:multiglsoptions}. + +The earlier example can now be modified to include the following: +\begin{verbatim} +\multiglossaryentry{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\multiglossaryentry{cperf}{clostridium,perfringens} +\end{verbatim} +These commands must come after the definitions of \texttt{clostridium}, +\texttt{botulinum} and \texttt{perfringens}. + +Once defined, a multi-entry set can be referenced using commands like: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mgls] +\cs{mgls}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This command essentially does \cs{gls}\marg{label} for each item in +the \meta{label list} (with separators, see +\sectionref{sec:mglssep}). If the final optional argument +\meta{insert} is provided, it will be applied to the final +(non-skipped) element in the list. So the document body in the +above example, can be rewritten as: +\begin{verbatim} +\mgls{cbot}, \mgls{cbot}, \mgls{cperf}. +\end{verbatim} + +There are some variants of \cs{mgls} listed in \sectionref{sec:mglslike}. +The available \meta{options} are listed in \sectionref{sec:mglsopts}. They are +applied after the \cs{multiglossaryentry} options and will override +settings for the individual entries. + +\begin{important} +You can't use \meta{multi-label} in commands like \cs{gls} +as this label represents a set of entry labels not a single entry. +\end{important} + +The \cs{multiglossaryentry} command will generate an error if the label has already +been defined as a multi-entry. To do nothing if a multi-entry already exists, +use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\providemultiglossaryentry] +\cs{providemultiglossaryentry}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{main +label}\marg{label list} +\end{definition} +Notes and associated commands applying to \cs{multiglossaryentry} +also apply to \cs{providemultiglossaryentry} unless otherwise +stated. + +\begin{important} +\cs{multiglossaryentry} may be placed anywhere after the \meta{label +list} entries have been defined. A multi-entry label can't be +referenced (with commands like \cs{mgls}) before it has been defined. +\end{important} + +There is limited support for \pkgopt[true]{docdef}. The multi-entry +definition can be picked up from the \filetype{aux} file on the next +run to allow cross-references in any glossaries that occur at the +start of the document. Any changes made with commands like +\cs{mglsSetMain} won't be carried over to the next run. + +By default \cs{multiglossaryentry} will be localised to the current scope. +If you want to globally define a multi-entry you need to first +switch on global definitions with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\multiglossaryentryglobaltrue] +\cs{multiglossaryentryglobaltrue} +\end{definition} +To switch back to local definitions use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\multiglossaryentryglobalfalse] +\cs{multiglossaryentryglobalfalse} +\end{definition} + +If you want to change the multi-entry options (locally) you can use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsSetOptions] +\cs{mglsSetOptions}\marg{multi-label}\marg{new-options} +\end{definition} +This removes the original options. If you want to (locally) append to the +existing options, use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsSetOptions] +\cs{mglsAddOptions}\marg{multi-label}\marg{new-options} +\end{definition} + +Note that \cs{multiglossaryentry} doesn't make any adjustments to +the component entries. You will need to use the \gloskey{parent} key +when you define the entries if you want a hierarchical structure in +your glossary. (See the example in \sectionref{sec:mglsexhier}.) + +If you don't want the other elements in the glossary, you can +suppress the indexing with \optfmt{indexothers=false} +(\sectionref{sec:multiglsoptionsindexing}) or put them in an ignored +glossary. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newignoredglossary{common} +\newabbreviation[type=common]{clostridium}{C.}{Clostridium} +\end{verbatim} + +The \meta{multi-label} can't be used in commands like \cs{gls} since +the label refers to a set of entry labels not to an individual +entry. Similarly, an individual entry label can't be used in +commands like \cs{mgls}. It is possible (although potentially +confusing) to use the same label for a multi-entry as for an +individual entry (see the example in +\sectionref{sec:exskippostlink}). Context will determine which is +meant, except in the case of the cross-referencing fields +(\gloskey{see}, \gloskey{seealso} and \gloskey{alias}) where the +cross-referenced label will first be tested if it's a known +multi-entry label. + +If you don't want to have to keep track of which labels refer to +multi-entries and which refer to individual entries you can use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrMglsOrGls] +\cs{GlsXtrMglsOrGls}\marg{mgls cs}\marg{gls +cs}\meta{modifier}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +where \meta{mgls cs} is the \cs{mgls}-like command to use if +\meta{label} has been defined as a multi-entry and \meta{gls cs} is +the \cs{gls}-like command to use otherwise. The \meta{modifier} may +be omitted, otherwise it is the modifier that may be used with +\cs{mgls} or \cs{gls} (\texttt{*}, \texttt{+} or the character +identified with \ics{GlsXtrSetAltModifier}). The modifier and remaining +options are passed to the relevant command (\meta{mgls cs} or +\meta{gls cs}). + +You may prefer to define your own shortcut commands for common +combinations. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\ac}{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls{\mgls}{\gls}} +\newcommand{\acpl}{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls{\mglsmainpl}{\glspl}} +\newcommand{\Ac}{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls{\Mgls}{\Gls}} +\newcommand{\Acpl}{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls{\Mglsmainpl}{\Glspl}} +\end{verbatim} + +\section{Examples} +\label{sec:mglsexamples} + +\subsection{Example: Hierarchical} +\label{sec:mglsexhier} + +Bacteria names are represented by the genus (for example, +Clostridium) followed by the species (for example, botulinum). +This example has the genus as a parent of the species. +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} +\usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra} + +\makeglossaries + +\newcommand{\latinname}[1]{\emph{#1}} +\glssetcategoriesattributes + {genus,species}{textformat,glossnamefont}{latinname} + +\setabbreviationstyle[genus]{long-only-short-only-desc} +\newabbreviation + [category=genus,description={}] + {clostridium}{C.}{Clostridium} + +\newglossaryentry{botulinum}{name=botulinum,category=species, + description={},parent=clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{perfringens}{name=perfringens,category=species, + description={},parent=clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{tetani}{name=tetani,category=species, + description={},parent=clostridium} + +\multiglossaryentry{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\multiglossaryentry{cperf}{clostridium,perfringens} +\multiglossaryentry{ctet}{clostridium,tetani} + +\multiglossaryentrysetup{indexothers=false,hyper=allmain} + +\begin{document} +First use: +\mgls{cbot}, \mgls{cperf}, \mgls{ctet}. + +Next use: +\mgls{cbot}, \mgls{cperf}, \mgls{ctet}. +\printglossaries +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +This suppresses the indexing of the non-main elements (in this case, +the genus). However the genus is included in the glossary (without a +\gls{numberlist}) because it's the parent of the species (which are +indexed). + +The \optfmt{hyper=allmain} option makes the entire content of each +\cs{mgls} a hyperlink to the main entry in the glossary. The +resulting document text (before the glossary) is: +\begin{quote} +First use: +\emph{Clostridium botulinum}, \emph{C. perfringens}, \emph{C. tetani}. + +Next use: +\emph{C. botulinum}, \emph{C. perfringens}, \emph{C. tetani}. +\end{quote} + +\subsection{Example: Suffix} +\label{sec:mglsexsuffix} + +This example has a minor modification to the previous one. In this +case the multi-entries are defined with a suffix: +\begin{verbatim} +\multiglossaryentry[firstsuffix=botulism]{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\multiglossaryentry[firstsuffix={gas gangrene}]{cperf}{clostridium,perfringens} +\multiglossaryentry[firstsuffix=tetanus]{ctet}{clostridium,tetani} +\end{verbatim} +The rest of the document is as in \sectionref{sec:mglsexhier}. +The document text is now: +\begin{quote} +First use: +\emph{Clostridium botulinum} (botulism), \emph{C. perfringens} (gas +gangrene), \emph{C. tetani} (tetanus). + +Next use: +\emph{C. botulinum}, \emph{C. perfringens}, \emph{C. tetani}. +\end{quote} + +\subsection{Example: Category Suffix} +\label{sec:mglsexcatsuffix} + +This is an alternative to the previous example. Instead of storing +the extra information in the \optfmt{firstsuffix} key, the +information is stored in the \gloskey{user1} key of the last +element (the species). A category suffix is used to look up the +field and append it. +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{botulinum}{name=botulinum,category=species, + user1={botulism}, + description={},parent=clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{perfringens}{name=perfringens,category=species, + user1={gas gangrene}, + description={},parent=clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{tetani}{name=tetani,category=species, + user1={tetanus}, + description={},parent=clostridium} + +\mglsdefcategorysuffix{bacteria}{% + \mglsisfirstuse + {\glsxtrifhasfield{useri}{\mglslastelementlabel}{ (\glscurrentfieldvalue)}{}}% + {}% +} + +\multiglossaryentry[category=bacteria]{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\multiglossaryentry[category=bacteria]{cperf}{clostridium,perfringens} +\multiglossaryentry[category=bacteria]{ctet}{clostridium,tetani} +\end{verbatim} +The result is the same as the previous example. + +\subsection{Example: Separators} +\label{sec:mglsexsep} + +The first example (\sectionref{sec:mglsexhier}) can be modified so +that the species are also abbreviations. In this case, the +separators are modified to suppress the space (\cs{relax}) if both the genus and +species are abbreviated, or to use a non-breaking space \verb|~| between +the genus short form (shown on subsequent use) and the species long +form (shown on first use). If the genus is showing the long form +(first use) then a normal space is used. + +Note that the separator attributes apply to the category of the +element before the separator (not to the multi-entry category). +\begin{verbatim} +\glssetcategoryattribute{genus}{combinedfirstsepfirst}{\space} +\glssetcategoryattribute{genus}{combinedfirstsep}{\space} +\glssetcategoryattribute{genus}{combinedsepfirst}{~} +\glssetcategoryattribute{genus}{combinedsep}{\relax} + +\setabbreviationstyle[species]{long-only-short-only-desc} + +\newabbreviation[category=species, + description={},parent=clostridium]{botulinum}{bot.}{botulinum} +\newabbreviation[category=species, + description={},parent=clostridium]{perfringens}{per.}{perfringens} +\newabbreviation[,category=species, + description={},parent=clostridium]{tetani}{tet.}{tetani} +\end{verbatim} +This will cause a double dot at the end of the second sentence, +which can be suppressed using the \catattr{discardperiod} and +\catattr{retainfirstuseperiod} attributes. +\begin{verbatim} +\glssetcategoriesattributes{species}{discardperiod,retainfirstuseperiod}{true} +\end{verbatim} +This works because the final element's post-link hook is transferred +to the multi-entry post-link hook, which can detect the sentence +terminating period. If the post-link hook settings are changed, for +example, to \optfmt{postlinks=all,mpostlink=false} then the feature +won't work as the final element's post-link hook can't detect the +period (because \cs{gls} is embedded too deeply inside the internal +workings of \cs{mgls}). + +The result is: +\begin{quote} +First use: Clostridium botulinum, C.~perfringens, C.~tetani. + +Next use: C.bot., C.per., C.tet. +\end{quote} + +\subsection{Example: Skipping Elements (Fragment Element)} +\label{sec:exskipfirstsuffix} + +This example is an alternative way of dealing with nested links +(see \sectionref{sec:nested}). +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} +\usepackage[stylemods,style=long]{glossaries-extra} + +\makeglossaries + +\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc} +\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side includes} +\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language} + +\setabbreviationstyle[combinedabbrv]{long-only-short-sc-only} +\newabbreviation + [category=combinedabbrv, + description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}] + {shtml-frag}{shtml}{enabled} + +\glssetcategoryattribute{combinedabbrv}{multioptions} + {usedskipothers,firstsuffix={\glsxtrshort{\mglslastmainlabel}}} + +\multiglossaryentry + [category={combinedabbrv}] + {shtml}[shtml-frag]{ssi,shtml-frag,html} + +\begin{document} +Individual elements first use: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. + +Individual elements next use: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. + +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Multi-entry next use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Resetting all\glsresetall\mglsreset{shtml}: + +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Multi-entry next use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Individual elements: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +\printglossaries +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +This uses the \catattr{multioptions} attribute to skip \qt{other} +elements on subsequent use. The problematic abbreviation (SHTML) is +defined as a fragment that simply expands to \qt{enabled} on first +use. Note that the description has to be supplied for the glossary. + +The above produces (underlining added to mark the hyperlinks): +\begin{quote} +Individual elements first use: \uline{server-side includes (\textsc{ssi})} and +\uline{hypertext markup language (\textsc{html})}. + +Individual elements next use: \uline{\textsc{ssi}} and +\uline{\textsc{html}}. + +Multi-entry first use: \uline{\textsc{ssi}} \uline{enabled} +\uline{\textsc{html}} (\uline{\textsc{shtml}}). + +Multi-entry next use: \uline{\textsc{shtml}}. + +Resetting all: + +Multi-entry first use: \uline{server-side includes (\textsc{ssi})} +\uline{enabled} \uline{hypertext markup language (\textsc{html})} +(\uline{\textsc{shtml}}). + +Multi-entry next use: \uline{\textsc{shtml}}. + +Individual elements: \uline{\textsc{ssi}} and \uline{\textsc{html}}. +\end{quote} +The key difference here from the example using \cs{glsps} at the end +of \sectionref{sec:nested} is that the individual elements hyperlink +to their respective entries in the glossary on first use of \cs{mgls}. + +The problem is that with the \pkgopt{colorlinks} package option, +it's not obvious where the hyperlinks start and end. The suffix (\textsc{shtml}) +will hyperlink to the \qt{shtml} entry in the glossary, so the +\qt{enabled} hyperlink is redundant. The simplest fix for this is to +add \optfmt{hyper=notmainfirst} to the option list, which will prevent +\qt{enabled} from being a hyperlink. + +Another problem occurs where \cs{mgls} is used before the individual elements are +used, which leads to their full expansion with a confusing amount of +parentheses. A simple solution is to use the option +\optfmt{mglsopts=unsetothers}, which will unset the other (not-main) +elements first. This can be localised with \optfmt{presetlocal} but +\cs{gls} will then unset the \gls{firstuseflag} globally, which +means that the other elements won't show the full form when they are +first used on their on after \cs{mgls}. This can be switched to a +local unset with \optfmt{others={local}}. + +The complete set of options are now: +\begin{verbatim} +\glssetcategoryattribute{combinedabbrv}{multioptions} + {% + hyper=notmainfirst, + mglsopts={presetlocal,unsetothers,others={local}}, + usedskipothers, + firstsuffix={\glsxtrshort{\mglslastmainlabel}} + } +\end{verbatim} +This now produces (underlining added to mark the hyperlinks): +\begin{quote} +Individual elements first use: \uline{server-side includes (\textsc{ssi})} and +\uline{hypertext markup language (\textsc{html})}. + +Individual elements next use: \uline{\textsc{ssi}} and +\uline{\textsc{html}}. + +Multi-entry first use: \uline{\textsc{ssi}} \uline{enabled} +\uline{\textsc{html}} (\uline{\textsc{shtml}}). + +Multi-entry next use: \uline{\textsc{shtml}}. + +Resetting all: + +Multi-entry first use: \uline{\textsc{ssi}} +\uline{enabled} \uline{\textsc{html}} +(\uline{\textsc{shtml}}). + +Multi-entry next use: \uline{\textsc{shtml}}. + +Individual elements: \uline{server-side includes (\textsc{ssi})} +and \uline{hypertext markup language (\textsc{html})}. +\end{quote} +This method still has two main drawbacks: the description must be +added manually and the long form can't be accessed with +\cs{glsxtrlong}. The next example provides an alternative approach. + +\subsection{Example: Skipping Elements (Prefix and Post-Link Hooks)} +\label{sec:exskippostlink} + +This is a modified version of the previous example. In this case, +the main element isn't a fragment and also happens to have the same +label as the multi-entry set. (\verb|\mgls{shtml}| references the +multi-entry label and \verb|\gls{shtml}| references the individual +entry.) + +In this case, the nested parts are marked up with custom commands: +\begin{verbatim} +\newrobustcmd{\combinedpre}[1]{\glsps{#1}} +\newrobustcmd{\combinedpost}[1]{\glsps{#1}} + +\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml} +{{}\combinedpre{ssi} enabled \combinedpost{html}} +\end{verbatim} +This means that it's no longer necessary to manually insert the +description and the long form can be accessed as usual with +\cs{glsxtrshort}\verb|{shtml}|. Note that it is necessary to define +the custom commands robustly otherwise they will need to be +protected against premature expansion: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\combinedpre}[1]{\glsps{#1}} +\newcommand{\combinedpost}[1]{\glsps{#1}} + +\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml} +{{}\protect\combinedpre{ssi} enabled \protect\combinedpost{html}} +\end{verbatim} +In both cases, an initial empty group is added to guard +against any first letter uppercase commands, such as \cs{Glsxtrlong}. + +The abbreviations all use the \abbrstyle{long-postshort-sc-user} +style, which places the short form in the post-link hook on +\gls{firstuse}. The \cs{gls} post-link hook for the main element +can be transferred to the \cs{mgls} post-link using: +\begin{verbatim} +mpostlinkelement=main +\end{verbatim} +All elements have their individual post-link hooks suppressed by default. +As in the previous example, the other elements can be skipped on +subsequent use: +\begin{verbatim} +usedskipothers +\end{verbatim} +Within \cs{mgls}, the nested content needs to be suppressed, which +can be done by redefining the custom commands. This can be done in +the multi-entry prefix. Since the entire content of \cs{mgls} (except for the +final multi-entry post-link hook) occurs inside a group, this +redefinition will be localised. + +The complete document is as follows: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} +\usepackage[stylemods,style=long]{glossaries-extra} + +\makeglossaries + +\setabbreviationstyle{long-postshort-sc-user} + +\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side includes} +\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language} + +\newrobustcmd{\combinedpre}[1]{\glsps{#1}} +\newrobustcmd{\combinedpost}[1]{\glsps{#1}} + +\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml} +{{}\combinedpre{ssi} enabled \combinedpost{html}} + +\glssetcategoryattribute{combinedabbrv}{multioptions} + {% + mpostlinkelement=main, + usedskipothers + } + +\multiglossaryentry + [category={combinedabbrv}] + {shtml}[shtml]{ssi,shtml,html} + +\mglsdefcategoryprefix{combinedabbrv}{% + \renewcommand{\combinedpre}[1]{\ignorespaces}% + \renewcommand{\combinedpost}[1]{\unskip}% +} + +\begin{document} +Individual elements first use: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. + +Individual elements next use: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. + +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Multi-entry next use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Individual entry first use: \gls{shtml}. + +Resetting all\glsresetall\mglsresetall: + +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Multi-entry next use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Individual elements: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. + +Resetting all\glsresetall\mglsresetall: + +Individual entry first use: \gls{shtml}. + +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. (Wrong!) + +\printglossaries +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +This now produces (underlining added to mark the hyperlinks): +\begin{quote} +Individual elements first use: \uline{server-side includes} +(\textsc{ssi}) and \uline{hypertext markup language} (\textsc{html}). + +Individual elements next use: \uline{\textsc{ssi}} and +\uline{\textsc{html}}. + +Multi-entry first use: \uline{\textsc{ssi}} \uline{enabled} +\uline{\textsc{html}} (\textsc{shtml}). + +Multi-entry next use: \uline{\textsc{shtml}}. + +Individual entry first use: \uline{\textsc{shtml}}. + +Resetting all: + +Multi-entry first use: \uline{server-side includes} \uline{enabled} +\uline{hypertext markup language} (\textsc{shtml}). + +Multi-entry next use: \uline{\textsc{shtml}}. + +Individual elements: \uline{\textsc{ssi}} and \uline{\textsc{html}}. + +Resetting all: + +Individual entry first use: \uline{\textsc{ssi}} \uline{enabled} +\uline{\textsc{html}} (\textsc{shtml}). + +Multi-entry first use: \uline{server-side includes} +\uline{\textsc{shtml}} \uline{hypertext markup language}. (Wrong!) +\end{quote} +Note the last two paragraphs, which highlights what happens if +\verb|\gls{shtml}| is used before \verb|\mgls{shtml}| when neither +of the other elements (\texttt{ssi} and \texttt{html}) have been +used. The final instance of \cs{mgls} has produced the wrong result. +This is because it's the first use of the multi-entry \texttt{shtml} but +not the first use of the individual entry \texttt{shtml}. + +One way around this is to modify the prefix to ensure that the main +element's \gls{firstuseflag} matches the multi-entry's first use +flag: +\begin{verbatim} +\mglsdefcategoryprefix{combinedabbrv}{% + \renewcommand{\combinedpre}[1]{\ignorespaces}% + \renewcommand{\combinedpost}[1]{\unskip}% + \mglsisfirstuse + {\glslocalreset{\mglscurrentmainlabel}}% + {\glslocalunset{\mglscurrentmainlabel}}% +} +\end{verbatim} + +The \pkgopt[annoteleft]{showtargets} option can be used to mark up +the links with the targets. For example, the first instance of +\verb|\mgls{shtml}| will show as: +\begin{quote} +\newcommand{\markup}[2]{% +{\glsshowtargetfont[#1]}% +\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolleft#2\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolright}% +Multi-entry first use: \markup{glo:ssi}{\textsc{ssi}} +\markup{glo:shtml}{enabled} +\markup{glo:html}{\textsc{html}} (\textsc{shtml}). +\end{quote} +Each entry has an individual hyperlink to its own glossary item, +which may be confusing. This can be made clearer by suppressing the +main element link on first use with: +\begin{verbatim} +hyper=notmainfirst +\end{verbatim} +(as in the previous example), and adjusting the abbreviation style +so that the parenthetical content in the post-link hook has a +hyperlink: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand*{\glsxtruserparen}[2]{% + \glsxtrfullsep{#2}% + \glsxtrparen + {\glshyperlink[#1]{#2}% + \ifglshasfield{\glsxtruserfield}{#2}{, \glscurrentfieldvalue}{}% + }% +} +\end{verbatim} + +The remaining problem is how to deal with the possibility that +\verb|\mgls{shtml}| may come before the \gls{firstuse} of the other +elements. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Individual elements: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +\end{verbatim} +This leads to: +\begin{quote} +Multi-entry first use: server-side includes enabled hypertext markup +language (\textsc{shtml}). + +Individual elements: \textsc{ssi} and \textsc{html}. +\end{quote} +This means that the abbreviations \textsc{ssi} and \textsc{html} +aren't explained in the document text. One way around this is to +only locally unset the other element \glspl{firstuseflag}: +\begin{verbatim} +\glssetcategoryattribute{combinedabbrv}{multioptions} + {% + hyper=notmainfirst, + mpostlinkelement=main, + usedskipothers, + mglsopts={others={local}} + } +\end{verbatim} +With the above setting, the following: +\begin{verbatim} +\glsresetall\mglsresetall + +Multi-entry first use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Multi-entry next use: \mgls{shtml}. + +Individual elements: \gls{ssi} and \gls{html}. +\end{verbatim} +will now produce: +\begin{quote} +Multi-entry first use: server-side includes enabled hypertext markup +language (\textsc{shtml}). + +Multi-entry next use: \textsc{shtml}. + +Individual elements: server-side includes (\textsc{ssi}) and +hypertext markup language (\textsc{html}). +\end{quote} + +\section{Main and Other Elements} +\label{sec:mglsmain} + +The list of labels provided in the final argument of +\cs{multiglossaryentry} consists of a main element and all the other +elements. If the main element isn't identified in the optional +argument, it's assumed to be the final element in the list. + +The main element allows you to determine which target to use if you +want the entire content of \cs{mgls} to be a single hyperlink. You +can also use the settings described in \sectionref{sec:multiglsoptions} +to only index the main element. + +You can change the main element using: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsSetMain] +\cs{mglsSetMain}\marg{multi-label}\marg{new-main-label} +\end{definition} +The new main label provided in the second argument must be in the +list corresponding to \meta{multi-label}. This change is locally +applied to the current scope. Note that if you are using +\gls{bib2gls}, this change in the document can't be detected. + +The main element can also be used to identify which element should +be displayed in the plural with \cs{mglsmainpl}. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{great}{name={great},description={}} +\newglossaryentry{little}{name={little},description={}} +\newglossaryentry{grebe}{name={grebe},description={}} + +\multiglossaryentry{greatgrebe}{great,grebe} +\multiglossaryentry{littlegrebe}{little,grebe} +\end{verbatim} +In the above, two multi-entries are defined: \texttt{greatgrebe} and +\texttt{littlegrebe}. In both cases the main element is +\texttt{grebe} (the last element). Using \cs{mglspl} will show the +plural for all elements, but using \cs{mglsmainpl} will only use the +plural for the main element (grebe). For example: +\begin{verbatim} +Plural all: \mglspl{greatgrebe}, \mglspl{littlegrebe}. +Plural main: \mglsmainpl{greatgrebe}, \mglsmainpl{littlegrebe}. +\end{verbatim} +produces: +\begin{display} +Plural all: greats grebes, littles grebes. +Plural main: great grebes, little grebes. +\end{display} + +\section{Prefixes and Suffixes} +\label{sec:mglsfixes} + +A multi-entry may have associated prefixes and suffixes. These are +scoped and are placed outside of the hyperlinks and encapsulating +commands. They are not affected by case-changing commands, such as +\cs{Mgls}. +If you want a prefix to obey case-changing, use the \cs{mpgls}-like +commands instead (\sectionref{sec:mpgls}). + +The prefix is inserted with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsprefix] +\cs{mglsprefix} +\end{definition} +The default definition is: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\mglsprefix}{% + \ifdefempty\mglscurrentcategory + {\mglscurrentprefix}% + {% + \mglshascategoryprefix{\mglscurrentcategory}% + {\mglsusecategoryprefix{\mglscurrentcategory}}% + {\mglscurrentprefix}% + }% +} +\end{verbatim} +This will insert the current prefix unless there is prefix command +associated with the current category. + +The suffix is inserted with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglssuffix] +\cs{mglssuffix} +\end{definition} +The command is defined as follows: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\mglssuffix}{% + \ifdefempty\mglscurrentcategory + {\ifdefempty{\mglscurrentsuffix}{}{\space(\mglscurrentsuffix)}}% + {% + \mglshascategorysuffix{\mglscurrentcategory}% + {\mglsusecategorysuffix{\mglscurrentcategory}}% + {\ifdefempty{\mglscurrentsuffix}{}{\space(\mglscurrentsuffix)}}% + }% +} +\end{verbatim} +If there is a suffix associated with the current category, that will +be used, otherwise if the current suffix isn't empty this +inserts a space followed by the current suffix in parentheses. +You can access the label of the last (non-skipped) element with +\ics{mglslastelementlabel}. + +Note that in both cases the category corresponds to the multi-entry +category (see \sectionref{sec:multiglscategory}). + +To define a category-dependent prefix, use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsdefcategoryprefix] +\cs{mglsdefcategoryprefix}\marg{category}\marg{definition} +\end{definition} +You can reference the current prefix with \cs{mglscurrentprefix}. + +To define a category-dependent suffix, use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsdefcategorysuffix] +\cs{mglsdefcategorysuffix}\marg{category}\marg{definition} +\end{definition} +You can reference the current suffix with \cs{mglscurrentsuffix}. + +The default definition of \cs{mglsprefix} tests if there is a +category prefix using: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglshascategoryprefix] +\cs{glshascategoryprefix}\marg{category}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +The category prefix is used with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsusecategoryprefix] +\cs{glsusecategoryprefix}\marg{category} +\end{definition} + +The default definition of \cs{mglssuffix} tests if there is a +category suffix using: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglshascategorysuffix] +\cs{glshascategorysuffix}\marg{category}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +The category suffix is used with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsusecategorysuffix] +\cs{glsusecategorysuffix}\marg{category} +\end{definition} + +The current prefix \cs{mglscurrentprefix} and \cs{mglscurrentsuffix} +are obtained as follows: +\begin{itemize} +\item if this is the first use of the multi-entry +(\sectionref{sec:mglsfirstuse}) then the \meta{prefix} is set to the +value of the \optfmt{firstprefix} option and the \meta{suffix} is +set to the value of the \optfmt{firstsuffix} option; +\item otherwise the \meta{prefix} is set to the +value of the \optfmt{usedprefix} option and the \meta{suffix} is +set to the value of the \optfmt{usedsuffix} option. +\end{itemize} + +\begin{important} +The prefix and suffix (if set) are placed outside of the hyperlink +and text formatting encapsulator. They are not affected by +case-changing commands such as \cs{Mgls} or \cs{MGLS}. +\end{important} + +For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\setabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-only} +\newabbreviation{clostridium}{C.}{Clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{botulinum}{name=botulinum,description={}} + +\multiglossaryentry[firstsuffix=botulism] + {cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\end{verbatim} +On first use, this produces (assuming the \qt{clostridum} element +hasn't been used previously): +\begin{quote} +Clostridium botulinum (botulism). +\end{quote} +On subsequent use, this produces: +\begin{quote} +C. botulinum. +\end{quote} + +\section{Separators} +\label{sec:mglssep} + +The separators between each instance of \cs{gls} are given by the +following commands, which all take two arguments. The first argument +is the label of the previous element. The second argument is the +label of the following element. +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscombinedsep] +\cs{glscombinedsep}\marg{prev label}\marg{next label} +\end{definition} +This is inserted between two entries that have both been marked as used. +The default definition is: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsep}}% + { }% +} +\end{verbatim} +This will use the \catattr{combinedsep} attribute for the +\meta{prev label}'s category, if set. Otherwise this just does a +space. Note that this ignores the second argument. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscombinedfirstsep] +\cs{glscombinedfirstsep}\marg{prev label}\marg{next label} +\end{definition} +This is inserted between two entries where only the next entry has +been marked as used. The default definition is: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +\end{verbatim} +This will use the \catattr{combinedfirstsep} attribute for +\meta{prev label}'s category, if set. If that attribute isn't set, +\cs{glscombinedsep} is used. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscombinedsepfirst] +\cs{glscombinedsepfirst}\marg{prev label}\marg{next label} +\end{definition} +This is inserted between two entries where only the previous entry has +been marked as used. The default definition is: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +\end{verbatim} +This will use the \catattr{combinedsepfirst} attribute for +\meta{prev label}'s category, if set. If that attribute isn't set, +\cs{glscombinedsep} is used. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscombinedfirstsepfirst] +\cs{glscombinedfirstsepfirst}\marg{prev label}\marg{next label} +\end{definition} +This is inserted between two entries where both have +been marked as used. The default definition is: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +\end{verbatim} +This will use the \catattr{combinedfirstsepfirst} attribute for +\meta{prev label}'s category, if set. If that attribute isn't set, +\cs{glscombinedsep} is used. + +These commands may be redefined as required. +For example, to have no space between two elements that have both +been marked as used and are both abbreviations (disregarding +category attributes): +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \ifglshasshort{#1}{\ifglshasshort{#2}{}{\space}}{\space}% +} +\end{verbatim} + +There are some commands for redefining the above separators to +common combinations. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnbsp] +\cs{glssetcombinedsepabbrvnbsp} +\end{definition} +This does the following: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{#1}{~}{ }}% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\ifhasshort{#1}{~}{ }}% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + { }% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + { }% +}% +\end{verbatim} +This uses a non-breakable space \verb|~| following an abbreviation +(that has already been marked as used). Note that if the associated +attributes are set the commands will behave according to the +attribute. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnone] +\cs{glssetcombinedsepabbrvnone} +\end{definition} +This does the following: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{#1}{}{\ifhasshort{#2}{}{ }}}% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\ifhasshort{#1}{}{ }}% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{##2}{}{ }}% +}% +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + { }% +}% +\end{verbatim} +This does nothing if either element are abbreviations that have already been +used. Note that if the associated attributes are set the commands +will behave according to the attribute. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetcombinedsepnarrow] +\cs{glssetcombinedsepnarrow}\marg{width}\marg{narrow sep} +\end{definition} +This is rather more complicated as it measures a field value and +uses \meta{narrow sep} if the width is less than \meta{width}. +The field value is determined as follows: +\begin{itemize} +\item on \gls{firstuse} the +\gloskey{long} field is used if it is set otherwise the +\gloskey{first} field is used; + +\item otherwise the +\gloskey{short} field is used if it is set otherwise the +\gloskey{text} field is used; +\end{itemize} + +Note that this doesn't take into account fonts, hooks, abbreviation +styles or plural forms (e.g.\ \cs{mglspl}) or other field references +(e.g.\ \cs{mglsname}). If the associated attributes are set the commands +will behave according to the attribute. + +\section{\headingcs{mgls} Element Hooks} +\label{sec:mglselementhooks} + +The \cs{mgls}-like commands use the following hooks: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglselementprehook] +\cs{mglselementprehook} +\end{definition} +This is done before each (non-skipped) element. (Default does nothing.) +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglselementposthook] +\cs{mglselementposthook} +\end{definition} +This is done after each (non-skipped) element. (Default does nothing.) +Note that this is different from the normal entry post-link hook +\ics{glspostlinkhook}. If the individual entry post-link hook is enabled (see the +\optfmt{postlinks} key in \sectionref{sec:multiglsoptions}), this will go before +\cs{mglselementposthook}. + +The definitions of the following commands are scoped within the +\cs{mgls}-like commands so they can't be accessed elsewhere +(including in the post-link hook, see +\sectionref{sec:mglspostlinkhook}). They +may be used in the above hooks or in the separator commands (described in +\sectionref{sec:mglssep}) or in the command used to encapsulate the +entire content. They can also be used in the post-link hook (see +\sectionref{sec:entryfmtmods}) to determine if an entry is being +used within a \cs{mgls}-like command. + +The multi-entry label is stored in: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglscurrentmultilabel] +\cs{mglscurrentmultilabel} +\end{definition} + +The label of the main element: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglscurrentmainlabel] +\cs{mglscurrentmainlabel} +\end{definition} + +The complete comma-separated list of elements: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglscurrentlist] +\cs{mglscurrentlist} +\end{definition} + +Multi-entry options: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglscurrentoptions] +\cs{mglscurrentoptions} +\end{definition} +These are the options that were used when defining the multi-entry. This +doesn't include options set with \cs{multiglossaryentrysetup} +or those passed to \cs{mgls} (or whichever variant is being used). + +The current multi-entry category in effect is stored in: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglscurrentcategory] +\cs{mglscurrentcategory} +\end{definition} + +The calling command control sequence name (e.g.\ \qt{mgls} or \qt{mglspl}) +can be obtained with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrcurrentmglscsname] +\cs{glsxtrcurrentmglscsname} +\end{definition} + +To test if the current multi-entry is the first use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsisfirstuse] +\cs{mglsisfirstuse}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +This does \meta{true} if this is the first use otherwise it does +\meta{false}. Note that this +applies to the multi-entry first use flag not the +\glspl{firstuseflag} of the individual elements. + +At each iteration of the loop over the element list, the following +commands are set, which can be accessed in hooks such as +\cs{mglselementprehook} or in hooks used by the underlying \cs{gls} +etc commands. For example, if \cs{mglscurrentlabel} is defined then +\cs{gls} is being used inside \cs{mgls}. + +The current element label: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglscurrentlabel] +\cs{mglscurrentlabel} +\end{definition} + +This is a count register that is set to the element index: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglselementindex] +\cs{mglselementindex} +\end{definition} + +The current multi-entry prefix: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglscurrentprefix] +\cs{mglscurrentprefix} +\end{definition} + +The current multi-entry suffix: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglscurrentsuffix] +\cs{mglscurrentsuffix} +\end{definition} + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsiflast] +\cs{mglsiflast}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +If this is the last iteration, does \meta{true} otherwise does +\meta{false}. This takes the skip options into account, so the last +iteration may not necessarily be when the element index is equal to +the total number of elements. + +\section{Post-Link Hook} +\label{sec:mglspostlinkhook} + +There is a hook that occurs at the end the \cs{mgls}-like commands +according to the \optfmt{mpostlink} setting (see +\sectionref{sec:multiglsoptions}). The hook used depends on the +\optfmt{mpostlinkelement} option. +These hooks can't access the commands described in \sectionref{sec:mglselementhooks} +as the hook occurs outside of the scope in which they are defined. + +The \optfmt{mpostlinkelement=custom} option uses: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglscustompostlinkhook] +\cs{mglscustompostlinkhook} +\end{definition} +This does nothing by default. + +The \optfmt{mpostlinkelement=last} option uses: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglslastelementpostlinkhook] +\cs{mglslastelementpostlinkhook} +\end{definition} +which emulates the post-link hook of the last element. + +The \optfmt{mpostlinkelement=main} option uses: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglslastmainpostlinkhook] +\cs{mglslastmainpostlinkhook} +\end{definition} +which emulates the post-link hook of the main element. + +The default settings +\optfmt{postlinks=none,mpostlink=true,mpostlinkelementlast} will +suppress the individual element post-link hooks +(\ics{glspostlinkhook}) and do the multi-entry post-link hook for +the last element (\cs{mglslastelementpostlinkhook}). + +If you have the final element's post-link hook enabled and the +multi-entry post-link hook enabled (for example, +\optfmt{postlinks=all, mpostlink=true, mpostlinkelement=last}), the +final element's post-link hook will be done twice. Similarly for the +main element with +\optfmt{postlinks=all, mpostlink=true, mpostlinkelement=main}. + +The following commands are available for use in these hooks and may +also be used in \ics{mglssuffix}. + +The multi-entry label: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglslastmultilabel] +\cs{mglslastmultilabel} +\end{definition} + +The multi-entry category (\sectionref{sec:multiglscategory}): +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglslastcategory] +\cs{mglslastcategory} +\end{definition} +This will be empty if no category was assigned. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglswasfirstuse] +\cs{mglswasfirstuse}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +If that was the first use of the multi-entry (\sectionref{sec:mglsfirstuse}) +this does \meta{true} otherwise it does \meta{false}. + +\subsection{Last Element} +\label{sec:mglspostlinkhooklastelement} +The following commands relate to the last element. + +The label of the last non-skipped element: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglslastelementlabel] +\cs{mglslastelementlabel} +\end{definition} +If all elements were skipped or if the multi-entry wasn't defined, +this will be empty. + +Test if the last element was skipped: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsiflastelementskipped] +\cs{mglsiflastelementskipped}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +If the last element was skipped this does \meta{true} otherwise it +does \meta{false}. +If all elements were skipped or if the multi-entry wasn't defined, +this will do \meta{true}. + +Test if the last element was its first use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse] +\cs{mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +If the last non-skipped element was used for the first time this +does \meta{true} otherwise it does \meta{false}. (Corresponds to +\cs{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}.) +If all elements were skipped or if the multi-entry wasn't defined, +this will do \meta{true}. + +Test if the last element was plural: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsiflastelementwasplural] +\cs{mglsiflastelementwasplural}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +If the last non-skipped element had the plural form displayed, this +does \meta{true} otherwise it does \meta{false}. (Corresponds to +\cs{glsifplural}.) +If all elements were skipped or if the multi-entry wasn't defined, +this will do \meta{false}. + +Test if the last element was had any case-changing applied: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsiflastelementcapscase] +\cs{mglsiflastelementcapscase}\marg{no-change}\marg{firstuc}\marg{all caps} +\end{definition} +Corresponds to \cs{glscapscase} of the last non-skipped element. +If all elements were skipped or if the multi-entry wasn't defined, +this will do \meta{no-change}. + +\subsection{Main Element} +\label{sec:mglspostlinkhookmainelement} +The following commands relate to the main element. + +The label of the main element from the multi-entry that was just +referenced: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglslastmainlabel] +\cs{mglslastmainlabel} +\end{definition} +If the main element was skipped or if the multi-entry +wasn't defined, this will be empty. If this is the same as +\cs{mglslastelementlabel} then the main element was the last +element. + +Test if the main element was skipped: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsiflastmainskipped] +\cs{mglsiflastmainskipped}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +If the main element from the multi-entry that was just referenced +was skipped this does \meta{true} otherwise it does \meta{false}. +If the multi-entry wasn't defined, this will do \meta{true}. + +Test if the main element was its first use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse] +\cs{mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +If the main element was used for the first time this +does \meta{true} otherwise it does \meta{false}. (Corresponds to +\cs{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}.) +If the main element was skipped or if the multi-entry wasn't defined, +this will do \meta{true}. + +Test if the main element was plural: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsiflastmainwasplural] +\cs{mglsiflastmainwasplural}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +If the main element from the multi-entry that was just referenced +had its plural form displayed this does \meta{true} otherwise it +does \meta{false}. (Corresponds to \cs{glsifplural}.) If the main +element was skipped or if the multi-entry wasn't defined, this will +do \meta{false}. + +Test if the main element was had any case-changing applied: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsiflastmaincapscase] +\cs{mglsiflastmaincapscase}\marg{no-change}\marg{firstuc}\marg{all caps} +\end{definition} +Corresponds to \cs{glscapscase} of the main element from the +multi-entry that was just referenced. If the main element was +skipped or if the multi-entry wasn't defined, this will do +\meta{no-change}. + +\section{Multi-Entry First Use} +\label{sec:mglsfirstuse} + +Each multi-entry set has an associated first use flag. This is +independent of the \gls{firstuseflag} associated with the individual +entries that make up the set. As with the \cs{gls}-like commands, +\cs{mgls} unsets this flag. Unlike the \cs{glstext}-like commands, all +the commands described in \sectionref{sec:mglslike} (including +commands like \cs{mglsname}) unset this flag, even if the elements +use commands like \cs{glsname} that don't unset the entry's +\gls{firstuseflag}. + +You can determine whether or not a multi-entry set has been +marked as used with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifmglsused] +\cs{ifmglsused}\marg{multi-label}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +You can (globally) unset the flag (mark the set as having been referenced) +with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsunset] +\cs{mglsunset}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} +or reset it with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsreset] +\cs{mglsreset}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} +There are also local versions of these commands: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglslocalunset] +\cs{mglslocalunset}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} +and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglslocalreset] +\cs{mglslocalreset}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} + +To unset all multi-entries: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsunsetall] +\cs{mglsunsetall} +\end{definition} +To reset all multi-entries: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsresetall] +\cs{mglsresetall} +\end{definition} + +Note that unsetting or resetting any of the individual element +\glspl{firstuseflag} doesn't affect the multi-entry flag. +Similarly, unsetting or resetting the multi-entry flag doesn't +affect the \glspl{firstuseflag} of the individual elements. + +\section{Multi-Entry Category} +\label{sec:multiglscategory} + +A multi-entry set may have an associated category set using the +\optfmt{category} key described in \sectionref{sec:multiglsoptions}. +This isn't set by default, but if it is set the category may have +attributes set in the usual way. The multi-entry category is +independent of the individual entry categories. The following +attribute is recognised by commands like \cs{mgls}: + +\begin{description} + +\item[\catattrdef{multioptions}] default options to apply to any +multi-entry set with the given category. These can be overridden +by the first optional argument of \cs{multiglossaryentry} or by the +\optfmt{setup} key in the first optional argument of commands like +\cs{mgls}. + +\end{description} + +Note that you can't access the category or its attributes via the +multi-entry label (for example, with \cs{glshasattribute}). If you +need to access the current multi-entry's category within any of the +\cs{mgls}-like hooks (\sectionref{sec:mglselementhooks}), you can +obtain the category with \cs{mglscurrentcategory} and use commands +like \cs{glshascategoryattribute}. + +\section{Multi-Entry Settings} +\label{sec:multiglsoptions} + +The settings that govern all multi-entries can be set using: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\multiglossaryentrysetup] +\cs{multiglossaryentrysetup}\marg{options} +\end{definition} +The \meta{options} are the same as for \cs{multiglossaryentry}. +Options may also be set according to the multi-entry category +attribute \catattr{multioptions}. + +Whenever the \cs{mgls}-like commands are used, options are applied in the +following order: +\begin{enumerate} +\item general options identified by \cs{multiglossaryentrysetup}; + +\item the category key is assigned if it's in the general options, +\cs{multiglossaryentry} or \optfmt{setup} key; + +\item \catattr{multioptions} category attribute (if set); + +\item any options provided in the first optional argument of +\cs{multiglossaryentry}; + +\item any options provided in the \optfmt{setup} key in the first +optional argument of the \cs{mgls}-like command. +\end{enumerate} + +These options are described below. + +\subsection{Indexing} +\label{sec:multiglsoptionsindexing} + +\begin{description} +\item[\optfmt{indexmain}] This setting may take one of the following +values: + \begin{description} + \item[\optfmt{false}] don't index the main entry; + \item[\optfmt{true}] index the main entry; + \item[\optfmt{first}] only index the main entry if it's the first +use (of the main entry). + \end{description} + The default is \optfmt{true}. + +\item[\optfmt{indexothers}] This setting may take one of the following +values: + \begin{description} + \item[\optfmt{false}] don't index the other entries; + \item[\optfmt{true}] index the other entries; + \item[\optfmt{first}] only index the other entries if +it's the first use (of the non-main entry). + \end{description} + The default is \optfmt{first}. +\end{description} + +\subsection{Location Formats (Encaps)} +\label{sec:multiglsoptionsencap} + +\begin{description} +\item[\optfmt{encapmain}] This setting value should be the value to + pass to \gloskey[glslink]{format} for the main entry. (The location + encapsulator.) The default is \texttt{glsnumberformat}. + +\item[\optfmt{encapothers}] This setting value should be the value to + pass to \gloskey[glslink]{format} for the other (not main) entries. (The location + encapsulator.) The default is \texttt{glsnumberformat}. +\end{description} + +\subsection{Post-Link Hooks} +\label{sec:multiglsoptionspostlink} + +\begin{description} +\item[\optfmt{postlinks}] This setting determines whether or not to +enable the individual element's post-link hook +(\ics{glspostlinkhook}). The value may be one of: +\begin{description} +\item[\optfmt{none}] suppress the post-link hook for all elements; +\item[\optfmt{all}] don't suppress the post-link hook for all elements; +\item[\optfmt{notlast}] only suppress the post-link hook for the +last element; +\item[\optfmt{mainnotlast}] suppress the post-link hook for all +\qt{other} (not main) elements and for the last element (so only the +main element will have its post-link hook as long as it's not the +last element); +\item[\optfmt{mainonly}] suppress the post-link hook for all +\qt{other} (not main) elements; +\item[\optfmt{othernotlast}] suppress the post-link hook for the +main element and for the last element (so only the other elements +will have their post-link hook as long as the element isn't the last +one); +\item[\optfmt{otheronly}] suppress the post-link hook for the main element. +\end{description} +The default is \optfmt{postlinks=none}. + +\item[\optfmt{mpostlink}] This setting determines whether or not to +enable the multi-entry post-link hook +(\sectionref{sec:mglspostlinkhook}). The value may be one of: + \begin{description} + \item[\optfmt{false}] suppress the multi-entry post-link hook; + \item[\optfmt{true}] enable the multi-entry post-link hook; + \item[\optfmt{firstonly}] enable the multi-entry post-link hook + only for the first use of the multi-entry; + \item[\optfmt{usedonly}] enable the multi-entry post-link hook + only for the subsequent (not first) use of the multi-entry. + \end{description} +The default is \optfmt{mpostlink=true}. If the value is omitted, +\optfmt{true} is assumed. + +\item[\optfmt{mpostlinkelement}] This setting indicates which +post-link hook should be used if the multi-entry post-link hook has +been enabled. Allowed values: + \begin{description} + \item[\optfmt{last}] use \ics{mglslastelementpostlinkhook} (that +is, use the post-link hook for the last element); + \item[\optfmt{main}] use \ics{mglslastmainpostlinkhook} (that +is, use the post-link hook for the main element); + \item[\optfmt{custom}] use \ics{mglslastcustompostlinkhook}. + \end{description} +\end{description} +Note that some combinations may cause a repeated hook. + +\subsection{Prefixes and Suffixes} +\label{sec:multiglsoptionsfixes} + +See \sectionref{sec:mglsfixes} for more information on prefixes and +suffixes. Note that the prefixes and suffixes are not affected by +case-changing commands such as \cs{Mgls} or \cs{MGLS}. +If you want a prefix to obey case-changing, use the \cs{mpgls}-like +commands instead (\sectionref{sec:mpgls}). + +\begin{description} + +\item[firstprefix] The prefix to use on first use of the +multi-entry. + +\item[usedprefix] The prefix to use on subsequent use of the +multi-entry. + +\item[firstsuffix] The suffix to use on first use of the +multi-entry. + +\item[usedsuffix] The suffix to use on subsequent use of the +multi-entry. +\end{description} + +\subsection{Skipping Elements} +\label{sec:multiglsoptionsskip} + +\begin{description} + +\item[\optfmt{firstskipmain}] This is a boolean setting. If +\optfmt{true}, the main element will be omitted on (multi-entry) first use. + +\item[\optfmt{firstskipothers}] This is a boolean setting. If +\optfmt{true}, the other (non-main) elements will be omitted on +(multi-entry) first use. + +\item[\optfmt{usedskipmain}] This is a boolean setting. If +\optfmt{true}, the main element will be omitted on (multi-entry) subsequent use. + +\item[\optfmt{usedskipothers}] This is a boolean setting. If +\optfmt{true}, the other (non-main) elements will be omitted on +(multi-entry) subsequent use. + +\end{description} +The skip options apply to the multi-entry first use flag not the +individual element first use. See \sectionref{sec:mglsfirstuse}. + +Note that it is technically possible to set the skip options so that +both the main and the other elements are skipped. However, by +default, this will generate a warning and only the final optional +argument (the \meta{insert}) will be displayed. There won't be a +loop over all elements so the commands set at each iteration, such +as \cs{mglscurrentlabel}, won't be defined. + +The warning and the +insertion of the \meta{insert} is done by: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped] +\cs{glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped}\marg{message}\marg{insert}\marg{cs} +\end{definition} +where \meta{message} is the warning message and \meta{cs} is the +control sequence that encapsulates the entire content (including +hyperlink and the \optfmt{textformat} setting, if enabled). + +If, for some particular reason, you want this scenario, you can +redefine this command to omit the warning. + +\subsection{General} +\label{sec:multiglsoptionsgeneral} + +\begin{description} +\item[\optfmt{hyper}] This setting may take one of the following +values: + \begin{description} + \item[\optfmt{none}] no hyperlinks; + \item[\optfmt{allmain}] encapsulate the entire content with + a single hyperlink to the main entry's target; + \item[\optfmt{mainonly}] only hyperlink the main entry; + \item[\optfmt{individual}] hyperlink each entry individually; + \item[\optfmt{otheronly}] only hyperlink the other entries; + \item[\optfmt{notmainfirst}] don't hyperlink the main entry on + multi-entry first use; + \item[\optfmt{nototherfirst}] don't hyperlink the other entries on + multi-entry first use; + \item[\optfmt{notfirst}] don't hyperlink any entries on + multi-entry first use. + \end{description} + The default is \optfmt{individual}. + +\item[\optfmt{textformat}] This setting value should be the control +sequence name (without the leading backslash) of the command used to +encapsulate the entire content. The default is \texttt{@firstofone}. + +\item[\optfmt{category}] The category to apply to the +multi-entry. This is independent of the categories of each of the elements. +The default is no category. See \sectionref{sec:multiglscategory}. + +\item[\optfmt{mglsopts}] Default options to pass to \cs{mgls}. +Note that \optfmt{setup} can't be used within this value. + +\end{description} + +\section{\headingcs{mgls} Options} +\label{sec:mglsopts} + +The \meta{options} for \cs{mgls} (and similar commands) are listed below. +Any additional options provided will be appended to the \optfmt{all} +value. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\mgls[counter=chapter]{cbot} +\end{verbatim} +is equivalent to: +\begin{verbatim} +\mgls[all={counter=chapter}]{cbot} +\end{verbatim} +Whereas: +\begin{verbatim} +\mgls[counter=chapter,all={counter=section}]{cbot} +\end{verbatim} +is treated as: +\begin{verbatim} +\mgls[all={counter=section,counter=chapter}]{cbot} +\end{verbatim} +which has the same effect as: +\begin{verbatim} +\mgls[all={counter=chapter}]{cbot} +\end{verbatim} +(The descriptions below reference \cs{gls} which is used internally +by \cs{mgls}. Replace this with \cs{glspl} etc as applicable for the +variants, such as \cs{mglspl}.) + +\begin{description} +\item[\optfmt{setup}] The value should be a list of any options that +can be passed to \cs{multiglossaryentrysetup}. These options will +override any conflicting options that were supplied to \cs{multiglossaryentry} +or \cs{multiglossaryentrysetup}. Note that \optfmt{mgls} can't be +used within this value. + +\item[\optfmt{all}] The value should be a list of any options that +can be passed to \cs{gls}. These options will be passed to each +instance of \cs{gls} and will override any conflicting setting in +\optfmt{setup}. + +\item[\optfmt{main}] The value should be a list of any options that +can be passed to \cs{gls}. These options will be passed to the +instance of \cs{gls} used for the main label and will override any +conflicting setting in \optfmt{all}. + +\item[\optfmt{others}] The value should be a list of any options that +can be passed to \cs{gls}. These options will be passed to each +instance of \cs{gls} used for the other (not main) labels and will +override any conflicting setting in \optfmt{all}. + +\item[\optfmt{hyper}] a boolean option to determine whether or not +to use hyperlinks (if supported). This may cause a conflict with +other options, but is essentially provided to allow the starred +version of \cs{mgls} to switch off all hyperlinks. + +\item[\optfmt{multiunset}] This only applies to the multi-entry +first use flag, described in \sectionref{sec:mglsfirstuse}, not the +\glspl{firstuseflag} of the elements. The value may be one of: +\begin{description} +\item \optfmt{global} globally unset the flag (default); +\item \optfmt{local} locally unset the flag; +\item \optfmt{none} don't unset the flag. +\end{description} + +\item[\optfmt{presetlocal}] a boolean option that governs whether or +not the following options should have a local or global effect. +The default is \optfmt{presetlocal=false} (global). + +\item[\optfmt{resetall}] a boolean option to determine whether or not +to reset all entries in \meta{label list} \emph{before} using \cs{gls}. +This option refers to the individual entry's \gls{firstuseflag} not +the multi-set flag. + +\item[\optfmt{resetmain}] a boolean option to determine whether or not +to reset the main entry \emph{before} using \cs{gls}. +This option refers to the individual entry's \gls{firstuseflag} not +the multi-set flag. + +\item[\optfmt{resetothers}] a boolean option to determine whether or not +to reset the other (not main) entries \emph{before} using \cs{gls}. +This option refers to the individual entry's \gls{firstuseflag} not +the multi-set flag. + +\item[\optfmt{unsetall}] a boolean option to determine whether or not +to unset all entries in \meta{label list} \emph{before} using \cs{gls}. +This option refers to the individual entry's \gls{firstuseflag} not +the multi-set flag. + +\item[\optfmt{unsetmain}] a boolean option to determine whether or not +to unset the main entry \emph{before} using \cs{gls}. +This option refers to the individual entry's \gls{firstuseflag} not +the multi-set flag. + +\item[\optfmt{unsetothers}] a boolean option to determine whether or not +to unset the other (not main) entries \emph{before} using \cs{gls}. +This option refers to the individual entry's \gls{firstuseflag} not +the multi-set flag. +\end{description} +The \optfmt{reset\ldots} options all use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglselementreset] +\cs{mglselementreset}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +The \optfmt{unset\ldots} options all use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglselementunset] +\cs{mglselementunset}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +These take the \optfmt{presetlocal} into account. + +An alternative way of resetting the other elements is to use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsunsetothers] +\cs{mglsunsetothers}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} +or for a local reset: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglslocalunsetothers] +\cs{mglslocalunsetothers}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} + +\section{Variants of \headingcs{mgls}} +\label{sec:mglslike} + +The commands listed in this section all behave like \cs{mgls}. These +(including \cs{mgls} itself) are collectively referred to as the +\cs{mgls}-like commands. All commands unset the multi-entry first +use flag (unless the \optfmt{multiunset=none} option is applied). Only +those commands that use the \cs{gls}-like commands (such as \cs{gls} +or \cs{glspl}) will unset the individual entry \gls{firstuseflag}. + +\subsection{\headingcs{gls}-like} +\label{sec:mglsbasic} + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglspl] +\cs{mglspl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{glspl} instead of \cs{gls} for each entry. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsmainpl] +\cs{mglsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{glspl} instead of \cs{gls} for the main entry and +\cs{gls} for all the other entries. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mgls] +\cs{Mgls}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{Gls} for the first entry and \cs{gls} for the other +entries. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MGls] +\cs{MGls}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{Gls} for all entries. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mglspl] +\cs{Mglspl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{Glspl} for the first entry and \cs{glspl} for the other +entries. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mglsmainpl] +\cs{Mglsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +The first entry starts with an upper case. The plural form is used +for the main entry. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MGlspl] +\cs{MGlspl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{Glspl} for all entries. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MGlsmainpl] +\cs{MGlsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{Glspl} for the main entry and \cs{Gls} for all other entries. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MGLS] +\cs{MGLS}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{GLS} instead of \cs{gls} for each entry. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MGLSpl] +\cs{MGLSpl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{GLSpl} instead of \cs{gls} for each entry. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MGLSmainpl] +\cs{MGLSmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses all caps for all entries and \cs{GLSpl} for the main +entry. + +\subsection{Abbreviations} +\label{sec:mglsabbrv} + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsshort] +\cs{mglsshort}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This will use \cs{glsxtrshort} for any entries that have the +\gloskey{short} key set and will use \cs{glstext} otherwise. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglslong] +\cs{mglslong}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This will use \cs{glsxtrlong} for any entries that have the +\gloskey{long} key set and will use \cs{glstext} otherwise. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsfull] +\cs{mglsfull}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This will use \cs{glsxtrfull} for any entries that have the +\gloskey{short} key set and will use \cs{glsfirst} otherwise. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mglsshort] +\cs{Mglsshort}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +As \cs{mglsshort} but with an initial capital on the first entry. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mglslong] +\cs{Mglslong}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +As \cs{mglslong} but with an initial capital on the first entry. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mglsfull] +\cs{Mglsfull}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +As \cs{mglsfull} but with an initial capital on the first entry. + +\subsection{Other Fields} +\label{sec:mglsotherfields} + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsname] +\cs{mglsname}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{glsname} instead of \cs{gls} for each entry. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MGlsname] +\cs{MGlsname}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{Glsname} instead of \cs{gls} for each entry. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mglsname] +\cs{Mglsname}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{Glsname} instead of \cs{gls} for the first entry and +\cs{glsname} for all the other entries. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglssymbol] +\cs{mglssymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{glssymbol} if the \gloskey{symbol} key has been set +otherwise it uses \cs{gls} for each element. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MGlssymbol] +\cs{MGlssymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{glssymbol} if the \gloskey{symbol} key has been set +otherwise it uses \cs{Gls} for each element. (Note that no case +change is applied to the symbol as this usually isn't appropriate.) + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mglssymbol] +\cs{Mglssymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +As above, but \cs{Gls} is only used for the first element (if it +doesn't have the \gloskey{symbol} key set). + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsusefield] +\cs{mglsusefield}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Use \texttt{\cs{glsdisp}\marg{label}\glsopenbrace\meta{field +value}\meta{insert}\glsclosebrace} if the field given by: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsfield] +\cs{mglsfield} +\end{definition} +exists, otherwise use \cs{gls}. By default, this is \texttt{useri} +(corresponding to the \gloskey{user1} key). If you redefine +\cs{mglsfield}, you will need to use the internal name. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mglsusefield] +\cs{Mglsusefield}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +As \cs{mglsusefield} but the first element starts with an initial +uppercase. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MGlsusefield] +\cs{MGlsusefield}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +As \cs{mglsusefield} but each element starts with an initial +uppercase. + +You can use the pre-element hook \cs{mglselementprehook} to locally +redefine \cs{mglsfirst}. Examples: +\begin{enumerate} +\item if the multi-category is \qt{sample} then use the +\gloskey{user2} field otherwise use the \gloskey{user1} field: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand{\mglselementprehook}{% + \ifdefstring{\mglscurrentcategory}{sample}% + {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{userii}}% + {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{useri}}% +} +\end{verbatim} + +\item if the element's category is \qt{sample} then use the +\gloskey{user2} field otherwise use the \gloskey{user1} field: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand{\mglselementprehook}{% + \glsifcategory{\mglscurrentlabel}{sample}% + {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{userii}}% + {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{useri}}% +} +\end{verbatim} + +\item if either the multi-entry's category or the element's category +has the custom attribute \qt{mglsfield} set then use it otherwise use +the \gloskey{user1} field: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand{\mglselementprehook}{% + \glshascategoryattribute{\mglscurrentcategory}{mglsfield}% + {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{\glsgetcategoryattribute{\mglscurrentcategory}{mglsfield}}}% + {% + \glshasattribute{\mglscurrentlabel}{mglsfield}% + {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{\glsgetattribute{\mglscurrentlabel}{mglsfield}}}% + {\renewcommand{\mglsfield}{useri}}% + }% +} +\end{verbatim} +\end{enumerate} + +\subsection{Support for \headingsty{glossaries-prefix} (\headingcs{pgls})} +\label{sec:mpgls} + +If you load the \sty{glossaries-prefix} package (either after +\styfmt{glossaries-extra}) or with the \pkgopt{prefix} package +option, then the following commands will use one of the +\cs{pgls}-like commands provided by that package. (See the +\styfmt{glossaries} user manual for further details.) + +If the \styfmt{glossaries-prefix} package hasn't been loaded then +\cs{gls} (or analogous case-changing variant) will be used instead +and a warning is issued. The warning can be removed by redefining +the following to do nothing: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mpglsWarning] +\cs{mpglsWarning} +\end{definition} + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mpgls] +\cs{mpgls}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Uses \cs{pgls} for the first element and \cs{gls} for the remaining +elements. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mpglspl] +\cs{mpglspl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Uses \cs{pglspl} for the first element and \cs{glspl} for the remaining +elements. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mpglsmainpl] +\cs{mpglsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Only uses the plural form for the main element. The first element +uses the prefixing command (\cs{pgls} or \cs{pglspl}, depending on +whether the first element is the main element). + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mpgls] +\cs{Mpgls}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Uses \cs{Pgls} for the first element and \cs{gls} for the remaining +elements. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Mpglsmainpl] +\cs{Mpglsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Only uses the plural form for the main element. The first element +uses the first-letter uppercase prefixing command +(\cs{Pgls} or \cs{Pglspl}, depending on whether the first element is +the main element). + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MPGls] +\cs{MPGls}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Uses \cs{Pgls} for the first element and \cs{Gls} for the remaining +elements. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MPGlspl] +\cs{MPGlspl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Uses \cs{Pglspl} for the first element and \cs{Glspl} for the remaining +elements. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MPGlsmainpl] +\cs{MPGlsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Only uses the plural form for the main element. The first element +uses the prefixing command (\cs{Pgls} or \cs{Pglspl}, depending on +whether the first element is the main element). All elements are +converted to first letter uppercase. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MPGLS] +\cs{MPGLS}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Uses \cs{PGLS} for the first element and \cs{GLS} for the remaining +elements. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MPGLSpl] +\cs{MPGLSpl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Uses \cs{PGLSpl} for the first element and \cs{GLSpl} for the remaining +elements. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\MPGLSmainpl] +\cs{MPGLSmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{insert} +\end{definition} +Only uses the plural form for the main element. All elements are +converted to uppercase. The first element uses the prefixing command +(\cs{PGLS} or \cs{PGLSpl}, depending on whether the first element is +the main element). + +\section{Cross-References} +\label{sec:msee} + +Multi-entry labels may be used in the cross-referencing keys +\gloskey{see} and \gloskey{seealso}. The formatting command will +use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsseefirstitem] +\cs{mglsseefirstitem}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +for the first item in the list (if it's a multi-entry) and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsseeitem] +\cs{mglsseeitem}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +for any subsequent items that are multi-entries. The default +definition of \cs{mglsseeitem} is: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\mglsseeitem}[1]{% + \mglsname[all={noindex},setup={hyper=allmain}]{#1}% +} +\end{verbatim} +This switches off indexing, sets the hyperlink to encompass the +entire multi-entry content and uses the \gloskey{name} field. +The default definition of \cs{mglsseefirstitem} is simply +\cs{mglsseeitem}. + +For example, to use the \gloskey{short} or \gloskey{text} fields: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand*{\mglsseeitem}[1]{% + \mglsshort[all={noindex},setup={hyper=allmain}]{#1}% +} +\end{verbatim} + +A multi-entry label may also be used in the \gloskey{alias} key. The +hyperlink target will be the target for the main entry. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\multiglossaryentry{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\newglossaryentry{botox}{name=botox,description={},alias={cbot}} +\end{verbatim} +In this case \verb|\gls{botox}| will hyperlink to the +\texttt{botulinum} target. + +\begin{important} +Any multi-entries used in the cross-referencing keys must be defined +before the glossary is displayed. There is some support for +\pkgopt[true]{docdef} but not for the other \pkgopt{docdef} settings. +\end{important} + +\section{Additional Commands} +\label{sec:multiextras} + +You can test if a label represents a multi-entry using: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrifmulti] +\cs{glsxtrifmulti}\marg{label}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +The following command will expand to the main entry label for +the given multi-entry label: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultimain] +\cs{glsxtrmultimain}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} +This will expand to nothing if the supplied \meta{multi-label} +hasn't been defined as a multi-entry. Similarly, for the complete +label list: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultilist] +\cs{glsxtrmultilist}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} + +To iterate over all the list of all elements: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsforelements] +\cs{mglsforelements}\marg{multi-label}\marg{cs}\marg{body} +\end{definition} +This defines \meta{cs} to the current element label on each +iteration of the loop, which can be used to reference the label in +\meta{body}. This internally uses \cs{@for} (patched by the +\sty{xfor} package). + +There is a similar command that skips the main element: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\mglsforotherelements] +\cs{mglsforotherelements}\marg{multi-label}\marg{cs}\marg{body} +\end{definition} + +The total number of elements can be obtained with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultitotalelements] +\cs{glsxtrmultitotalelements}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} +This expands to the number, if \meta{multi-label} is defined, +otherwise expands to nothing. + +The index of the main element can be obtained with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultimainindex] +\cs{glsxtrmultimainindex}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} +This expands to the index, if \meta{multi-label} is defined, +otherwise expands to nothing. Indexing starts from 1 for the first +element. The index of the final non-main element can be obtained +with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultilastotherindex] +\cs{glsxtrmultilastotherindex}\marg{multi-label} +\end{definition} + +The \cs{multiglossaryentry} command will write the label information +to the \filetype{aux} file using: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\writemultiglossentry] +\cs{writemultiglossentry}\marg{options}\marg{multi-label}\marg{main-label}\marg{list} +\end{definition} +This is will write the following line to the \filetype{aux} file: +\begin{definition} +\cs{@glsxtr@multientry}\marg{options}\marg{multi-label}\marg{main-label}\marg{list} +\end{definition} +This is provided to support \pkgopt[true]{docdef} and also +for the benefit of any tools that require the +information (such as \gls{bib2gls} or autocompletion tools). +If it's not required and causes too much clutter, it can +be disabled by redefining \cs{writemultiglossentry} to do nothing. + +\section{\headingapp{bib2gls}} +\label{sec:mbib2gls} + +In the \gls{bib2gls} v2.9+ user manual, these multi-entry sets are +referred to as \qt{compound entries} or \qt{compound sets} to +differentiate them from \gls{bib2gls}['s] multi-entry types (such as +\texttt{@dualentry}). + +Each instance of one of the \cs{mgls}-like commands is written to +the \filetype{aux} file and so can be picked up by \gls{bib2gls} +(at least version 2.9). The resource options can be used to +determine whether or not to consider the other (non-main) elements +to be dependent on the main element. + +With \gls{bib2gls}, you can either define the compound entries in +the document with \cs{multiglossaryentry} (or +\cs{providemultiglossaryentry}) or you can use the \texttt{@compoundset} +entry type in a \filetype{bib} file. Whichever method you use, +remember that the entries that form the elements of the set must be +defined first. See the \gls{bib2gls} manual (v2.9+) for further details. + +You can use the resource option \optfmt{compound-adjust-name} +to replace the \gloskey{name} field of the main entry to: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultientryadjustedname] +\cs{glsxtrmultientryadjustedname}\marg{sublist1}\marg{name}\marg{sublist2}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +where \meta{label} is the label identifying the compound set, +\meta{name} was the value of the \gloskey{name} before adjustment, +\meta{sublist1} is the sub-list of other element labels +before the main element (empty if the main element is the first +element in the list), and \meta{sublist2} is the sub-list of +other elements after the main element (empty if the main label is +the final element). + +This command is defined in \sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}, which is +automatically loaded with \pkgopt[only]{record} and +\pkgopt[nameref]{record}. Case-changing versions of this command are +also available. First letter uppercase: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrmultientryadjustedname] +\cs{Glsxtrmultientryadjustedname}\marg{sublist1}\marg{name}\marg{sublist2}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +Title case: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrmultientryadjustedname] +\cs{GlsXtrmultientryadjustedname}\marg{sublist1}\marg{name}\marg{sublist2}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +All uppercase: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSxtrmultientryadjustedname] +\cs{GLSxtrmultientryadjustedname}\marg{sublist1}\marg{name}\marg{sublist2}\marg{label} +\end{definition} + +Note that this command doesn't take the prefix or suffix into +account (see \sectionref{sec:mglsfixes}). + +The separator between each element in the sub-lists is produced +with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep] +\cs{glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep}\marg{pre label}\marg{post label} +\end{definition} +The default definition just uses \cs{glscombinedfirstsepfirst}. + +The separator between the last element of \meta{sublist1} and the +main element is produced with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep] +\cs{glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep}\marg{pre label}\marg{post label} +\end{definition} +Similarly for the separator between the main element and the first +element of \meta{sublist2}: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep] +\cs{glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep}\marg{pre label}\marg{post label} +\end{definition} +These both default to \cs{glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep}. + +The \meta{name} is encapsulated with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt] +\cs{glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}\marg{text} +\end{definition} +This just does its argument by default. +If \meta{sublist1} is empty for the first letter upper case +version, then \meta{name} is encapsulated with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt] +\cs{Glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}\marg{text} +\end{definition} +This does \ics{makefirstuc}\marg{text} by default. +For the title case version, the name is encapsulated with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt] +\cs{GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}\marg{text} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{glscapitalisewords} (provided by \styfmt{glossaries} +v4.48+) if defined or \cs{capitalisewords} otherwise. +The all uppercase version uses: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt] +\cs{GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}\marg{text} +\end{definition} +This uses \cs{mfirstucMakeUppercase} by default. + +Each element label in the sub-lists is encapsulated with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother] +\cs{glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +This does \cs{glsentryname}\marg{label} by default. +For the first letter uppercase version (where +\meta{sublist1} isn't empty), then the element label is encapsulated +with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother] +\cs{Glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +This does \cs{Glsentryname}\marg{label} by default. +The title case version uses: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother] +\cs{GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +This does \ics{glsentrytitlecase}\marg{label}\verb|{name}| by +default. +The all uppercase version uses: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother] +\cs{GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +This is defined as: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother}[1]{% + \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#1}}} +\end{verbatim} + \chapter{Categories} \label{sec:categories} @@ -7533,6 +9962,8 @@ are displayed in the text or glossary. Note that an entry's category is independent of the glossary type. Be careful not to confuse \gloskey{category} with \gloskey{type}. +For multi-entry categories, see \sectionref{sec:multiglscategory}. + The default category assumed by \cs{newglossaryentry} is labelled \category{general}. Abbreviations defined with \cs{newabbreviation} have the category set to @@ -8019,6 +10450,18 @@ provided. but applies to the \gloskey{firstaccess} field automatically assigned if it's not provided. +\item[\catattrdef{combinedfirstsep}] The separator to use for +\ics{glscombinefirstsep}. + +\item[\catattrdef{combinedfirstsepfirst}] The separator to use for +\ics{glscombinedfirstsepfirst}. + +\item[\catattrdef{combinedsepfirst}] The separator to use for +\ics{glscombinesepfirst}. + +\item[\catattrdef{combinedsep}] The separator to use for +\ics{glscombinedsep}. + \end{description} An attribute can be set using: @@ -8027,13 +10470,37 @@ An attribute can be set using: \end{definition} where \meta{category-label} is the category label, \meta{attribute-label} is the attribute label and \meta{value} is -the new value for the attribute. +the new value for the attribute. \emph{This will be localised to the +current scope.} If you want a global definition use the following +command instead. + +If you want to apply the same attribute to multiple categories then +use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetcategoriesattribute] +\cs{glssetcategoriesattribute}\marg{category-label list}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value} +\end{definition} +\emph{This has a global effect.} + +If you also want to set multiple attributes to the same value, then +you can use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetcategoriesattributes] +\cs{glssetcategoriesattributes}\marg{category-label list}\marg{attribute-label list}\marg{value} +\end{definition} +\emph{This has a global effect.} + +For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\latinname}[1]{\emph{#1}} +\glssetcategoriesattributes{genus,species}{textformat,glossnamefont}{latinname} +\end{verbatim} There is a shortcut version to set the \catattr{regular} attribute to \qt{true}: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetregularcategory] \cs{glssetregularcategory}\marg{category-label} \end{definition} +This internally uses \cs{glssetcategoryattribute} so it has a local +effect. If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the shortcut command: @@ -8903,7 +11370,7 @@ Set the escape (quote) character to \meta{char}. \end{definition} Set the encap character to \meta{char}. -\chapter{\appfmt{bib2gls}: Managing Reference Databases} +\chapter{\headingapp{bib2gls}: Managing Reference Databases} \label{sec:bib2gls} There is a new command line application called @@ -9072,6 +11539,7 @@ reads the file to allow for any internal commands stored in the location field. \section{Selection} +\label{sec:bib2glsselection} The default behaviour is for \gls{bib2gls} to select all entries that have a record in the \texttt{.aux} file, and any dependent @@ -9112,6 +11580,7 @@ have any records will have an empty location list. See the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for more details of this option. \section{Sorting and Displaying the Glossary} +\label{sec:bib2glssortprint} There are many sorting options provided by \gls{bib2gls}. The default is to sort according to the system locale. @@ -9311,7 +11780,7 @@ the above needs to be written as: \}] \end{alltt} -\section{The \styfmt{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} package} +\section{The \headingsty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} package} \label{sec:bib2glssty} The package option \pkgopt[only]{record} (or simply \pkgopt{record}) @@ -10297,6 +12766,7 @@ The nabla symbol ($\nabla$). \section{Supplementary Commands} +\label{sec:bib2glssupplementarycommands} These commands are provided by \styfmt{glossaries-extra} for use with \gls{bib2gls}. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf Binary files differindex 81926e9872e..97fe60bfc7d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf Binary files differindex d974807f342..a6971313661 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf Binary files differindex 0bea7cb6bf1..37c57580b77 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf Binary files differindex 8ba7efd9ec9..2cafcdcaee3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf Binary files differindex e1d1a7be661..76ba3b9acae 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf Binary files differindex 60abb877953..ba4b5841c5a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf Binary files differindex 572ebbf3729..c9598650f1e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf Binary files differindex f40b2e8f10c..deb3f958fbb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf Binary files differindex e91785ef7db..ef8684f4986 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf Binary files differindex 43c5e099800..9f7d115c311 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex 8380be24c45..19d8078f64d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf Binary files differindex 7a25e035177..ed9ebfa5d2d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf Binary files differindex e5fdd6f70a3..98faf003790 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf Binary files differindex 8f061bc74a4..0a1a5faa7b2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf Binary files differindex 4e7fd4443c0..8c71fa9125f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf Binary files differindex 4afa0fdc929..616a236a550 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf Binary files differindex 5a8bd6baed3..2e5a8b61c71 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf Binary files differindex 020488d68e5..4ab15d30396 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf Binary files differindex 7ab0baa2b9a..d9401ea0eb4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf Binary files differindex 7fa6f0f5ddb..7a64e7f8fba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf Binary files differindex 1bd6fa74d24..3476f3ffb95 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf Binary files differindex 961163131f4..30e91037adc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf Binary files differindex 57f0e8baa21..d504f076066 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf Binary files differindex b51d270b69f..36e35a00363 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf Binary files differindex 99fc9070f36..41496a03a1c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf Binary files differindex c296eeee6d9..197725e6b79 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-multientry.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-multientry.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e663cfb884e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-multientry.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-multientry.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-multientry.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b18e6bcfd2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-multientry.tex @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +% arara: pdflatex +% arara: makeglossaries +% arara: pdflatex +\documentclass[12pt]{article} + +\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} +\usepackage[style=tree]{glossaries-extra} + +\makeglossaries + +\newcommand{\latinname}[1]{\emph{#1}} +\glssetcategoriesattributes{genus,species}{textformat,glossnamefont}{latinname} + +\setabbreviationstyle[genus]{long-only-short-only-desc} +\newabbreviation[category=genus,description={}]{clostridium}{C.}{Clostridium} + +\newglossaryentry{botulinum}{name=botulinum,category=species, + description={},parent=clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{perfringens}{name=perfringens,category=species, + description={},parent=clostridium} +\newglossaryentry{tetani}{name=tetani,category=species, + description={},parent=clostridium} + +\multiglossaryentrysetup{indexothers=false,hyper=mainonly} + +\multiglossaryentry + [firstsuffix=botulism]% suffix on first use of multi-entry set + {cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +\multiglossaryentry + [firstsuffix={gas gangrene}] + {cperf}{clostridium,perfringens} +\multiglossaryentry + [% default options for this multi-entry set + firstsuffix=tetanus,% suffix on first use of multi-entry set + textformat=textbf% default formatting in \mgls-like commands + ] + {ctet}{clostridium,tetani} + +% custom separator that checks the pre-separator element's category +\renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glsifcategory{#1}{genus}% + {\ifglshasshort{#1}{\ifglshasshort{#2}{\space}{~}}{\space}}% + {\space}% +} + +\begin{document} +\section{Regular Use} +First use: \mgls{cbot}. + +Next use: \mgls{cbot}. + +First use: \mgls{ctet}. + +\section{Unset/Reset} + +Unset all elements (not multi-entry) initially: \mgls[unsetall]{cperf}. + +Reset all elements (not multi-entry) initially: \mgls[resetall]{cperf}. + +Next use: \mgls{cperf}. + +Reset multi-entry (not individual elements): \mglsreset{cperf}\mgls{cperf}. + +\section{Formatting} +Change default text format to \texttt{underline}. + +\subsection{One hyperlink over all} + +Reset multi-entry and override entire textformat: +\mglsreset{ctet}\mgls[setup={hyper=allmain,textformat=underline}]{ctet}. + +Override entire textformat: \mgls[setup={hyper=allmain,textformat=underline}]{ctet}. + +Override main textformat: \mgls[setup={hyper=allmain},main={textformat=underline}]{ctet}. + +Override other textformat: \mgls[setup={hyper=allmain},others={textformat=underline}]{ctet}. + +\subsection{Individual hyperlinks} + +Override entire textformat: \mgls[setup={hyper=individual,textformat=underline}]{ctet}. + +Override main textformat: \mgls[setup={hyper=individual},main={textformat=underline}]{ctet}. + +Override other textformat: \mgls[setup={hyper=individual},others={textformat=underline}]{ctet}. + +\subsection{Only hyperlink main} + +Override entire textformat: \mgls[setup={hyper=mainonly,textformat=underline}]{ctet}. + +Override main textformat: \mgls[setup={hyper=mainonly},main={textformat=underline}]{ctet}. + +Override other textformat: \mgls[setup={hyper=mainonly},others={textformat=underline}]{ctet}. + +\printglossaries +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf Binary files differindex 2cfdb26476b..d5f57c11b48 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf Binary files differindex 008790ca749..441421bf254 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf Binary files differindex d536da609d4..a05a97144da 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf Binary files differindex e9dacdcae7d..a8aa2a56186 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf Binary files differindex bcad3ac548d..b68e416e5d6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf Binary files differindex bacf60aa65e..738c18e5894 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf Binary files differindex 6f2012eb5f6..cca87ab41ec 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf Binary files differindex fb9e7da3b8e..bfae252c413 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf Binary files differindex bd64f3dd0c5..aa66c978da8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf Binary files differindex 891831b69c9..57d24e36f74 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf Binary files differindex 948f4d31703..b5be8610624 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.pdf Binary files differindex 6f02c039a1a..3ffa713436e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf Binary files differindex cf8dcac8c4c..8c3dc274809 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf Binary files differindex c1a601708c4..86e48ef5ac1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex 9de78b4addb..afd19dd073b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex 3f801123a7f..077434a94a5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf Binary files differindex a02d5967a76..df11469495c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf Binary files differindex 12a902f0c3c..f33fc059dcb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf Binary files differindex 242663d3f39..0b58c5a146d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf Binary files differindex 2ba946c08ba..78f3a357b81 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf Binary files differindex 278ac37b4ac..e75a0fc4a78 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf Binary files differindex 176eecb494e..80d03daa53a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx index ab396b83e77..530455599ff 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx @@ -3,10 +3,12 @@ % Command line args: % -comment ".*\.tex" % -comment ".*\.bib" +% -setambles ".*\.bib=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" +% -author "Nicola Talbot" +% -macrocode ".*\.tex" +% -macrocode ".*\.bib" % -codetitle "Main Package Code (\\styfmt{glossaries-extra.sty})" % -doc "glossaries-extra-codedoc.tex" -% -section "chapter" -% -setambles ".*\.bib=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" % -src "glossaries-extra.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra.sty" % -src "glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty" % -src "glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty" @@ -15,11 +17,9 @@ % -src "glossary-topic.sty\Z=>glossary-topic.sty" % -src "(example-glossaries-.+\.tex)\Z=>\1" % -src "(example-glossaries-.+\.bib)\Z=>\1" -% -macrocode ".*\.tex" -% -macrocode ".*\.bib" -% -author "Nicola Talbot" +% -section "chapter" % glossaries-extra -% Created on 2021/11/4 19:26 +% Created on 2021/11/22 21:22 %\fi %\iffalse %<*package> @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} -\CheckSum{27468} +\CheckSum{30886} \newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}} \newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}} @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \raggedright } -\title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.47: +\title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.48: documented code} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] Dickimaw Books\\ \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} -\date{2021-11-04} +\date{2021-11-22} \begin{document} \DocInput{glossaries-extra.dtx} @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %\section{Package Initialisation and Options} % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires \sty{xkeyval} to define package options. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1113,10 +1113,10 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ the document doesn't support hyperlinks}}% {}% \or -% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macrocode} % Hybrid record (use bib2gls to fetch definitions) and index (use % makeindex/xindy to sort and collate). -% \begin{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} \def\glsxtr@setup@record{% \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@record@setting@alsoindex}{hybrid}% \renewcommand*{\@do@seeglossary}{\@glsxtr@dosee@alsoindex@glossary}% @@ -1885,6 +1885,13 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@doshowtarget} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\@glsxtr@doshowtarget[2]{#2} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{option}{debug} %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{new} % Provide extra debug options. @@ -1899,14 +1906,17 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \or % false \glsxtr@dooption{debug=false}% \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrwrglossmark}{}% + \let\@glsxtr@doshowtarget\@secondoftwo \or % showtargets \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showtargets}% + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}% \or % showwrgloss \glsxtr@dooption{debug=true}% \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrwrglossmark}{\glsxtrwrglossmark}% \or % all \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showtargets,debug=showaccsupp}% \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrwrglossmark}{\glsxtrwrglossmark}% + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}% \or % showaccsupp \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showaccsupp}% \fi @@ -1914,6 +1924,87 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrshowtargetouter} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrshowtargetouter}{\glsshowtargetouter} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrshowtargetinner} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrshowtargetinner}[1]{\glsshowtargetinner{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%Debugging show targets. +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}[2]{\@glsshowtarget{#1}#2\@glsxtrshowtargetmark}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtrshowtargetright} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\@glsxtrshowtargetright}[2]{\@glsxtrshowtargetmark#2\@glsshowtarget{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtrshowtargetmark} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\@glsxtrshowtargetmark}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{option}{showtargets} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Implements \pkgopt[showtargets]{debug} and provides extra +%adjustments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@choicekey{glossaries-extra.sty}{showtargets} + [\@glsxtr@showtargetsval\@glsxtr@showtargetsnr]% + {left,right,innerleft,innerright,annoteleft,annoteright}% + {% + \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showtargets}% + \ifcase\@glsxtr@showtargetsnr\relax + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsshowtargetouter}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinner}% + \let\@glsxtrshowtargetmark\empty + \or + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetright}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsshowtargetouter}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinner}% + \let\@glsxtrshowtargetmark\empty + \or + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsxtrshowtargetinner}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinnersymleft}% + \let\@glsxtrshowtargetmark\empty + \or + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetright}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsxtrshowtargetinner}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinnersymright}% + \let\@glsxtrshowtargetmark\empty + \or + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsxtrshowtargetinner}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinnersymleft}% + \def\@glsxtrshowtargetmark{\@glsshowtargetmarkfmt\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolright}% + \or + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetright}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsxtrshowtargetinner}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinnersymright}% + \def\@glsxtrshowtargetmark{\@glsshowtargetmarkfmt\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolleft}% + \fi + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{option} +% % Pass all other options to \styfmt{glossaries}. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOptionX*{% @@ -1940,6 +2031,79 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \@glsxtr@defpostpunc % \end{macrocode} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsdoshowtarget} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Added to \sty{glossaries} v4.50 so many not be defined. +%Need to redefine it so use \cs{def}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\glsdoshowtarget{\@glsxtr@doshowtarget} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolright} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolright}{{\tiny$\triangleleft$}}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolleft} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolleft}{{\tiny$\triangleright$}}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsshowtargetinner} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Only added to \sty{glossaries} in v4.50 so may not be defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\glsshowtargetinner}[1]{{\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsshowtargetfont} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Only added to \sty{glossaries} in v4.45 so may not be defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\glsshowtargetfont}{\ttfamily\footnotesize} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsshowtargetinnercontentsymleft} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsshowtargetinnersymleft}[1]{% + \glsshowtargetinner{#1}\allowbreak\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolleft} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsshowtargetinnercontentsymright} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsshowtargetinnersymright}[1]{% + \glsxtrshowtargetsymbolright\allowbreak\glsshowtargetinner{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsshowtargetouter} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Only added to \sty{glossaries} in v4.45 so may not be defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\glsshowtargetouter}[1]{% + \glsshowtargetsymbol\marginpar{\glsshowtargetsymbol\glsshowtargetfont #1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsshowtarget} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Only added to \sty{glossaries} in v4.32 so may not be defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\@glsshowtarget}[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsshowtarget} %This command was introduced to \sty{glossaries} v4.32 so it may not %be defined. Therefore it's defined here using \cs{def}. @@ -1947,46 +2111,37 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %so that also may not be defined. %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{new} %\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added check for \cs{glsshowtargetouter}} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{removed check for \cs{glsshowtargetouter}} % \begin{macrocode} -\ifdef\glsshowtargetouter -{ - \renewcommand*{\glsshowtarget}[1]{% - \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading - {% - \ifmmode - \nfss@text{\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}% +\def\glsshowtarget#1{% + \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading + {% + \ifmmode + \nfss@text{\glsxtrshowtargetinner{#1}}% + \else + \ifinner + \glsxtrshowtargetinner{#1}% \else - \ifinner - {\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}% - \else - \glsshowtargetouter{#1}% - \fi + \glsxtrshowtargetouter{#1}% \fi - }% - {[#1]}% - {{\protect\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}}% - } + \fi + }% + {[#1]}% + {{\protect\glsshowtargetinner{#1}}}% } -{ % \end{macrocode} -%Old definition. +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsshowtargetmarkfmt} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} % \begin{macrocode} - \def\glsshowtarget#1{% - \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading - {% - \ifmmode - \texttt{\small [#1]}% - \else - \ifinner - \texttt{\small [#1]}% - \else - \marginpar{\texttt{\small #1}}% - \fi - \fi - }% - {[#1]}% - {\texttt{\small [#1]}}% - } +\newcommand*{\@glsshowtargetmarkfmt}[1]{% + \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading + {% + \ifmmode \nfss@text{#1}\else #1\fi + }% + {}% + {\ifmmode \nfss@text{#1}\else #1\fi}% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -2823,6 +2978,9 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % % %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrifhasfield} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{glsxtrifhasfield}\marg{field}\marg{label}\marg{true}\marg{false} +%\end{definition} %\changes{1.19}{2017-09-09}{new} %A simpler alternative to \cs{ifglshasfield} that doesn't complain %if the entry or the field doesn't exist. (No mapping is used.) @@ -4228,7 +4386,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \renewrobustcmd*{\glsseelist}[1]{% \let\@gls@dolast\relax \let\@gls@donext\relax - \let\@glsseeitem\glsseefirstitem + \let\@glsseeitem\@glsxtr@seefirstitem \let\@glsseelastsep\glsseelastsep \@for\@gls@thislabel:=#1\do{% \ifx\@xfor@nextelement\@nnil @@ -4239,13 +4397,49 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \expandafter\@glsseeitem\expandafter{\@gls@thislabel}% \let\@gls@dolast\@glsseelastsep \let\@gls@donext\glsseesep - \let\@glsseeitem\glsseeitem + \let\@glsseeitem\@glsxtr@seeitem \let\@glsseelastsep\glsseelastoxfordsep }% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@seeitem} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@seeitem}[1]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\mglsseeitem{#1}}{\glsseeitem{#1}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@seefirstitem} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@seefirstitem}[1]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\mglsseefirstitem{#1}}{\glsseefirstitem{#1}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsseeitem} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Multi-entry cross-reference +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsseeitem}[1]{% + \mglsname[all={noindex},setup={hyper=allmain}]{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsseefirstitem} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Multi-entry cross-reference +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsseefirstitem}{\mglsseeitem} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsseefirstitem} %\changes{1.47}{2021-11-04}{new} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -4543,15 +4737,24 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % %\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@addunused} % Adds all the entries if they haven't been used. +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{added check for multientry labels} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glsxtr@addunused#1\@end@glsxtr@addunused{% \@for\@glsxtr@label:=#1\do {% - \ifglsused{\@glsxtr@label}{}% + \glsxtrifmulti\@glsxtr@label + {% + \letcs\@glsxtr@labellist{@gls@combined@\@glsxtr@label @list}% + \@for\@glsxtr@multilabel:=\@glsxtr@labellist\do + {\@glsxtr@addunused\@glsxtr@multilabel\@end@glsxtr@addunused}% + }% {% - \glsadd[format=glsxtrunusedformat]{\@glsxtr@label}% - \glsunset{\@glsxtr@label}% - \expandafter\@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs\expandafter{\@glsxtr@label}% + \ifglsused{\@glsxtr@label}{}% + {% + \glsadd[format=glsxtrunusedformat]{\@glsxtr@label}% + \glsunset{\@glsxtr@label}% + \expandafter\@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs\expandafter{\@glsxtr@label}% + }% }% }% } @@ -5307,12 +5510,17 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %modifies it). % \begin{macrocode} \let\glsxtrorg@ifKV@glslink@hyper\ifKV@glslink@hyper +% \end{macrocode} +%Save local setting. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@gls@save@glslocal \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glscustomtext{#4}% \@glsxtr@field@linkdefs #1% \@gls@link[#2]{#3}{#4}% \let\ifKV@glslink@hyper\glsxtrorg@ifKV@glslink@hyper + \@gls@restore@glslocal }% \glspostlinkhook } @@ -5412,11 +5620,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \def\glsinsert{}% \def\@glo@text{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}% \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}% - \ifKV@glslink@local - \glslocalunset{#2}% - \else - \glsunset{#2}% - \fi + \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}% }% \glspostlinkhook } @@ -5626,6 +5830,18 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\glslinkwrcontent} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%This may resolve \href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=189}{issue \#189} +%but it may have unexpected consequences. This is currently provided +%as a trial. If it causes a problem then redefine without the +%grouping. If no issues are reported it will be added to the base +%package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\glslinkwrcontent}[1]{{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\@gls@link} %\changes{1.14}{2017-04-18}{added redefinition} %Redefine to allow the indexing to be placed after the link text. By @@ -5647,6 +5863,10 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \protected@edef\glstype{\csname glo@\glslabel @type\endcsname}% \let\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper\ifKV@glslink@hyper % \end{macrocode} +%Save local setting. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@gls@save@glslocal +% \end{macrocode} %Save current value of \cs{glolinkprefix}: % \begin{macrocode} \let\@glsxtr@org@glolinkprefix\glolinkprefix @@ -5746,34 +5966,40 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \let\@glsxtr@textformat\@glsxtr@local@textformat \fi % \end{macrocode} +% Encapsulate link text and indexing. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glslinkwrcontent + {% +% \end{macrocode} % Do write if it should occur before the link text: % \begin{macrocode} - \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore - \@do@wrglossary{#2}% - \fi + \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore + \@do@wrglossary{#2}% + \fi % \end{macrocode} % Do the link text: % \begin{macrocode} - \ifKV@glslink@hyper - \ifglsxtr@hyperoutside - \@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\@glsxtr@textformat{#3}}% - \else - \@glsxtr@textformat{\@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{#3}}% - \fi - \else - \ifglsxtr@hyperoutside - \glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\@glsxtr@textformat{#3}}% + \ifKV@glslink@hyper + \ifglsxtr@hyperoutside + \@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\@glsxtr@textformat{#3}}% + \else + \@glsxtr@textformat{\@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{#3}}% + \fi \else - \@glsxtr@textformat{\glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{#3}}% + \ifglsxtr@hyperoutside + \glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\@glsxtr@textformat{#3}}% + \else + \@glsxtr@textformat{\glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{#3}}% + \fi \fi - \fi % \end{macrocode} % Do write if it should occur after the link text: % \begin{macrocode} - \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore - \else - \@do@wrglossary{#2}% - \fi + \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore + \else + \@do@wrglossary{#2}% + \fi + }% % \end{macrocode} %Restore original value of \cs{glolinkprefix}: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -5782,6 +6008,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % As the original definition: % \begin{macrocode} \let\ifKV@glslink@hyper\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper + \@gls@restore@glslocal } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -7106,6 +7333,38 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \KV@glslink@noindexfalse % \end{macrocode} % +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@save@glslocal} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Defined in \sty{glossaries} v4.50 so may not be defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\@gls@save@glslocal}{% + \let\if@org@KV@glslink@local\ifKV@glslink@local +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@restore@glslocal} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Defined in \sty{glossaries} v4.50 so may not be defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\@gls@restore@glslocal}{% + \ifKV@glslink@local + \let\@gls@do@glsunset\glslocalunset + \else + \let\@gls@do@glsunset\glsunset + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@do@glsunset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Defined in \sty{glossaries} v4.50 so may not be defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*{\@gls@do@glsunset}[1]{\glsunset{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %If \cs{@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts} has been defined %(\styfmt{glossaries} v4.20) use it to set the default keys in %\cs{@glslink}. @@ -7415,6 +7674,65 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%Patch if \sty{glossaries} pre 4.50. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\@@gls@navhypertarget +{} +{% +% \end{macrocode} +%\begin{macro}{\glsnavhypertarget} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsnavhypertarget}{\protect\@@gls@navhypertarget} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@@gls@navhypertarget} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\@@gls@navhypertarget}[3][\@glo@type]{% + \@glsnavhypertarget{#1}{#2}{#3}% + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsnavhypertarget} +%Similarly for \cs{@glsnavhypertarget} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{added patch} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\@glsnavhypertarget +{% + \renewcommand*{\@glsnavhypertarget}[3]{% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@gls@hypergroup{#1}{#2}}% + \@glsxtr@do@org@target{\glsnavhyperlinkname{#1}{#2}}{#3}% + \ifcsdef{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}% + {% + \letcs\@gls@list{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}% + \protected@edef\@gls@thishypernavlabel{#2}% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@gls@thishypernavlabel}\@gls@list{}% + {% + \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel + for glossary type `#1'^^Jmissing group `#2'}% + \gdef\gls@hypergrouprerun{% + \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel + has changed. Rerun LaTeX}}% + }% + }% + {% + \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel + for glossary type `#1'^^Jmissing group `#2'}% + \gdef\gls@hypergrouprerun{% + \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel + has changed. Rerun LaTeX}}% + }% + }% +} +{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} % %The redefinition of \cs{glsdohyperlink} has been causing problems %so introduce a new command instead. @@ -7471,6 +7789,18 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ }% {% % \end{macrocode} +%Is the alias a multi-entry? +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{added check for multi-entry} +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrifmulti\gloaliaslabel + {% +% \end{macrocode} +%Get the main target. +% \begin{macrocode} + \letcs\gloaliaslabel{@gls@combined@\gloaliaslabel @main}% + }% + {}% +% \end{macrocode} %Redirect link to the alias target. % \begin{macrocode} \glsxtrhyperlink @@ -7487,16 +7817,9 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %Allows integration with the base \styfmt{glossaries} package's %\pkgopt[showtargets]{debug} option. % \begin{macrocode} -\ifdef\@glsshowtarget -{ - \newcommand{\glsxtrhyperlink}[2]{% - \@glsshowtarget{#1}% - \hyperlink{#1}{#2}% - }% -} -{ - \newcommand{\glsxtrhyperlink}[2]{\hyperlink{#1}{#2}}% -} +\newcommand{\glsxtrhyperlink}[2]{% + \glsdoshowtarget{#1}{\hyperlink{#1}{#2}}% +}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % @@ -9564,7 +9887,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ have a glossary}% }% }% -% \begin{macrocode} +% \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@domakeglossaries} @@ -10133,6 +10456,20 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \fi % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@do@org@target} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% Provide a way to locally do the original. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\@glsxtr@do@org@target}[2]{% + {% + \let\glsdohypertarget\@glsxtr@org@glsdohypertarget + \@glstarget{#1}{#2}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@makeglossaries} %For the benefit of \app{makeglossaries} %\changes{1.09}{2016-12-16}{new} @@ -12281,6 +12618,10 @@ defined}{}% \protected@edef\glstype{\csname glo@\glslabel @type\endcsname}% \def\@glsxtr@thevalue{}% \def\@glsxtr@theHvalue{\@glsxtr@thevalue}% +% \end{macrocode} +%Save local setting. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@gls@save@glslocal \glsxtrinitwrgloss \glslinkpresetkeys \setkeys{glslink}{#1}% @@ -12293,19 +12634,19 @@ defined}{}% \let\theglsentrycounter\@glsxtr@thevalue \def\theHglsentrycounter{\@glsxtr@theHvalue}% }% - \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore - \@do@wrglossary{#2}% - \fi - #3% - \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore - \else - \@do@wrglossary{#2}% - \fi - \ifKV@glslink@local - \glslocalunset{#2}% - \else - \glsunset{#2}% - \fi + \glslinkwrcontent + {% + \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore + \@do@wrglossary{#2}% + \fi + #3% + \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore + \else + \@do@wrglossary{#2}% + \fi + }% + \@gls@restore@glslocal + \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -14084,6 +14425,41 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\glssetcategoriesattribute} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{glssetcategoriesattribute}\marg{category list}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value} +%\end{definition} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% Similar to above, but globally apply to each category in the list. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glssetcategoriesattribute}[3]{% + \@for\@gls@thiscatlabel:=#1\do{% + \csgdef{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@\@gls@thiscatlabel @#2}{#3}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glssetcategoriesattributes} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{glssetcategoriesattributes}\marg{category list}\marg{attribute-label list}\marg{value} +%\end{definition} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% Similar to above, but apply to each category and attribute in the list. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glssetcategoriesattributes}[3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Group to avoid problems with nested \cs{@for}. +% \begin{macrocode} + {% + \@for\@gls@thisattrlabel:=#2\do{% + \glssetcategoriesattribute{#1}{\@gls@thisattrlabel}{#3}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsgetcategoryattribute} %\begin{definition} %\cs{glsgetcategoryattribute}\marg{category}\marg{attribute-label} @@ -22793,6 +23169,132 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%Small-caps is awkward, so support for that is added. +%\begin{macro}{\glsabbrvscuserfont} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsabbrvscuserfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont}{\glsabbrvscuserfont}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% The default short form suffix: +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrscusersuffix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrscusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrscusername} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% The default name format for this style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortscusername}{% + \protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-postshort-sc-user} +%\changes{1.48}{2017-02-03}{new} +%Like \abbrstyle{long-short-sc-user} but uses smallcaps. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{long-postshort-sc-user}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrlongshortscusername}, + sort={\the\glsshorttok}, + first={\protect\glsfirstlonguserfont{\the\glslongtok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlonguserfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + description={\protect\glsuserdescription{\the\glslongtok}% + {\the\glslabeltok}}}% + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \csdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategorylabel}{% + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% + \glsxtruserparen + {\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}}% + {\glslabel}% + }% + {}% + }% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% In case the user wants to mix and match font styles, these are +% redefined here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrscusersuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscuserfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlonguserfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslonguserfont{##1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +%First use full form: +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% In-line format: +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtruserparen{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}}{##1}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtruserparen{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}{##1}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtruserparen{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}}{##1}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtruserparen{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}{##1}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname} %\changes{1.25}{2017-11-24}{new} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -22852,6 +23354,63 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrlongshortscuserdescname} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortscuserdescname}{% + \protect\glslonguserfont{\the\glslongtok}% + \protect\glsxtruserparen + {\protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}}{\the\glslabeltok}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-postshort-sc-user-desc} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Like \abbrstyle{long-postshort-sc-user} but the user supplies the +%description. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{long-postshort-sc-user-desc}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrlongshortscuserdescname}, + sort={\the\glslongtok}, + first={\protect\glsfirstlonguserfont{\the\glslongtok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlonguserfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \csdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategorylabel}{% + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% + \glsxtruserparen + {\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}}% + {\glslabel}% + }% + {}% + }% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-postshort-sc-user}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% +% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-postlong-user} %\changes{1.12}{2017-02-03}{new} %\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} @@ -24309,6 +24868,175 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%Small-caps is awkward, so support for that is added. +%\begin{macro}{\glsabbrvsconlyfont} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsabbrvsconlyfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont}{\glsabbrvsconlyfont}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% The default short form suffix: +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrsconlysuffix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrsconlysuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrsconlyname} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% The default name format for this style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrsconlyname}{% + \protect\glsabbrvsconlyfont{\the\glsshorttok}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-only-short-sc-only} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-sc-only}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrsconlyname}, + sort={\the\glsshorttok}, + first={\protect\glsfirstlongonlyfont{\the\glslongtok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongonlyfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvsconlyfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvsconlyfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + description={\protect\glslongonlyfont{\the\glslongtok}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrsconlysuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvsconlyfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongonlyfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongonlyfont{##1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The first use full form doesn't show the short form. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% The inline full form does show the short form. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtrfullsep{##1}% + \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtrfullsep{##1}% + \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtrfullsep{##1}% + \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtrfullsep{##1}% + \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrsconlydescsort} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrsconlydescsort}{\glsxtronlydescsort} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrsconlydescname} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrsconlydescname}{\glsxtronlydescname} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-only-short-sc-only-desc} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-sc-only-desc}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrsconlydescname}, + sort={\glsxtrsconlydescsort},% + first={\protect\glsfirstlongonlyfont{\the\glslongtok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongonlyfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvsconlyfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvsconlyfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-only-short-sc-only}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% %\section{Using Entries in Headings} % % There are four main problems with using entries in sectioning @@ -25976,6 +26704,3289 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\section{Multi (Combined/Compound) Entries} +%(I'd rather call these combined or compound entries but \cs{cgls} is +%already taken.) +% +%New to version 1.48, the commands here provide a way of referencing +%multiple entries as a single unit. For example, biological +%organisms are often referred to by their genus and species, such as +%\emph{Clostridium botulinum} and \emph{Clostridium perfringens} +%(where the genus is Clostridium). The genus is often abbreviated +%after first use, regardless of which species in the genus is being +%referenced. For example, \qt{\emph{Clostridium botulinum} and +%\emph{C. perfringens}}. This can't be supported by any abbreviation +%styles unless the genus and species names are defined separately. +%For example: +%\begin{verbatim} +%\setabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-only} +%\newabbreviation{clostridium}{C.}{Clostridium} +%\newglossaryentry{botulinum}{name={botulinum},description={}} +%\newglossaryentry{perfringens}{name={perfringens},description={}} +%\end{verbatim} +%This means that the entries then need to be referenced using a +%rather cumbersome method: +%\begin{verbatim} +%\gls{clostridium} \gls{botulinum} and \gls{clostridum} +%\gls{perfringens} +%\end{verbatim} +%This section provides a command that will provide a way of defining +%a label that represents a combination of entries (which must all be +%first defined). For example: +%\begin{verbatim} +%\multiglossaryentry{cbot}{clostridium,botulinum} +%\end{verbatim} +%This label can then be referenced using \cs{mgls}, which internally +%uses \cs{gls} for each component. The last component in the list is +%considered the \qt{main} component (not to be confused with the +%main glossary). If this isn't the case, the label of the main +%component should be added in the optional argument before the label +%list. Note that the multi-label (\texttt{cbot} in this case) can't be +%referenced using commands like \cs{gls}. +% +%First define the general set of options that should be applied to +%all multi-entries. These can be set with: +%\begin{macro}{\multiglossaryentrysetup} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\multiglossaryentrysetup}[1]{\setkeys{glsxtrcombined}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@indexmain} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Numeric value: 0=false (don't index main component), 1=true (always +%index main component), 2=first (only index main component on first +%use). Default: 1 (true); +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@indexmain}{1} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{indexmain}% + [\@gls@combined@indexmain@val\@gls@combined@indexmain] + {false,true,first}[true]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@indexothers} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Numeric value: 0=false (don't index other components), 1=true (always +%index other components), 2=first (only index other components on first +%use). Default: 2 (first); +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@indexothers}{2} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{indexothers}% + [\@gls@combined@indexothers@val\@gls@combined@indexothers] + {false,true,first}[true]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@hyper} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Numeric value: 0=none (\cs{mgls} doesn't create a hyperlink), +% 1=allmain (all content hyperlinks to the main component), +% 2=mainonly (only the main component has a hyperlink), +% 3=individual (each component has a hyperlink to their own target). +% Default: 3. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@hyper}{3} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{hyper}% + [\@gls@combined@hyper@val\@gls@combined@hyper] + {none,allmain,mainonly,individual,otheronly,notmainfirst,nototherfirst,notfirst}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@encapmain} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Location encap value for main component (corresponding to format key in \cs{gls}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@encapmain}{glsnumberformat} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{encapmain}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@encapmain}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@encapothers} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Location encap value for other components (corresponding to format key in \cs{gls}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@encapothers}{glsnumberformat} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{encapothers}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@encapothers}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@textformat} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Encapsulate entire content with the command identified by the given +%control sequence name. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@textformat}{@firstofone} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{textformat}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@textformat}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@category} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Assign a category to the combined set. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@category}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{category}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@category}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%Pre-options family: +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{glsxtrcombinedpreopts}{category}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@category}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@mglsopts} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Default options to pass to \cs{mgls}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@mglsopts}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{mglsopts}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@mglsopts}{#1}% +} +\define@key{glsxtrcombinedpreopts}{mglsopts}{% + \@gls@combined@mglsopts@do + {% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@mglsopts}{#1}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do}[1]{#1} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mgls@disable@mglsopts} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mgls@disable@mglsopts}{% + \let\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do@not +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mgls@enable@mglsopts} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mgls@enable@mglsopts}{% + \let\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do\@firstofone +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do@not}[1]{% + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{`mglsopts' key not permitted inside + `setup' value}{}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@firstprefix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Prefix for multi-entry first use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@firstprefix}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{firstprefix}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@firstprefix}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@usedprefix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Prefix for multi-entry subsequent first use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@usedprefix}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{usedprefix}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@usedprefix}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@firstsuffix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Suffix for multi-entry first use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@firstsuffix}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{firstsuffix}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@firstsuffix}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@usedsuffix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Suffix for multi-entry subsequent first use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@usedsuffix}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{usedsuffix}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@usedsuffix}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@firstskipmain} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Skip the main element on first use (multi-entry first use not +%element first use). +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey{glsxtrcombined}{firstskipmain}[true]{} +\KV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipmainfalse +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@firstskipothers} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Skip the other elements on first use (multi-entry first use not +%element first use). +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey{glsxtrcombined}{firstskipothers}[true]{} +\KV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipothersfalse +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@usedskipmain} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Skip the main element on subsequent use (multi-entry subsequent use not +%element subsequent use). +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey{glsxtrcombined}{usedskipmain}[true]{} +\KV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipmainfalse +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@usedskipothers} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Skip the other elements on subsequent use (multi-entry subsequent use not +%element subsequent use). +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey{glsxtrcombined}{usedskipothers}[true]{} +\KV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipothersfalse +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@postlinks} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Determine whether or not to use the individual element post-link hooks. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@postlinks@nr}{0} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{postlinks}% + [\@gls@combined@postlinks@val\@gls@combined@postlinks@nr] + {none,all,notlast,mainnotlast,mainonly,othernotlast,otheronly}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@mpostlink} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Determine whether or not to use the multi-entry post-link hook. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@mpostlink@nr}{1} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{mpostlink}% + [\@gls@combined@mpostlink@val\@gls@combined@mpostlink@nr] + {false,true,firstonly,usedonly}[true]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Determine which element to use for the post-link hook. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr}{0} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{mpostlinkelement}% + [\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@val\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr] + {last,main,custom}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrifmulti} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrifmulti}[3]{\ifcsdef{@gls@combined@#1@main}{#2}{#3}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultimain} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultimain}[1]{\csuse{@gls@combined@#1@main}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultilist} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultilist}[1]{\csuse{@gls@combined@#1@list}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultitotalelements} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Total number of elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultitotalelements}[1]{\csuse{@gls@combined@#1@total}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultimainindex} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Index of main element (starting from 1). If the main element is the +%last element in the list then this should equal the total number of +%elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultimainindex}[1]{\csuse{@gls@combined@#1@mainindex}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultilastotherindex} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Index of the last non-main element. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultilastotherindex}[1]{\csuse{@gls@combined@#1@lastotherindex}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\ifmultiglossaryentryglobal} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Make definitions global. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifmultiglossaryentryglobal +\multiglossaryentryglobalfalse +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglselementindex} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% Count register to keep track of the current element index. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcount\mglselementindex +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\multiglossaryentry} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{multiglossaryentry}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{main label}\marg{label +%list} +%\end{definition} +%Defines the label \meta{multi-label} that can be used in \cs{mgls}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd{\multiglossaryentry}[1][]{% + \def\@gls@combined@current@opts{#1}% + \ifnum\@glsxtr@docdefval=1\relax + \let\@multi@glossentry@donext\@defmultiglossaryentry + \else + \let\@multi@glossentry@donext\@multiglossaryentry + \fi + \@multi@glossentry@donext +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@multiglossaryentry} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@multiglossaryentry}[1]{% + \def\@gls@combined@current@label{#1}% + \@multi@glossaryentry +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@multi@glossaryentry} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% Check for existence. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@multi@glossaryentry}[2][]{% + \ifcsdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Multi-entry label `\@gls@combined@current@label' already defined}% + {}% + }% + {% + \@multi@glossary@entry{#1}{#2}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@defmultiglossaryentry} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Used if document definitions are on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@defmultiglossaryentry}[1]{% + \def\@gls@combined@current@label{#1}% + \@def@multi@glossaryentry +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@def@multi@glossaryentry} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Used if document definitions are on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@def@multi@glossaryentry}[2][]{% + \let\@def@multi@glossaryentry@do\@multi@glossary@entry + \ifundef\@glsxtr@docdefs@multilist + {% + \gdef\@glsxtr@docdefs@multilist{}% + \listxadd + {\@glsxtr@docdefs@multilist}{\expandonce\@gls@combined@current@label}% + }% + {% + \xifinlist{\@gls@combined@current@label}{\@glsxtr@docdefs@multilist}% + {% + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Multi-entry label `\@gls@combined@current@label' already defined}% + {}% + \let\@def@multi@glossaryentry@do\@gobbletwo + }% + {% + \listxadd + {\@glsxtr@docdefs@multilist}{\expandonce\@gls@combined@current@label}% + }% + }% + \@def@multi@glossaryentry@do{#1}{#2}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@multi@glossary@doifexists} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@multi@glossary@doifexists}{\glsdoifexists} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\providemultiglossaryentry} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{providemultiglossaryentry}\oarg{options}\marg{multi-label}\oarg{main label}\marg{label +%list} +%\end{definition} +%Defines a multi-entry unless it has already been defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd{\providemultiglossaryentry}[2][]{% + \def\@gls@combined@current@opts{#1}% + \def\@gls@combined@current@label{#2}% + \ifcsdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + {\def\@multi@glossentry@donext{\@provide@multi@glossaryentry@noop}}% + {% + \ifnum\@glsxtr@docdefval=1\relax + \def\@multi@glossentry@donext{\@def@multi@glossaryentry}% + \else + \def\@multi@glossentry@donext{\@multi@glossaryentry}% + \fi + }% + \@multi@glossentry@donext +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@provide@multi@glossaryentry@noop} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% Do nothing. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@provide@multi@glossaryentry@noop}[2][]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@multi@glossaryentry@list} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% List of all defined multi-entry sets. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@multi@glossaryentry@list}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@multi@glossary@entry} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@multi@glossary@entry}[2]{% + \protected@edef\@gls@combined@current@main{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Fully expand list. +% \begin{macrocode} + \protected@edef\@gls@combined@currentlist{#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Count items in list, check they are all defined, and find last item at the same time. +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglselementindex=0\relax + \@for\@gls@tmp:=\@gls@combined@currentlist\do{% + \advance\mglselementindex by 1\relax + \@multi@glossary@doifexists{\@gls@tmp}{}% + \let\@gls@combined@finalitem\@gls@tmp + \ifdefvoid\@gls@combined@current@main + {}% + {% + \ifx\@gls@combined@current@main\@gls@tmp + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \global\cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + \@gls@combined@current@main + \csxdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @mainindex}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \else + \cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + \@gls@combined@current@main + \csedef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @mainindex}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \fi + \else + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \csxdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @lastotherindex}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \else + \csedef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @lastotherindex}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \fi + \fi + }% + }% + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \csxdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @total}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \else + \csedef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @total}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \fi + \ifnum\mglselementindex<2\relax + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{At least 2 labels required in + multi-entry element list (\number\mglselementindex\space found)}{}% + \else + \ifdefvoid\@gls@combined@current@main + {}% + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% If \cs{@gls@combined@\meta{label}@main} hasn't been set then it +% wasn't included in the list. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcsundef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Main element `\@gls@combined@current@main' not found in list}% + {The final element `\@gls@combined@finalitem' will be used instead} +% \end{macrocode} +% Set to empty so that the default (final element) is used instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@gls@combined@current@main\@empty + }% + {}% + }% + \ifdefvoid\@gls@combined@current@main + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set main to final element. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \global\cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + \@gls@combined@finalitem + \global\csletcs{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @mainindex}% + {@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @total}% + \csxdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @lastotherindex}% + {\the\numexpr\mglselementindex-1 }% + \else + \cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + \@gls@combined@finalitem + \csletcs{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @mainindex}% + {@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @total}% + \csedef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @lastotherindex}% + {\the\numexpr\mglselementindex-1 }% + \fi + }% + {}% + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal +% \end{macrocode} +% Globally define element list. +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @list}% + \@gls@combined@currentlist +% \end{macrocode} +% Globally define options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \protected@csxdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @options}% + {\@gls@combined@current@opts}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Global conditional definition. +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\@ifdefinable + \csname if@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @flag\endcsname + {\expandafter\global\expandafter + \newif\csname if@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @flag\endcsname}% + \expandafter\global + \csname @gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @flagfalse\endcsname + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% Locally define element list. +% \begin{macrocode} + \cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @list}% + \@gls@combined@currentlist +% \end{macrocode} +% Locally define options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \protected@csedef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @options}% + {\@gls@combined@current@opts}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Local conditional definition. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newboolean{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @flag}% + \csname @gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @flagfalse\endcsname + \fi + \fi + \writemultiglossentry + {\@gls@combined@current@opts}{\@gls@combined@current@label}% + {\csuse{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}}{#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +%Append label to list. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \ifdefempty\@multi@glossaryentry@list + {\let\@multi@glossaryentry@list\@gls@combined@current@label}% + {% + \eappto\@multi@glossaryentry@list{,\expandonce\@gls@combined@current@label}% + }% + \else + \ifdefempty\@multi@glossaryentry@list + {\global\let\@multi@glossaryentry@list\@gls@combined@current@label}% + {% + \xappto\@multi@glossaryentry@list{,\expandonce\@gls@combined@current@label}% + }% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@multientry} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{@glsxtr@multientry}\marg{options}\marg{multilabel}\marg{main}\marg{list} +%\end{definition} +%Information for aux file. Useful for \app{bib2gls} and also for +%\pkgopt{docdef}. +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@multientry}[4]{% + \ifnum\@glsxtr@docdefval=1\relax + \bgroup + \def\@gls@combined@current@opts{#1}% + \def\@gls@combined@current@label{#2}% + \let\@multi@glossary@doifexists\@secondoftwo + \let\writemultiglossentry\@gobblefour + \multiglossaryentryglobaltrue + \@multi@glossary@entry{#3}{#4}% + \egroup + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\writemultiglossentry} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%This can be redefined to do nothing if the information isn't +%required. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\writemultiglossentry}[4]{% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsxtr@multientry{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\ifmglsused} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% Determines whether or not the multi-entry set has been referenced +% by commands like \cs{mgls} or \cs{mglsname}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\ifmglsused}[3]{% + \ifbool{@gls@combined@#1@flag}{#2}{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsunset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Unset the flag. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsunset}[1]{% + \gls@ifnotmeasuring + {% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\@mglsunset{#1}}% + {% + \glsxtrundefaction{Multi entry `#1' hasn't been defined}% + {You need to define `#1' with \string\multiglossaryentry}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mglsunset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mglsunset}[1]{% + \expandafter\global\csname @gls@combined@#1@flagtrue\endcsname +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsreset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Unset the flag. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsreset}[1]{% + \gls@ifnotmeasuring + {% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\@mglsreset{#1}}% + {% + \glsxtrundefaction{Multi entry `#1' hasn't been defined}% + {You need to define `#1' with \string\multiglossaryentry}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mglsreset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mglsreset}[1]{% + \expandafter\global\csname @gls@combined@#1@flagfalse\endcsname +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglslocalunset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Unset the flag. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglslocalunset}[1]{% + \gls@ifnotmeasuring + {% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\@mglslocalunset{#1}}% + {% + \glsxtrundefaction{Multi entry `#1' hasn't been defined}% + {You need to define `#1' with \string\multiglossaryentry}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mglslocalunset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mglslocalunset}[1]{% + \csname @gls@combined@#1@flagtrue\endcsname +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglslocalreset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Unset the flag. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglslocalreset}[1]{% + \gls@ifnotmeasuring + {% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\@mglslocalreset{#1}}% + {% + \glsxtrundefaction{Multi entry `#1' hasn't been defined}% + {You need to define `#1' with \string\multiglossaryentry}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mglslocalreset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mglslocalreset}[1]{% + \csname @gls@combined@#1@flagfalse\endcsname +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsunsetall} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Unset all. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsunsetall}{% + \@for\@mgls@thislabel:=\@multi@glossaryentry@list\do{\mglsunset\@mgls@thislabel}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsresetall} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Reset all. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsresetall}{% + \@for\@mgls@thislabel:=\@multi@glossaryentry@list\do{\mglsreset\@mgls@thislabel}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsSetMain} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglsSetName}\marg{multi-label}\marg{new main} +%\end{definition} +%Allow the main label to be changed (local). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd{\mglsSetMain}[2]{% + \ifcsundef{@gls@combined@#1@main}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Multi-entry label `#1' not defined}{}}% + {% + \protected@edef\@gls@combined@current@main{#2}% + \letcs\@gls@combined@currentlist{@gls@combined@#1@list}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Check that the given label is in the list of elements and update +% main and last other element index. +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglselementindex=0\relax + \count@=0\relax + \@for\@gls@tmp:=\@gls@combined@currentlist\do{% + \advance\mglselementindex by 1\relax + \ifx\@gls@combined@current@main\@gls@tmp + \count@=\mglselementindex\relax + \let\@gls@combined@finalitem\@gls@tmp + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \global\cslet{@gls@combined@#1@main}\@gls@combined@current@main + \csxdef{@gls@combined@#1@mainindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \else + \cslet{@gls@combined@#1@main}\@gls@combined@current@main + \csedef{@gls@combined@#1@mainindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \fi + \else + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \csxdef{@gls@combined@#1@lastotherindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \else + \csedef{@gls@combined@#1@lastotherindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \fi + \fi + }% + \ifnum\count@=0\relax + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Label `#2' is not in `#1' set + (\@gls@combined@currentlist)}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Default to final item. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \global\cslet{@gls@combined@#1@main}\@gls@combined@finalitem + \csxdef{@gls@combined@#1@mainindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \csxdef{@gls@combined@#1@lastotherindex}{% + \number\numexpr\mglselementindex-1 }% + \else + \cslet{@gls@combined@#1@main}\@gls@combined@finalitem + \csedef{@gls@combined@#1@mainindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \csedef{@gls@combined@#1@lastotherindex}{% + \number\numexpr\mglselementindex-1 }% + \fi + \fi + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsSetOptions} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglsSetOptions}\marg{multi-label}\marg{new options} +%\end{definition} +%Allow the options to be changed (local). No expansion is applied. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd{\mglsSetOptions}[2]{% + \ifcsundef{@gls@combined@#1@main}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Multi-entry label `#1' not defined}{}}% + {% + \csdef{@gls@combined@#1@options}{#2}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsAddOptions} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglsAddOptions}\marg{multi-label}\marg{extra options} +%\end{definition} +%Allow the options to be changed (local). No expansion is applied. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd{\mglsAddOptions}[2]{% + \ifcsundef{@gls@combined@#1@main}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Multi-entry label `#1' not defined}{}}% + {% + \ifcsempty{@gls@combined@#1@options}% + {\csdef{@gls@combined@#1@options}{#2}}% + {\csappto{@gls@combined@#1@options}{,#2}}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%Options for \cs{mgls}: +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@all} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Options to apply to all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@all}{} +\define@key{mgls}{all}{\renewcommand*{\@mgls@all}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@main} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Options to apply to the main element only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@main}{} +\define@key{mgls}{main}{\renewcommand*{\@mgls@main}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@others} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Options to apply to the other (no main) elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@others}{} +\define@key{mgls}{others}{\renewcommand*{\@mgls@others}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@setup} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Options to apply to \cs{multiglossaryentrysetup}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@setup}{} +\define@key{mgls}{setup}{% + \@mgls@setup@do{\renewcommand*{\@mgls@setup}{#1}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@setup@do} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@setup@do}[1]{#1} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@setup@do@not} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@setup@do@not}[1]{% + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{`setup' key not permitted inside + `mglsopts' value}{}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mgls@disable@setup} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mgls@disable@setup}{% + \let\@mgls@setup@do\@mgls@setup@do@not +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mgls@enable@setup} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mgls@enable@setup}{% + \let\@mgls@setup@do\@firstofone +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@unsetaction} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\@mgls@unsetaction{0} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{multiunset}[\@mgls@unsetaction@val\@mgls@unsetaction]% + {global,local,none}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\ifKV@mgls@presetlocal} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey{mgls}{presetlocal}[true]{} +\KV@mgls@presetlocalfalse +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@hyper} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@hyper}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{hyper}[\@mgls@hyper@val\@mgls@hyper@nr]{true,false}[true]% +{% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@hyper}{hyper=#1}% + \ifnum\@mgls@hyper@nr=1\relax + \let\@mgls@hyperlink\@secondoftwo + \else + \let\@mgls@hyperlink\@@mgls@hyperlink + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@@mgls@hyperlink} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@@mgls@hyperlink}[2]{% + \ifx\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink + #2% + \else + \glsxtr@org@dohyperlink{\glolinkprefix#1}{#2}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@hyperlink} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@mgls@hyperlink\@@mgls@hyperlink +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsforelements} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglsforelements}\marg{multi-label}\marg{cs}\marg{body} +%\end{definition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsforelements}[3]{% + \expandafter\@for\expandafter#2\expandafter:\expandafter + =\csname @gls@combined@#1@list\endcsname\do{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsforotherelements} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglsforotherelements}\marg{multi-label}\marg{cs}\marg{body} +%\end{definition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsforotherelements}[3]{% + \expandafter\@for\expandafter#2\expandafter:\expandafter + =\csname @gls@combined@#1@list\endcsname\do + {\expandafter\ifdefequal\csname @gls@combined@#1@main\endcsname{#2}{}{#3}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsunsetothers} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsunsetothers}[1]{% + \mglsforotherelements{#1}{\@gls@tmp}{\glsunset{\@gls@tmp}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglslocalunsetothers} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglslocalunsetothers}[1]{% + \mglsforotherelements{#1}{\@gls@tmp}{\glslocalunset{\@gls@tmp}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglselementreset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglselementreset}[1]{% + \ifKV@mgls@presetlocal + \glslocalreset{#1}% + \else + \glsreset{#1}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglselementunset} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglselementunset}[1]{% + \ifKV@mgls@presetlocal + \glslocalunset{#1}% + \else + \glsunset{#1}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@resetall} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@resetall}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{resetall}% +[\@mgls@resetall@val\@mgls@resetall@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@resetall@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetall}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetall}{% + \@for\@gls@resetlabel:=\mglscurrentlist\do{\mglselementreset\@gls@resetlabel}}% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetall}{}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@resetmain} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@resetmain}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{resetmain} +[\@mgls@resetmain@val\@mgls@resetmain@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@resetmain@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetmain}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetmain}{\mglselementreset\mglscurrentmainlabel}% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetmain}{}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@resetothers} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@resetothers}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{resetothers} +[\@mgls@resetothers@val\@mgls@resetothers@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@resetothers@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetothers}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetothers}{% + \@for\@gls@resetlabel:=\mglscurrentlist\do{% + \ifx\@gls@resetlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \else + \mglselementreset\@gls@resetlabel + \fi + }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetothers}{}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@unsetall} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@unsetall}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{unsetall}% +[\@mgls@unsetall@val\@mgls@unsetall@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@unsetall@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetall}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetall}{% + \@for\@gls@unsetlabel:=\mglscurrentlist\do{\mglselementunset\@gls@unsetlabel}}% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetall}{}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@unsetmain} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@unsetmain}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{unsetmain} +[\@mgls@unsetmain@val\@mgls@unsetmain@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@unsetmain@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetmain}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetmain}{\mglselementunset\mglscurrentmainlabel}% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetmain}{}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@unsetothers} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@unsetothers}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{unsetothers} +[\@mgls@unsetothers@val\@mgls@unsetothers@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@unsetothers@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetothers}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetothers}{% + \@for\@gls@unsetlabel:=\mglscurrentlist\do{% + \ifx\@gls@unsetlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \else + \mglselementunset\@gls@unsetlabel + \fi + }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetothers}{}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@setup@docurrent} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Set up the commands to determine whether or not to do the current +%element. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\glsxtr@setup@docurrent}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \cs{mglscurrentlabel} expands to the label of the current element. +% Should this element be skipped? +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Main element. Should it be skipped? +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipmain + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \else + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@firstofone + \fi + }% + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipmain + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \else + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@firstofone + \fi + }% + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% Other element. Should it be skipped? +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipothers + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \else + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@firstofone + \fi + }% + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipothers + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \else + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@firstofone + \fi + }% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@mgls@checklastelement} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% If the last element is skipped, \cs{mglsiflast} needs +% adjusting. +% The first argument should be either "first" or "used". +% The second argument is the multi-element label. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtr@mgls@checklastelement}[2]{% + \ifbool{KV@glsxtrcombined@#1skipmain}% + {% + \ifbool{KV@glsxtrcombined@#1skipothers}% + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% This condition has already been checked for. +% \begin{macrocode} + }% + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Main skipped. The last item will be the last other element. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifnum\mglselementindex=\glsxtrmultilastotherindex{#2}\relax + \let\mglsiflast\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\mglsiflast\@secondoftwo + \fi + }% + }% + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Main not skipped. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifbool{KV@glsxtrcombined@#1skipothers}% + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Others skipped. The main element is the only item. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifnum\mglselementindex=\glsxtrmultimainindex{#2}\relax + \let\mglsiflast\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\mglsiflast\@secondoftwo + \fi + }% + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% None skipped. This isn't the last element. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\mglsiflast\@secondoftwo + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Warning if all elements are skipped. The first argument is the +%warning message, the second argument is the inserted content (final +%optional argument), the third command is the encapsulation command +%(which may be a hyperlink). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped}[3]{% + \GlossariesExtraWarning{#1}% + #3{#2}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@mgls@applyopts} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtr@mgls@applyopts}[1]{% + \edef\@mgls@dooptions{\noexpand\setkeys*{mgls}{\expandonce#1}}% + \@mgls@dooptions +% \end{macrocode} +% Append any unknown options to all. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdefvoid\XKV@rm{}{\eappto\@mgls@all{,\expandonce\XKV@rm}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If setup key has been used, check for pre-option keys: +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdefvoid\@mgls@setup + {}% + {% + \edef\@mgls@dooptions{% + \noexpand\setkeys*{glsxtrcombinedpreopts}{\expandonce\@mgls@setup}}% + \mgls@disable@mglsopts + \@mgls@dooptions + \mgls@enable@mglsopts +% \end{macrocode} +% Save remaining setup options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@mgls@setupoptions\@empty + \let\@mgls@setupoptions\XKV@rm + \else + \eappto\@mgls@setupoptions{,\expandonce\XKV@rm}% + \fi + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% Apply gls unset/reset options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@mgls@resetall + \@mgls@unsetall + \@mgls@resetmain + \@mgls@unsetmain + \@mgls@resetothers + \@mgls@unsetothers +% \end{macrocode} +% Disable. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@mgls@resetall\@empty + \let\@mgls@resetmain\@empty + \let\@mgls@resetothers\@empty + \let\@mgls@unsetall\@empty + \let\@mgls@unsetmain\@empty + \let\@mgls@unsetothers\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% First use flags. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifmglsused\mglscurrentmultilabel + {\let\mglsisfirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + {\let\mglsisfirstuse\@firstoftwo}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@firstofthree} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand{\@firstofthree}[3]{#1} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@secondofthree} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand{\@secondofthree}[3]{#2} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@thirdofthree} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand{\@thirdofthree}[3]{#3} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%The main internal command for referencing multi-entries: +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@mgls@inner} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{glsxtr@mgls@inner}\marg{options}\marg{label}\marg{insert}\marg{first +%cs}\marg{not first cs}\marg{main first cs}\marg{main other cs} +%\end{definition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtr@mgls@inner}[7]{% + \let\mglslastmainlabel\@empty + \let\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo + \let\mglsiflastmainwasplural\@secondoftwo + \let\mglsiflastmaincapscase\@firstofthree + \let\mglsiflastmainskipped\@firstoftwo + \bgroup + \ifcsundef{@gls@combined@#2@main}% + {% + \glsxtrundefaction{Multi entry `#2' hasn't been defined}% + {You need to define `#2' with \string\multiglossaryentry}% + \gdef\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \protected@edef\mglslastmultilabel{#2}% + \let\mglswasfirstuse\@firstoftwo + \let\mglslastcategory\@empty + \let\mglsiflastelementskipped\@firstoftwo + \let\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo + \let\mglsiflastelementwasplural\@secondoftwo + \let\mglsiflastelementcapscase\@firstofthree + \let\mglslastelementlabel\@empty + \let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\relax + }% + }% + {% + \protected@edef\mglscurrentmultilabel{#2}% + \letcs\mglscurrentmainlabel{@gls@combined@#2@main}% + \letcs\mglscurrentlist{@gls@combined@#2@list}% + \letcs\mglscurrentoptions{@gls@combined@#2@options}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Initialise (may be changed if \texttt{multiunset} is present): +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifmglsused\mglscurrentmultilabel + {\let\mglsisfirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + {\let\mglsisfirstuse\@firstoftwo}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Only obtain pre-option keys: +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@mgls@dooptions{% + \noexpand\setkeys*{glsxtrcombinedpreopts}{\expandonce\mglscurrentoptions}}% + \@mgls@dooptions +% \end{macrocode} +% Save remaining setup options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@mgls@setupoptions\XKV@rm +% \end{macrocode} +% Apply \cs{mgls} options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \mgls@disable@setup + \ifdefvoid\@gls@combined@mglsopts + {}% + {\glsxtr@mgls@applyopts\@gls@combined@mglsopts}% + \mgls@enable@setup +% \end{macrocode} +% Apply options provided in \verb|#1|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifstrempty{#1}{}{\def\@mgls@options{#1}\glsxtr@mgls@applyopts\@mgls@options}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Check for attribute settings. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@gls@combined@category\empty +% \end{macrocode} +% No category +% \begin{macrocode} + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% Attribute options: +% \begin{macrocode} + \glshascategoryattribute{\@gls@combined@category}{multioptions}% + {% + \letcs\@mgls@attroptions{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@\@gls@combined@category + @multioptions}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Only obtain pre-option keys: +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@gls@combined@mglsopts\@empty + \edef\@mgls@dooptions{% + \noexpand\setkeys*{glsxtrcombinedpreopts}{\expandonce\@mgls@attroptions}}% + \@mgls@dooptions +% \end{macrocode} +% Append remaining options: +% \begin{macrocode} + \eappto\@mgls@setupoptions{,\expandonce\XKV@rm}% + \ifx\@gls@combined@mglsopts\@empty + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% mgls options found: +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@mgls@setup\@empty + \mgls@disable@setup + \glsxtr@mgls@applyopts\@gls@combined@mglsopts + \mgls@enable@setup + \fi + }% + {}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Apply setup options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@mgls@dooptions{% + \noexpand\setkeys{glsxtrcombined}{\expandonce\@mgls@setupoptions}}% + \@mgls@dooptions +% \end{macrocode} +% Provide local user-level access to category: +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\mglscurrentcategory\@gls@combined@category +% \end{macrocode} +% Should the entire content be a hyperlink? +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifnum\@gls@combined@hyper=1\relax + \def\@mgls@combinedlink{\@mgls@hyperlink{\mglscurrentmainlabel}}% + \else + \def\@mgls@combinedlink{\@firstofone}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Entire content encapsulator. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\@gls@combined@encapsulator##1{% + \@mgls@combinedlink{\csuse{\@gls@combined@textformat}{##1}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Initialise. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% Check if all elements are being skipped. +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipmain + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipothers +% \end{macrocode} +% Just do the warning and insert. This will ignore the loop. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@gls@org@combined@encapsulator\@gls@combined@encapsulator + \def\@gls@combined@encapsulator##1{% + \glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped{All elements skipped for + first use of multi-entry `#2'}{#3}% + {\@gls@org@combined@encapsulator}% + }% + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \fi + \fi + }% + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipmain + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipothers +% \end{macrocode} +% Just do the warning and insert. This will ignore the loop. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@gls@org@combined@encapsulator\@gls@combined@encapsulator + \def\@gls@combined@encapsulator##1{% + \glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped{All elements skipped for + subsequent use of multi-entry `#2'}{#3}% + {\@gls@org@combined@encapsulator}% + }% + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \fi + \fi + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% Determine prefix and suffix. +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \let\mglscurrentprefix\@gls@combined@firstprefix + \let\mglscurrentsuffix\@gls@combined@firstsuffix + }% + {% + \let\mglscurrentprefix\@gls@combined@usedprefix + \let\mglscurrentsuffix\@gls@combined@usedsuffix + }% +% \end{macrocode} +%Set up post-link hook used after current scope. +% \begin{macrocode} + \xdef\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\mglslastmultilabel{\expandonce\mglscurrentmultilabel}% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\mglslastcategory{\mglscurrentcategory}% + }% + \ifx\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastelementskipped\@firstoftwo + \let\mglslastelementlabel\@empty + \let\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo + \let\mglsiflastelementwasplural\@secondoftwo + \let\mglsiflastelementcapscase\@firstofthree + }% + \fi + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglswasfirstuse\@firstoftwo}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Determine if the multi-entry post-link hook should be applied. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlink@nr\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{mpostlink=false}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\relax}% + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{mpostlink=true}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr\relax + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastelementpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastmainpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglscustompostlinkhook}% + \fi + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{mpostlink=firstonly}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr\relax + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastelementpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastmainpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglscustompostlinkhook}% + \fi + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{mpostlink=usedonly}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\relax}% + \fi + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglswasfirstuse\@secondoftwo}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Determine if the multi-entry post-link hook should be applied. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlink@nr\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{mpostlink=false}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\relax}% + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{mpostlink=true}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr\relax + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastelementpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastmainpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglscustompostlinkhook}% + \fi + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{mpostlink=firstonly}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\relax}% + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{mpostlink=usedonly}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr\relax + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastelementpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastmainpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglscustompostlinkhook}% + \fi + \fi + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% Save current post-link hook. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\mgls@org@postlinkhook\glspostlinkhook +% \end{macrocode} +% Prefix. +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglsprefix +% \end{macrocode} +% Initialise last element label (for \cs{mglssuffix}). +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\mglslastelementlabel\@empty + \@gls@combined@encapsulator + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Save previous label. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\@mgls@previouslabel{}% + \mglselementindex=0\relax + \@for\mglscurrentlabel:=\mglscurrentlist\do{% + \advance\mglselementindex by 1\relax + \glsxtr@setup@docurrent +% \end{macrocode} +% Is this the last element? +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@xfor@nextelement\@nnil + \let\mglsiflast\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\mglsiflast\@secondoftwo +% \end{macrocode} +% Are any elements being skipped? +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \glsxtr@mgls@checklastelement{first}{#2}% + }% + {% + \glsxtr@mgls@checklastelement{used}{#2}% + }% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Should the element post-link hook be used? +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@postlinks@nr\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{postlinks=none} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{postlinks=all} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{postlinks=notlast} +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglsiflast + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + }% + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + }% + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{postlinks=mainnotlast} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \mglsiflast + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + }% + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + }% + \else + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + \fi + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{postlinks=mainonly} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + \else + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + \fi + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{postlinks=othernotlast} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + \else + \mglsiflast + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + }% + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + }% + \fi + \or +% \end{macrocode} +% \texttt{postlinks=otheronly} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + \else + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Save the last element for the multi-entry post-link hook. +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglsiflast + {% + \xappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\mglslastelementlabel + {\expandonce\mglscurrentlabel}}% + }% + {}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Do current element: +% \begin{macrocode} + \@mgls@do@current@element + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Pre element hook. +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglselementprehook +% \end{macrocode} +% Is this the first use of the current element? +% \begin{macrocode} + \GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined{\mglscurrentlabel}% + {\let\@mgls@current@iffirstuse\@firstoftwo}% + {\let\@mgls@current@iffirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Main element. +% Location encap option: +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@mgls@current@options{format=\@gls@combined@encapmain}% +% \end{macrocode} +%Indexing option: +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@indexmain + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex}% + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex=false}% + \or + \@mgls@current@iffirstuse + {\appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex=false}}% + {\appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex}}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Hyperlink option: +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@hyper\relax + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% none + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% allmain + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% mainonly + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% individual + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% otheronly + \or + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% notmainfirst + }% + {% + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% notmainfirst + }% + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% nototherfirst + \or + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% notfirst + }% + {% + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% notfirst + }% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +%Append all and then main: +% \begin{macrocode} + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@all,\@mgls@main}% + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% Other element. +% Location encap option: +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@mgls@current@options{format=\@gls@combined@encapothers}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Indexing option: +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@indexothers\relax + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex}% + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex=false}% + \or + \@mgls@current@iffirstuse + {\appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex=false}}% + {\appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex}}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Hyperlink option: +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@gls@combined@hyper\relax + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% none + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% allmain + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% mainonly + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% individual + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% otheronly + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% notmainfirst + \or + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% nototherfirst + }% + {% + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% nototherfirst + }% + \or + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% notfirst + }% + {% + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% notfirst + }% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +%Append all and then others: +% \begin{macrocode} + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@all,\@mgls@others}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Is this the first element? +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@mgls@previouslabel\empty + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\@mgls@cs#6\relax + \else + \let\@mgls@cs#4\relax + \fi + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% Not the first element so add separator. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@mgls@previous@iffirstuse + {% + \@mgls@current@iffirstuse + {\glscombinedfirstsepfirst{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}}% + {\glscombinedfirstsep{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}}% + }% + {% + \@mgls@current@iffirstuse + {\glscombinedsepfirst{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}}% + {\glscombinedsep{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}}% + }% + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\@mgls@cs#7\relax + \else + \let\@mgls@cs#5\relax + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Is this the last element? +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglsiflast + {\expandafter\@mgls@cs\expandafter{\@mgls@current@options}{\mglscurrentlabel}[#3]}% + {\expandafter\@mgls@cs\expandafter{\@mgls@current@options}{\mglscurrentlabel}[]}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Is this the main element? If so, save information for post-link +% hook. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \xappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\mglslastmainlabel + {\expandonce\mglscurrentmainlabel}% + }% + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo}% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + }% + \glsifplural + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainwasplural\@firstoftwo}% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainwasplural\@secondoftwo}% + }% + \glscapscase + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastmaincapscase\@firstofthree + }% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastmaincapscase\@secondofthree + }% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastmaincapscase\@thirdofthree + }% + }% + \fi + \let\@mgls@previouslabel\mglscurrentlabel + \let\@mgls@previous@iffirstuse\@mgls@current@iffirstuse + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% Post element hook. +% \begin{macrocode} + \mglselementposthook + }% + \ifx\mglslastmainlabel\@empty + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainskipped\@firstoftwo}% + \else + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainskipped\@secondoftwo}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Encapsulator may introduce grouping so check here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementskipped\@firstoftwo}% + \else + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementskipped\@secondoftwo}% + \fi + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo}% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + }% + \glsifplural + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementwasplural\@firstoftwo}% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementwasplural\@secondoftwo}% + }% + \glscapscase + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastelementcapscase\@firstofthree + }% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastelementcapscase\@secondofthree + }% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastelementcapscase\@thirdofthree + }% + }% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% Suffix needs post-link hook commands. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@mgls@post@hookdefs + \mglssuffix +% \end{macrocode} +%Unset multi-entry first use flag after current scope. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcase\@mgls@unsetaction\relax + \xappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \noexpand\mglsunset{\expandonce\mglscurrentmultilabel}}% + \or + \xappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \noexpand\mglslocalunset{\expandonce\mglscurrentmultilabel}}% + \fi + }% + \glsxtrmglswrite{#2}% + \egroup + \@mgls@post@hookdefs + \mgls@do@postlinkhook +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglscustompostlinkhook} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglscustompostlinkhook}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglslastelementpostlinkhook} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglslastelementpostlinkhook}{% + \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse + \let\glsifplural\mglsiflastelementwasplural + \let\glscapscase\mglsiflastelementcapscase + \let\glslabel\mglslastelementlabel + \glspostlinkhook +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglslastmainpostlinkhook} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglslastmainpostlinkhook}{% + \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse + \let\glsifplural\mglsiflastmainwasplural + \let\glscapscase\mglsiflastmaincapscase + \let\glslabel\mglslastmainlabel + \glspostlinkhook +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsdefcategoryprefix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsdefcategoryprefix}[2]{% + \csdef{mglsprefix@#1}{#2}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglshascategoryprefix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglshascategoryprefix}[3]{% + \ifcsdef{mglsprefix@#1}{#2}{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsusecategoryprefix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsusecategoryprefix}[1]{% + \csuse{mglsprefix@#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsprefix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsprefix}{% + \ifdefempty\mglscurrentcategory + {\mglscurrentprefix}% + {% + \mglshascategoryprefix{\mglscurrentcategory}% + {\mglsusecategoryprefix{\mglscurrentcategory}}% + {\mglscurrentprefix}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsdefcategorysuffix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsdefcategorysuffix}[2]{% + \csdef{mglssuffix@#1}{#2}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglshascategorysuffix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglshascategorysuffix}[3]{% + \ifcsdef{mglssuffix@#1}{#2}{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsusecategorysuffix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglsusecategorysuffix}[1]{% + \csuse{mglssuffix@#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglssuffix} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglssuffix}{% + \ifdefempty\mglscurrentcategory + {\ifdefempty{\mglscurrentsuffix}{}{\space(\mglscurrentsuffix)}}% + {% + \mglshascategorysuffix{\mglscurrentcategory}% + {\mglsusecategorysuffix{\mglscurrentcategory}}% + {\ifdefempty{\mglscurrentsuffix}{}{\space(\mglscurrentsuffix)}}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglselementprehook} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglselementprehook}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglselementposthook} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mglselementposthook}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%Separators. +%\begin{macro}{\glscombinedsep} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Separator between two elements that have been marked as used. +%This takes the two element labels as arguments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsep}}% + { }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Separator following and preceding a first use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glscombinedfirstsep} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Separator following a first use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glscombinedsepfirst} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Separator preceding a first use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnbsp} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Provide shortcut for using non-breakable space following an +%abbreviation that has already been used. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnbsp}{% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{##1}{~}{ }}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\ifhasshort{##1}{~}{ }}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + { }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + { }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnone} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Provide shortcut for using nothing if either on next use are +%abbreviations (otherwise use space). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnone}{% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{##1}{}{\ifhasshort{##2}{}{ }}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\ifhasshort{##1}{}{ }}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{##2}{}{ }}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + { }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glssetcombinedsepnarrow} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Measures both. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glssetcombinedsepnarrow}[2]{% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsep}}% + {% + \ifhasshort{##1}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryshort{##1}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrytext{##1}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \ifhasshort{##2}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryshort{##2}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrytext{##2}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \space + \fi + \fi + }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {% + \ifhasshort{##1}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryshort{##1}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrytext{##1}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \ifhaslong{##2}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrylong{##2}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryfirst{##2}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \space + \fi + \fi + }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + {% + \ifhaslong{##1}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrylong{##1}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryfirst{##1}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \ifhasshort{##2}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryshort{##2}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrytext{##2}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \space + \fi + \fi + }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + {% + \ifhaslong{##1}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrylong{##1}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryfirst{##1}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \ifhaslong{##2}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrylong{##2}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryfirst{##2}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \space + \fi + \fi + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@mglswrite} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Write information to the aux file for \app{bib2gls} to pick up, but +%only need to do it once per label since it only indicates which multi-entry +%has been referenced without any additional information. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\glsxtrmglswrite}[1]{% + \ifx\@glsxtr@record@setting\@glsxtr@record@setting@off + \else + \protected@edef\@glsxtr@mglslabel{#1}% + \ifdef\@glsxtr@mglsreflist + {% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@glsxtr@mglslabel}% + {\@glsxtr@mglsreflist}{}% + {% + \xappto\@glsxtr@mglsreflist{,\expandonce\@glsxtr@mglslabel}% + \if@mgls@writeseparaterefs + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsxtr@mglsrefs{#1}}% + \fi + }% + }% + {% + \global\let\@glsxtr@mglsreflist\@glsxtr@mglslabel + \if@mgls@writeseparaterefs + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsxtr@mglsrefs{#1}}% + \else + \AtEndDocument{\immediate\protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\@glsxtr@mglsrefs{\@glsxtr@mglsreflist}}}% + \fi + \@mgls@disable@writeseparateref@cond + }% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@mglsrefs} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\@glsxtr@mglsrefs}[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\if@mgls@writeseparaterefs} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%If this conditional is changed, it must be done before the first +%instance of any \cs{mgls}-like command. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@mgls@writeseparaterefs \@mgls@writeseparaterefsfalse +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsWriteSeparateRefsTrue} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mglsWriteSeparateRefsTrue}{\global\@mgls@writeseparaterefstrue} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsWriteSeparateRefsFalse} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mglsWriteSeparateRefsFalse}{\global\@mgls@writeseparaterefsfalse} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@mgls@disable@writeseparateref@cond} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@disable@writeseparateref@cond}{% + \gdef\mglsWriteSeparateRefsTrue{\PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Too late to use \string\mglsWriteSeparateRefsTrue}% + {\string\mglsWriteSeparateRefsTrue\space can only be used before + the first instance of any \string\mgls-like command}}% + \gdef\mglsWriteSeparateRefsFalse{\PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Too late to use \string\mglsWriteSeparateRefsFalse}% + {\string\mglsWriteSeparateRefsFalse\space can only be used before + the first instance of any \string\mgls-like command}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@newmgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\glsxtr@newmgls}[5]{% + \edef\@glsxr@newmgls@do{% + \noexpand\newrobustcmd*{\expandonce{\csname #1\endcsname}}% + {\noexpand\@gls@hyp@opt\expandonce{\csname ns@glsxtr@#1\endcsname}}% + \noexpand\newcommand*{\expandonce{\csname ns@glsxtr@#1\endcsname}}[2][]{% + \noexpand\new@ifnextchar[% + {\expandonce{\csname glsxtr@#1\endcsname}{####1}{####2}}% + {\expandonce{\csname glsxtr@#1\endcsname}{####1}{####2}[]}% + }% + \noexpand\def\expandonce{\csname glsxtr@#1\endcsname}####1####2[####3]{% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\glsxtrcurrentmglscsname{#1}% + \noexpand\glsxtr@mgls@inner{####1}{####2}{####3}% + {\noexpand#2}{\noexpand#3}{\noexpand#4}{\noexpand#5}% + }% + }% + \@glsxr@newmgls@do + \ifx\@glsxtr@record@setting\@glsxtr@record@setting@off + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% Provide a way for \app{bib2gls} to recognise the command (this will +% make it easier to add extra commands without having to modify +% \app{bib2gls}). +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdef\@glsxtr@mglslikelist + {\xappto\@glsxtr@mglslikelist{,#1}}% + {% + \gdef\@glsxtr@mglslikelist{#1}% + \AtEndDocument{\immediate\protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\@glsxtr@mglslike{\@glsxtr@mglslikelist}}}% + }% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@mglslike} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@mglslike}[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{GlsXtrMglsOrGls}\marg{mgls cs}\marg{gls cs}\meta{modifier}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls}[2]{% + \def\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@mcs{#1}% + \def\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@gcs{#2}% + \@ifstar{\s@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}% + {% + \@ifnextchar+{\PLUS\@firstoftwo{\p@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}}% + {% + \ifdefempty\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char\@GlsXtrMglsOrGls\alt@GlsXtrMglsOrGls + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\alt@GlsXtrMglsOrGls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\alt@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}{ + \expandafter\@ifnextchar\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char + {\@firstoftwo{\@alt@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}}{\@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@GlsXtrMglsOrGls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}[2][]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#2}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@mcs[#1]{#2}}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@gcs[#1]{#2}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\s@GlsXtrMglsOrGls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\s@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}[2][]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#2}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@mcs*[#1]{#2}}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@gcs*[#1]{#2}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\p@GlsXtrMglsOrGls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\p@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}[2][]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#2}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@mcs+[#1]{#2}}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@gcs+[#1]{#2}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@alt@GlsXtrMglsOrGls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@alt@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}[2][]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#2}% + {\expandafter\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@mcs\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char[#1]{#2}}% + {\expandafter\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@gcs\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char[#1]{#2}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mgls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use \cs{gls} for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mgls}{\@gls@}{\@gls@}{\@gls@}{\@gls@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglspl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use \cs{glspl} for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglspl}{\@glspl@}{\@glspl@}{\@glspl@}{\@glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsmainpl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Only use \cs{glspl} for the main element, otherwise use \cs{gls}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglsmainpl}{\@gls@}{\@gls@}{\@glspl@}{\@glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mgls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Use \cs{Gls} for first element and \cs{gls} for others. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mgls}{\@Gls@}{\@gls@}{\@Gls@}{\@gls@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mglspl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mglspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Use \cs{Glspl} for first element and \cs{glspl} for others. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglspl}{\@Glspl@}{\@glspl@}{\@Glspl@}{\@glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mglsmainpl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mglsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Upper case the first element, no case change for others. +%Use plural for the main element only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglsmainpl}{\@Gls@}{\@gls@}{\@Glspl@}{\@glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MGls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MGls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Use \cs{Gls} for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGls}{\@Gls@}{\@Gls@}{\@Gls@}{\@Gls@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MGlspl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MGlspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Use \cs{Glspl} for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGlspl}{\@Glspl@}{\@Glspl@}{\@Glspl@}{\@Glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MGlsmainpl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MGlsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Start all elements with upper case. Only use plural for main +%element. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGlsmainpl}{\@Gls@}{\@Gls@}{\@Glspl@}{\@Glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MGLS} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MGLS}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Use \cs{GLS} for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGLS}{\@GLS@}{\@GLS@}{\@GLS@}{\@GLS@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MGLSpl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MGLSpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Use \cs{GLSpl} for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGLSpl}{\@GLSpl@}{\@GLSpl@}{\@GLSpl@}{\@GLSpl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MGLSmainpl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MGLSmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Upper case all elements. Only use plural for main element. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGLSmainpl}{\@GLS@}{\@GLS@}{\@GLSpl@}{\@GLSpl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glslongortext@} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@glslongortext#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshaslong{#2}{\@glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsshortortext@} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@glsshortortext#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshasshort{#2}{\@glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsfullorfirst@} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@glsfullorfirst#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshasshort{#2}{\@glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@glsfirst@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@Glslongortext@} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Glslongortext#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshaslong{#2}{\@Glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@Glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@Glsshortortext@} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Glsshortortext#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshasshort{#2}{\@Glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@Glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@Glsfullorfirst@} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Glsfullorfirst#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshasshort{#2}{\@Glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@Glsfirst@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsshort} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglsshort}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use short or text for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglsshort}% +{\@glsshortortext}{\@glsshortortext}{\@glsshortortext}{\@glsshortortext}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglslong} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglslong}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use long or text for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglslong}% +{\@glslongortext}{\@glslongortext}{\@glslongortext}{\@glslongortext}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsfull} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglsfull}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use full or first for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglsfull}% +{\@glsfullorfirst}{\@glsfullorfirst}{\@glsfullorfirst}{\@glsfullorfirst}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mglsshort} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mglsshort}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use short or text for all elements with initial cap on first element. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglsshort}% +{\@Glsshortortext}{\@glsshortortext}{\@Glsshortortext}{\@glsshortortext}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mglslong} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mglslong}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use long or text for all elements with initial cap on first +% element. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglslong}% +{\@Glslongortext}{\@glslongortext}{\@Glslongortext}{\@glslongortext}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mglsfull} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mglsfull}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use full or first for all elements with initial cap on first +% element. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglsfull}% +{\@Glsfullorfirst}{\@glsfullorfirst}{\@Glsfullorfirst}{\@glsfullorfirst}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsname} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglsname}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use name for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglsname}% + {\@glsname@}{\@glsname@}{\@glsname@}{\@glsname@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mglsname} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mglsname}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use name for all elements with initial cap on first +% element. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglsname}% + {\@Glsname@}{\@glsname@}{\@Glsname@}{\@glsname@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MGlsname} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MGlsname}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use name for all elements with initial cap on all +% elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGlsname}% + {\@Glsname@}{\@Glsname@}{\@Glsname@}{\@Glsname@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glssymbolorgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@glssymbolorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshassymbol{#2}{\@glssymbol@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glssymbolorGls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@glssymbolorGls#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshassymbol{#2}{\@glssymbol@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglssymbol} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglssymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use \cs{glssymbol} if the \gloskey{symbol} key is set otherwise +% use \cs{gls}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglssymbol}% + {\@glssymbolorgls}{\@glssymbolorgls}{\@glssymbolorgls}{\@glssymbolorgls}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mglssymbol} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mglssymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% As above but initial the first element if it's not a symbol. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglssymbol}% + {\@glssymbolorGls}{\@glssymbolorgls}{\@glssymbolorGls}{\@glssymbolorgls}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MGlssymbol} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MGlssymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% As above but initial each element if it's not a symbol. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGlssymbol}% + {\@glssymbolorGls}{\@glssymbolorGls}{\@glssymbolorGls}{\@glssymbolorGls}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsfield} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\mglsfield}{useri} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\@glsfieldorgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@glsfieldorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \glsxtrifhasfield{\mglsfield}{#2}% + {\@glsdisp[#1]{#2}{\glscurrentfieldvalue#3}}% + {\@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@Glsfieldorgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Glsfieldorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \glsxtrifhasfield{\mglsfield}{#2}% + {\@glsdisp[#1]{#2}{\xmakefirstuc\glscurrentfieldvalue#3}}% + {\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mglsusefield} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mglsusefield}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use the field given by \cs{\mglsfield}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglsusefield}% + {\@glsfieldorgls}{\@glsfieldorgls}{\@glsfieldorgls}{\@glsfieldorgls}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mglsusefield} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mglsusefield}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% As above but use initial cap for first element only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglsusefield}% + {\@Glsfieldorgls}{\@glsfieldorgls}{\@Glsfieldorgls}{\@glsfieldorgls}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MGlsusefield} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MGlsusefield}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% As above but use initial cap for all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGlsusefield}% + {\@Glsfieldorgls}{\@Glsfieldorgls}{\@Glsfieldorgls}{\@Glsfieldorgls}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +% Use commands provided by \sty{glossaries-prefix} if it has been +% loaded. +%\begin{macro}{\mpglsWarning} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\mpglsWarning}{% + \GlossariesExtraWarning{glossaries-prefix.sty is required for + \string\mpgls\space family of commands (either load after + glossaries-extra.sty or use the `prefix' package option)}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@pglsorgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@pglsorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@pgls@{\@pgls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@pglsorglspl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@pglsorglspl#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@pglspl@{\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@Pglsorgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Pglsorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@Pgls@{\@Pgls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@pglsorglspl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@pglsorglspl#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@pglspl@{\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@Pglsorglspl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Pglsorglspl#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@Pglspl@{\@Pglspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@PGLSorgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@PGLSorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@PGLS@{\@PGLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@GLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@PGLSorglspl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@PGLSorglspl#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@PGLSpl@{\@PGLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mpgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mpgls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use \cs{pgls} for the first element and \cs{gls} for the remainder. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mpgls}{\@pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}{\@pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mpglspl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mpglspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use \cs{pglspl} for the first element and \cs{glspl} for the remainder. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mpglspl}{\@pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}{\@pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\mpglsmainpl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{mpglsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Only use plural for main element and only use prefixing command for +%first element. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mpglsmainpl}{\@pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}{\@pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mpgls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mpgls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use \cs{Pgls} for the first element and \cs{gls} for the remainder. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mpgls}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mpglspl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mpglspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use \cs{Pglspl} for the first element and \cs{glspl} for the remainder. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mpglspl}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Mpglsmainpl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{Mpglsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Only use plural for main element and only use first letter +%uppercase prefixing command for first element. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mpglsmainpl}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MPGls} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MPGls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Use \cs{Pgls} for the first element and \cs{Gls} for the remainder. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGls}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@Gls@}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@Gls@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MPGlspl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MPGlspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use \cs{Pglspl} for the first element and \cs{Glspl} for the remainder. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGlspl}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@Glspl@}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@Glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MPGlsmainpl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MPGlsmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Only use plural for main element and first letter uppercase all +%elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGlsmainpl}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@Gls@}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@Glspl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MPGLS} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MPGLS}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use \cs{PGLS} for the first element and \cs{GLS} for the remainder. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGLS}{\@PGLSorgls@}{\@GLS@}{\@PGLSorgls@}{\@GLS@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MPGLSpl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MPGLSpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +% Use \cs{PGLSpl} for the first element and \cs{GLSpl} for the remainder. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGLSpl}{\@PGLSorglspl@}{\@GLSpl@}{\@PGLSorglspl@}{\@GLSpl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\MPGLSmainpl} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{MPGLSmainpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} +%\end{definition} +%Only use plural for main element and uppercase all elements. +% \begin{macrocode} +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGLSmainpl}{\@PGLSorgls@}{\@GLS@}{\@PGLSorglspl@}{\@GLSpl@}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%Not currently implementing any other variations. +% %\section{Multi-Lingual Support} % Add the facility to load language modules, if they are installed, % but none are provided with this package. @@ -26028,15 +30039,13 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{tracklang} -{% +\@ifpackageloaded{tracklang} {% \AnyTrackedLanguages {% \ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{\glsxtr@loaddialect}% }% {}% -} -{} +} {} % \end{macrocode} % Load \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} if required. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -26062,7 +30071,7 @@ defined}{}% %automatically loaded by the record option. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %Provide convenient shortcut commands for predefined glossary types. %\begin{macro}{\printunsrtacronyms} @@ -26943,6 +30952,223 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%Multi (compound/combined) entry commands used by \app{bib2gls}. +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultientryadjustedname} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{glsxtrmultientryadjustedname}\marg{list1}\marg{name}\marg{list2}\marg{label} +%\end{definition} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%This command is used by \app{bib2gls} when it adjusts the name +%field of an entry that's been identified as a main entry in the +%multi-entry set \meta{label}. +% +%The final argument \meta{label} is the multi-entry label from which +%the set was obtained. The first +%argument \meta{list1} is the list of other labels that come before +%the main label. The third argument \meta{list2} is the remaining +%list of other labels. The \meta{name} argument is the previous name before +%adjustment. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustedname}[4]{% + \bgroup + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstother\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstfmt\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \egroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrmultientryadjustedname} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%First letter upper case +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrmultientryadjustedname}[4]{% + \bgroup + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstother\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstfmt\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \egroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustedname} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%Title case +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustedname}[4]{% + \bgroup + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstother\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstfmt\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \egroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustedname} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +%All caps. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustedname}[4]{% + \bgroup + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstother\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstfmt\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \egroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname}[4]{% + \letcs\mglscurrentmainlabel{@gls@combined@#4@main}% + \letcs\mglscurrentmainlist{@gls@combined@#4@list}% + \letcs\mglscurrentmainoptions{@gls@combined@#4@options}% + \ifblank{#1}% + {% + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstfmt{#2}% + }% + {% + \def\@mgls@previouslabel{}% + \let\@gls@xtradjustedother\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstother + \@for\mglscurrentlabel:=#1\do{% + \ifx\@mgls@previouslabel\empty + \else + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}% + \fi + \@gls@xtradjustedother{\mglscurrentlabel}% + \let\@mgls@previouslabel\mglscurrentlabel + \let\@gls@xtradjustedother\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + }% + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentmainlabel}% + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt{#2}% + }% + \ifblank{#3}% + {}% + {% + \let\@mgls@previouslabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\@gls@xtrmultientryadjustednamesep\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + \@for\mglscurrentlabel:=#3\do{% + \@gls@xtrmultientryadjustednamesep{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}% + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother{\mglscurrentlabel}% + \let\@mgls@previouslabel\mglscurrentlabel + \let\@gls@xtrmultientryadjustednamesep\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep}{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% Separator before main name. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep}{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% Separator after main name. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep}{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}[1]{#1} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}[1]{\makefirstuc{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother}[1]{% + \glsentrytitlecase{#1}{name}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\glscapitalisewords +{% + \newcommand*{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}[1]{\glscapitalisewords{#1}} +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}[1]{\capitalisewords{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother}[1]{% + \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt} +%\changes{1.48}{2021-11-22}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}[1]{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %Provide missing Greek letters for use in maths mode. %These commands are recognised by \app{bib2gls} and will be mapped to the %Mathematical Greek Italic letters. This ensures that the Greek @@ -29173,7 +33399,7 @@ defined}{}% % First identify package: % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Provide package options to automatically load required predefined % styles. The simplest method is to just test for the existence of @@ -29355,6 +33581,10 @@ defined}{}% \let\glossentryname\glslistexpandedname \let\glslistgroupheaderfmt\@firstofone \let\glsgetgrouptitle\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +%Technically this has an optional argument but it's not used in the +%list styles. +% \begin{macrocode} \let\glsnavhypertarget\@secondoftwo \let\glsnavigation\relax }% @@ -31602,7 +35832,7 @@ defined}{}% %\section{Package Initialisation and Options} % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-bookindex}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-bookindex}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %Load required packages. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -32098,7 +36328,7 @@ defined}{}% %Provides additional long styles. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longextra}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longextra}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %Load required packages. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -33527,7 +37757,7 @@ defined}{}% %topic. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-topic}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-topic}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %Load required package. % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins index 6d4c0b5af02..5e8b9d804d4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% glossaries-extra.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2021/11/4 19:26 +% glossaries-extra.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2021/11/22 21:22 \input docstrip \preamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty index 48aea62fb2a..b6415a7136d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] \ifglsacronym \providecommand*{\printunsrtacronyms}[1][]{% \printunsrtglossary[type=\acronymtype,#1]}% @@ -433,6 +433,109 @@ \@glsxtr@get@prefixedlabel{#2}% \glsdisp[#1]{\@gls@thislabel}{#3}% } +\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustedname}[4]{% + \bgroup + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstother\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstfmt\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \egroup +} +\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrmultientryadjustedname}[4]{% + \bgroup + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstother\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstfmt\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \egroup +} +\newrobustcmd*{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustedname}[4]{% + \bgroup + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstother\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstfmt\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \egroup +} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustedname}[4]{% + \bgroup + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstother\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother + \let\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstfmt\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \egroup +} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtrmultientryadjustedname}[4]{% + \letcs\mglscurrentmainlabel{@gls@combined@#4@main}% + \letcs\mglscurrentmainlist{@gls@combined@#4@list}% + \letcs\mglscurrentmainoptions{@gls@combined@#4@options}% + \ifblank{#1}% + {% + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstfmt{#2}% + }% + {% + \def\@mgls@previouslabel{}% + \let\@gls@xtradjustedother\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefirstother + \@for\mglscurrentlabel:=#1\do{% + \ifx\@mgls@previouslabel\empty + \else + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}% + \fi + \@gls@xtradjustedother{\mglscurrentlabel}% + \let\@mgls@previouslabel\mglscurrentlabel + \let\@gls@xtradjustedother\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother + }% + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentmainlabel}% + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt{#2}% + }% + \ifblank{#3}% + {}% + {% + \let\@mgls@previouslabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\@gls@xtrmultientryadjustednamesep\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep + \@for\mglscurrentlabel:=#3\do{% + \@gls@xtrmultientryadjustednamesep{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}% + \@glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother{\mglscurrentlabel}% + \let\@mgls@previouslabel\mglscurrentlabel + \let\@gls@xtrmultientryadjustednamesep\@glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep + }% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep}{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepresep}{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamepostsep}{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamesep} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}[1]{#1} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}} +\newcommand*{\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}[1]{\makefirstuc{#1}} +\newcommand*{\Glsxtrmultientryadjustednameother}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}} +\newcommand*{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednameother}[1]{% + \glsentrytitlecase{#1}{name}} +\ifdef\glscapitalisewords +{% + \newcommand*{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}[1]{\glscapitalisewords{#1}} +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GlsXtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}[1]{\capitalisewords{#1}} +} +\newcommand*{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednameother}[1]{% + \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#1}}} +\newcommand*{\GLSxtrmultientryadjustednamefmt}[1]{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1}} \providecommand*{\Alpha}{\mathrm{A}} \providecommand*{\Beta}{\mathrm{B}} \providecommand*{\Epsilon}{\mathrm{E}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty index b13f8ff3193..49fbb4fa291 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] \newcommand*{\@glsxtr@loadstyles}{} \DeclareOption{all}{% \appto\@glsxtr@loadstyles{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty index 38731cfa89e..d35fa885846 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{xkeyval} \RequirePackage{etoolbox} \@ifpackageloaded{glossaries} @@ -787,6 +787,7 @@ \newcommand*{\@@glsxtrwrglossmark}{} \AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand*{\@@glsxtrwrglossmark}{\@glsxtrwrglossmark}} \newcommand*{\glsxtrwrglossmark}{\ensuremath{\cdot}} +\newcommand\@glsxtr@doshowtarget[2]{#2} \define@choicekey{glossaries-extra.sty}{debug} [\@glsxtr@debugval\@glsxtr@debugnr]% {true,false,showtargets,showwrgloss,all,showaccsupp}[true]{% @@ -796,18 +797,63 @@ \or % false \glsxtr@dooption{debug=false}% \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrwrglossmark}{}% + \let\@glsxtr@doshowtarget\@secondoftwo \or % showtargets \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showtargets}% + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}% \or % showwrgloss \glsxtr@dooption{debug=true}% \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrwrglossmark}{\glsxtrwrglossmark}% \or % all \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showtargets,debug=showaccsupp}% \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrwrglossmark}{\glsxtrwrglossmark}% + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}% \or % showaccsupp \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showaccsupp}% \fi } +\newcommand*{\glsxtrshowtargetouter}{\glsshowtargetouter} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrshowtargetinner}[1]{\glsshowtargetinner{#1}} +\newcommand{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}[2]{\@glsshowtarget{#1}#2\@glsxtrshowtargetmark}% +\newcommand{\@glsxtrshowtargetright}[2]{\@glsxtrshowtargetmark#2\@glsshowtarget{#1}}% +\newcommand{\@glsxtrshowtargetmark}{}% +\define@choicekey{glossaries-extra.sty}{showtargets} + [\@glsxtr@showtargetsval\@glsxtr@showtargetsnr]% + {left,right,innerleft,innerright,annoteleft,annoteright}% + {% + \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showtargets}% + \ifcase\@glsxtr@showtargetsnr\relax + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsshowtargetouter}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinner}% + \let\@glsxtrshowtargetmark\empty + \or + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetright}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsshowtargetouter}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinner}% + \let\@glsxtrshowtargetmark\empty + \or + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsxtrshowtargetinner}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinnersymleft}% + \let\@glsxtrshowtargetmark\empty + \or + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetright}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsxtrshowtargetinner}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinnersymright}% + \let\@glsxtrshowtargetmark\empty + \or + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetleft}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsxtrshowtargetinner}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinnersymleft}% + \def\@glsxtrshowtargetmark{\@glsshowtargetmarkfmt\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolright}% + \or + \def\@glsxtr@doshowtarget{\@glsxtrshowtargetright}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetouter{\glsxtrshowtargetinner}% + \def\glsxtrshowtargetinner{\glsshowtargetinnersymright}% + \def\@glsxtrshowtargetmark{\@glsshowtargetmarkfmt\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolleft}% + \fi + } \DeclareOptionX*{% \expandafter\glsxtr@dooption\expandafter{\CurrentOption}} \ProcessOptionsX @@ -815,42 +861,41 @@ \@glsxtr@doaccsupp \@glsxtr@doloadprefix \@glsxtr@defpostpunc -\ifdef\glsshowtargetouter -{ - \renewcommand*{\glsshowtarget}[1]{% - \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading - {% - \ifmmode - \nfss@text{\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}% +\def\glsdoshowtarget{\@glsxtr@doshowtarget} +\newcommand{\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolright}{{\tiny$\triangleleft$}}% +\newcommand{\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolleft}{{\tiny$\triangleright$}}% +\providecommand*{\glsshowtargetinner}[1]{{\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}} +\providecommand*{\glsshowtargetfont}{\ttfamily\footnotesize} +\newcommand*{\glsshowtargetinnersymleft}[1]{% + \glsshowtargetinner{#1}\allowbreak\glsxtrshowtargetsymbolleft} +\newcommand*{\glsshowtargetinnersymright}[1]{% + \glsxtrshowtargetsymbolright\allowbreak\glsshowtargetinner{#1}} +\providecommand*{\glsshowtargetouter}[1]{% + \glsshowtargetsymbol\marginpar{\glsshowtargetsymbol\glsshowtargetfont #1}} +\providecommand*{\@glsshowtarget}[1]{} +\def\glsshowtarget#1{% + \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading + {% + \ifmmode + \nfss@text{\glsxtrshowtargetinner{#1}}% + \else + \ifinner + \glsxtrshowtargetinner{#1}% \else - \ifinner - {\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}% - \else - \glsshowtargetouter{#1}% - \fi + \glsxtrshowtargetouter{#1}% \fi - }% - {[#1]}% - {{\protect\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}}% - } + \fi + }% + {[#1]}% + {{\protect\glsshowtargetinner{#1}}}% } -{ - \def\glsshowtarget#1{% - \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading - {% - \ifmmode - \texttt{\small [#1]}% - \else - \ifinner - \texttt{\small [#1]}% - \else - \marginpar{\texttt{\small #1}}% - \fi - \fi - }% - {[#1]}% - {\texttt{\small [#1]}}% - } +\newcommand*{\@glsshowtargetmarkfmt}[1]{% + \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading + {% + \ifmmode \nfss@text{#1}\else #1\fi + }% + {}% + {\ifmmode \nfss@text{#1}\else #1\fi}% } \let\@glsxtr@org@doseeglossary\@do@seeglossary \newcommand*{\@glsxtr@doseeglossary}[2]{% @@ -1855,7 +1900,7 @@ \renewrobustcmd*{\glsseelist}[1]{% \let\@gls@dolast\relax \let\@gls@donext\relax - \let\@glsseeitem\glsseefirstitem + \let\@glsseeitem\@glsxtr@seefirstitem \let\@glsseelastsep\glsseelastsep \@for\@gls@thislabel:=#1\do{% \ifx\@xfor@nextelement\@nnil @@ -1866,10 +1911,20 @@ \expandafter\@glsseeitem\expandafter{\@gls@thislabel}% \let\@gls@dolast\@glsseelastsep \let\@gls@donext\glsseesep - \let\@glsseeitem\glsseeitem + \let\@glsseeitem\@glsxtr@seeitem \let\@glsseelastsep\glsseelastoxfordsep }% } +\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@seeitem}[1]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\mglsseeitem{#1}}{\glsseeitem{#1}}% +} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@seefirstitem}[1]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\mglsseefirstitem{#1}}{\glsseefirstitem{#1}}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglsseeitem}[1]{% + \mglsname[all={noindex},setup={hyper=allmain}]{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglsseefirstitem}{\mglsseeitem} \newcommand*{\glsseefirstitem}{\glsseeitem} \newcommand*{\glsseelastoxfordsep}{\glsseelastsep} \ifdef\alsoname @@ -2013,11 +2068,19 @@ \def\@glsxtr@addunused#1\@end@glsxtr@addunused{% \@for\@glsxtr@label:=#1\do {% - \ifglsused{\@glsxtr@label}{}% + \glsxtrifmulti\@glsxtr@label {% - \glsadd[format=glsxtrunusedformat]{\@glsxtr@label}% - \glsunset{\@glsxtr@label}% - \expandafter\@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs\expandafter{\@glsxtr@label}% + \letcs\@glsxtr@labellist{@gls@combined@\@glsxtr@label @list}% + \@for\@glsxtr@multilabel:=\@glsxtr@labellist\do + {\@glsxtr@addunused\@glsxtr@multilabel\@end@glsxtr@addunused}% + }% + {% + \ifglsused{\@glsxtr@label}{}% + {% + \glsadd[format=glsxtrunusedformat]{\@glsxtr@label}% + \glsunset{\@glsxtr@label}% + \expandafter\@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs\expandafter{\@glsxtr@label}% + }% }% }% } @@ -2397,12 +2460,14 @@ \glsdoifexists{#3}% {% \let\glsxtrorg@ifKV@glslink@hyper\ifKV@glslink@hyper + \@gls@save@glslocal \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glscustomtext{#4}% \@glsxtr@field@linkdefs #1% \@gls@link[#2]{#3}{#4}% \let\ifKV@glslink@hyper\glsxtrorg@ifKV@glslink@hyper + \@gls@restore@glslocal }% \glspostlinkhook } @@ -2446,11 +2511,7 @@ \def\glsinsert{}% \def\@glo@text{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}% \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}% - \ifKV@glslink@local - \glslocalunset{#2}% - \else - \glsunset{#2}% - \fi + \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}% }% \glspostlinkhook } @@ -2536,6 +2597,7 @@ \endgroup }% } +\providecommand*{\glslinkwrcontent}[1]{{#1}} \def\@gls@link[#1]#2#3{% \leavevmode \protected@edef\glslabel{\glsdetoklabel{#2}}% @@ -2545,6 +2607,7 @@ \protected@edef\@gls@counter{\csname glo@\glslabel @counter\endcsname}% \protected@edef\glstype{\csname glo@\glslabel @type\endcsname}% \let\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper\ifKV@glslink@hyper + \@gls@save@glslocal \let\@glsxtr@org@glolinkprefix\glolinkprefix \let\@glsxtr@local@textformat\relax \def\@glsxtr@thevalue{}% @@ -2592,28 +2655,32 @@ \else \let\@glsxtr@textformat\@glsxtr@local@textformat \fi - \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore - \@do@wrglossary{#2}% - \fi - \ifKV@glslink@hyper - \ifglsxtr@hyperoutside - \@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\@glsxtr@textformat{#3}}% + \glslinkwrcontent + {% + \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore + \@do@wrglossary{#2}% + \fi + \ifKV@glslink@hyper + \ifglsxtr@hyperoutside + \@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\@glsxtr@textformat{#3}}% + \else + \@glsxtr@textformat{\@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{#3}}% + \fi \else - \@glsxtr@textformat{\@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{#3}}% + \ifglsxtr@hyperoutside + \glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\@glsxtr@textformat{#3}}% + \else + \@glsxtr@textformat{\glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{#3}}% + \fi \fi - \else - \ifglsxtr@hyperoutside - \glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\@glsxtr@textformat{#3}}% + \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore \else - \@glsxtr@textformat{\glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{#3}}% + \@do@wrglossary{#2}% \fi - \fi - \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore - \else - \@do@wrglossary{#2}% - \fi + }% \let\glolinkprefix\@glsxtr@org@glolinkprefix \let\ifKV@glslink@hyper\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper + \@gls@restore@glslocal } \define@key{glossadd}{thevalue}{\def\@glsxtr@thevalue{#1}} \define@key{glossadd}{theHvalue}{\def\@glsxtr@theHvalue{#1}} @@ -3263,6 +3330,17 @@ {} \define@boolkey{glslink}{noindex}[true]{} \KV@glslink@noindexfalse +\providecommand*{\@gls@save@glslocal}{% + \let\if@org@KV@glslink@local\ifKV@glslink@local +} +\providecommand*{\@gls@restore@glslocal}{% + \ifKV@glslink@local + \let\@gls@do@glsunset\glslocalunset + \else + \let\@gls@do@glsunset\glsunset + \fi +} +\providecommand*{\@gls@do@glsunset}[1]{\glsunset{#1}} \ifdef\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts { \renewcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{% @@ -3394,6 +3472,42 @@ }% } {} +\ifdef\@@gls@navhypertarget +{} +{% + \renewcommand*{\glsnavhypertarget}{\protect\@@gls@navhypertarget} + \newcommand*{\@@gls@navhypertarget}[3][\@glo@type]{% + \@glsnavhypertarget{#1}{#2}{#3}% + } +}% +\ifdef\@glsnavhypertarget +{% + \renewcommand*{\@glsnavhypertarget}[3]{% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@gls@hypergroup{#1}{#2}}% + \@glsxtr@do@org@target{\glsnavhyperlinkname{#1}{#2}}{#3}% + \ifcsdef{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}% + {% + \letcs\@gls@list{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}% + \protected@edef\@gls@thishypernavlabel{#2}% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@gls@thishypernavlabel}\@gls@list{}% + {% + \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel + for glossary type `#1'^^Jmissing group `#2'}% + \gdef\gls@hypergrouprerun{% + \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel + has changed. Rerun LaTeX}}% + }% + }% + {% + \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel + for glossary type `#1'^^Jmissing group `#2'}% + \gdef\gls@hypergrouprerun{% + \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel + has changed. Rerun LaTeX}}% + }% + }% +} +{} \newcommand*{\glsxtrdohyperlink}[2]{% \glshasattribute{\glslabel}{targeturl}% {% @@ -3425,6 +3539,11 @@ \glsxtrhyperlink{#1}{{\glsxtrprotectlinks#2}}% }% {% + \glsxtrifmulti\gloaliaslabel + {% + \letcs\gloaliaslabel{@gls@combined@\gloaliaslabel @main}% + }% + {}% \glsxtrhyperlink {\glolinkprefix\glsdetoklabel{\gloaliaslabel}}% {{\glsxtrprotectlinks#2}}% @@ -3432,16 +3551,9 @@ }% } -\ifdef\@glsshowtarget -{ - \newcommand{\glsxtrhyperlink}[2]{% - \@glsshowtarget{#1}% - \hyperlink{#1}{#2}% - }% -} -{ - \newcommand{\glsxtrhyperlink}[2]{\hyperlink{#1}{#2}}% -} +\newcommand{\glsxtrhyperlink}[2]{% + \glsdoshowtarget{#1}{\hyperlink{#1}{#2}}% +}% \renewrobustcmd*{\glshyperlink}[2][\glsentrytext{\@glo@label}]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% @@ -4766,6 +4878,12 @@ \ifx\@glstarget\@glsxtr@org@glsdohypertarget \def\@glstarget{\glsdohypertarget}% \fi +\newcommand{\@glsxtr@do@org@target}[2]{% + {% + \let\glsdohypertarget\@glsxtr@org@glsdohypertarget + \@glstarget{#1}{#2}% + }% +} \newcommand*{\glsxtr@makeglossaries}[1]{} \def\@glsxtr@gettype#1,type=#2,#3\@end@glsxtr@gettype{% \def\@glo@type{#2}% @@ -5881,6 +5999,7 @@ defined}{}% \protected@edef\glstype{\csname glo@\glslabel @type\endcsname}% \def\@glsxtr@thevalue{}% \def\@glsxtr@theHvalue{\@glsxtr@thevalue}% + \@gls@save@glslocal \glsxtrinitwrgloss \glslinkpresetkeys \setkeys{glslink}{#1}% @@ -5893,19 +6012,19 @@ defined}{}% \let\theglsentrycounter\@glsxtr@thevalue \def\theHglsentrycounter{\@glsxtr@theHvalue}% }% - \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore - \@do@wrglossary{#2}% - \fi - #3% - \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore - \else - \@do@wrglossary{#2}% - \fi - \ifKV@glslink@local - \glslocalunset{#2}% - \else - \glsunset{#2}% - \fi + \glslinkwrcontent + {% + \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore + \@do@wrglossary{#2}% + \fi + #3% + \ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore + \else + \@do@wrglossary{#2}% + \fi + }% + \@gls@restore@glslocal + \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}% } \newcommand*{\glstriggerrecordformat}[1]{} \newrobustcmd*{\rgls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@rgls} @@ -6625,6 +6744,18 @@ defined}{}% \newcommand*{\glssetcategoryattribute}[3]{% \csdef{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}{#3}% } +\newcommand*{\glssetcategoriesattribute}[3]{% + \@for\@gls@thiscatlabel:=#1\do{% + \csgdef{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@\@gls@thiscatlabel @#2}{#3}% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\glssetcategoriesattributes}[3]{% + {% + \@for\@gls@thisattrlabel:=#2\do{% + \glssetcategoriesattribute{#1}{\@gls@thisattrlabel}{#3}% + }% + }% +} \newcommand*{\glsgetcategoryattribute}[2]{% \csuse{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}% } @@ -11454,6 +11585,84 @@ defined}{}% \glsxtruserparen{\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}{##1}% }% } +\newcommand*{\glsabbrvscuserfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}% +\newcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont}{\glsabbrvscuserfont}% +\newcommand*{\glsxtrscusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortscusername}{% + \protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}% +} +\newabbreviationstyle{long-postshort-sc-user}% +{% + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrlongshortscusername}, + sort={\the\glsshorttok}, + first={\protect\glsfirstlonguserfont{\the\glslongtok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlonguserfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + description={\protect\glsuserdescription{\the\glslongtok}% + {\the\glslabeltok}}}% + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \csdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategorylabel}{% + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% + \glsxtruserparen + {\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}}% + {\glslabel}% + }% + {}% + }% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrscusersuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscuserfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlonguserfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslonguserfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtruserparen{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}}{##1}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtruserparen{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}{##1}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtruserparen{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}}{##1}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlonguserfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtruserparen{\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}{##1}% + }% +} \newcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname}{% \protect\glslonguserfont{\the\glslongtok}% \protect\glsxtruserparen @@ -11490,6 +11699,42 @@ defined}{}% {% \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-postshort-user}% } +\newcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortscuserdescname}{% + \protect\glslonguserfont{\the\glslongtok}% + \protect\glsxtruserparen + {\protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}}{\the\glslabeltok}% +} +\newabbreviationstyle{long-postshort-sc-user-desc}% +{% + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrlongshortscuserdescname}, + sort={\the\glslongtok}, + first={\protect\glsfirstlonguserfont{\the\glslongtok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlonguserfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvscuserfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \csdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategorylabel}{% + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% + \glsxtruserparen + {\glsfirstabbrvscuserfont{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}}% + {\glslabel}% + }% + {}% + }% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-postshort-sc-user}% +} \newabbreviationstyle{short-postlong-user}% {% \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel @@ -12336,6 +12581,102 @@ defined}{}% {% \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-only-short-only}% } +\newcommand*{\glsabbrvsconlyfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}% +\newcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont}{\glsabbrvsconlyfont}% +\newcommand*{\glsxtrsconlysuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrsconlyname}{% + \protect\glsabbrvsconlyfont{\the\glsshorttok}% +} +\newabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-sc-only}% +{% + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrsconlyname}, + sort={\the\glsshorttok}, + first={\protect\glsfirstlongonlyfont{\the\glslongtok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongonlyfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvsconlyfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvsconlyfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + description={\protect\glslongonlyfont{\the\glslongtok}}}% + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrsconlysuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvsconlyfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongonlyfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongonlyfont{##1}}% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + }% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtrfullsep{##1}% + \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtrfullsep{##1}% + \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtrfullsep{##1}% + \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{% + \glsfirstlongonlyfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}% + \ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi + \glsxtrfullsep{##1}% + \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvsconlyfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}}% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrsconlydescsort}{\glsxtronlydescsort} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrsconlydescname}{\glsxtronlydescname} +\newabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-sc-only-desc}% +{% + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrsconlydescname}, + sort={\glsxtrsconlydescsort},% + first={\protect\glsfirstlongonlyfont{\the\glslongtok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongonlyfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvsconlyfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvsconlyfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-only-short-sc-only}% +} \let\@glsxtr@org@markright\markright \renewcommand*{\markright}[1]{% \glsxtrmarkhook @@ -13195,6 +13536,1564 @@ defined}{}% \newcommand*{\GLSfmtfullpl}[1]{% \GLSxtrtitlefullpl{#1}} } +\newcommand*{\multiglossaryentrysetup}[1]{\setkeys{glsxtrcombined}{#1}} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@indexmain}{1} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{indexmain}% + [\@gls@combined@indexmain@val\@gls@combined@indexmain] + {false,true,first}[true]{} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@indexothers}{2} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{indexothers}% + [\@gls@combined@indexothers@val\@gls@combined@indexothers] + {false,true,first}[true]{} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@hyper}{3} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{hyper}% + [\@gls@combined@hyper@val\@gls@combined@hyper] + {none,allmain,mainonly,individual,otheronly,notmainfirst,nototherfirst,notfirst}{} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@encapmain}{glsnumberformat} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{encapmain}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@encapmain}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@encapothers}{glsnumberformat} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{encapothers}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@encapothers}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@textformat}{@firstofone} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{textformat}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@textformat}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@category}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{category}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@category}{#1}% +} +\define@key{glsxtrcombinedpreopts}{category}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@category}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@mglsopts}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{mglsopts}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@mglsopts}{#1}% +} +\define@key{glsxtrcombinedpreopts}{mglsopts}{% + \@gls@combined@mglsopts@do + {% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@mglsopts}{#1}% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do}[1]{#1} +\newcommand*{\mgls@disable@mglsopts}{% + \let\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do@not +} +\newcommand*{\mgls@enable@mglsopts}{% + \let\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do\@firstofone +} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@mglsopts@do@not}[1]{% + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{`mglsopts' key not permitted inside + `setup' value}{}% +} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@firstprefix}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{firstprefix}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@firstprefix}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@usedprefix}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{usedprefix}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@usedprefix}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@firstsuffix}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{firstsuffix}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@firstsuffix}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@usedsuffix}{} +\define@key{glsxtrcombined}{usedsuffix}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@combined@usedsuffix}{#1}% +} +\define@boolkey{glsxtrcombined}{firstskipmain}[true]{} +\KV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipmainfalse +\define@boolkey{glsxtrcombined}{firstskipothers}[true]{} +\KV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipothersfalse +\define@boolkey{glsxtrcombined}{usedskipmain}[true]{} +\KV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipmainfalse +\define@boolkey{glsxtrcombined}{usedskipothers}[true]{} +\KV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipothersfalse +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@postlinks@nr}{0} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{postlinks}% + [\@gls@combined@postlinks@val\@gls@combined@postlinks@nr] + {none,all,notlast,mainnotlast,mainonly,othernotlast,otheronly}{} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@mpostlink@nr}{1} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{mpostlink}% + [\@gls@combined@mpostlink@val\@gls@combined@mpostlink@nr] + {false,true,firstonly,usedonly}[true]{} +\newcommand*{\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr}{0} +\define@choicekey{glsxtrcombined}{mpostlinkelement}% + [\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@val\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr] + {last,main,custom}{} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrifmulti}[3]{\ifcsdef{@gls@combined@#1@main}{#2}{#3}} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultimain}[1]{\csuse{@gls@combined@#1@main}} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultilist}[1]{\csuse{@gls@combined@#1@list}} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultitotalelements}[1]{\csuse{@gls@combined@#1@total}} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultimainindex}[1]{\csuse{@gls@combined@#1@mainindex}} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrmultilastotherindex}[1]{\csuse{@gls@combined@#1@lastotherindex}} +\newif\ifmultiglossaryentryglobal +\multiglossaryentryglobalfalse +\newcount\mglselementindex +\newrobustcmd{\multiglossaryentry}[1][]{% + \def\@gls@combined@current@opts{#1}% + \ifnum\@glsxtr@docdefval=1\relax + \let\@multi@glossentry@donext\@defmultiglossaryentry + \else + \let\@multi@glossentry@donext\@multiglossaryentry + \fi + \@multi@glossentry@donext +} +\newcommand*{\@multiglossaryentry}[1]{% + \def\@gls@combined@current@label{#1}% + \@multi@glossaryentry +} +\newcommand*{\@multi@glossaryentry}[2][]{% + \ifcsdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Multi-entry label `\@gls@combined@current@label' already defined}% + {}% + }% + {% + \@multi@glossary@entry{#1}{#2}% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\@defmultiglossaryentry}[1]{% + \def\@gls@combined@current@label{#1}% + \@def@multi@glossaryentry +} +\newcommand*{\@def@multi@glossaryentry}[2][]{% + \let\@def@multi@glossaryentry@do\@multi@glossary@entry + \ifundef\@glsxtr@docdefs@multilist + {% + \gdef\@glsxtr@docdefs@multilist{}% + \listxadd + {\@glsxtr@docdefs@multilist}{\expandonce\@gls@combined@current@label}% + }% + {% + \xifinlist{\@gls@combined@current@label}{\@glsxtr@docdefs@multilist}% + {% + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Multi-entry label `\@gls@combined@current@label' already defined}% + {}% + \let\@def@multi@glossaryentry@do\@gobbletwo + }% + {% + \listxadd + {\@glsxtr@docdefs@multilist}{\expandonce\@gls@combined@current@label}% + }% + }% + \@def@multi@glossaryentry@do{#1}{#2}% +} +\newcommand*{\@multi@glossary@doifexists}{\glsdoifexists} +\newrobustcmd{\providemultiglossaryentry}[2][]{% + \def\@gls@combined@current@opts{#1}% + \def\@gls@combined@current@label{#2}% + \ifcsdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + {\def\@multi@glossentry@donext{\@provide@multi@glossaryentry@noop}}% + {% + \ifnum\@glsxtr@docdefval=1\relax + \def\@multi@glossentry@donext{\@def@multi@glossaryentry}% + \else + \def\@multi@glossentry@donext{\@multi@glossaryentry}% + \fi + }% + \@multi@glossentry@donext +} +\newcommand*{\@provide@multi@glossaryentry@noop}[2][]{} +\newcommand*{\@multi@glossaryentry@list}{} +\newcommand*{\@multi@glossary@entry}[2]{% + \protected@edef\@gls@combined@current@main{#1}% + \protected@edef\@gls@combined@currentlist{#2}% + \mglselementindex=0\relax + \@for\@gls@tmp:=\@gls@combined@currentlist\do{% + \advance\mglselementindex by 1\relax + \@multi@glossary@doifexists{\@gls@tmp}{}% + \let\@gls@combined@finalitem\@gls@tmp + \ifdefvoid\@gls@combined@current@main + {}% + {% + \ifx\@gls@combined@current@main\@gls@tmp + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \global\cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + \@gls@combined@current@main + \csxdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @mainindex}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \else + \cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + \@gls@combined@current@main + \csedef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @mainindex}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \fi + \else + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \csxdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @lastotherindex}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \else + \csedef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @lastotherindex}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \fi + \fi + }% + }% + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \csxdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @total}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \else + \csedef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @total}% + {\the\mglselementindex}% + \fi + \ifnum\mglselementindex<2\relax + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{At least 2 labels required in + multi-entry element list (\number\mglselementindex\space found)}{}% + \else + \ifdefvoid\@gls@combined@current@main + {}% + {% + \ifcsundef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Main element `\@gls@combined@current@main' not found in list}% + {The final element `\@gls@combined@finalitem' will be used instead} + \let\@gls@combined@current@main\@empty + }% + {}% + }% + \ifdefvoid\@gls@combined@current@main + {% + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \global\cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + \@gls@combined@finalitem + \global\csletcs{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @mainindex}% + {@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @total}% + \csxdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @lastotherindex}% + {\the\numexpr\mglselementindex-1 }% + \else + \cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}% + \@gls@combined@finalitem + \csletcs{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @mainindex}% + {@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @total}% + \csedef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @lastotherindex}% + {\the\numexpr\mglselementindex-1 }% + \fi + }% + {}% + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \global\cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @list}% + \@gls@combined@currentlist + \protected@csxdef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @options}% + {\@gls@combined@current@opts}% + \expandafter\@ifdefinable + \csname if@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @flag\endcsname + {\expandafter\global\expandafter + \newif\csname if@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @flag\endcsname}% + \expandafter\global + \csname @gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @flagfalse\endcsname + \else + \cslet{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @list}% + \@gls@combined@currentlist + \protected@csedef{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @options}% + {\@gls@combined@current@opts}% + \newboolean{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @flag}% + \csname @gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @flagfalse\endcsname + \fi + \fi + \writemultiglossentry + {\@gls@combined@current@opts}{\@gls@combined@current@label}% + {\csuse{@gls@combined@\@gls@combined@current@label @main}}{#2}% + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \ifdefempty\@multi@glossaryentry@list + {\let\@multi@glossaryentry@list\@gls@combined@current@label}% + {% + \eappto\@multi@glossaryentry@list{,\expandonce\@gls@combined@current@label}% + }% + \else + \ifdefempty\@multi@glossaryentry@list + {\global\let\@multi@glossaryentry@list\@gls@combined@current@label}% + {% + \xappto\@multi@glossaryentry@list{,\expandonce\@gls@combined@current@label}% + }% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@multientry}[4]{% + \ifnum\@glsxtr@docdefval=1\relax + \bgroup + \def\@gls@combined@current@opts{#1}% + \def\@gls@combined@current@label{#2}% + \let\@multi@glossary@doifexists\@secondoftwo + \let\writemultiglossentry\@gobblefour + \multiglossaryentryglobaltrue + \@multi@glossary@entry{#3}{#4}% + \egroup + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\writemultiglossentry}[4]{% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsxtr@multientry{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}% +} +\newcommand*{\ifmglsused}[3]{% + \ifbool{@gls@combined@#1@flag}{#2}{#3}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglsunset}[1]{% + \gls@ifnotmeasuring + {% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\@mglsunset{#1}}% + {% + \glsxtrundefaction{Multi entry `#1' hasn't been defined}% + {You need to define `#1' with \string\multiglossaryentry}% + }% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\@mglsunset}[1]{% + \expandafter\global\csname @gls@combined@#1@flagtrue\endcsname +} +\newcommand*{\mglsreset}[1]{% + \gls@ifnotmeasuring + {% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\@mglsreset{#1}}% + {% + \glsxtrundefaction{Multi entry `#1' hasn't been defined}% + {You need to define `#1' with \string\multiglossaryentry}% + }% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\@mglsreset}[1]{% + \expandafter\global\csname @gls@combined@#1@flagfalse\endcsname +} +\newcommand*{\mglslocalunset}[1]{% + \gls@ifnotmeasuring + {% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\@mglslocalunset{#1}}% + {% + \glsxtrundefaction{Multi entry `#1' hasn't been defined}% + {You need to define `#1' with \string\multiglossaryentry}% + }% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\@mglslocalunset}[1]{% + \csname @gls@combined@#1@flagtrue\endcsname +} +\newcommand*{\mglslocalreset}[1]{% + \gls@ifnotmeasuring + {% + \glsxtrifmulti{#1}{\@mglslocalreset{#1}}% + {% + \glsxtrundefaction{Multi entry `#1' hasn't been defined}% + {You need to define `#1' with \string\multiglossaryentry}% + }% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\@mglslocalreset}[1]{% + \csname @gls@combined@#1@flagfalse\endcsname +} +\newcommand*{\mglsunsetall}{% + \@for\@mgls@thislabel:=\@multi@glossaryentry@list\do{\mglsunset\@mgls@thislabel}% +}% +\newcommand*{\mglsresetall}{% + \@for\@mgls@thislabel:=\@multi@glossaryentry@list\do{\mglsreset\@mgls@thislabel}% +}% +\newrobustcmd{\mglsSetMain}[2]{% + \ifcsundef{@gls@combined@#1@main}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Multi-entry label `#1' not defined}{}}% + {% + \protected@edef\@gls@combined@current@main{#2}% + \letcs\@gls@combined@currentlist{@gls@combined@#1@list}% + \mglselementindex=0\relax + \count@=0\relax + \@for\@gls@tmp:=\@gls@combined@currentlist\do{% + \advance\mglselementindex by 1\relax + \ifx\@gls@combined@current@main\@gls@tmp + \count@=\mglselementindex\relax + \let\@gls@combined@finalitem\@gls@tmp + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \global\cslet{@gls@combined@#1@main}\@gls@combined@current@main + \csxdef{@gls@combined@#1@mainindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \else + \cslet{@gls@combined@#1@main}\@gls@combined@current@main + \csedef{@gls@combined@#1@mainindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \fi + \else + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \csxdef{@gls@combined@#1@lastotherindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \else + \csedef{@gls@combined@#1@lastotherindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \fi + \fi + }% + \ifnum\count@=0\relax + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Label `#2' is not in `#1' set + (\@gls@combined@currentlist)}{}% + \ifmultiglossaryentryglobal + \global\cslet{@gls@combined@#1@main}\@gls@combined@finalitem + \csxdef{@gls@combined@#1@mainindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \csxdef{@gls@combined@#1@lastotherindex}{% + \number\numexpr\mglselementindex-1 }% + \else + \cslet{@gls@combined@#1@main}\@gls@combined@finalitem + \csedef{@gls@combined@#1@mainindex}{\the\mglselementindex}% + \csedef{@gls@combined@#1@lastotherindex}{% + \number\numexpr\mglselementindex-1 }% + \fi + \fi + }% +} +\newrobustcmd{\mglsSetOptions}[2]{% + \ifcsundef{@gls@combined@#1@main}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Multi-entry label `#1' not defined}{}}% + {% + \csdef{@gls@combined@#1@options}{#2}% + }% +} +\newrobustcmd{\mglsAddOptions}[2]{% + \ifcsundef{@gls@combined@#1@main}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Multi-entry label `#1' not defined}{}}% + {% + \ifcsempty{@gls@combined@#1@options}% + {\csdef{@gls@combined@#1@options}{#2}}% + {\csappto{@gls@combined@#1@options}{,#2}}% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@all}{} +\define@key{mgls}{all}{\renewcommand*{\@mgls@all}{#1}} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@main}{} +\define@key{mgls}{main}{\renewcommand*{\@mgls@main}{#1}} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@others}{} +\define@key{mgls}{others}{\renewcommand*{\@mgls@others}{#1}} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@setup}{} +\define@key{mgls}{setup}{% + \@mgls@setup@do{\renewcommand*{\@mgls@setup}{#1}}% +} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@setup@do}[1]{#1} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@setup@do@not}[1]{% + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{`setup' key not permitted inside + `mglsopts' value}{}% +} +\newcommand*{\mgls@disable@setup}{% + \let\@mgls@setup@do\@mgls@setup@do@not +} +\newcommand*{\mgls@enable@setup}{% + \let\@mgls@setup@do\@firstofone +} +\newcommand\@mgls@unsetaction{0} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{multiunset}[\@mgls@unsetaction@val\@mgls@unsetaction]% + {global,local,none}{} +\define@boolkey{mgls}{presetlocal}[true]{} +\KV@mgls@presetlocalfalse +\newcommand*{\@mgls@hyper}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{hyper}[\@mgls@hyper@val\@mgls@hyper@nr]{true,false}[true]% +{% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@hyper}{hyper=#1}% + \ifnum\@mgls@hyper@nr=1\relax + \let\@mgls@hyperlink\@secondoftwo + \else + \let\@mgls@hyperlink\@@mgls@hyperlink + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\@@mgls@hyperlink}[2]{% + \ifx\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink + #2% + \else + \glsxtr@org@dohyperlink{\glolinkprefix#1}{#2}% + \fi +} +\let\@mgls@hyperlink\@@mgls@hyperlink +\newcommand*{\mglsforelements}[3]{% + \expandafter\@for\expandafter#2\expandafter:\expandafter + =\csname @gls@combined@#1@list\endcsname\do{#3}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglsforotherelements}[3]{% + \expandafter\@for\expandafter#2\expandafter:\expandafter + =\csname @gls@combined@#1@list\endcsname\do + {\expandafter\ifdefequal\csname @gls@combined@#1@main\endcsname{#2}{}{#3}}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglsunsetothers}[1]{% + \mglsforotherelements{#1}{\@gls@tmp}{\glsunset{\@gls@tmp}}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglslocalunsetothers}[1]{% + \mglsforotherelements{#1}{\@gls@tmp}{\glslocalunset{\@gls@tmp}}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglselementreset}[1]{% + \ifKV@mgls@presetlocal + \glslocalreset{#1}% + \else + \glsreset{#1}% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\mglselementunset}[1]{% + \ifKV@mgls@presetlocal + \glslocalunset{#1}% + \else + \glsunset{#1}% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@resetall}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{resetall}% +[\@mgls@resetall@val\@mgls@resetall@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@resetall@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetall}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetall}{% + \@for\@gls@resetlabel:=\mglscurrentlist\do{\mglselementreset\@gls@resetlabel}}% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetall}{}% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@resetmain}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{resetmain} +[\@mgls@resetmain@val\@mgls@resetmain@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@resetmain@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetmain}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetmain}{\mglselementreset\mglscurrentmainlabel}% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetmain}{}% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@resetothers}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{resetothers} +[\@mgls@resetothers@val\@mgls@resetothers@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@resetothers@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetothers}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetothers}{% + \@for\@gls@resetlabel:=\mglscurrentlist\do{% + \ifx\@gls@resetlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \else + \mglselementreset\@gls@resetlabel + \fi + }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetothers}{}% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@unsetall}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{unsetall}% +[\@mgls@unsetall@val\@mgls@unsetall@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@unsetall@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetall}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetall}{% + \@for\@gls@unsetlabel:=\mglscurrentlist\do{\mglselementunset\@gls@unsetlabel}}% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetall}{}% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@unsetmain}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{unsetmain} +[\@mgls@unsetmain@val\@mgls@unsetmain@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@unsetmain@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetmain}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetmain}{\mglselementunset\mglscurrentmainlabel}% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetmain}{}% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@unsetothers}{} +\define@choicekey{mgls}{unsetothers} +[\@mgls@unsetothers@val\@mgls@unsetothers@nr]{false,true}[true]% +{% + \ifcase\@mgls@unsetothers@nr\relax + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetothers}{}% + \or + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@unsetothers}{% + \@for\@gls@unsetlabel:=\mglscurrentlist\do{% + \ifx\@gls@unsetlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \else + \mglselementunset\@gls@unsetlabel + \fi + }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\@mgls@resetothers}{}% + \fi +} +\newcommand{\glsxtr@setup@docurrent}{% + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipmain + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \else + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@firstofone + \fi + }% + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipmain + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \else + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@firstofone + \fi + }% + \else + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipothers + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \else + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@firstofone + \fi + }% + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipothers + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \else + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@firstofone + \fi + }% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\glsxtr@mgls@checklastelement}[2]{% + \ifbool{KV@glsxtrcombined@#1skipmain}% + {% + \ifbool{KV@glsxtrcombined@#1skipothers}% + {% + }% + {% + \ifnum\mglselementindex=\glsxtrmultilastotherindex{#2}\relax + \let\mglsiflast\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\mglsiflast\@secondoftwo + \fi + }% + }% + {% + \ifbool{KV@glsxtrcombined@#1skipothers}% + {% + \ifnum\mglselementindex=\glsxtrmultimainindex{#2}\relax + \let\mglsiflast\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\mglsiflast\@secondoftwo + \fi + }% + {% + \let\mglsiflast\@secondoftwo + }% + }% +} +\newcommand{\glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped}[3]{% + \GlossariesExtraWarning{#1}% + #3{#2}% +} +\newcommand*{\glsxtr@mgls@applyopts}[1]{% + \edef\@mgls@dooptions{\noexpand\setkeys*{mgls}{\expandonce#1}}% + \@mgls@dooptions + \ifdefvoid\XKV@rm{}{\eappto\@mgls@all{,\expandonce\XKV@rm}}% + \ifdefvoid\@mgls@setup + {}% + {% + \edef\@mgls@dooptions{% + \noexpand\setkeys*{glsxtrcombinedpreopts}{\expandonce\@mgls@setup}}% + \mgls@disable@mglsopts + \@mgls@dooptions + \mgls@enable@mglsopts + \ifx\@mgls@setupoptions\@empty + \let\@mgls@setupoptions\XKV@rm + \else + \eappto\@mgls@setupoptions{,\expandonce\XKV@rm}% + \fi + }% + \@mgls@resetall + \@mgls@unsetall + \@mgls@resetmain + \@mgls@unsetmain + \@mgls@resetothers + \@mgls@unsetothers + \let\@mgls@resetall\@empty + \let\@mgls@resetmain\@empty + \let\@mgls@resetothers\@empty + \let\@mgls@unsetall\@empty + \let\@mgls@unsetmain\@empty + \let\@mgls@unsetothers\@empty + \ifmglsused\mglscurrentmultilabel + {\let\mglsisfirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + {\let\mglsisfirstuse\@firstoftwo}% +} +\providecommand{\@firstofthree}[3]{#1} +\providecommand{\@secondofthree}[3]{#2} +\providecommand{\@thirdofthree}[3]{#3} +\newcommand*{\glsxtr@mgls@inner}[7]{% + \let\mglslastmainlabel\@empty + \let\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo + \let\mglsiflastmainwasplural\@secondoftwo + \let\mglsiflastmaincapscase\@firstofthree + \let\mglsiflastmainskipped\@firstoftwo + \bgroup + \ifcsundef{@gls@combined@#2@main}% + {% + \glsxtrundefaction{Multi entry `#2' hasn't been defined}% + {You need to define `#2' with \string\multiglossaryentry}% + \gdef\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \protected@edef\mglslastmultilabel{#2}% + \let\mglswasfirstuse\@firstoftwo + \let\mglslastcategory\@empty + \let\mglsiflastelementskipped\@firstoftwo + \let\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo + \let\mglsiflastelementwasplural\@secondoftwo + \let\mglsiflastelementcapscase\@firstofthree + \let\mglslastelementlabel\@empty + \let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\relax + }% + }% + {% + \protected@edef\mglscurrentmultilabel{#2}% + \letcs\mglscurrentmainlabel{@gls@combined@#2@main}% + \letcs\mglscurrentlist{@gls@combined@#2@list}% + \letcs\mglscurrentoptions{@gls@combined@#2@options}% + \ifmglsused\mglscurrentmultilabel + {\let\mglsisfirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + {\let\mglsisfirstuse\@firstoftwo}% + \edef\@mgls@dooptions{% + \noexpand\setkeys*{glsxtrcombinedpreopts}{\expandonce\mglscurrentoptions}}% + \@mgls@dooptions + \let\@mgls@setupoptions\XKV@rm + \mgls@disable@setup + \ifdefvoid\@gls@combined@mglsopts + {}% + {\glsxtr@mgls@applyopts\@gls@combined@mglsopts}% + \mgls@enable@setup + \ifstrempty{#1}{}{\def\@mgls@options{#1}\glsxtr@mgls@applyopts\@mgls@options}% + \ifx\@gls@combined@category\empty + \else + \glshascategoryattribute{\@gls@combined@category}{multioptions}% + {% + \letcs\@mgls@attroptions{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@\@gls@combined@category + @multioptions}% + \let\@gls@combined@mglsopts\@empty + \edef\@mgls@dooptions{% + \noexpand\setkeys*{glsxtrcombinedpreopts}{\expandonce\@mgls@attroptions}}% + \@mgls@dooptions + \eappto\@mgls@setupoptions{,\expandonce\XKV@rm}% + \ifx\@gls@combined@mglsopts\@empty + \else + \let\@mgls@setup\@empty + \mgls@disable@setup + \glsxtr@mgls@applyopts\@gls@combined@mglsopts + \mgls@enable@setup + \fi + }% + {}% + \fi + \edef\@mgls@dooptions{% + \noexpand\setkeys{glsxtrcombined}{\expandonce\@mgls@setupoptions}}% + \@mgls@dooptions + \let\mglscurrentcategory\@gls@combined@category + \ifnum\@gls@combined@hyper=1\relax + \def\@mgls@combinedlink{\@mgls@hyperlink{\mglscurrentmainlabel}}% + \else + \def\@mgls@combinedlink{\@firstofone}% + \fi + \def\@gls@combined@encapsulator##1{% + \@mgls@combinedlink{\csuse{\@gls@combined@textformat}{##1}}}% + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@firstofone + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipmain + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@firstskipothers + \let\@gls@org@combined@encapsulator\@gls@combined@encapsulator + \def\@gls@combined@encapsulator##1{% + \glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped{All elements skipped for + first use of multi-entry `#2'}{#3}% + {\@gls@org@combined@encapsulator}% + }% + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \fi + \fi + }% + {% + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipmain + \ifKV@glsxtrcombined@usedskipothers + \let\@gls@org@combined@encapsulator\@gls@combined@encapsulator + \def\@gls@combined@encapsulator##1{% + \glsxtrmglsWarnAllSkipped{All elements skipped for + subsequent use of multi-entry `#2'}{#3}% + {\@gls@org@combined@encapsulator}% + }% + \let\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \fi + \fi + }% + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \let\mglscurrentprefix\@gls@combined@firstprefix + \let\mglscurrentsuffix\@gls@combined@firstsuffix + }% + {% + \let\mglscurrentprefix\@gls@combined@usedprefix + \let\mglscurrentsuffix\@gls@combined@usedsuffix + }% + \xdef\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\mglslastmultilabel{\expandonce\mglscurrentmultilabel}% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\mglslastcategory{\mglscurrentcategory}% + }% + \ifx\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastelementskipped\@firstoftwo + \let\mglslastelementlabel\@empty + \let\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo + \let\mglsiflastelementwasplural\@secondoftwo + \let\mglsiflastelementcapscase\@firstofthree + }% + \fi + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglswasfirstuse\@firstoftwo}% + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlink@nr\relax + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\relax}% + \or + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr\relax + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastelementpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastmainpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglscustompostlinkhook}% + \fi + \or + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr\relax + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastelementpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastmainpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglscustompostlinkhook}% + \fi + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\relax}% + \fi + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglswasfirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlink@nr\relax + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\relax}% + \or + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr\relax + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastelementpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastmainpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglscustompostlinkhook}% + \fi + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\relax}% + \or + \ifcase\@gls@combined@mpostlinkelement@nr\relax + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastelementpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglslastmainpostlinkhook}% + \or + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mgls@do@postlinkhook\mglscustompostlinkhook}% + \fi + \fi + }% + \let\mgls@org@postlinkhook\glspostlinkhook + \mglsprefix + \let\mglslastelementlabel\@empty + \@gls@combined@encapsulator + {% + \def\@mgls@previouslabel{}% + \mglselementindex=0\relax + \@for\mglscurrentlabel:=\mglscurrentlist\do{% + \advance\mglselementindex by 1\relax + \glsxtr@setup@docurrent + \ifx\@xfor@nextelement\@nnil + \let\mglsiflast\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\mglsiflast\@secondoftwo + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \glsxtr@mgls@checklastelement{first}{#2}% + }% + {% + \glsxtr@mgls@checklastelement{used}{#2}% + }% + \fi + \ifcase\@gls@combined@postlinks@nr\relax + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + \or + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + \or + \mglsiflast + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + }% + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + }% + \or + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \mglsiflast + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + }% + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + }% + \else + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + \fi + \or + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + \else + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + \fi + \or + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + \else + \mglsiflast + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + }% + {% + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + }% + \fi + \or + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\glspostlinkhook\relax + \else + \let\glspostlinkhook\mgls@org@postlinkhook + \fi + \fi + \mglsiflast + {% + \xappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\mglslastelementlabel + {\expandonce\mglscurrentlabel}}% + }% + {}% + \@mgls@do@current@element + {% + \mglselementprehook + \GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined{\mglscurrentlabel}% + {\let\@mgls@current@iffirstuse\@firstoftwo}% + {\let\@mgls@current@iffirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \edef\@mgls@current@options{format=\@gls@combined@encapmain}% + \ifcase\@gls@combined@indexmain + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex}% + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex=false}% + \or + \@mgls@current@iffirstuse + {\appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex=false}}% + {\appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex}}% + \fi + \ifcase\@gls@combined@hyper\relax + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% none + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% allmain + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% mainonly + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% individual + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% otheronly + \or + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% notmainfirst + }% + {% + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% notmainfirst + }% + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% nototherfirst + \or + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% notfirst + }% + {% + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% notfirst + }% + \fi + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@all,\@mgls@main}% + \else + \edef\@mgls@current@options{format=\@gls@combined@encapothers}% + \ifcase\@gls@combined@indexothers\relax + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex}% + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex=false}% + \or + \@mgls@current@iffirstuse + {\appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex=false}}% + {\appto\@mgls@current@options{,noindex}}% + \fi + \ifcase\@gls@combined@hyper\relax + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% none + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% allmain + \or + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% mainonly + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% individual + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% otheronly + \or + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% notmainfirst + \or + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% nototherfirst + }% + {% + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% nototherfirst + }% + \or + \mglsisfirstuse + {% + \appto\@mgls@current@options{,hyper=false}% notfirst + }% + {% + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@hyper}% notfirst + }% + \fi + \eappto\@mgls@current@options{,\@mgls@all,\@mgls@others}% + \fi + \ifx\@mgls@previouslabel\empty + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\@mgls@cs#6\relax + \else + \let\@mgls@cs#4\relax + \fi + \else + \@mgls@previous@iffirstuse + {% + \@mgls@current@iffirstuse + {\glscombinedfirstsepfirst{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}}% + {\glscombinedfirstsep{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}}% + }% + {% + \@mgls@current@iffirstuse + {\glscombinedsepfirst{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}}% + {\glscombinedsep{\@mgls@previouslabel}{\mglscurrentlabel}}% + }% + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \let\@mgls@cs#7\relax + \else + \let\@mgls@cs#5\relax + \fi + \fi + \mglsiflast + {\expandafter\@mgls@cs\expandafter{\@mgls@current@options}{\mglscurrentlabel}[#3]}% + {\expandafter\@mgls@cs\expandafter{\@mgls@current@options}{\mglscurrentlabel}[]}% + \ifx\mglscurrentlabel\mglscurrentmainlabel + \xappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\mglslastmainlabel + {\expandonce\mglscurrentmainlabel}% + }% + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo}% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + }% + \glsifplural + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainwasplural\@firstoftwo}% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainwasplural\@secondoftwo}% + }% + \glscapscase + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastmaincapscase\@firstofthree + }% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastmaincapscase\@secondofthree + }% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastmaincapscase\@thirdofthree + }% + }% + \fi + \let\@mgls@previouslabel\mglscurrentlabel + \let\@mgls@previous@iffirstuse\@mgls@current@iffirstuse + }% + \mglselementposthook + }% + \ifx\mglslastmainlabel\@empty + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainskipped\@firstoftwo}% + \else + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastmainskipped\@secondoftwo}% + \fi + \ifx\@mgls@do@current@element\@gobble + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementskipped\@firstoftwo}% + \else + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementskipped\@secondoftwo}% + \fi + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo}% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo}% + }% + \glsifplural + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementwasplural\@firstoftwo}% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{\let\mglsiflastelementwasplural\@secondoftwo}% + }% + \glscapscase + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastelementcapscase\@firstofthree + }% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastelementcapscase\@secondofthree + }% + }% + {% + \gappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \let\mglsiflastelementcapscase\@thirdofthree + }% + }% + }% + \@mgls@post@hookdefs + \mglssuffix + \ifcase\@mgls@unsetaction\relax + \xappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \noexpand\mglsunset{\expandonce\mglscurrentmultilabel}}% + \or + \xappto\@mgls@post@hookdefs{% + \noexpand\mglslocalunset{\expandonce\mglscurrentmultilabel}}% + \fi + }% + \glsxtrmglswrite{#2}% + \egroup + \@mgls@post@hookdefs + \mgls@do@postlinkhook +} +\newcommand*{\mglscustompostlinkhook}{} +\newcommand*{\mglslastelementpostlinkhook}{% + \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\mglsiflastelementwasfirstuse + \let\glsifplural\mglsiflastelementwasplural + \let\glscapscase\mglsiflastelementcapscase + \let\glslabel\mglslastelementlabel + \glspostlinkhook +} +\newcommand*{\mglslastmainpostlinkhook}{% + \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\mglsiflastmainwasfirstuse + \let\glsifplural\mglsiflastmainwasplural + \let\glscapscase\mglsiflastmaincapscase + \let\glslabel\mglslastmainlabel + \glspostlinkhook +} +\newcommand*{\mglsdefcategoryprefix}[2]{% + \csdef{mglsprefix@#1}{#2}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglshascategoryprefix}[3]{% + \ifcsdef{mglsprefix@#1}{#2}{#3}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglsusecategoryprefix}[1]{% + \csuse{mglsprefix@#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglsprefix}{% + \ifdefempty\mglscurrentcategory + {\mglscurrentprefix}% + {% + \mglshascategoryprefix{\mglscurrentcategory}% + {\mglsusecategoryprefix{\mglscurrentcategory}}% + {\mglscurrentprefix}% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\mglsdefcategorysuffix}[2]{% + \csdef{mglssuffix@#1}{#2}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglshascategorysuffix}[3]{% + \ifcsdef{mglssuffix@#1}{#2}{#3}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglsusecategorysuffix}[1]{% + \csuse{mglssuffix@#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\mglssuffix}{% + \ifdefempty\mglscurrentcategory + {\ifdefempty{\mglscurrentsuffix}{}{\space(\mglscurrentsuffix)}}% + {% + \mglshascategorysuffix{\mglscurrentcategory}% + {\mglsusecategorysuffix{\mglscurrentcategory}}% + {\ifdefempty{\mglscurrentsuffix}{}{\space(\mglscurrentsuffix)}}% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\mglselementprehook}{} +\newcommand*{\mglselementposthook}{} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsep}}% + { }% +} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +\newcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{#1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\glscombinedsep{#1}{#2}}% +} +\newcommand*{\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnbsp}{% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{##1}{~}{ }}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\ifhasshort{##1}{~}{ }}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + { }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + { }% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\glssetcombinedsepabbrvnone}{% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{##1}{}{\ifhasshort{##2}{}{ }}}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {\ifhasshort{##1}{}{ }}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + {\ifhasshort{##2}{}{ }}% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + { }% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\glssetcombinedsepnarrow}[2]{% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsep}}% + {% + \ifhasshort{##1}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryshort{##1}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrytext{##1}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \ifhasshort{##2}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryshort{##2}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrytext{##2}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \space + \fi + \fi + }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedsepfirst}}% + {% + \ifhasshort{##1}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryshort{##1}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrytext{##1}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \ifhaslong{##2}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrylong{##2}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryfirst{##2}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \space + \fi + \fi + }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsep}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsep}}% + {% + \ifhaslong{##1}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrylong{##1}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryfirst{##1}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \ifhasshort{##2}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryshort{##2}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrytext{##2}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \space + \fi + \fi + }% + }% + \renewcommand*{\glscombinedfirstsepfirst}[2]{% + \glshasattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}% + {\glsgetattribute{##1}{combinedfirstsepfirst}}% + {% + \ifhaslong{##1}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrylong{##1}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryfirst{##1}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \ifhaslong{##2}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentrylong{##2}}}% + {\settowidth{\dimen@}{\glsentryfirst{##2}}}% + \ifdim\dimen@<#1\relax + #2% + \else + \space + \fi + \fi + }% + }% +} +\newcommand{\glsxtrmglswrite}[1]{% + \ifx\@glsxtr@record@setting\@glsxtr@record@setting@off + \else + \protected@edef\@glsxtr@mglslabel{#1}% + \ifdef\@glsxtr@mglsreflist + {% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@glsxtr@mglslabel}% + {\@glsxtr@mglsreflist}{}% + {% + \xappto\@glsxtr@mglsreflist{,\expandonce\@glsxtr@mglslabel}% + \if@mgls@writeseparaterefs + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsxtr@mglsrefs{#1}}% + \fi + }% + }% + {% + \global\let\@glsxtr@mglsreflist\@glsxtr@mglslabel + \if@mgls@writeseparaterefs + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsxtr@mglsrefs{#1}}% + \else + \AtEndDocument{\immediate\protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\@glsxtr@mglsrefs{\@glsxtr@mglsreflist}}}% + \fi + \@mgls@disable@writeseparateref@cond + }% + \fi +} +\newcommand{\@glsxtr@mglsrefs}[1]{} +\newif\if@mgls@writeseparaterefs \@mgls@writeseparaterefsfalse +\newcommand{\mglsWriteSeparateRefsTrue}{\global\@mgls@writeseparaterefstrue} +\newcommand{\mglsWriteSeparateRefsFalse}{\global\@mgls@writeseparaterefsfalse} +\newcommand*{\@mgls@disable@writeseparateref@cond}{% + \gdef\mglsWriteSeparateRefsTrue{\PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Too late to use \string\mglsWriteSeparateRefsTrue}% + {\string\mglsWriteSeparateRefsTrue\space can only be used before + the first instance of any \string\mgls-like command}}% + \gdef\mglsWriteSeparateRefsFalse{\PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Too late to use \string\mglsWriteSeparateRefsFalse}% + {\string\mglsWriteSeparateRefsFalse\space can only be used before + the first instance of any \string\mgls-like command}}% +} +\newcommand{\glsxtr@newmgls}[5]{% + \edef\@glsxr@newmgls@do{% + \noexpand\newrobustcmd*{\expandonce{\csname #1\endcsname}}% + {\noexpand\@gls@hyp@opt\expandonce{\csname ns@glsxtr@#1\endcsname}}% + \noexpand\newcommand*{\expandonce{\csname ns@glsxtr@#1\endcsname}}[2][]{% + \noexpand\new@ifnextchar[% + {\expandonce{\csname glsxtr@#1\endcsname}{####1}{####2}}% + {\expandonce{\csname glsxtr@#1\endcsname}{####1}{####2}[]}% + }% + \noexpand\def\expandonce{\csname glsxtr@#1\endcsname}####1####2[####3]{% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\glsxtrcurrentmglscsname{#1}% + \noexpand\glsxtr@mgls@inner{####1}{####2}{####3}% + {\noexpand#2}{\noexpand#3}{\noexpand#4}{\noexpand#5}% + }% + }% + \@glsxr@newmgls@do + \ifx\@glsxtr@record@setting\@glsxtr@record@setting@off + \else + \ifdef\@glsxtr@mglslikelist + {\xappto\@glsxtr@mglslikelist{,#1}}% + {% + \gdef\@glsxtr@mglslikelist{#1}% + \AtEndDocument{\immediate\protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\@glsxtr@mglslike{\@glsxtr@mglslikelist}}}% + }% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@mglslike}[1]{} +\newcommand*{\GlsXtrMglsOrGls}[2]{% + \def\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@mcs{#1}% + \def\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@gcs{#2}% + \@ifstar{\s@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}% + {% + \@ifnextchar+{\PLUS\@firstoftwo{\p@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}}% + {% + \ifdefempty\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char\@GlsXtrMglsOrGls\alt@GlsXtrMglsOrGls + }% + }% +} +\newcommand*{\alt@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}{ + \expandafter\@ifnextchar\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char + {\@firstoftwo{\@alt@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}}{\@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}% +} +\newcommand*{\@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}[2][]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#2}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@mcs[#1]{#2}}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@gcs[#1]{#2}}% +} +\newcommand*{\s@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}[2][]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#2}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@mcs*[#1]{#2}}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@gcs*[#1]{#2}}% +} +\newcommand*{\p@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}[2][]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#2}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@mcs+[#1]{#2}}% + {\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@gcs+[#1]{#2}}% +} +\newcommand*{\@alt@GlsXtrMglsOrGls}[2][]{% + \glsxtrifmulti{#2}% + {\expandafter\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@mcs\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char[#1]{#2}}% + {\expandafter\@glsxtr@mgls@or@gls@gcs\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char[#1]{#2}}% +} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mgls}{\@gls@}{\@gls@}{\@gls@}{\@gls@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglspl}{\@glspl@}{\@glspl@}{\@glspl@}{\@glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglsmainpl}{\@gls@}{\@gls@}{\@glspl@}{\@glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mgls}{\@Gls@}{\@gls@}{\@Gls@}{\@gls@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglspl}{\@Glspl@}{\@glspl@}{\@Glspl@}{\@glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglsmainpl}{\@Gls@}{\@gls@}{\@Glspl@}{\@glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGls}{\@Gls@}{\@Gls@}{\@Gls@}{\@Gls@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGlspl}{\@Glspl@}{\@Glspl@}{\@Glspl@}{\@Glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGlsmainpl}{\@Gls@}{\@Gls@}{\@Glspl@}{\@Glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGLS}{\@GLS@}{\@GLS@}{\@GLS@}{\@GLS@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGLSpl}{\@GLSpl@}{\@GLSpl@}{\@GLSpl@}{\@GLSpl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGLSmainpl}{\@GLS@}{\@GLS@}{\@GLSpl@}{\@GLSpl@}% +\def\@glslongortext#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshaslong{#2}{\@glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@glsshortortext#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshasshort{#2}{\@glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@glsfullorfirst#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshasshort{#2}{\@glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@glsfirst@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@Glslongortext#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshaslong{#2}{\@Glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@Glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@Glsshortortext#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshasshort{#2}{\@Glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@Glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@Glsfullorfirst#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshasshort{#2}{\@Glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@Glsfirst@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglsshort}% +{\@glsshortortext}{\@glsshortortext}{\@glsshortortext}{\@glsshortortext}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglslong}% +{\@glslongortext}{\@glslongortext}{\@glslongortext}{\@glslongortext}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglsfull}% +{\@glsfullorfirst}{\@glsfullorfirst}{\@glsfullorfirst}{\@glsfullorfirst}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglsshort}% +{\@Glsshortortext}{\@glsshortortext}{\@Glsshortortext}{\@glsshortortext}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglslong}% +{\@Glslongortext}{\@glslongortext}{\@Glslongortext}{\@glslongortext}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglsfull}% +{\@Glsfullorfirst}{\@glsfullorfirst}{\@Glsfullorfirst}{\@glsfullorfirst}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglsname}% + {\@glsname@}{\@glsname@}{\@glsname@}{\@glsname@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglsname}% + {\@Glsname@}{\@glsname@}{\@Glsname@}{\@glsname@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGlsname}% + {\@Glsname@}{\@Glsname@}{\@Glsname@}{\@Glsname@}% +\def\@glssymbolorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshassymbol{#2}{\@glssymbol@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@glssymbolorGls#1#2[#3]{% + \ifglshassymbol{#2}{\@glssymbol@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglssymbol}% + {\@glssymbolorgls}{\@glssymbolorgls}{\@glssymbolorgls}{\@glssymbolorgls}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglssymbol}% + {\@glssymbolorGls}{\@glssymbolorgls}{\@glssymbolorGls}{\@glssymbolorgls}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGlssymbol}% + {\@glssymbolorGls}{\@glssymbolorGls}{\@glssymbolorGls}{\@glssymbolorGls}% +\newcommand{\mglsfield}{useri} +\def\@glsfieldorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \glsxtrifhasfield{\mglsfield}{#2}% + {\@glsdisp[#1]{#2}{\glscurrentfieldvalue#3}}% + {\@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@Glsfieldorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \glsxtrifhasfield{\mglsfield}{#2}% + {\@glsdisp[#1]{#2}{\xmakefirstuc\glscurrentfieldvalue#3}}% + {\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mglsusefield}% + {\@glsfieldorgls}{\@glsfieldorgls}{\@glsfieldorgls}{\@glsfieldorgls}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mglsusefield}% + {\@Glsfieldorgls}{\@glsfieldorgls}{\@Glsfieldorgls}{\@glsfieldorgls}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MGlsusefield}% + {\@Glsfieldorgls}{\@Glsfieldorgls}{\@Glsfieldorgls}{\@Glsfieldorgls}% +\newcommand*{\mpglsWarning}{% + \GlossariesExtraWarning{glossaries-prefix.sty is required for + \string\mpgls\space family of commands (either load after + glossaries-extra.sty or use the `prefix' package option)}% +} +\def\@pglsorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@pgls@{\@pgls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@pglsorglspl#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@pglspl@{\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@Pglsorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@Pgls@{\@Pgls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@pglsorglspl#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@pglspl@{\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@Pglsorglspl#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@Pglspl@{\@Pglspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@PGLSorgls#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@PGLS@{\@PGLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@GLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\def\@PGLSorglspl#1#2[#3]{% + \ifdef\@PGLSpl@{\@PGLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\mpglsWarning\@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}% +} +\glsxtr@newmgls{mpgls}{\@pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}{\@pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{mpglspl}{\@pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}{\@pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{mpglsmainpl}{\@pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}{\@pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mpgls}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mpglspl}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{Mpglsmainpl}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@gls@}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGls}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@Gls@}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@Gls@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGlspl}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@Glspl@}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@Glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGlsmainpl}{\@Pglsorgls@}{\@Gls@}{\@Pglsorglspl@}{\@Glspl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGLS}{\@PGLSorgls@}{\@GLS@}{\@PGLSorgls@}{\@GLS@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGLSpl}{\@PGLSorglspl@}{\@GLSpl@}{\@PGLSorglspl@}{\@GLSpl@}% +\glsxtr@newmgls{MPGLSmainpl}{\@PGLSorgls@}{\@GLS@}{\@PGLSorglspl@}{\@GLSpl@}% \newcommand*{\RequireGlossariesExtraLang}[1]{% \@ifundefined{ver@glossariesxtr-#1.ldf}{\input{glossariesxtr-#1.ldf}}{}% } @@ -13211,15 +15110,13 @@ defined}{}% {}% not found \@glsxtrdialecthook } -\@ifpackageloaded{tracklang} -{% +\@ifpackageloaded{tracklang} {% \AnyTrackedLanguages {% \ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{\glsxtr@loaddialect}% }% {}% -} -{} +} {} \@glsxtr@redefstyles \@glsxtr@do@style \endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-bookindex.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-bookindex.sty index a3be5f297b2..17c89c07654 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-bookindex.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-bookindex.sty @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-bookindex}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-bookindex}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{multicol} \RequirePackage{glossary-tree} \newcommand{\glsxtrbookindexcols}{2} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-longextra.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-longextra.sty index 98233b2c467..a69976433a3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-longextra.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-longextra.sty @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longextra}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longextra}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{glossary-longbooktabs} \newcommand{\glslongextraNameFmt}[1]{% \glsentryitem{#1}\glstarget{#1}{\glossentryname{#1}}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-topic.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-topic.sty index 582c188353a..1145a451cd8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-topic.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-topic.sty @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-topic}[2021/11/04 v1.47 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-topic}[2021/11/22 v1.48 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{multicol} \newglossarystyle{topic}{% \renewenvironment{theglossary}% |